N&K CPAs Blog

What you need to know about filing an extension — and minimizing penalties

Tue, 07 Apr 2026 17:40:55 GMT

If you don’t have everything ready to complete your 2025 federal individual income tax return by the April 15 deadline, you can request an automatic extension. Filing Form 4868, “Application for Automatic Extension of Time To File U.S. Individual Income Tax Return,” by April 15 can give you breathing room to file accurately and protect you from the failure-to-file penalty (assuming you file by the extended October 15 deadline).

However, an extension applies only to filing — not to paying any tax owed. So if you expect to owe taxes, you should project and pay the amount due by April 15 to minimize interest and the failure-to-pay penalty.

How penalties work

Penalties for late filing and late payment can be costly. Separate penalties apply for failing to file and failing to pay.

The failure-to-file penalty is generally assessed at a rate of 5% per month (or partial month) of lateness, up to a maximum 25%, on the amount of tax due. (If a 2025 return is filed more than 60 days late, a minimum penalty of $525 generally applies.) This is why, if you can’t file your return by April 15, it’s critical to file for an extension by that date. As long as you do, you’re not considered to be filing late unless you miss the extended due date.

The failure-to-pay penalty is assessed at a lower rate than the failure-to-file penalty: 0.5% for each month (or partial month) the payment is late. For example, if on May 29 you pay tax that was due April 15, generally the failure-to-pay penalty will be 1% (0.5% times 2 months or partial months). The maximum penalty is 25%. This is why, even if you file for an extension, it’s important to accurately estimate and pay any tax due as close to April 15 as possible.

If you don’t file for an extension or pay taxes due by April 15, both the failure-to-file penalty and the failure-to-pay penalty may apply. In this case, the failure-to-file penalty drops to 4.5% per month (or partial month), so that the combined penalty is 5%. The maximum combined penalty for the first five months is 25%. Thereafter, the failure-to-pay penalty can continue at 0.5% per month for 45 more months (an additional 22.5%). Thus, the combined penalties can reach as much as 47.5%. As you can see, putting off filing and paying taxes for an extended period of time can be very expensive.

If you can’t pay what you owe, at minimum, file for an extension to protect yourself from the failure-to-file penalty. Then pay as much as you can as soon as you can to reduce the failure-to-pay penalty. Requesting an installment agreement can reduce the failure-to-pay penalty rate on the remaining balance and help avoid other negative consequences, such as levies and liens — provided you’re approved for the plan and make the required installment payments on time.

More to consider

If a failure to file is determined to be related to fraud, penalties can be significantly higher. On the other hand, penalties may be excused by the IRS if late filing or payment is due to “reasonable cause” such as a death or serious illness in the immediate family.

Also be aware that, even if you pay all taxes due by April 15, you could owe an underpayment penalty, which is different from a failure-to-pay penalty. It can apply if you didn’t pay enough taxes during the year through withholding and estimated tax payments.

And keep in mind that interest may be applied. For taxpayers other than corporations, the interest rate is equal to the federal short-term rate (adjusted quarterly) plus three percentage points. It’s assessed in addition to any applicable penalties.

If you live outside the United States and Puerto Rico or serve in the military outside these two locations, you’re allowed an automatic two-month extension without filing for one. But you still must pay any tax due by April 15.

Don’t wait to act

If you’re not ready to file, requesting an extension and paying any tax due by April 15 can help you avoid penalties and interest, or at least reduce them. Filing an extension is relatively easy, but accurately estimating what you owe can be complicated. We can help with both and answer any questions you have about your particular situation. Contact our office today.

FAQs about the research credit

Mon, 06 Apr 2026 17:38:12 GMT

Companies that engage in research and development activities may qualify for a federal tax credit for some of those expenses. The credit is complicated to calculate, and not all research activities are eligible — but the tax savings can be significant. Here are answers to questions you might have about this potentially lucrative tax break.

What’s it worth?

The federal research credit — sometimes referred to as the research and development (R&D) credit — is for increasing research activities. Generally, it’s equal to 20% of the amount by which qualified research expenditures (QREs) in a tax year exceed a base amount derived from your company’s historical research expenditures. (There are alternative computation methods for start-ups and other companies without sufficient historical data.) QREs include wages, supplies, and certain consulting and contract research fees related to qualified research activities.

The credit is nonrefundable — that is, it can’t be used to generate a loss — but unused credits may be carried back one year or forward up to 20 years. Limits on general business credits also prevent companies from using tax credits to erase their tax liability entirely.

In addition, start-ups may elect to offset research credits against up to $500,000 in employer-paid payroll taxes. For this purpose, “start-ups” are generally businesses in operation for less than five years with less than $5 million in gross receipts.

And sole proprietors and owners of small pass-through entities (including S corporations, partnerships and most limited liability companies) can use the credit to reduce their alternative minimum tax liability. For this purpose, “small” businesses are generally those with average gross receipts of no more than $50 million for the three preceding tax years.

What costs qualify?

The research credit isn’t just for scientific research. Generally, to qualify for the credit, a research activity must:

Relate to the development or improvement of a “business component,” such as a product, process, technique or software program,
Strive to eliminate uncertainty over how (and whether) the business component can be developed or improved,
Involve a “process of experimentation,” using techniques such as modeling, simulation or systematic trial and error, and
Be technological in nature — that is, it must rely on “hard science,” such as engineering, computer science, physics, chemistry or biology.

To claim the credit, you must bear the financial risk associated with the research and enjoy substantial rights to the results. Otherwise, it will be considered “funded research,” which is ineligible for the credit.

These criteria are broad enough to encompass a wide range of business activities. Examples include developing new products, improving processes (including business or financial processes that involve computer technology) and developing software for internal use.

Finally, only domestic research costs qualify for the federal research credit. Foreign research expenses are excluded and must instead be capitalized and amortized over 15 years.

Can businesses claim the research credit for deductible R&E costs?

Research-related expenses may qualify for two tax breaks. The first is the research credit; the second is the deduction for research and experimental (R&E) costs. Businesses can immediately deduct domestic R&E expenditures paid or incurred in tax years beginning after December 31, 2024. However, you can’t claim both breaks for the same expenses.

In general, the expenses that qualify for the research credit are narrower than those that qualify for the R&E deduction. If you claim the research credit, you must reduce the amount otherwise deductible (or capitalized) for R&E expenditures by the amount of the credit. However, under the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, the amount deducted or charged to a capital account for R&E costs is reduced by the full amount of the research credit, as opposed to being subject to a more complex calculation in effect under prior law.

Next steps

Many businesses overlook the federal research credit because of its complexity. But the tax savings can be substantial — and many states offer research tax incentives in addition to those available at the federal level. If your business invests in developing or improving products, processes or software, we can help you assess eligibility, quantify potential benefits and ensure your research-related tax breaks are properly supported. Contact us for more information.

An ILIT has many benefits, but options are available to undo it

Thu, 02 Apr 2026 17:30:12 GMT

Life insurance can provide peace of mind. But if your estate is large enough that estate taxes are a concern, it’s important not to own the policy at death. Why? The policy’s proceeds will be included in your taxable estate. To avoid this result, a common estate planning strategy is to set up an irrevocable life insurance trust (ILIT) to hold the policy.

However, there may come a time when you no longer need the ILIT. Does its irrevocable nature mean you’re stuck with it forever? Maybe not. Depending on the ILIT’s terms and applicable state law, you might have the option of pulling a life insurance policy out of an ILIT or even unwinding the ILIT entirely.

How does an ILIT work?

An ILIT shields life insurance proceeds from estate tax because the trust, rather than the insured, owns the policy. (Note, however, that under the “three-year rule,” if you transfer an existing policy to an ILIT and then die within three years, the proceeds remain taxable. That’s why it’s preferable to have the ILIT purchase a new policy, if possible, rather than transferring an existing policy to the trust.)

The key to removing the policy from your taxable estate is to relinquish all “incidents of ownership.” This means, for example, that you can’t retain the power to change beneficiaries; assign, surrender or cancel the policy; borrow against the policy’s cash value; or pledge the policy as security for a loan (though the trustee may have the power to do these things).

What are the options for undoing an ILIT?

Generally, there are two reasons you might want to undo an ILIT:

You no longer need life insurance, or
You still need life insurance, but your estate isn’t large enough to trigger estate tax, and you’d like to eliminate the restrictions and expense associated with the ILIT structure.

Although your ability to undo an ILIT depends on the ILIT’s terms and applicable state law, potential options include:

Allowing the insurance to lapse. This may be a viable option if the ILIT holds a term life insurance policy that you no longer need (and no other assets). You simply stop making contributions to the trust to cover premium payments. Technically, the ILIT continues to exist. But once the policy lapses, the ILIT owns no assets. It’s also possible to allow a permanent life insurance policy to lapse, but other options may be preferable — especially if the policy has a significant cash value.

Swapping the policy for cash or other assets. Many ILITs permit the grantor to retrieve a policy from an ILIT by substituting cash or other assets of equivalent value. If you have illiquid assets but need cash, you may be able to gain access to a policy’s cash value by swapping the policy for illiquid assets of equivalent value.

Surrendering or selling the policy. If your ILIT holds a permanent insurance policy, the trust might surrender it, which will preserve its cash value but avoid the need to continue paying premiums. Alternatively, if you’re eligible, the trust could sell the policy in a life settlement transaction.

Distributing the trust assets. Some ILITs give the trustee the discretion to distribute trust funds (including the policy’s cash value, other trust assets or possibly the policy itself) to your beneficiaries, such as your spouse or children. Typically, these distributions are limited to funds needed for “health, education, maintenance and support.”

Going to court. If the ILIT’s terms don’t permit the trustee to unwind the trust, it may be possible to obtain a court order to terminate it. For example, state law may permit a court to modify or terminate an ILIT if unanticipated circumstances require changes to achieve the trust’s purposes or if the grantor and all beneficiaries consent.

We’re here to help

These are some, but by no means all, of the strategies that may be available to unwind an ILIT. Bear in mind that some of these solutions can have tax implications for you or your beneficiaries. Contact us to learn more about ILITs.

Benefits that help you care for your company’s caregivers

Wed, 01 Apr 2026 17:47:34 GMT

With caregiving costs rising faster than inflation, it’s harder than ever to juggle parenting young children or caring for elderly relatives while also working nine to five. Your business can help support caregiving employees and boost productivity by offering dependent care flexible spending accounts (FSAs). This benefit provides a tax-advantaged method to pay for eligible caregiving expenses using pretax dollars.

Or maybe you want to make a bigger commitment but are concerned about the costs. If you provide child care directly to workers — for example, by setting up a day care facility in your building — your company may qualify for a significant tax credit.

When employees opt in

To sponsor dependent care FSAs, you’ll need to implement a dependent care assistance program (DCAP), which enables you to retain ownership of your workers’ FSAs. Participating employees must opt in, typically during your company’s open enrollment period or after experiencing a qualifying life event. Then they make pretax compensation deferrals to their accounts, up to $7,500 annually for married couples filing jointly, single filers and heads of households, $3,750 for those married and filing separately. These amounts aren’t indexed for inflation.

Workers can use their FSA balances to pay for eligible expenses, including day care, before- and after-school care, summer day camps, and care for dependent adults who can’t care for themselves. Qualifying expenses must enable participants (and, if applicable, their spouses) to work or seek employment. Using pretax dollars to fund accounts allows participants to pay for qualifying care while reducing their taxable incomes.

Employers win, too

For employers, sponsoring dependent care FSAs also offers potential advantages. First, these accounts can help attract strong job candidates and retain employees.

Second, because participants’ contributions occur pretax, they’re exempt from Social Security and Medicare taxes. That reduces your business’s (and your employees’) payroll tax burden. To increase dependent care FSA participation, you may make contributions to employees’ accounts. However, the $7,500/$3,750 annual contribution limits apply to combined employer-employee contributions. Note that you can’t deduct contributions as a business expense.

You’ll need to ensure that your DCAP complies with IRS regulations, including nondiscrimination rules. Proper recordkeeping, timely reimbursements and clear communication are also critical. Be sure to educate participants about the “use-it-or-lose-it” rule that says FSA balances generally must be spent by the end of the year. (Unused account funds generally revert to employers.) Be sure to train employees to estimate expenses and submit claims to minimize the risk of losing FSA funds. And let participants know their FSAs aren’t portable — meaning they can’t take their balances with them if they leave your company.

Tax help with costs

Another way to retain loyal, hardworking staff is to provide child care directly. For 2026, you may be able to claim an employer-provided child care tax credit equal to 40% of your qualified expenses for providing child care to employees, plus 10% of qualified resource and referral expenditures, up to $500,000. For eligible small businesses, these amounts are 50% and up to $600,000, respectively. The maximum dollar amount will be adjusted annually for inflation after 2026. (The additional 10% credit for resource and referral expenses will continue to be available.)

Qualified costs include those spent to acquire, construct, renovate and operate a child care facility. Or you can claim expenses for contracting with a licensed child care facility. If you provide on-site care, at least 30% of the enrolled children must be your employees’ dependents.

Competitive package

Dependent care FSAs and employer-offered child care can be competitive additions to your employee benefits package. But because of the resources involved, think carefully before designing a DCAP or establishing a child care facility. Your workforce may not want them. Consider distributing a survey to gauge interest before you commit to offering new fringe benefits.

And to help ensure you’re offering the most cost- and tax-effective benefits to your workforce, contact us. We can review your benefits lineup, potentially suggest changes and advise on program setup and administration.

Are you eligible for mileage deductions?

Tue, 31 Mar 2026 18:11:29 GMT

Whether you’re filing your 2025 individual income tax return or planning for 2026, it’s important to know if you can deduct vehicle-related expenses. A change that was made permanent by last year’s One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) limits who can claim a deduction for business mileage. But you might still be eligible, and deductions also may be available if you use your vehicle for certain nonbusiness purposes.

Rules have been evolving

Historically, if you were an employee, you potentially could deduct unreimbursed business mileage as a miscellaneous itemized deduction subject to a 2% of adjusted gross income (AGI) floor. But for 2018 through 2025, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) suspended miscellaneous itemized deductions subject to the 2% floor. And the OBBBA made that suspension permanent.

This means employees can’t deduct business mileage related to their employment. (However, if your employer reimburses you for mileage under an accountable plan, those reimbursements are excluded from your taxable income.)

If you’re self-employed, expenses for business use of your vehicle are deducted from self-employment income. Therefore, they’re not affected by the permanent suspension of miscellaneous itemized deductions subject to the 2% floor and are still deductible — as long as they otherwise qualify. For example, commuting doesn’t qualify, but driving from your home or office to a customer’s location does generally qualify.

Here are three other types of vehicle use that might make you eligible for mileage deductions:

1. Moving. Before 2018, work-related moving expenses were generally deductible without having to itemize deductions. But for 2018 through 2025, under the TCJA, moving expenses are deductible only for certain military families. The OBBBA made this change permanent, except that, beginning in 2026, certain intelligence community members are also eligible.

2. Medical. Expenses related to using your vehicle to get to and from medical appointments continue to be deductible as part of the medical expense itemized deduction. However, medical expenses are deductible only to the extent they exceed 7.5% of your AGI. It can be hard for taxpayers with larger AGIs to exceed this floor. And, with the high standard deduction made available by the TCJA and made permanent (and slightly increased) by the OBBBA, fewer taxpayers are benefiting from itemizing.

3. Charitable. Expenses related to using your vehicle for charitable purposes (if unreimbursed by the charity) continue to be deductible as a charitable itemized deduction. Unlike the medical expense deduction, no floor applies to the charitable deduction for 2025. But, under the OBBBA, a 0.5% of AGI floor goes into effect beginning in 2026.

Mileage deduction rates vary

Rather than keeping track of your actual vehicle expenses, you can use a standard mileage rate to compute your deductions. The rates vary depending on the driving purpose and the year:

Business: 70 cents (2025), 72.5 cents (2026)
Moving: 21 cents (2025), 20.5 cents (2026)
Medical: 21 cents (2025), 20.5 cents (2026)
Charitable: 14 cents (2025 and 2026)

The business rate is significantly higher because it takes into account depreciation, which isn’t an allowable vehicle expense deduction for medical, moving or charitable deduction purposes. The charitable rate is the lowest because it isn’t annually indexed for inflation. Occasionally, when gas prices increase substantially during the year, the IRS will increase the mileage rates midyear.

If you choose to claim deductions based on the standard mileage rate, you may also deduct actual parking fees and tolls.

Substantiation is critical

Without adequate records, the IRS may disallow your vehicle expense deduction, even if the expense would otherwise qualify. If you use the standard mileage rate, your records should show the date, mileage, purpose and destination of each trip. A mileage log kept throughout the year is one of the simplest ways to support your deduction.

If you choose to deduct actual expenses, documentation is also critical. Which specific expenses you can deduct depends on whether you’re claiming the deduction for business, moving, medical or charitable use of your vehicle.

Evaluating your deduction opportunities

If you’re self-employed or itemize deductions, you’re more likely to be able to benefit from vehicle-related deductions. But other factors can affect your potential benefit, such as whether your total expenses exceed applicable deduction floors. Also keep in mind that you might be eligible for the new auto loan interest expense deduction for a vehicle purchased in 2025 or 2026.

Contact us to discuss your particular situation. We can help you claim any vehicle-related deductions you’re entitled to on your 2025 return if you haven’t filed yet. And we can help determine what steps you can take now to maximize your deduction opportunities for 2026.

Debt vs. equity: Classification counts when shareholders put money into their corporations

Mon, 30 Mar 2026 18:01:31 GMT

If you operate your business as a C corporation, how you put money into your company — and how you take it back out — can have a major impact on your tax bill. Payments from shareholders to fund the business can either be classified as capital contributions (equity) or shareholder loans (debt). That might sound like an accounting technicality, but it has real tax consequences because our federal income tax system treats corporate debt more favorably than corporate equity. Put simply, equity can lead to double taxation; loans can help you avoid it.

Why it matters

Companies occasionally need capital infusions. Start-ups need cash to help get the business up and running. And established businesses may need additional funds to pursue growth opportunities or cover short-term cash flow gaps. If your business needs money, you could seek financing from a third-party lender. But for closely held businesses, shareholders are often a more convenient (and affordable) source of financing.

Some closely held C corporations are funded exclusively with equity, but many are intentionally structured with a mix of equity and shareholder loans. Lending money to your corporation can be a tax-smart move over the long run.

That’s because when you later get your money back out of the corporation in the form of loan repayments, the repayments of loan principal will generally be tax-free. Interest payments on a shareholder loan are taxable to you as ordinary income, but the corporation gets an offsetting deduction. In essence, shareholder loans provide a built-in, tax-advantaged mechanism for C corporation owners to get cash out of the business.

In contrast, making a capital contribution (a stock investment) can be costly from a tax perspective. When you later, as an equity investor, want to take cash out of the corporation, the withdrawals may be treated as nondeductible dividends to the extent of the corporation’s earnings and profits. This results in double taxation.

In other words, the corporation already paid income taxes on the profits (at a flat 21% rate), and you as a shareholder must pay individual-level taxes on the dividends. The maximum federal rate on qualified dividends is 20%, but most taxpayers pay 15%. Individuals may also owe the 3.8% net investment income tax (NIIT) on dividends.

How it works

Suppose your C corporation needs a $5 million capital infusion. As the sole shareholder, you ante up with a $2 million capital contribution and a $3 million loan. You execute a formal, written note that specifies the loan terms, including the interest rate, maturity date, any collateral pledged to secure the loan and a repayment schedule.

If the interest rate on your loan to the company equals or exceeds the applicable federal rate (AFR), you’ll avoid federal income tax complications and possible adverse tax results. AFRs can change monthly. In April 2026, the monthly AFR for mid-term loans with terms of three to nine years is only 3.75%. This is significantly lower than the rate you’d get from a third-party lender.

This capital structure allows you to recover $3 million of your investment in the company as tax-free repayments of loan principal. The interest payments give you additional cash from the corporation without double taxation, because your company can deduct the interest.

If you instead supply the full $5 million as a capital contribution and later want to withdraw money, all or part of the withdrawal could be treated as a double-taxed dividend.

For instance, say you withdraw $3 million after a few years, and the entire amount is treated as a taxable dividend. Assuming you’d be subject to the maximum 20% federal income tax rate and the 3.8% NIIT, you’d owe Uncle Sam $714,000 on the withdrawal ($3 million × 23.8%). You could have avoided incurring that tax liability by making a $2 million capital contribution and a $3 million loan to the corporation.

Bottom line

Structuring part of a needed capital infusion as a loan — rather than all equity — can minimize double taxation, giving you a more tax-efficient way to access cash in the future. But this arrangement only works if it’s properly documented and respected as bona fide debt. This includes 1) drafting a written promissory note with a stated interest rate and stated repayment dates, and 2) making timely principal and interest payments. The IRS may reclassify shareholder loans as equity if they’re not properly structured, thereby eliminating the intended tax benefits. If you’d like to take advantage of this strategy, we can explain your options and help you structure the loan to reduce the chance of IRS reclassification.

How can an FLP fit into your overall estate planning strategy?

Thu, 26 Mar 2026 17:22:32 GMT

A family limited partnership (FLP) allows you to manage and protect your wealth while gradually transferring it to your children or other heirs. Additional benefits include potential tax savings and protection from creditors. And you don’t have to own a business to have an FLP.

FLPs in a nutshell

To take advantage of an FLP, you form a limited partnership to transfer a family business, real estate, investments or other assets. Initially, you receive a general partnership interest of 1% or 2% and limited partnership interests totaling 99% or 98%. You then sell or gift the limited partnership interests to your children or other family members.

As a general partner, you retain management control over the partnership assets, even after you’ve transferred most of the assets’ value to other family members.

The significant benefit here is that an FLP removes wealth from your estate while the federal gift and estate tax exemption is at a record high without you immediately parting with control over that wealth. For 2026, the exemption amount is $15 million ($30 million on a combined basis for married couples). (Although there’s no longer an expiration date for the high exemption, lawmakers could still reduce the amount in the future.)

Limited partners, on the other hand, have minimal control over the partnership, and their ability to sell their interests to nonfamily members is generally highly restricted by terms of the partnership agreement. This allows the older generation to consolidate management of family assets and keep them in the family.

Reduce your taxable estate

Transferring FLP interests to family members removes the value of the underlying assets from your taxable estate. Although interests that are gifted rather than sold (or sold for less than fair market value) are taxable gifts, they can be shielded (in whole or in part) from federal gift tax by your gift and estate tax exemption.

In addition, because limited partnership interests possess little control over the partnership and are challenging to sell, their value for gift tax purposes is generally discounted substantially. This allows the older generation to give away even more wealth tax-free.

Shift income to a lower tax bracket

A properly structured and operated FLP allows you to shift income to your children or other family members who may be in lower tax brackets. An FLP is a pass-through entity for income tax purposes. In other words, there’s no entity-level federal tax. Instead, the FLP’s income (as well as its deductions, credits and other items) is passed through to the individual partner, who reports his or her share on a personal income tax return.

So, for example, if you’re in the 35% tax bracket and transfer FLP interests to family members in the 10% or 12% bracket, the tax savings can be substantial. However, your ability to shift income to children may be limited because of the “kiddie” tax, which can apply to children as old as 23, depending on the circumstances.

Increase asset protection

Transferring assets to an FLP can place them beyond the reach of certain creditors. Generally, an FLP’s assets are protected against claims by the limited partners’ personal creditors. In most cases, those creditors are limited to obtaining rights to distributions, if any, received by a limited partner. In addition, limited partners’ personal assets held outside the FLP are generally shielded against claims by the FLP’s creditors.

General partners don’t enjoy the same protections. Still, they may be able to limit their personal liability by forming a corporation or limited liability company to hold their general partnership interests.

Seek professional guidance

A potential downside to consider is that establishing and maintaining an FLP requires legal and tax expertise, ongoing administrative oversight and strict adherence to partnership formalities to withstand IRS scrutiny. Contact us for help determining whether an FLP would be beneficial for your family.

Cross-functional teams can boost collaboration — and sales

Wed, 25 Mar 2026 17:30:38 GMT

“Cross-functional” sales teams that collaborate with other departments often perform more effectively than siloed ones. By providing feedback and support, employees with varied skill sets and knowledge bases can help your sales team create more holistic sales strategies, better align product offerings with customer needs and efficiently adapt to market changes. Here’s how sales can leverage the expertise of marketing, product development, customer service, finance and other internal stakeholders.

Fighting silos

A cross-functional team is any group of employees from different departments brought together to solve a problem or pursue a goal. Your company might assemble such teams to develop new products or services, implement technology upgrades, and complete short-term projects. However, the cross-functional approach really shines when applied to sales and marketing. Even though these departments are closely connected, they often operate in separate spheres.

Silos can also exist within the sales team, where individuals work largely on their own and share limited information. Many salespeople spend their time interacting with prospective customers or clients. They might only “come up for air” to share information and experiences at sales meetings or in conversations with managers. This can result in missed opportunities to communicate insights on customers, prices and other issues.

Team members

By building a cross-functional sales team, you can eliminate such silos. You should aim to create an environment where employees feel comfortable sharing information and working together. Seek early buy-in from employees who communicate well and are open to collaboration. They can help you promote the concept and encourage broader employee buy-in.

Your team will obviously need to include members of both the sales and marketing departments. But don’t stop there. Someone from your IT department could help recommend tech solutions for sales department challenges. A customer service rep might be able to provide insights into how customers are likely to respond to changes in product features. A finance team member could weigh in on profitability by product or customer.

Cross-functional sales teams don’t require complex leadership structures. In fact, appointing a team leader from within the group can encourage open participation and accountability.

Other benefits

The advantages of forming a cross-functional sales team extend beyond improving sales results: Such teams can infuse fresh perspectives into all your departments, inspire greater communication companywide and support more consistent decision-making.

Over time, this approach can lead to clearer visibility into what’s driving revenue and profitability. If you’re looking to better align sales with your overall business strategy, contact us. We can help you identify where cross-functional collaboration will likely pay off.

Don’t miss your opportunity to make a 2025 IRA contribution — whether you can deduct it or not

Tue, 24 Mar 2026 17:28:12 GMT

Generally, each year you can contribute up to the annual limit to a traditional or Roth IRA (or a combination of the two). But once the contribution deadline has passed, the opportunity to contribute for that year is lost forever. The deadline for 2025 IRA contributions is April 15, 2026. You may be eligible to deduct all or part of your IRA contribution and save taxes on your 2025 return. But even if you can’t claim a deduction, contributing can still be beneficial.

How much can you contribute?

For 2025, the IRA contribution limit is $7,000. If you’re age 50 or older, you can make an additional $1,000 catch-up contribution.

Generally, contributions can’t exceed the IRA owner’s earned income. However, spousal IRAs allow contributions to be made to an IRA in a nonworking spouse’s name based on the working spouse’s earned income.

The contribution limit applies to traditional and Roth IRAs on a combined basis. So, assuming you’re eligible, you can contribute $7,000 to a traditional IRA or $7,000 to a Roth IRA — or you can split the limit and, say, contribute $5,000 to a traditional IRA and $2,000 to a Roth (or whatever split you prefer that doesn’t exceed $7,000).

Are you eligible to deduct your contributions?

Deductible traditional IRA contributions reduce your current tax bill. Earnings in the IRA are also tax deferred. However, every dollar you withdraw is taxed (and subject to a 10% penalty before age 59½, unless an exception applies).

You can make a fully deductible contribution to a traditional IRA if you (and your spouse, if you’re married) aren’t an active participant in an employer-sponsored retirement plan.

But if you (and/or your spouse) are an active participant in an employer plan, your deduction might be partially or fully phased out. The phaseout applies if your modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) exceeds certain levels that vary from year to year by filing status. For 2025, the deduction phases out over the following MAGI ranges:

If you’re single or a head of household: $79,000 to $89,000.
If you’re married filing jointly and you’re covered by an employer plan: $126,000 to $146,000.
If you’re a joint filer and not actively participating in an employer retirement plan but your spouse is: $236,000 to $246,000.
If you’re married filing separately and lived with your spouse at any time during 2025: $0 to $10,000.

If your MAGI is in the applicable range, you can make a deductible contribution equal to a portion of the $7,000 contribution limit. (The specific amount depends on where your MAGI falls within the range.) If it exceeds the applicable range, you can’t deduct any IRA contribution.

Are you eligible to make Roth IRA contributions?

Contributions to a Roth IRA aren’t deductible. However, withdrawals from a Roth IRA are tax-free as long as the account has been open at least five years and you’re age 59½ or older. This means that growth in the account is never taxed as long as you meet those two requirements.

There are income limits on who can make Roth IRA contributions. For 2025, the ability to contribute phases out over the following MAGIs:

If you’re single or a head of household: $150,000 to $165,000.
If you’re married filing jointly: $236,000 to $246,000.
If you’re married filing separately and lived with your spouse at any time during 2025: $0 to $10,000.

You can make a Roth contribution equal to a portion of the $7,000 contribution limit if your MAGI falls within the applicable range. (The specific amount depends on where your MAGI falls within the range.) But you can’t make any Roth contribution if it exceeds the top of the range.

Should you make nondeductible traditional IRA contributions?

If you’re ineligible to make Roth IRA contributions or deductible traditional IRA contributions because your income is too high, a nondeductible traditional IRA contribution can be beneficial. While it won’t reduce your 2025 taxes, the contribution can grow tax-deferred.

When you take qualified withdrawals in retirement, only the portion attributable to the growth will be taxed. The portion attributable to your contribution will be tax-free because the contribution was made with income that had already been taxed.

If you don’t already have a traditional IRA, you can use a nondeductible contribution to create a “backdoor” Roth IRA. You set up a traditional IRA and make a nondeductible contribution to it. Then you can convert the traditional account to a Roth account as soon as the contribution transaction clears.

Normally, Roth conversions are taxable. But in this case, the only tax due will be on any growth in the account between the time you made the contribution and the date of conversion.

What else is there to consider?

Making a 2025 IRA contribution can provide tax savings today or when you take distributions in retirement. And you can benefit from tax-deferred or tax-free compounding. But you need to contribute by April 15, 2026 — even if you file for an extension on your 2025 return. And be sure to indicate that it’s for 2025 and not 2026. Do you have more questions about IRA contributions or other tax-advantaged retirement savings options? Contact us.

Should your business consider a fiscal year end?

Mon, 23 Mar 2026 17:28:36 GMT

Most businesses close their books for tax and accounting purposes on December 31 because it aligns with the calendar year. But a calendar year isn’t always the best option. For some companies, choosing a fiscal year end that better reflects their business cycle can improve financial reporting and simplify year-end procedures and tax filing. Here’s what you should know when deciding on the right tax year end for your business.

Fiscal-year basics

A fiscal year is a 12-month accounting period that doesn’t end on December 31. For example, a company might operate on a fiscal year running from July 1 through June 30.

Some businesses use a 52- or 53-week fiscal year. These periods don’t necessarily end on the last day of a month. Instead, they may close on the same weekday each year, such as the last Friday in March. This approach is common in industries where weekly activity cycles are more meaningful than monthly reporting.

Using a fiscal year also changes tax filing deadlines. Pass-through entities — including partnerships, limited liability companies and S corporations — generally must file their tax returns by the 15th day of the third month after their fiscal year ends. For example, a business with a June 30 fiscal year end would file its return by September 15. Fiscal-year C corporations generally must file by the 15th day of the fourth month following the fiscal year close. (These correspond to the calendar-year deadlines of March 15 for pass-throughs, which is the 15th day of the third month after December 31, and April 15 for C corporations, which is the 15th day of the fourth month after December 31.)

When a fiscal year makes sense

Not every business can choose its own tax year. Sole proprietorships typically must use a calendar year because the business isn’t legally separate from its owner, who files an individual tax return based on the calendar year.

Other businesses may be able to adopt a fiscal year if they can demonstrate a valid business purpose or qualify for certain IRS elections. In practice, this usually means aligning the tax year with the company’s operating cycle. For seasonal businesses, a fiscal year can provide a clearer view of performance. Construction companies, farms, accounting firms and retailers often experience significant fluctuations throughout the year.

Consider a snowplowing company that earns most of its revenue between November and March. A December 31 year end divides one winter season into two tax years, making it harder to evaluate profitability for that period. A fiscal year ending after the winter season may present financial results more accurately than a calendar year would.

Businesses that restructure or significantly change their operations may also consider changing their tax year. Doing so generally requires IRS approval by filing Form 1128, “Application to Adopt, Change or Retain a Tax Year.” Companies that change their tax year usually must also file a return for the short period created during the transition.

Beyond taxes

The benefits of adopting a fiscal year aren’t limited to tax reporting. Choosing the right year end can also make financial reporting and planning easier.

If a company’s busiest months fall late in the calendar year, closing the books on December 31 can disrupt operations and strain accounting staff during an already demanding period. Moving the year end to a slower time can make it easier to perform inventory counts, review contracts and complete financial statements. This can be especially helpful for businesses that rely on detailed job costing or inventory management. Completing year-end accounting tasks when operations are less hectic can reduce errors and improve the financial data that business owners and stakeholders rely on for decision-making.

We can help

Selecting a fiscal year end involves more than choosing a convenient date. The right year end can streamline reporting, provide more meaningful insights and support better planning. If you’re thinking about a change, contact us. We’ll help you determine the best fit for your operations and guide you through the IRS approval process.

IRS releases guidance on new depreciation deduction

Fri, 20 Mar 2026 17:27:31 GMT

A new but temporary special depreciation allowance for qualified production property (QPP) was created by last year’s One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA). It’s available for certain manufacturing-related real property placed in service after July 4, 2025, and before January 1, 2031. Under previous law, taxpayers had to depreciate such property over a 39-year period. The OBBBA allows them to elect a deduction equal to 100% of the property’s adjusted basis in the tax year it’s placed in service — basically, it’s bonus depreciation for certain buildings and production facilities.

The IRS recently issued interim guidance (Notice 2026-16) that taxpayers generally can rely on until proposed regulations are published. It clarifies several important issues related to the deduction.

Identifying QPP

The guidance defines QPP as any portion of nonresidential real property that is:

Subject to the Modified Accelerated Cost Recovery System,
Used by the taxpayer as “an integral part” of a qualified production activity (QPA, defined below), and
Placed in service in the United States or any of its territories.

In addition, the property’s construction must begin after January 19, 2025, and before January 1, 2029. Its original use generally must begin with the taxpayer, though certain used property may qualify as QPP under special rules.

Property (or a portion of property) is used as an integral part of a QPA if the QPA takes place in the physical space of the property (or a portion of the physical space). Each unit of property (including additions and improvements) must satisfy the integral part requirement on its own, with an exception for “integrated facilities.”

Taxpayers can treat multiple properties that operate as an integrated facility on the same piece or contiguous pieces of land as a single unit of property. For example, if a manufacturer constructs a new building to store raw materials and other manufacturing inputs for activities in two factories on the same site, the three buildings constitute a single unit of property for purposes of the integral part requirement.

The guidance also includes a de minimis rule: If 95% or more of a property’s physical space satisfies the integral part requirement when the property is placed in service, the taxpayer can elect to treat the entire property as satisfying the requirement.

For purposes of determining whether property meets the integral part requirement, property used by a lessee generally isn’t considered to be used by the lessor taxpayer as part of a QPA. The guidance provides exceptions, though, for intercompany leases within consolidated groups and commonly controlled pass-through entities.

The guidance specifies several types of ineligible property, including property used for offices, administrative services, lodging, parking, sales activities, research activities, software development or engineering activities, or other functions unrelated to a QPA. Property used to store finished products is also ineligible.

Under the guidance, taxpayers may use any reasonable method to allocate a property’s unadjusted depreciable basis between eligible property and ineligible property. The use of square footage, cost segregation data, architectural or engineering plans, process diagrams, or construction invoices to allocate unadjusted depreciable basis to eligible property may be reasonable methods. Taxpayers can also use any reasonable method to allocate the basis for “dual-use infrastructure” that serves both eligible property and ineligible property (such as an HVAC or sprinkler system).

Identifying QPAs

A QPA is the manufacturing, production or refining of a qualified product that results in a “substantial transformation” of the qualified product (generally, any tangible personal property except a food or beverage prepared in the same building where it will be sold). The guidance explains that “substantial transformation” refers to the further manufacturing, production or refining of the constituent elements, raw materials, inputs or subcomponents into a final, complete and distinct item of property that’s fundamentally different from those original elements, materials, inputs or subcomponents.

The guidance interprets the term QPA somewhat broadly. It says that a QPA can include “essential activities” that are critical to the completion of the product (for example, the receiving and storage of raw materials or other inputs to be used or consumed during a QPA). A QPA also includes certain related activities, such as oversight and direction of the manufacturing, production or refining activities that result in the substantial transformation of a qualified product.

The guidance includes specific definitions for “manufacturing,” “production,” “refining” and other important terms. Notably, “production” is limited to activities in the agricultural or chemical industries.

And that’s not all

The interim guidance also includes special rules, election procedures and a safe harbor for property placed in service in 2025 — as well as information about how depreciation must be recaptured and included in ordinary income if a QPP change in use occurs within 10 years after the property is placed in service. We can help you navigate the rules and maximize this new tax break if you’re eligible.

Accounting for intellectual property in your estate plan

Thu, 19 Mar 2026 17:34:44 GMT

When most people think about estate planning, they focus primarily on tangible assets, such as real estate, investments and personal property. However, in some cases, intellectual property (IP) can make up a substantial portion of an individual’s wealth. Proper planning can help ensure that these assets are preserved, accurately valued and transferred according to your wishes.

Defining IP

IP generally falls into four main categories: patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets. We’ll focus here only on patents and copyrights. They’re protected by federal law to promote scientific and creative endeavors by providing inventors and artists exclusive rights to benefit economically from their work for a certain period.

Patents protect inventions, and the two most common are utility and design patents. Under federal law, utility patents protect an invention for 20 years from the patent application filing date. (It typically takes at least a year to a year and a half from the date of filing to the date of issue.) Design patents last 15 years from the patent issue date.

Copyrights protect the original expression of ideas that are fixed in a “tangible medium of expression,” typically in the form of written works, music, paintings, film and photographs. Unlike patents, which must be approved by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, copyright protection kicks in as soon as a work is fixed in a tangible medium. And copyrights last much longer than patents. The specific term depends on various factors.

Valuing and transferring IP

Valuing IP is a complex process. Unlike physical assets, the value of IP often depends on future income potential. Valuation may consider factors such as licensing agreements, royalty streams, market demand, brand recognition and comparable sales. Often, a professional appraiser is needed to determine fair market value. Accurate valuation is particularly important for estate tax reporting and equitable distribution among heirs.

After you know the IP’s value, it’s time to decide whether to transfer the IP to family members, colleagues, charities or others through lifetime gifts or bequests after your death. The gift and estate tax consequences will likely affect your decision. But you also should consider your income needs, as well as who’s in the best position to monitor your IP rights and take advantage of their benefits.

If you’ll continue to depend on the IP for your livelihood, hold on to it at least until you’re ready to retire or you no longer need the income. You also might want to retain ownership of the IP if you feel that your children or other beneficiaries lack the desire or wherewithal to take advantage of its economic potential and monitor and protect it against infringers.

Whichever strategy you choose, it’s important to plan the transaction carefully to ensure your objectives are achieved. There’s a common misconception that when you transfer ownership of the tangible medium on which IP is recorded, you also transfer the IP rights. But IP rights are separate from the work itself and are retained by the creator.

Working with us

If you hold intangible assets, such as a patent or copyright, contact us. We can help ensure that these potentially valuable assets are properly accounted for in your estate plan.

Why you might want to build a wall between your business and its real estate

Wed, 18 Mar 2026 17:29:45 GMT

Does your business own its real estate in a separate holding company, such as a limited liability company (LLC) or limited partnership? This practice can provide several advantages, including shielding property from your company’s creditors. It can also ease estate planning if, for example, you want to transfer business interests to your children while retaining ownership of the real estate. In addition, there are good tax reasons to separate the two. Let’s take a look.

Asset protection and estate planning advantages

Owning real estate in a separate legal entity can wall off an operating business from its real estate’s potential liabilities (and vice versa). A creditor who targets your business generally can’t reach real estate held in a separate entity. And if, for example, someone slips and falls in your office, factory or warehouse and sues, holding the property in a separate entity may help protect your operating business’s other assets.

Such protection extends to bankruptcy. If your business is forced to file for bankruptcy, creditors typically can’t recover separately owned real estate. However, there’s at least one exception. Real estate you’ve pledged as collateral for a business loan may still be subject to claims by lenders.

Owners of real estate in LLCs or limited partnerships also enjoy estate planning and succession flexibility. Let’s say you have two grown children, but only one is actively involved in the business. You can equitably divide assets by transferring the business to the actively involved child and the real estate to the other. Also, gradually gifting interests in a separate entity holding real estate can reduce the value of your taxable estate.

Tax matters

C corporations that hold real estate can risk unnecessary taxes. Real estate expenses are treated as ordinary expenses on the company’s income statement. If the property is sold, any profit is subject to double taxation: first at the corporate level and then at the owner’s individual level when proceeds are distributed. If you instead own real estate in a pass-through entity, and then lease it to your company, the profit upon sale would be taxed only once — at the individual owner level. Also, your operating business might be able to deduct lease payments so long as the rent is reasonable.

To simplify matters, some business owners buy business real estate themselves. However, this can transfer the property’s liabilities directly to owners and put other personal assets — including the business interests — at risk. So it’s generally best to hold real estate in its own limited liability entity. Just make sure your entity carries adequate insurance coverage.

Possible downsides

Aside from the costs, there are possible downsides to owning real estate separately. For instance, you’ll need to manage separate finances, tax filings and legal structures. But for most small to midsize businesses, the advantages outweigh any disadvantages. Contact us to discuss this strategy and determine what’s right for your situation.

It’s your last chance to claim these clean energy tax breaks

Tue, 17 Mar 2026 17:39:08 GMT

Last year’s One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) terminated several clean energy tax incentives earlier than previously scheduled. But if you bought an electric vehicle or made certain green home improvements last year, you might be eligible for a tax credit on your 2025 individual income tax return.

Remember, tax credits reduce your tax liability dollar-for-dollar (unlike deductions, which reduce the amount of income subject to tax). So tax credits are especially valuable.

Did you buy an electric vehicle?

If you bought an eligible clean vehicle by September 30, 2025, you may be able to claim one of these tax credits on your 2025 return:

New clean vehicle credit. Buyers of new electric and fuel cell vehicles may be able to claim a credit up to $7,500, depending on how the battery components and critical minerals were sourced. Vehicles that meet only one of the sourcing criteria may be eligible for a $3,750 credit. This credit was originally set to expire after 2032. But, under the OBBBA, it expired on September 30, 2025.

The maximum manufacturer’s suggested retail price for a vehicle to be eligible for the credit is $55,000 for cars and $80,000 for SUVs, trucks and vans. The vehicle also must have undergone final assembly in North America. In addition, the credit isn’t allowed for vehicles with any battery components from a “foreign entity of concern.” For you to qualify, your 2025 adjusted gross income (AGI) must not exceed $150,000 ($300,000 if you’re married filing jointly and $225,000 if you’re filing as a head of household).

Used clean vehicle credit . Buyers of used electric or fuel cell vehicles may be able to claim a credit of up to $4,000 or 30% of the purchase price — whichever is lower — if they bought the vehicle from a dealer. Like the new clean vehicle credit, this credit had been set to expire after 2032 but, under the OBBBA, it expired on September 30, 2025.

The maximum purchase price for a vehicle to be eligible for the credit is $25,000. For you to qualify, your 2025 AGI must not exceed $75,000 ($150,000 if you’re a joint filer and $112,500 if you’re a head-of-household filer).

Did you make green home improvements?

If you made certain home upgrades in 2025, you may be eligible for one of these tax credits on your 2025 return:

Energy-efficient home improvement credit. This nonrefundable credit equals up to 30% of qualified expenses to make your home more energy efficient. The maximum credit you can claim for 2025 generally is $1,200. There are no AGI-based limits, but there are credit caps that vary by item. Some examples of 2025 credit limits are $150 for energy audits, $250 per exterior door ($500 total), $600 for windows and $2,000 for heat pumps (superseding the usual $1,200 limit). Before the OBBBA, this credit was scheduled to end after 2032.

Residential clean energy credit. This nonrefundable credit equals 30% of the cost of eligible renewable energy systems such as solar, wind and geothermal installations. There generally are no caps or AGI-based limits. Before the OBBBA, this credit was set to end after 2034.

Are you eligible for a tax credit?

One more clean energy credit you might be able to claim on your 2025 return is the alternative fuel vehicle refueling property credit. You may be eligible if last year you installed equipment at your home to recharge electric vehicles. The credit equals 30% of the installation cost, up to $1,000 per charging port.

If you didn’t install a charging port in 2025, it’s not too late. If you install one by June 30, 2026, you potentially can claim the credit on your 2026 return next year. (Before the OBBBA, this credit was also scheduled to expire after 2032.)

If you purchased a clean vehicle or made green home improvements and aren’t sure whether you’re eligible for one or more of these credits, contact us.

Business deductions for four-legged coworkers

Mon, 16 Mar 2026 17:25:24 GMT

Did you know that you can claim tax deductions for animals that serve a bona fide business purpose? This benefit extends beyond agricultural operations. Working animals in many sectors may qualify. Here are the details.

Working animals vs. personal pets

A working animal must provide a clear and direct business benefit. Common examples include:

Dogs used to deter theft, vandalism or unauthorized entry at a business location,
Cats used to control rodents that could damage inventory, equipment or facilities, and
Animals used in agricultural operations.

In these cases, the animal’s presence directly supports business operations, making related expenses potentially deductible.

However, it’s important to distinguish bona fide working animals from those that provide personal companionship or emotional support. If an animal is a part-time worker and part-time pet, you can deduct only the percentage of expenses that correspond to the animal’s working time. For instance, if a dog spends approximately 60% of its time guarding a warehouse and 40% as a pet, only 60% of eligible expenses would typically be deductible.

The IRS will likely deny deductions for an animal that’s clearly primarily a household pet. Likewise, service animals for owners or employees aren’t eligible for business deductions.

Deductible expenses

Many costs associated with the care of a working animal may be deductible as ordinary and necessary business expenses. These include costs for raising, feeding, caring for, training and managing animals used in a trade or business. Examples include:

Food and treats,
Veterinary care and medications,
Grooming necessary for the animal’s role,
Training costs related to the animal’s work function, and
Supplies such as leashes, collars, bedding and shelter.

The deduction applies only to reasonable expenses connected to the animal’s business use. Luxury or purely personal costs may draw IRS scrutiny.

It’s important to note that different tax rules apply to farmers, ranchers and professional breeders. In general, farmers may deduct feed, veterinary care and other costs directly associated with the business use of animals. The costs associated with animals used for draft, breeding, sport or dairy purposes are typically capitalized and depreciated, rather than immediately deducted, unless they’re included in inventory.

Recordkeeping requirements

Proper documentation is key to supporting deductions for working animals. You’ll need to maintain records to demonstrate that the animal performs a legitimate business function, the expenses are ordinary and necessary for your industry, and any allocation between business and personal use is reasonable. Contact us to discuss your situation and assess your eligibility.

Your Health Savings Account and your estate plan: What you need to know

Thu, 12 Mar 2026 17:38:31 GMT

A Health Savings Account (HSA) can be a valuable asset in your estate. Contributions to an HSA are pretax or tax-deductible, the funds grow on a tax-deferred basis, and withdrawals for qualified medical expenses are tax-free.

HSA balances may be carried over from year to year, continuing to grow on a tax-deferred basis indefinitely. Over time, this can allow HSAs to accumulate substantial value (if significant withdrawals aren’t taken to pay medical expenses). But there can be major tax consequences for the designated beneficiary who inherits an HSA. So, if you have an HSA, it’s important to carefully factor it into your estate planning.

Breaking down the numbers

If you’re covered by a qualified high-deductible health plan (HDHP), you can contribute pretax income to an employer-sponsored HSA — or make deductible contributions to an HSA that you open for yourself — up to applicable limits.

For 2026, an HDHP is a plan with a minimum deductible of $1,700 ($3,400 for family coverage) and maximum out-of-pocket expenses of $8,500 ($17,000 for family coverage). Under the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, signed into law July 4, 2025, the definition of HDHP is expanded beginning in 2026 to include bronze and catastrophic plans.

You can’t contribute to an HSA if you’re covered by any non-HDHP insurance or enrolled in Medicare. However, if you already have an HSA from a time when you were eligible to contribute, you can continue to withdraw funds tax-free to pay for qualified expenses.

For 2026, the annual contribution limit for HSAs is $4,400 for individuals with self-only coverage and $8,750 for individuals with family coverage. If you’re 55 or older, you can add another $1,000. Typically, contributions are made by individuals, but some employers contribute to employees’ accounts.

An HSA can bear interest or be invested, growing tax-deferred, similar to a traditional IRA. After age 65, you can take penalty-free distributions to use for nonmedical expenses, but they’ll be taxable.

Estate planning implications

Because an HSA’s account balance (less any funds used to pay qualified medical expenses) continues to grow on a tax-deferred basis indefinitely, an HSA can provide significant additional assets for your heirs. However, the tax implications of inheriting an HSA differ substantially depending on who receives it. So it’s important to carefully consider your beneficiary designation.

If you name your spouse as a beneficiary, the inherited HSA will be treated as his or her own HSA. That means your spouse can allow the account to continue growing tax-deferred and withdraw funds tax-free for his or her own qualified medical expenses.

If you name your child or someone other than your spouse as a beneficiary, the HSA terminates, and your beneficiary is taxed on the account’s fair market value. Note, however, that any of your qualified medical expenses paid with HSA funds within one year after death aren’t taxable to the HSA beneficiary.

What if your estate is the beneficiary of the HSA? The full amount of the HSA is taxed to you in the year of death. In some situations (for instance, if you’re in a low tax bracket and the beneficiary is in a high tax bracket), this may be a good tax planning strategy. But in others (if you’re in a high tax bracket and your beneficiary is in a low tax bracket), it could be a bad idea tax-wise. As with most tax planning issues, be sure to consider the tax consequences and other relevant factors when making a beneficiary designation.

Also, keep in mind that, if you do have qualified medical expenses during your life, it generally will be more tax efficient for you to use tax-free HSA distributions to pay them. You won’t have to tap non-HSA funds for medical expenses, leaving you with more non-HSA assets to pass on to your nonspouse heirs. For those heirs, the income tax treatment of non-HSA assets will typically be more favorable.

Have questions?

An HSA is a tax-efficient way to fund your health care expenses during your life while helping you build more assets to pass on to your heirs. However, careful planning is critical, especially regarding HSA beneficiary designation. Contact us to discuss how to incorporate an HSA into your estate plan.

Better billing practices are only an easy assessment away

Wed, 11 Mar 2026 17:37:52 GMT

Efficient, accurate billing practices are critical to your business’s financial health. Billing errors or delays can lead to revenue leakage, cash-flow shortages and customer attrition. If your company is struggling with billing issues — or it’s been a while since you evaluated this function — now’s a good time to review your processes and make any needed upgrades.

At the root

Often, billing issues stem from inadequate systems and processes. Assess your billing practices to ensure you’re:

Invoicing customers for the correct amounts and applying any promised discounts,
Paying attention to customer complaints and taking immediate steps to resolve them,
Tracking errors to identify trends,
Verifying account information to ensure invoices are addressed correctly, and
Setting clear standards and expectations with customers (both verbally and in writing) about your policies regarding pricing, payment terms, credit, and delivery times.

In addition, train employees to enforce billing policies properly. They should ask customers to pay any portion of a bill that isn’t under dispute. And once a dispute is satisfactorily resolved, they need to ask the customer to pay the remainder immediately.

Rising billing disputes may signal a deterioration in the quality of a company’s products or services. Damaged or late orders may give customers an excuse not to pay their bills. The same goes for services that aren’t provided in a timely or professional manner.

Flexible schedules and tech solutions

If your business is invoice-based, know that regularly sending out bills late can harm collection efforts — so timeliness is critical. Traditionally, many businesses have offered 30-, 45- or 60-day payment terms. But this may have changed in your industry, particularly now that most billing is done electronically. What’s more, many companies permit their most important or largest customers to negotiate customized payment schedules. If you adopt this practice, adjust your cash flow expectations and projections to recognize such variances.

Both small and large businesses generally use automated billing systems these days. But if your company employs manual methods, we strongly advise you to find a technology solution that lets you easily send electronic invoices and receive paperless payments. Doing so can reduce labor-intensive work, improve recordkeeping and expedite payment. As with any technology, however, you’ll need to review it from time to time to determine whether it continues to meet your needs or if better options have become available.

We can help

Contact us for billing software recommendations. We can also help you identify potential billing issues early — before they escalate into cash-flow problems, customer disputes or even legal complications.

April 15 is the deadline for more than just your income tax return

Tue, 10 Mar 2026 17:44:36 GMT

You know your 2025 federal income tax return is due April 15, 2026. But do you know what else has an April 15 deadline? If you don’t, you could miss out on valuable tax-saving opportunities or become subject to interest and even penalties.

Making 2025 contributions to an IRA

It may be 2026, but you can still make a 2025 contribution to a traditional or Roth IRA until April 15. For 2025, eligible taxpayers can contribute up to $7,000 ($8,000 if they’re age 50 or older). The limit applies to traditional and Roth IRAs on a combined basis.

If you contribute to a traditional IRA, you may be able to deduct the amount on your 2025 income tax return. But if you (or your spouse, if applicable) participate in a work-based retirement plan such as a 401(k) and your income exceeds certain limits, your deduction will be subject to a phaseout.

Roth contributions aren’t tax-deductible, but qualified distributions will be tax-free. Roth contributions are subject to an income-based phaseout, whether or not you (or your spouse) participate in a 401(k) or similar plan. If your Roth IRA contribution is partially or fully phased out, you can make nondeductible traditional IRA contributions instead, assuming you’re otherwise eligible.

Be aware that the 2025 IRA contribution deadline is April 15 regardless of whether you file for an income tax return extension.

Making 2025 contributions to a SEP

If you own a business or are self-employed, you still can reduce your 2025 tax liability by making deductible contributions to a Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plan by April 15. If you don’t already have a SEP in place, you can contribute for 2025 as long as you set up the plan by the contribution deadline. The 2025 contribution limit is 25% of your eligible compensation up to $70,000 (though special rules apply if you’re self-employed).

Keep in mind that, if you have employees who work enough hours and meet other qualification requirements, generally they must be allowed to participate in the plan. And you’ll have to make contributions on their behalf at the same percentage you contribute for yourself.

If you file to extend your 2025 return, you have until the extended October 15 deadline to set up your plan and make deductible 2025 contributions.

Filing for an automatic six-month extension

If you’re unable to file your individual return by April 15, you generally must file for an extension (Form 4868) by April 15 to avoid failure-to-file penalties. But this isn’t an extension of the tax payment deadline. If you expect to owe taxes, you should project and pay the amount due by April 15 to minimize interest and late payment penalties.

Paying the first installment of 2026 estimated taxes

If you make estimated tax payments, the first 2026 payment is due April 15. You can be subject to penalties if you don’t pay enough tax during the year through estimated tax payments and withholding. Generally, you’ll need to make estimated tax payments if you have taxable income without withholding, such as self-employment income, interest, dividends or capital gains from asset sales, and will likely owe $1,000 or more when you file your 2026 tax return next year.

For you to avoid penalties, your estimated payments and withholding must equal at least 90% of your tax liability for 2026 or 110% of your tax for 2025 (100% if your adjusted gross income for 2025 was $150,000 or less or, if married filing separately, $75,000 or less). Paying the appropriate amount of estimated taxes on time can help you avoid or reduce interest and penalties.

Filing a 2025 income tax return for a trust or estate

If you’re the trustee of a trust or the executor of an estate that follows a calendar tax year, you may be required to file an income tax return (Form 1041) for the trust or estate — and pay any tax due — by April 15. Filing is required when a trust or estate has gross income of $600 or more during the tax year or if any beneficiary is a nonresident alien.

For the year of death, a Form 1041 must also be filed for the deceased to report any income, as well as deductions and credits, up until the date of death. If the deceased’s assets immediately passed to the heirs, a Form 1041 generally won’t be required because the estate won’t have any post-death income.

If you’re not ready to file Form 1041 by April 15, you can file an automatic five-and-a-half-month extension (Form 7004) to September 30, 2026 (or a six-month extension to October 15, 2025, if it’s a bankruptcy estate). But any tax due still needs to be paid by April 15.

Meet your deadlines

As you can see, depending on your situation, you may have more to do by April 15 than just file your Form 1040. And this isn’t a complete list. For example, April 15 is also the deadline for individuals to file a federal gift tax return and a Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (FBAR). We can help you determine which April 15 deadlines apply to you and assist you with meeting them so you can stay in compliance and potentially save taxes and avoid becoming subject to interest and penalties.

New provisions for 2026 may affect your tax planning

Tue, 10 Mar 2026 17:42:11 GMT

The many tax-related provisions that went into effect last year after the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) was signed into law are affecting 2025 federal income tax returns being filed now. However, some OBBBA provisions aren’t taking effect until this year. Plus, some changes under previous legislation are also taking effect in 2026. Here’s an overview of new tax provisions that individuals and businesses need to consider when conducting their 2026 tax planning.

Tax provisions affecting individual taxpayers

Changes going into effect for individual taxpayers this year include:

New charitable contribution deduction for nonitemizers. For 2026 and future years, the OBBBA reinstates the COVID-era deduction for cash donations to qualified charities by taxpayers who claim the standard deduction, subject to an increased annual limit of $1,000, or $2,000 for joint filers. (The limits were $300 and $600, respectively, for 2021 when this nonitemizer deduction was last available.)

The definition of “cash donation” may be broader than you think. It includes gifts made by debit or credit card, check, electronic bank transfer, online payment platform, and payroll deduction. If you make such gifts in 2026, be sure to retain proper substantiation so you can deduct them when you file your return next year.

New floor on charitable deduction for itemizers. Under the OBBBA, if you itemize deductions rather than claiming the standard deduction, your otherwise allowable charitable deductions are limited to the amount that, in aggregate, exceeds 0.5% of your adjusted gross income (AGI). Put another way, your 2026 charitable deduction is limited to the amount that exceeds 0.5% of your 2026 AGI.

If you’ll be affected, you may want to “bunch” donations into alternating years to minimize the negative impact of the new floor. (If you won’t itemize deductions in the nonbunching years, consider making cash donations up to the nonitemizer charitable deduction limit in those years.)

New limit on itemized deductions for taxpayers in the 37% tax bracket. Generally, this OBBBA limitation for 2026 and subsequent years means that the tax benefit from itemized deductions for taxpayers in the 37% bracket will be treated as if they were in the 35% bracket. For 2026, the 37% bracket starts when taxable income exceeds $640,600 for singles and heads of households, $768,700 for married couples filing jointly, and $384,350 for married couples filing separately.

If you may be affected, factor this into your 2026 tax planning so you don’t overestimate the tax savings your itemized deductions will provide.

Alternative minimum tax (AMT) exemption changes. You must pay the AMT if your AMT liability exceeds your regular tax liability. The top AMT rate is 28%, compared to the top regular ordinary-income tax rate of 37%. But the AMT rate typically applies to a higher taxable income base. An AMT exemption is available, but it phases out when AMT income exceeds certain levels.

Under the OBBBA, those thresholds revert to their 2018 levels for 2026 (i.e., removing the inflation adjustments made for 2019–2025), and they’ll be adjusted annually for inflation in subsequent years. Also, the OBBBA effectively phases out the exemption twice as fast beginning in 2026. The 2026 phaseout ranges are $500,000–$680,200 for singles and heads of households and $1,000,000–$1,280,400 for joint filers (half those amounts for separate filers), compared to the 2025 ranges of $626,350–$978,750 and $1,252,700–$1,800,700, respectively. Both changes mean more taxpayers could be subject to the AMT in 2026.

If it’s looking like you’ll be subject to the AMT this year, consider accelerating income and short-term capital gains into 2026. This may allow you to benefit from the lower maximum AMT rate. Also consider deferring expenses you can’t deduct for AMT purposes until next year, such as state and local taxes (SALT). You may be able to preserve those deductions — but watch out for the annual limit on the SALT deduction. Additionally, if you defer expenses you can deduct for AMT purposes to next year, such as charitable donations, the deductions may become more valuable because of the higher maximum regular tax rate.

New tax-advantaged Trump Accounts. Created under the OBBBA, these accounts are available to U.S. citizens under 18. Contributions to a properly established account can begin on July 4, 2026. Generally, up to $5,000 per year can be contributed. Although contributions aren’t tax deductible, the account can grow tax-deferred until the child is 18, when it converts into a traditional IRA.

Eligible children born between January 1, 2025, and December 31, 2028, whose parents have elected to participate in a pilot program, will receive a one-time, tax-free $1,000 federal contribution to their accounts. The $1,000 government contribution doesn’t count against the annual limit. So, if your child (or grandchild) is born this year, up to $5,000 could be contributed to his or her Trump Account in 2026 on top of the $1,000 from the government.

Increase in tax-free 529 plan withdrawal limit for qualified elementary and secondary school expenses. Distributions used to pay qualified expenses are income-tax-free for federal purposes and potentially also for state purposes, making the tax deferral a permanent savings. In recent years, certain elementary and secondary school expenses of up to $10,000 per year per beneficiary have been considered qualified and thus eligible for tax-free treatment.

Only tuition qualified through July 4, 2025. Under the OBBBA, various additional expenses after July 4, such as books, instructional materials and certain fees, also qualify. Beginning in 2026, the annual limit increases to $20,000 per year per beneficiary.

So, you may be able to take advantage of more tax-free funds from your child’s 529 plan to pay his or her elementary and secondary school expenses in 2026. And you may want to increase your contributions to your child’s (or grandchild’s) 529 plan so that funds are available in the account to take advantage of the increased limit in the future.

New Roth requirement for higher-income taxpayers’ catch-up contributions. Beginning in 2026, new rules under the SECURE 2.0 Act (signed into law in 2022) require higher-income participants in 401(k), 403(b) and 457(b) retirement plans to make any catch-up contributions as after-tax Roth contributions. For 2026, this requirement applies to participants with 2025 Social Security wages exceeding $150,000. That threshold will be annually adjusted for inflation.

If you’re subject to this limit, no longer being able to make pretax catch-up contributions could increase your 2026 taxable income. This, in turn, could push you into a higher tax bracket and impact your eligibility for various tax breaks. You may want to consider other steps for reducing your income in 2026, such as minimizing sales of stock or other investments that would generate capital gains income (or offsetting gains by selling other investments at a loss).

Elimination of certain energy-efficiency credits for homeowners. The OBBBA repealed two credits for taxpayers who take steps to make their homes more energy efficient, such as installing energy-efficient windows or adding solar panels: 1) the Energy Efficient Home Improvement Credit for qualified improvements to an existing home and 2) the Residential Clean Energy Credit for both existing and newly constructed homes. The credits aren’t available for any property placed in service after December 31, 2025.

Tax provisions affecting businesses and their owners

Business-related changes going into effect this year include:

Expansion of the income ranges over which the Section 199A qualified business income (QBI) deduction limitations phase in. Under the OBBBA, for 2026 and beyond, instead of the distance from the bottom of the range (the threshold) to the top (the amount at which the limit fully applies) being $50,000, or, for joint filers, $100,000, it’s $75,000, or, for joint filers, $150,000. This will allow larger deductions for some taxpayers.

For 2026, the ranges are $201,750–$276,750 (up from $197,300–$247,300 for 2025), double those amounts for married couples filing jointly. The threshold amounts will continue to be annually adjusted for inflation.

Consider the potential impact of the limit phase-ins on your 2026 QBI deduction. There may be steps you can take to make the most of the significantly expanded phase-in ranges.

Reduction of the threshold for the excess business loss limitation. The deductions for current-year business losses incurred by noncorporate taxpayers generally can offset income from other sources, such as salary, self-employment income, interest, dividends and capital gains, only up to the annual limit. “Excess” losses are carried forward to later tax years and can then be deducted under the net operating loss rules.

The OBBBA makes the limit permanent and reduces the threshold at which the limitation goes into effect. For 2026, the threshold is $256,000 (down from $313,000 for 2025), double that amount for joint filers. The threshold will be adjusted for inflation annually going forward.

If you’ll be affected by this change, you may want to adjust your individual tax planning strategies to help make up for a reduced loss deduction. You also might consider making changes to your business strategy to avoid generating losses that would be suspended until later years because of the lower excess business loss limitation threshold.

New option for claiming the family and medical leave credit. The OBBBA permanently extended the employer tax credit for paid family and medical leave, which was scheduled to expire on December 31, 2025. For 2025, the credit amount ranged from 12.5% to 25% of eligible wages paid to qualifying employees for up to 12 weeks of paid leave.

Beginning in 2026, the OBBBA allows employers to claim the credit for the same percentage of insurance premiums paid or incurred during the tax year for active family and medical leave coverage. You can’t claim the credit for both wages and premiums, however.

If you don’t currently offer paid family and medical leave, consider whether funding it with insurance premiums eligible for the credit would make doing so feasible while helping to achieve other business goals, such as increasing employee retention. If you do offer paid family and medical leave, you’ll need to look at whether claiming the credit for actual wages paid to employees on leave or for insurance premiums will save you more tax. (If you offer paid leave but don’t fund it with insurance, you may want to revisit whether insurance would make sense for your business now that premiums are eligible for the credit.)

Elimination of certain clean energy incentives. The Section 179D deduction for energy-efficient commercial buildings allows owners of new or existing commercial buildings to immediately deduct the cost of certain energy-efficient improvements rather than depreciate them over the 39-year period that typically applies. The base deduction is calculated using a sliding scale, ranging for 2026 from $0.59 per square foot to $5.94 per square foot, depending on energy savings and whether specific prevailing wage and apprenticeship requirements have been met. The OBBBA eliminates the deduction for property that begins construction after June 30, 2026.

The Section 30C alternative fuel vehicle refueling property credit is for property that stores or dispenses clean-burning fuel or recharges electric vehicles. The credit is worth up to $100,000 per item (each charging port, fuel dispenser or storage property). The OBBBA eliminates the credit for property placed in service after June 30, 2026.

If you’re considering one of these clean energy investments, you may want to act soon so you can be eligible for the associated tax break before it’s eliminated.

Begin planning now

All the tax law changes can be overwhelming. If you need help understanding how these provisions might affect your tax strategies, contact us. We can help you develop a plan to reduce your tax liability so you can keep more of your hard-earned income while staying compliant.

Options for forfeited employee FSA balances

Mon, 09 Mar 2026 17:55:34 GMT

Many businesses offer health care and dependent care flexible spending accounts (FSAs) as part of their employee benefits package. These plans provide valuable tax savings to employees and payroll tax savings to employers.

If your company operates a calendar-year FSA with a 2½-month grace period, employees have until March 15 to incur eligible expenses for their 2025 plan balances. After that, any unused 2025 funds may be forfeited under the “use-it-or-lose-it” rule. Here’s a refresher on how FSAs work and what employers can do with forfeited balances.

The basics

Under an employer-sponsored FSA plan, employees may be able to contribute a portion of their pay to a:

Health care FSA. These accounts may be used for qualifying out-of-pocket medical, dental and vision expenses for the employee and his or her spouse and/or qualified dependents. For 2026, the maximum employee contribution to a health care FSA increases to $3,400 (from $3,300 in 2025). (The limit is annually indexed for inflation.)

Dependent care FSA. These accounts may be used for qualifying child care or adult dependent care expenses. For 2026, under 2025 tax legislation, the dependent care FSA contribution limit increases to $7,500 per household ($3,750 for married couples filing separately). The limit for 2025 was $5,000 ($2,500 for separate filers). (The limit isn’t inflation-indexed, so it won’t go up in the future unless another increase is passed by Congress and signed into law.)

Employee contributions are made on a pretax basis, reducing federal income tax, Social Security tax and Medicare tax (and often state income tax). The FSA plan directly pays or reimburses employees for qualified expenses, and the payments or reimbursements are tax-free.

Use-it-or-lose-it rule

If employees don’t use their full FSA balances by the end of the plan year, leftover balances generally revert to the employer under the use-it-or-lose-it rule. However, there are two exceptions:

An FSA plan can allow a grace period of up to 2½ months. Most FSA plans operate on a calendar-year basis. For a calendar-year FSA plan, the grace period gives employees until March 15 of the following year to incur qualified expenses to drain their unused FSA balances from the previous year.
A health care FSA plan can allow employees to carry over up to an annually inflation-indexed amount of unused balances from one year to the next. The amount that can be carried over from 2026 to 2027 is $680 (up from the $660 that could be carried over from 2025 to 2026).

It’s important to note that a health care FSA plan can offer either the carryover or the grace period, but not both. Dependent care FSA plans can offer only the grace period, not the carryover.

Options for forfeited FSA funds

After any applicable grace period ends, or after applying any permitted health care FSA carryover, employers may retain forfeited balances under IRS cafeteria plan rules. Many businesses use the funds to offset plan administrative expenses.

Other permitted uses generally include, on a reasonable and uniform basis: 1) reducing the amount employees need to contribute in a future year to reach a certain FSA balance (for example, employees need to contribute only $950 to have a $1,000 FSA balance, with the extra $50 funded by forfeited balances from a previous year), or 2) returning amounts to participants (typically treated as taxable wages and subject to payroll taxes and income tax withholding).

Forfeitures can’t be returned to plan participants based on individual claims experience. Any allocation of returned funds must be nondiscriminatory and consistent with plan terms.

Natural check-in point

Around the grace-period deadline is a natural time for business owners to review how their FSA plans handle unused balances. It’s also a good opportunity to confirm that your current plan design, including grace period or carryover provisions, aligns with your employees’ needs and your administrative practices. Contact us to help review and modify your FSA plan provisions, handle forfeitures properly and prepare for next year’s enrollment cycle.

Does your estate plan include a living will?

Thu, 05 Mar 2026 17:36:26 GMT

A comprehensive estate plan does more than simply distribute your assets after your death — it also protects your voice, your values and your loved ones during a difficult moment. One critical yet often overlooked component of an estate plan is a living will.

Living will vs. last will and testament

Many people confuse a living will with a last will and testament, but they aren’t the same. These separate documents serve different but vital purposes.

A last will and testament is what you probably think of when you hear the term “will.” This document details how your assets will be distributed upon your death. A living will (sometimes referred to as a “health care directive”) details your preferences for how life-sustaining medical treatment decisions should be made if you become incapacitated and unable to communicate them yourself.

While many people focus on wills and trusts to manage property after death, a living will addresses critical decisions during your lifetime. Including one as part of your estate plan offers significant personal and financial benefits, such as:

Easing emotional stress on family members. Few situations are more emotionally taxing than making end-of-life medical decisions for a family member. When loved ones are forced to make choices without clear guidance, feelings of guilt and doubt can arise.

A living will can provide clarity and reassurance. It relieves your family of the burden of guessing what you would have wanted. Instead of debating difficult choices, they can focus on supporting one another.

Helping to avoid family disputes. Unfortunately, disagreements over medical treatment can strain even the closest families. Different personal beliefs, religious views or interpretations of “quality of life” can lead to conflict.

By documenting your wishes in advance, you reduce the risk of disputes. Health care providers and family members can rely on a legally recognized document rather than differing opinions. This can help preserve family harmony.

Reducing unnecessary medical costs. End-of-life medical care can be expensive. While financial considerations shouldn’t drive medical decisions, unwanted or prolonged treatments can significantly impact your estate and your family’s financial security.

A living will helps ensure that you receive only the type of care you want — no more and no less. This clarity can prevent costly interventions that don’t align with your preferences, helping to protect the assets you’ve worked hard to build.

Don’t forget powers of attorney

Often, a living will is drafted in conjunction with two other documents: a durable power of attorney for property and a health care power of attorney.

A durable power of attorney identifies someone who can handle your financial affairs, such as paying bills and undertaking other routine tasks, should you become incapacitated. A health care power of attorney becomes effective if you’re incapacitated but not terminal or in a vegetative state. Your designee can make medical decisions on your behalf — for example, agreeing to a surgical procedure recommended by your physician — if you’re unable to do so. But this person can’t officially make life-sustaining choices. That requires a living will.

Seek professional help

Because laws governing living wills vary by state, it’s important to work with qualified professionals in your area to ensure your documents are properly drafted and integrated into your broader estate planning strategy. We can explain how a living will fits within your overall financial and legacy goals. Be sure to turn to your attorney to draft your living will.

Selling your business? You might benefit from presale financial due diligence

Wed, 04 Mar 2026 17:31:28 GMT

If you’re contemplating a sale of your business, you probably know that any serious buyer will scrutinize your financial statements, operations, assets and legal agreements. Conducting your own due diligence now can smooth the buyer review process and ease deal negotiations. Working with financial and legal advisors, you’ll have the opportunity to fix any problems before your business goes on the market.

Anticipate buyer scrutiny

The primary goal of presale due diligence is to evaluate the quality and sustainability of earnings, identify risks, and normalize financial results before giving prospective buyers access to the company’s books. Financial advisors look for anything that could be considered negative or inconsistent by a prospective buyer and, thus, potentially cause the buyer to reduce the offering price — or even terminate the deal.

Presale due diligence generally focuses on financial performance, tax exposure and other matters that buyers might scrutinize. So, your financial advisor may:

Analyze the last three years of financial statements to assess revenue recognition policies, margin trends and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA),
Evaluate inventory accounting methods, costing practices and obsolescence risks,
Look for any “off-balance-sheet” liabilities,
Assess compliance with federal and state regulations, such as those related to environmental protection and employee-related taxes,
Review customer and vendor concentrations, related-party transactions, and key contracts,
Evaluate the strength of confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements, and internal control policies, and
Identify any outstanding lawsuits.

Addressing these issues now can reduce seller and buyer uncertainty later.

Evaluating IP issues

Presale due diligence also may require your attorney to assess ownership of key intellectual property (IP) such as patents, trademarks, logos and proprietary software. And your financial advisor may review IP documentation to identify gaps or inconsistencies that could affect asset values.

Such verification is critical to a company’s value, especially in industries such as technology, pharmaceuticals and manufacturing. If, say, your business has only a tenuous claim on an internally developed product, it’s better to learn — and possibly fix — this before a prospective buyer finds out.

Start early

The earlier you start planning and preparing for a sale, the better. Ideally, you should engage a professional with merger and acquisition experience to perform presale due diligence on your business at least six months before going to market. If you’d like to make major changes before selling, such as divesting noncore operations or significantly reducing your company’s debt, give yourself even more time. Contact us with questions.

4 types of interest expense you may be able to deduct

Tue, 03 Mar 2026 17:37:33 GMT

Personal interest expense generally can’t be deducted for federal tax purposes. There are, however, exceptions. Here are four, one of which is a new break under the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA), which was signed into law in 2025.

1. Mortgage interest

Perhaps the most well-known interest expense deduction, home mortgage interest may be deductible if you itemize deductions rather than claiming the standard deduction. You generally can deduct interest on mortgage debt incurred to purchase, build or improve your principal residence and a second residence. Points paid related to your principal residence also may be deductible.

The OBBBA made permanent the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act’s (TCJA’s) reduction of the mortgage debt limit from $1 million to $750,000 for debt incurred after December 15, 2017, with some limited exceptions. But the OBBBA also generally made mortgage insurance premiums deductible as mortgage interest — though not until the 2026 tax year. So you can’t deduct these premiums on your 2025 return.

2. Auto loan interest

The OBBBA allows eligible individuals — whether or not they itemize — to deduct some or all of the interest paid on a loan taken out after 2024 to purchase a qualifying new car, minivan, van, SUV, pickup truck or motorcycle with a gross vehicle weight rating under 14,000 pounds. For 2025 through 2028, you can potentially deduct up to $10,000 each year. But various requirements and limits apply.

One of the most significant requirements is that the vehicle’s “final assembly” must occur in the United States. An important limit to be aware of is that the deduction is phased out starting at $100,000 of modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) or $200,000 for married couples filing jointly. The deduction is completely phased out when MAGI reaches $150,000 ($250,000 for joint filers).

3. Student loan interest

If you have student loan debt, you may be able to deduct the interest, subject to various rules and limits. You don’t have to itemize to claim the deduction, and the maximum deduction is $2,500. The interest must be for a “qualified education loan,” which means a debt incurred to pay tuition, room and board, and related expenses to attend a post-high-school educational institution, including certain vocational schools. Post-graduate programs may also qualify.

For 2025, the deduction begins to phase out for single taxpayers when MAGI exceeds $85,000 ($175,000 for joint filers). The deduction is unavailable for single taxpayers with MAGI of more than $100,000 ($205,000 for joint filers). Married taxpayers must file jointly to claim this deduction. Taxpayers who can be claimed as a dependent on another tax return aren’t eligible.

4. Investment interest

Investment interest — interest on debt used to buy assets held for investment, such as margin debt used to buy securities — may be deductible. But you can’t deduct interest you incurred to produce tax-exempt income. For example, if you borrow money to invest in municipal bonds, which are exempt from federal income tax, you can’t deduct the interest.

Perhaps more significant, your investment interest deduction is limited to your net investment income, which, for the purposes of this deduction, generally includes taxable interest, nonqualified dividends and net short-term capital gains, reduced by other investment expenses. In other words, qualified dividends and long-term capital gains aren’t included (unless you elect to treat them as nonqualified dividends or short-term capital gains subject to the higher tax rates that apply to those types of income). Any disallowed interest is carried forward. You can then deduct the disallowed interest in a later year if you have excess net investment income.

What interest can you deduct?

If you’re wondering whether you can claim any interest expense deductions on your 2025 return, please contact us. We can calculate your potential deductions and help you determine if there are steps you can take this year to maximize your deductions when you file your 2026 return next year.

What’s your potential business vehicle deduction?

Mon, 02 Mar 2026 17:40:50 GMT

If you used one or more vehicles in your business during 2025, you may be eligible for valuable tax deductions on your 2025 income tax return. Businesses can generally deduct expenses attributable to business use of a vehicle plus depreciation. However, the rules are complicated, and your deduction may be affected by factors such as the vehicle’s weight, business vs. personal use, and whether you use the actual expense method or the cents-per-mile rate.

Actual expenses plus depreciation

The year you place a vehicle in service, you can choose to deduct the actual expenses attributable to your business vehicle use or, if the vehicle is a car, SUV, van, pickup or panel truck, claim the cents-per-mile deduction (discussed later). Deductible expenses include gas, oil, tires, insurance, repairs, licenses and vehicle registration fees. You’ll need to track and substantiate these expenses.

If you use the actual expense method, you also can claim a depreciation deduction for the vehicle by making a separate depreciation calculation for each year until the vehicle is fully depreciated. According to the general rule, you calculate depreciation over a six-year span for a percentage of the purchase cost as follows:

Year 1 — 20%
Year 2 — 32%
Year 3 — 19.2%
Year 4 — 11.52%
Year 5 — 11.52%
Year 6 — 5.76%

If a vehicle is used 50% or less for business purposes, you must use the straight-line method (10% in Years 1 and 6 and 20% in Years 2 through 5) to calculate depreciation deductions instead of the percentages listed above.

Depending on the cost of a passenger auto, your deduction may be less than the percentage of cost above because “luxury auto” annual depreciation ceilings apply. These are indexed for inflation and may change annually. For a passenger auto placed in service in 2025, generally the ceilings are as follows:

Year 1 — $20,200 ($12,200 if you don’t claim first-year bonus depreciation)
Year 2 — $19,600
Year 3 — $11,800
Each remaining year until the vehicle is fully depreciated — $7,060

These ceilings are proportionately reduced for any nonbusiness use.

More favorable depreciation rules apply to heavier SUVs, pickups and vans. For example, 100% bonus depreciation or the normal Section 179 expensing limit ($2.5 million for 2025) generally is available for vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of more than 14,000 pounds. A reduced Sec. 179 limit of $31,300 applies to vehicles (typically SUVs) rated at more than 6,000 pounds but no more than 14,000 pounds. Again, this favorable tax treatment is available only if the vehicle is used more than 50% for business.

The cents-per-mile method

The 2025 cents-per-mile rate for the business use of a car, SUV, van, pickup or panel truck is 70 cents (increasing to 72.5 cents for 2026). This rate applies to gasoline- and diesel-powered vehicles as well as electric and hybrid-electric vehicles. A depreciation allowance is built into the rate, so you can’t claim both the depreciation deductions discussed earlier and the cents-per-mile rate for the same vehicle.

The rate is adjusted annually. It’s based on an annual study commissioned by the IRS about the fixed and variable costs of operating a vehicle, including gas, maintenance, repairs and depreciation. Occasionally, if there’s a substantial change in average gas prices, the IRS will change the cents-per-mile rate midyear.

The cents-per-mile rate is beneficial if you don’t want to keep track of actual vehicle-related expenses or worry about depreciation calculations. Although you don’t have to account for all your actual expenses, you still must record certain information, such as the mileage for each business trip, the date and the destination.

Choosing or changing your method

There’s much to consider before deciding whether to use the actual expense method or cents-per-mile method to deduct expenses for a vehicle your business placed in service in 2025. For a vehicle placed in service earlier, if you previously deducted actual expenses for the vehicle, you can’t use the cents-per-mile rate for 2025 (or any other future year). However, if you previously used the cents-per-mile rate, you can switch to the actual expense method in a later year — but you can claim only straight-line depreciation.

If you lease a business vehicle, there also are deduction opportunities but the rules are different. Contact us if you’d like more information. We can also answer questions about claiming 2025 business vehicle expenses on your 2025 return or planning for and tracking 2026 expenses.

April 15 isn’t only the income tax return filing deadline, it’s also the gift tax return filing deadline

Thu, 26 Feb 2026 17:39:09 GMT

If you made large gifts to family members or heirs last year, you may need to file a 2025 gift return by April 15. So, it’s important to understand whether you’re required to file a federal gift tax return — and when it might be beneficial to file one even if not required.

When filing a return is required

Generally, you must file a gift tax return (Form 709) if, during the 2025 tax year, you made gifts (other than to your U.S. citizen spouse) that exceeded the $19,000-per-recipient annual gift tax exclusion. If you split gifts with your spouse to take advantage of your combined $38,000 annual exclusion, both you and your spouse must file separate gift tax returns.

You also need to file a gift tax return if you made gifts to a Section 529 college savings plan and wish to accelerate up to five years’ worth of annual exclusions ($95,000) into 2025. Other times filing is required include when you made gifts:

That exceeded the $190,000 annual exclusion amount (for 2025) for gifts to a noncitizen spouse,
Of future interests (such as remainder interests in a trust), regardless of the amount, or
Of community property.

Keep in mind that you’ll owe gift tax only to the extent that an exclusion doesn’t apply and you’ve used up your lifetime gift and estate tax exemption ($13.99 million for 2025). As you can see, some gifts require filing a return even if you don’t owe tax.

When filing a return isn’t required

Generally, no gift tax return is required if you:

Paid qualifying education or medical expenses on behalf of someone else directly to the educational institution or health care provider,
Made gifts of present interests that fell within the annual exclusion amount,
Made outright gifts, in any amount, to a spouse who’s a U.S. citizen, including gifts to marital trusts that meet certain requirements, or
Made charitable gifts and aren’t otherwise required to file Form 709 — if a return is required, charitable gifts should also be reported.

If you gifted hard-to-value property, such as artwork or interests in a family-owned business, consider filing a gift tax return even if you’re not required to. Adequate disclosure of the gift on a return triggers the statute of limitations, generally preventing the IRS from challenging your valuation more than three years after you file.

In some cases, it’s even advisable to file a gift tax return to report nongifts. For example, suppose you sold assets to a family member or a trust. Again, filing a return triggers the statute of limitations and prevents the IRS from claiming, more than three years after you filed the return, that the assets were undervalued and, therefore, are partially taxable.

Questions? We can help

Gift and estate tax rules are complex. Determining whether you must file a gift return (or whether you should file one even if not required) isn’t always easy. If you need help, please contact us.

ABCs of customer profitability

Wed, 25 Feb 2026 17:26:57 GMT

Some customers naturally require more time and resources than others. But when certain relationships consistently consume more of your and your employees’ time than they generate in profit, it may be time to reassess. Taking a closer look at customer‑level profitability can help you understand where resources are going and ensure that high‑value relationships receive the attention they deserve.

Estimate their value to your business

Before you do anything else, determine individual customer profitability. If your business software tracks customer purchases and your accounting system has adequate cost-accounting or decision-support capabilities, this process will be easier. Even if you don’t maintain cost data, you can sort the good from the bad by reviewing customer purchase volume and average sale price. Often, such data can be supplemented by general knowledge of the relative profitability of different products or services.

Don’t ignore indirect costs. High marketing, handling, service or billing costs for individual customers or customer segments can significantly affect their profitability even if they purchase high-margin products.

Give them a grade

After you’ve assigned profitability levels to customers or customer categories, sort them into the following groups:

Group A. These customers are highly profitable. To further increase their value to your business, spend time learning what motivates them. Your proprietary products? Your prices? Your customer care? Developing a good understanding of this group will help you grow these relationships and provide insight into attracting similar customers.

Group B. Customers in this group may not be extremely profitable, but they positively contribute to your bottom line. There’s a good chance that, with the right mix of product, service and marketing resources, you can turn some of them into A customers. But be sure to monitor them closely to prevent them from slipping into the C group.

Group C. These customers tend to be unprofitable. They may also be difficult to work with and perpetually dissatisfied. They may expect special pricing or services, or pay invoices late. Fortunately, eliminating C customers probably won’t require a formal breakup. You can start by reducing the level of attention they receive. Remove them from marketing lists and tell your salespeople to stop contacting them. After a while, most C customers who are ignored will leave on their own.

When a strategic overhaul is warranted

It’s normal for businesses to have a mix of highly and less profitable customers. The key is making intentional decisions about where to invest your time and resources. Reallocating attention away from consistently unprofitable customer relationships — and toward your A and B groups — can boost your company’s financial performance. However, if C customers make up a large portion of your customer base, you may need to consider broader strategic changes. These could include reviewing pricing, refining service offerings, adjusting processes or rethinking which markets and customer segments you want to serve. Contact us to learn more.

Parents: Claim all the tax credits you’re entitled to

Tue, 24 Feb 2026 17:47:15 GMT

Raising a family comes with plenty of expenses, but it may also make you eligible for various tax breaks. Some of the most valuable are tax credits, because they reduce your tax liability dollar for dollar (unlike deductions, which only reduce the amount of income subject to tax). Here’s what you need to know.

Child, dependent and adoption credits

You may be eligible for one or more of these tax credits for families:

Child credit. The maximum child credit is $2,200 for 2025. You may be able to claim it for each qualifying child under age 17 at the end of 2025. The credit begins to phase out when 2025 modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) reaches $400,000 for married couples filing jointly and $200,000 for head of household filers. The credit is refundable up to $1,700 per qualifying child.

Credit for other dependents. You may be able to claim a credit of up to $500 for each qualifying dependent other than a qualifying child (such as a dependent child over the age limit or a dependent elderly parent). This credit is subject to the same income-based phaseout as the child credit, but it’s not refundable.

Child and dependent care credit. For children under age 13 or other qualifying dependents, you may be eligible for a credit for a portion of your 2025 dependent care expenses. For middle-income-and-higher taxpayers, the credit generally equals 20% of the first $3,000 of qualified 2025 expenses for one child or 20% of up to $6,000 of such expenses for two or more children. So, the maximum 2025 credit for these taxpayers generally will be $600 for one child or $1,200 for two or more children. But you can’t claim the credit for expenses reimbursed through an employer-sponsored child and dependent care Flexible Spending Account.

Adoption credit. If you incurred eligible adoption expenses in 2025, you may qualify for the adoption credit. The maximum credit per child is $17,280 for 2025. It begins to phase out at MAGI of $259,190, regardless of filing status. New for 2025, up to $5,000 of the credit is refundable. Any nonrefundable portion can be carried forward for up to five years.

Higher education credits

If you had a child in college in 2025, you may be eligible for one of these credits:

American Opportunity credit. This credit covers 100% of the first $2,000 of tuition and related expenses and 25% of the next $2,000 of expenses. The maximum credit, per student, is $2,500 per year for the first four years of postsecondary education in pursuit of a degree or recognized credential.

Lifetime Learning credit. If you paid postsecondary education expenses that don’t qualify for the American Opportunity credit, check whether you’re eligible for this credit (up to $2,000 per tax return).

Both a credit and a tax-free Section 529 savings plan or Coverdell Education Savings Account distribution can be taken as long as expenses paid with the distribution aren’t used to claim the credit. However, income-based phaseouts also apply to these credits. They begin to phase out at MAGI of $160,000 for joint filers and $80,000 for heads of household. If you don’t qualify for one of the credits on your tax return because your income is too high, your child might.

Maximize your tax savings

Child, dependent, adoption and education tax credits can provide significant tax savings, but the rules are complex. If you’d like help determining which family-related credits you may qualify for on your 2025 return, contact us. We can help ensure you maximize your tax savings from these and other tax breaks you’re eligible for.

Deferring taxes on advance payments

Mon, 23 Feb 2026 17:24:08 GMT

An advance payment is one received by a business before it provides whatever is being paid for. For federal income tax purposes, generally advance payments must be reported as taxable income in the year received. This treatment always applies if your business uses the cash method of accounting for tax purposes. But, if your business uses the accrual method, it may qualify for favorable tax deferral treatment.

Tax deferral privilege

Accrual-basis businesses can elect to postpone including all or part of an eligible advance payment in taxable income until the year after it’s received. To be eligible for the deferral election, among other requirements, an advance payment must:

At least partially be included in revenue for a later year according to your business’s applicable financial statement (AFS) or, if your business doesn’t have an AFS, treated as earned in a later year, and
Be received for goods, services or other eligible items listed in IRS guidance.

If your accrual-basis business received eligible advance payments in 2025, you potentially can elect to defer reporting some or all of that income until 2026 for federal tax purposes.

What is an AFS?

An AFS can be an audited financial statement used for credit or financial reporting purposes or certain reports submitted to federal or state agencies. A form filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, such as a 10-K or annual report, also can be an AFS.

If your business doesn’t have an AFS and elects to use the deferral method for advance payments, the payment must be included in taxable income in the year received to the extent of the amount that is treated by your business as earned in that year. The remaining portion of the advance payment must be included in taxable income the following year.

What types of payments are eligible?

Advance payments that may be eligible for deferral include payments for:

Services,
The sale of goods,
Gift cards,
The use of intellectual property,
The sale or use of computer software,
Warranty contracts, and
Subscriptions.

Other payments specified in IRS guidance also may be eligible.

Eligible advance payments don’t include rents (with some exceptions), certain insurance premiums, payments for financial instruments, payments for certain service warranty contracts, and other payments specified in IRS guidance.

Some examples

The following examples illustrate how eligible advance payments can be deferred for federal income tax purposes:

Taxpayer has an AFS. A calendar-year accrual method S corporation provides tennis facilities and lessons. On November 15, 2025, it received payment for a one-year contract for 48 one-hour tennis lessons beginning on that date. Eight lessons were given in 2025. On its AFSs, the business recognizes one-sixth (8/48) of the advance payment as revenue for 2025 and five-sixths (40/48) as revenue for 2026. Making the advance payment deferral method election, the business includes only one-sixth of the advance payment in taxable income for 2025. The remaining five-sixths must be included in taxable income for 2026.

Taxpayer doesn’t have an AFS. A calendar-year accrual method LLC provides online security protection services for computers, tablets and cell phones. On September 1, 2025, it received payment for two years of protection services beginning on that date. The business determines that four months of its services should be treated as earned in 2025. Making the advance payment deferral election, the business includes only one-sixth (4/24) of the advance payment in taxable income for 2025. The remaining five-sixths (20/24) must be included in taxable income for 2026.

Can you benefit?

We’ve only scratched the surface of complicated tax rules and regulations that apply to the treatment of advance payments. Contact us for help determining if your business is eligible to defer 2025 advance payments. We can also calculate the possible current tax savings.

Play it smart by naming co-executors

Thu, 19 Feb 2026 17:21:12 GMT

Choosing an executor is one of the most important decisions in the estate planning process. This person (or institution) will be responsible for carrying out your wishes, managing assets, paying debts and taxes, distributing property to beneficiaries and more.

Your first instinct may be to name your spouse, adult child or other close family member as executor. While that decision may feel natural, it’s not always the best choice. Co-appointing a professional advisor alongside a trusted family member can provide a more effective and balanced solution.

An executor’s duties

Your executor has a variety of important duties, including:

Arranging for probate of your will and obtaining court approval to administer your estate (if necessary),
Taking inventory of — and collecting, recovering or maintaining — your assets, including life insurance proceeds and retirement plan benefits,
Obtaining valuations of your assets where required,
Preparing a schedule of assets and liabilities,
Arranging for the safekeeping of personal property,
Contacting your beneficiaries to advise them of their entitlements under your will,
Paying any debts incurred by you or your estate and handling creditors’ claims,
Defending your will in the event of litigation,
Filing tax returns on behalf of your estate, and
Distributing your assets among your beneficiaries according to the terms of your will.

For someone without financial, legal or tax expertise, these responsibilities can feel overwhelming — especially while grieving. Even highly capable family members may lack the time or experience needed to administer an estate efficiently.

Mistakes can result in delays, disputes or even personal liability. Executors are legally responsible for acting in the best interests of the estate and its beneficiaries. If errors occur — such as missed tax deadlines or improper distributions — the executor may be held accountable.

Emotional dynamics can complicate matters

When a family member serves as sole executor, emotional tensions can arise. Sibling rivalries, blended family dynamics or disagreements about asset values can quickly escalate.

Even when everyone has good intentions, beneficiaries may question decisions about timing, asset sales or expense payments. The executor may feel caught between honoring the deceased’s wishes and preserving family harmony. Needless to say, these situations can strain relationships, sometimes permanently.

Two can be better than one

A practical alternative is to name both a trusted family member and a professional advisor, such as a CPA, estate planning attorney or corporate fiduciary, as co-executors. This structure can offer several key benefits, such as:

Technical expertise. A professional advisor can bring knowledge of tax law, probate procedures, accounting requirements and regulatory compliance. This reduces the risk of costly mistakes and helps ensure deadlines are met.

Objectivity. A neutral third party can help mediate disagreements and make decisions based on fiduciary standards rather than emotions. This can protect family relationships and minimize conflict.

Shared responsibility. Administering an estate can be time consuming. Dividing responsibilities allows the family member to focus on personal matters while the professional handles technical and administrative tasks.

Continuity and stability. If a family member becomes overwhelmed, ill or otherwise unavailable, a professional co-executor can provide continuity. Estates often take months — or even years — to settle.

A balanced approach

Co-appointing a professional doesn’t mean excluding family involvement. In fact, it often enhances it. The family member remains involved in decision-making and ensures that your personal wishes and family values are honored. Meanwhile, the professional ensures that legal and financial matters are handled efficiently and correctly.

For larger or more complex estates — such as those involving business ownership, multiple properties or significant investments — this collaborative model can be especially valuable. Contact us if you have questions about having co-executors or choosing them.

Pay equity can benefit employees and businesses

Wed, 18 Feb 2026 17:22:48 GMT

Pay equity is the philosophy and practice of “equal pay for equal work.” Employers known for fair pay practices stand out in today’s competitive labor market. Fostering pay equity can also help reduce the risk of employment law litigation. But what does pay equity mean in practice?

What it does and doesn’t mean

First and foremost, pay equity doesn’t mean all employees receive the same amount of compensation. Instead, companies that embrace pay equity make compensation decisions free of unjust biases related to protected characteristics such as age, race, gender, disability, national origin and sexual orientation. Employees’ pay, both when workers are hired and when they receive raises, is determined according to objective, job-related factors, including:

Education and training,
Experience,
Skills,
Responsibilities,
Performance, and
Tenure.

Determining whether pay inequities currently exist within your business requires a careful, honest assessment. Many companies conduct a formal pay equity audit. This is a thorough statistical analysis of compensation history, policies and structure. The audit’s objective is to identify any inconsistencies, gaps and incongruities that can’t be explained rationally.

Consider these policies

If you discover signs of pay inequity in your company, put in place policies to help eliminate them. For example, you might want to use only initials or random ID numbers during early screenings of job candidates, such as resumé reviews. This practice minimizes the chance that hiring managers will distinguish candidates by ethnicity, gender or other protected identities.

Also, during candidate interviews, refrain from asking about pay history. Many states and municipalities prohibit such questions, so ask your attorney what applies in your situation. (You might also want to take that opportunity to ensure you understand all antidiscrimination laws that affect hiring decisions.) But even if your state or local law doesn’t forbid past salary questions, it’s a well-established best practice to avoid them. Women and people of color are more likely to have been paid less in their previous positions. By using historical compensation to set their current salaries, you risk compounding pay disparities.

More ideas

Here are some other ideas that can help your organization achieve pay equity:

Set standard pay ranges. Generate objective criteria for recruiting, hiring, compensating, evaluating and promoting employees. Then set standard pay ranges that reflect each position’s value to the business.

Avoid individual decision-making. Limit managers’ ability to single-handedly adjust pay for specific employees. These decisions can lead to pay inequities and other problems, such as accusations of favoritism.

Provide training. To help managers and supervisors understand pay equity, conduct information sessions. Such training will help them recognize potential issues and discuss compensation with their reports.

Prioritize transparency. Let staffers know how you set compensation. Also, reassure them that they can discuss pay with their supervisors without fear of retaliation.

Fair work culture

The best talent is typically drawn to companies that prioritize employee well-being and cultivate a fair, transparent work culture. Pay equity can help communicate such principles to potential job candidates. Contact us if you’d like help analyzing compensation data or coordinating with legal counsel on a pay equity audit.

Quadrupled SALT deduction limit means more taxpayers will benefit from itemizing on their 2025 returns

Tue, 17 Feb 2026 17:49:22 GMT

An important decision to make when filing your individual income tax return is whether to claim the standard deduction or itemize deductions. A change under the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) will make it beneficial for more taxpayers to itemize deductions on their 2025 returns. Specifically, if you paid more than $10,000 in state and local taxes (SALT) last year, you might save tax by itemizing on your 2025 return even if claiming the standard deduction has saved you more tax in recent years.

Claiming the standard deduction vs. itemizing

Taxpayers can choose to itemize certain deductions on Schedule A or take the standard deduction based on their filing status instead. Itemizing deductions when the total will be larger than the standard deduction saves tax, but it makes filing more complicated.

The OBBBA made permanent and, for 2025, slightly increased the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act’s (TCJA’s) nearly doubled standard deduction for each filing status: $15,750 for single and separate filers, $23,625 for heads of household, and $31,500 for married couples filing jointly. (The new amounts have been adjusted for inflation for 2026 and will continue to be adjusted annually going forward.)

Because of the higher standard deduction and the TCJA’s reduction or elimination of many itemized deductions (mostly made permanent by the OBBBA), many taxpayers who once benefited from itemizing have been better off taking the standard deduction for the last several years. If you’re among those taxpayers and you have significant SALT expenses, OBBBA changes could increase your SALT itemized deduction for 2025 enough that your total itemized deductions may exceed your standard deduction, causing itemizing to make sense once again for you.

Increased limit on the SALT deduction

Deductible SALT expenses include property taxes (for homes, vehicles and boats) and either income tax or sales tax, but not both. Historically, eligible SALT expenses were generally 100% deductible on federal income tax returns if an individual itemized deductions. This provided substantial tax savings to many taxpayers in locations with higher income or property tax rates (or higher home values), as well as those who owned both a primary residence and one or more vacation homes.

For 2018 through 2025, the TCJA limited the deduction to $10,000 ($5,000 for married couples filing separately). This SALT cap was scheduled to expire after 2025.

Rather than letting the $10,000 cap expire or immediately making it permanent, the OBBBA temporarily quadrupled the limit. Beginning in 2025, taxpayers can deduct up to $40,000 ($20,000 for married couples filing separately), with 1% increases each subsequent year. The $10,000 cap is scheduled to return in 2030.

The increased SALT cap could lead to major tax savings compared with the $10,000 cap. For example, a married couple filing jointly in the 32% tax bracket with $40,000 in SALT expenses and MAGI below the threshold for the income-based reduction (see below) could save an additional $9,600 in taxes [32% × ($40,000 − $10,000)].

Reduced limit for higher-income taxpayers

While the higher SALT limit is in place, the allowable deduction drops by 30% of the amount by which modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) exceeds a threshold amount. For 2025, the threshold is $500,000; when MAGI reaches $600,000, the previous $10,000 cap applies. (These amounts are halved for separate filers.) The MAGI threshold will also increase 1% each year through 2029.

Here’s how the earlier example would be different if the taxpayer’s MAGI exceeded the threshold by $20,000: The cap would be reduced by $6,000 (30% × $20,000), leaving a maximum SALT deduction of $34,000 ($40,000 − $6,000). Even reduced, that’s more than three times what would be permitted under the $10,000 cap. The reduced deduction would still save an additional $7,680 in taxes compared to when the $10,000 cap applied [32% × ($34,000 − $10,000)].

Factoring in other itemized deductions

Depending on your 2025 SALT expenses, MAGI and filing status, your SALT deduction alone might be enough for your itemized deductions to exceed your standard deduction. If it isn’t, you’ll need to review your other potential itemized deductions and see if all of them, in aggregate, will exceed your standard deduction. Other possible itemized deductions include:

Medical expenses. This deduction is limited to the amount of eligible medical expenses that, in aggregate, exceeds 7.5% of adjusted gross income (AGI).

Home mortgage interest. This deduction is available for acquisition debt of up to $750,000. (A $1 million limit still applies to indebtedness incurred on or before December 15, 2017.)

Charitable donations. For 2025, cash donations to qualified charities are generally deductible up to 60% of AGI. (Beginning in 2026, the deduction will also be limited to the amount of eligible donations that, in aggregate, exceeds 0.5% of AGI.) Noncash donations may also be deductible, but additional requirements and limits apply.

Casualty and theft losses. For 2025, these losses are generally deductible only if they’re due to a disaster declared by the President. (Beginning in 2026, losses due to certain state-declared disasters also will be deductible.) The deduction is limited to the amount of eligible losses that, in aggregate, exceeds 10% of AGI.

Keep in mind that additional rules and limits apply to these deductions.

A return to itemizing?

If you have high SALT expenses but have been claiming the standard deduction in recent years, it’s time to revisit itemizing. A return to itemizing on your 2025 return might save you tax. If you’ve already been itemizing, a larger SALT deduction could also increase your tax savings, perhaps significantly, depending on your SALT expenses, MAGI, filing status and tax bracket.

We can assess the impact of the SALT limit increase — and other OBBBA changes — on your tax situation and help ensure you claim all the tax breaks you’re entitled to on your 2025 return. Contact us to set up an appointment.

To maximize — or not to maximize — depreciation deductions on your 2025 tax return

Tue, 17 Feb 2026 17:47:49 GMT

The deadlines for filing 2025 tax returns (or extensions) are fast approaching. Although most tax planning moves must be completed by December 31 of the tax year, there are some decisions you can make when filing your return that can save taxes now or in the future. One such decision is whether to claim accelerated depreciation breaks.

Depreciation basics

For assets with a useful life of more than one year, the cost generally must be depreciated over a period of years (unless accelerated depreciation breaks are available). In other words, taxpayers can deduct only a portion of the asset’s cost each year over the depreciation period.

The depreciation period depends on the type of asset, ranging from three years (such as for software and small tools) to 39 years (for commercial real estate). The Modified Accelerated Cost Recovery System (MACRS) provides larger deductions in the early years of an asset’s life than the straight-line method.

In many cases, assets can be depreciated much more quickly under special tax breaks. Some of these breaks were enhanced by last year’s One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA).

First-year bonus depreciation

Under the OBBBA, 100% first-year bonus depreciation can be claimed on 2025 tax returns for qualified assets that were acquired after January 19, 2025, and placed in service in 2025.

Eligible assets include:

Depreciable personal property, such as equipment, computer hardware and peripherals,
Transportation equipment, including certain passenger vehicles, and
Commercially available software.

First-year bonus depreciation can also be claimed for real estate qualified improvement property (QIP). QIP is defined as an improvement to an interior portion of a nonresidential building placed in service after the date the building was placed in service. However, expenditures attributable to the enlargement of a building, elevators or escalators, or the internal structural framework of a building don’t count as QIP and usually must be depreciated over 39 years.

The first-year bonus depreciation percentage is 40% for qualified assets acquired on or before January 19, 2025, and placed in service in 2025.

Bonus depreciation is automatically applied to eligible assets unless you elect out of it. However, you can elect out of it only on an asset class basis. For example, you can elect out of it for all three-year property, but you can’t elect out of it for just one specific three-year asset.

Section 179 expensing election

Sec. 179 expensing allows small businesses to write off the full cost of 2025 eligible assets. For tax years beginning in 2025, the maximum Sec. 179 deduction is $2.5 million (double the pre-OBBBA limit).

Eligible assets include:

Depreciable personal property, such as equipment, computer hardware and peripherals,
Transportation equipment, including certain passenger vehicles,
Commercially available software, and
Real estate QIP.

For nonresidential real property, Sec. 179 deductions are also allowed for qualified expenditures for:

Roofs,
HVAC equipment,
Fire protection and alarm systems, and
Security systems.

Finally, eligible assets include depreciable personal property used predominantly to furnish lodging, such as furniture and appliances in a property rented to transients.

In addition to the annual expense limit, Sec. 179 expensing is subject to a couple of other limits that don’t apply to bonus depreciation. First, the deduction is phased-out dollar for dollar if you put more than $4 million of qualifying assets into service last year. Second, Sec. 179 deductions can’t cause an overall business tax loss. The Sec. 179 deduction limits can be tricky if you own an interest in a pass-through business entity.

That said, claiming Sec. 179 expensing can be beneficial for assets not eligible for 100% bonus depreciation or if you want to immediately deduct the cost of some, but not all, assets in a particular asset class that is also eligible for bonus depreciation.

Depreciation deduction strategies

Claiming the maximum depreciation deductions you can on your 2025 income tax return will generally provide the greatest 2025 tax savings. Among other benefits, this can boost cash flow and provide more funds for further investment in the business.

But there are circumstances where it may be better to depreciate assets over a period of years. For example, the Section 199A qualified business income (QBI) deduction for pass-through businesses can be up to 20% of an owner’s QBI. Because of the income limitations on this deduction, claiming big first-year depreciation deductions can reduce QBI and lower or even eliminate your allowable QBI deduction.

Depreciating assets over a period of years can also be beneficial if you expect to be subject to higher tax rates in the future, such as if you may be in a higher tax bracket or lawmakers increase rates. When you claim 100% bonus depreciation or Sec. 179 expensing today, you’re eliminating your depreciation deductions for those assets in the future. And deductions save more tax when tax rates are higher.

Time to get started

We can identify which depreciation breaks you’re eligible for, review your overall tax situation and help determine whether it will be beneficial for you to maximize depreciation-related breaks on your 2025 tax return. We can also strategize with you on tax planning for 2026 asset investments. Please contact us to get started.

When should you update your estate plan?

Thu, 12 Feb 2026 17:29:36 GMT

Many people think of estate planning as a “one-and-done” task — something you complete and file away. But an estate plan should evolve as your life and finances and relevant laws change. An outdated plan can create confusion, unintended tax consequences or outcomes that no longer reflect your wishes.

The higher federal gift and estate tax exemption that was made permanent by last year’s One Big Beautiful Bill Act is one reason to review your estate plan now. But you should also review your plan whenever something significant changes in your life. Let’s take a look at common situations that signal the need to revisit your will, trusts, powers of attorney or other estate planning documents.

Major life events

Life transitions are the most common reasons estate plans need attention. Marriage or remarriage is a big one, especially if you have children from a prior relationship. Divorce is equally important. Failing to update your documents could leave an ex-spouse in control of your assets or medical decisions.

The birth or adoption of a child or grandchild should also trigger a review. You’ll want to name a guardian or adjust beneficiary designations to reflect your growing family. Similarly, the death or incapacity of a spouse, beneficiary, trustee or executor means your plan may no longer function as intended.

Financial changes matter, too

Your estate plan should reflect your current financial situation. If your net worth has increased significantly — through business growth, inheritance, real estate appreciation or investment success — your existing plan may not adequately address tax planning or asset protection.

Starting, buying or selling a business is another major reason to update your estate plan. Business ownership often requires specific provisions for succession planning, valuation and continuity. Retirement also can prompt changes, as income sources shift and distribution strategies evolve.

Don’t forget supporting documents

Updating an estate plan isn’t just about your will or trusts. Beneficiary designations on retirement accounts and life insurance policies should be reviewed regularly, as they generally override what’s stated in your will.

Powers of attorney and health care directives are also critical to review. Make sure they continue to reflect your wishes and that those you’re providing with decision-making authority are still people you trust and who are able to serve.

The bottom line

An estate plan is only effective if it reflects your current wishes and circumstances, as well as current law. Regular reviews help ensure your assets are distributed as intended, your loved ones are protected, and unnecessary taxes or legal complications are avoided.

Because estate planning intersects with taxes, financial planning and your long-term goals, it’s wise to review your plan with qualified professionals. We can help you identify when updates may be needed and coordinate with your legal and financial advisors to keep your plan on track.

Where should you hold your company retreat?

Wed, 11 Feb 2026 17:32:07 GMT

As remote and hybrid work have become more common, corporate retreats have surged in recent years. Some or all of your employees may now work from home and experience little in-person interaction with coworkers. A retreat can foster collegial relationships and, ultimately, greater productivity. But the first decision you’ll likely need to make is whether your retreat will be a smaller-scale affair held in your office or an off-site retreat. There are ways to make either one affordable.

Your office

Staying on your company’s premises can keep out-of-pocket costs in check. The most obvious is that you won’t need to rent meeting rooms. And, assuming employees live in the area, you won’t have transportation and lodging expenses. You’ll also likely spend less on food and beverages. A local restaurant can cater your meals and snacks, and you could buy beverages in bulk.

On the downside, employees tend to view on-site retreats as just another day at the office. This can hamper creative thinking and team building and limit possible activities. Worse, employees may be distracted if they can frequently run back to their desks to check email and voicemail.

Off-site locations

In general, workers are better able to focus on a retreat agenda at an off-site location. They’re in a new, “special” environment with no visual cues to trigger workday routines. So, even though you’ll incur greater costs than if you’d stayed in your office, you may get a better return on investment.

The fact is, hotels and other facilities that host company retreats need and want your business! Many things may be negotiable, and you might be able to snag discounts by booking or paying early. Get several quotes and compare prices and services. You’ll have more leverage if you avoid scheduling your retreat during seasonal peaks when local venues tend to be busy with weddings, trade shows and industry conferences.

Hotels earn their biggest margins on food, beverages and meeting setup fees, so they may be willing to provide complimentary or discounted rooms for guest speakers and out-of-town employees. Also, try to negotiate a flat food-and-beverage price for the entire retreat, rather than a per-person or per-event rate.

Possible tax relief

Here’s another way to save: Some of your company retreat expenses may be tax-deductible. They need to meet IRS criteria as “ordinary and necessary” business expenses and can’t be extravagant or include expenditures for employees’ spouses. In general, business meals are only 50% deductible, and entertainment costs are nondeductible. Contact us to learn more about tax-deductible costs and the IRS’s documentation requirements.

If you’re married, should you file jointly or separately?

Tue, 10 Feb 2026 17:28:22 GMT

Married couples have a choice when filing their 2025 federal income tax returns. They can file jointly or separately. What you choose will affect your standard deduction, eligibility for certain tax breaks, tax bracket and, ultimately, your tax liability. Which filing status is better for you depends on your specific situation.

Minimizing tax

In general, you should choose the filing status that results in the lowest tax. Typically, filing jointly will save tax compared to filing separately. This is especially true when the spouses have different income levels. Combining two incomes can bring some of the higher-earning spouse’s income into a lower tax bracket.

Also, some tax breaks aren’t available to separate filers. The child and dependent care credit, adoption expense credit, American Opportunity credit and Lifetime Learning credit are available to married couples only on joint returns. And some of the new tax deductions under 2025’s One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) aren’t available to separate filers. These include the qualified tips deduction, the qualified overtime deduction and the senior deduction.

You also may not be able to deduct IRA contributions if you or your spouse were covered by an employer-sponsored retirement plan such as a 401(k) and you file separate returns. And you can’t exclude adoption assistance payments or interest income from Series EE or Series I savings bonds used for higher education expenses if you file separately.

However, there are cases when married couples may save taxes by filing separately. An example is when one spouse has significant medical expenses. Medical expenses are deductible only to the extent they exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income (AGI). If a medical expense deduction is claimed on a spouse’s separate return, that spouse’s lower separate AGI, as compared to the higher joint AGI, can result in a larger total deduction.

Couples who got married in 2025

If you got married anytime in 2025, for federal tax purposes you’re considered to have been married for all of 2025 and must file either jointly or separately. And married filing separately status isn’t the same as single filing status. So you can’t assume that filing separately for 2025 will produce similar tax results to what you and your spouse each experienced for 2024 filing as singles, even if nothing has changed besides your marital status — especially if you have high incomes.

The income ranges for the lower and middle tax brackets and the standard deductions are the same for single and separate filers. But the top tax rate of 37% kicks in at a much lower income level for separate filers than for single filers. So do the 20% top long-term capital gains rate, the 3.8% net investment income tax and the 0.9% additional Medicare tax. Alternative minimum tax (AMT) risk can also be much higher for separate filers than for singles.

Liability considerations

If you and your spouse file a joint return, each of you is “jointly and severally” liable for the tax on your combined income. And you’re both equally liable for any additional tax the IRS assesses, plus interest and most penalties. That means the IRS can come after either of you to collect the full amount.

Although there are “innocent spouse” provisions in the law that may offer relief, they have limitations. Therefore, even if a joint return results in less tax, some people may still choose to file separately if they want to be responsible only for their own tax. This might occur when a couple is separated.

Many factors

These are only some of the factors to consider when deciding whether to file jointly or separately. Contact us to discuss the many factors that may affect your particular situation.

Some small businesses can still benefit from the health care coverage credit

Mon, 09 Feb 2026 17:27:39 GMT

Tax credits reduce tax liability dollar-for-dollar. As a result, they can be more valuable than deductions, which reduce only the amount of income subject to tax. One tax credit that hasn’t been getting much attention lately but that can still be valuable for some small businesses is the credit for providing health insurance to employees.

Who’s eligible?

Under the Affordable Care Act (ACA), certain small employers that provide employees with health care coverage are eligible for this tax credit. Although it’s been available for more than a decade and generally can be claimed for only two years, some small businesses may still be eligible. These may include newer businesses as well as older ones that only recently have begun offering health insurance.

The maximum credit is 50% of group health coverage premiums paid by the employer, if it contributes at least 50% of the total premium or of a benchmark premium. For 2025, the full credit is available for employers with 10 or fewer full-time equivalent employees (FTEs) and average annual wages of $33,300 or less per employee. Partial credits are available on a sliding scale to businesses with fewer than 25 FTEs and average annual wages of less than $66,600. (These amounts are annually adjusted for inflation and increase to $34,100 and $68,200, respectively, for 2026.)

As noted, the credit can be claimed for only two years. Also, those years must be consecutive. (Credits claimed before 2014 don’t count, however.) If you started offering employee health insurance in 2025, you may be eligible for the credit on your 2025 return (and again on your 2026 return next year). If you’re offering coverage beginning in 2026, you may be able to claim the credit when you file your 2026 return next year (and then again on your 2027 return the following year).

Keep in mind that additional rules apply to the health care coverage credit. But premiums that aren’t eligible for the credit generally can be deducted, subject to the rules that apply to deductions for ordinary business expenses.

Can your business claim the credit?

If you’re not sure whether your business is eligible for a full (or partial) credit for health care coverage, contact us. We can help assess your eligibility. We can also advise on whether you may be eligible for other tax credits on your 2025 return and if you can take any steps this year so you can potentially claim credits on your 2026 return next year.

Increase estate planning flexibility by decanting an irrevocable trust

Thu, 05 Feb 2026 17:51:19 GMT

Irrevocable trusts provide various estate planning benefits, such as reducing estate taxes and helping to ensure assets are distributed as you wish. But estate planning isn’t a “set it and forget it” process. Families, tax laws and financial circumstances can change. A major downside of irrevocable trusts is that they’re difficult to update once they’ve been signed and funded. That’s where trust decanting can help.

What does it mean to “decant” a trust?

The term decanting comes from pouring wine from one bottle to another. In estate planning, it means transferring assets from an existing trust to a new trust that can better achieve your goals.

Depending on the trust’s language and the provisions of applicable state law, decanting may allow a trustee to:

Correct errors or clarify trust language,
Move the trust to a state with more favorable tax or asset protection laws,
Take advantage of new tax laws,
Remove beneficiaries,
Change the number of trustees or alter their powers,
Add or enhance spendthrift language to protect the trust assets from creditors’ claims, or
Move funds to a special needs trust for a disabled beneficiary.

Unlike assets transferred at death, assets that are transferred to a trust don’t receive a step-up in basis. As a result, they can subject the beneficiaries to capital gains tax on any appreciation in value. One potential solution is to use decanting.

Decanting can authorize the trustee to confer a general power of appointment over the assets to the trust’s grantor. This would cause the assets to be included in the grantor’s estate and, therefore, to be eligible for a step-up in basis. Depending on the size of the estate, this might make sense given today’s high gift and estate tax exemption ($15 million in 2026).

Beware of your state’s laws

Many states have decanting statutes, and in some states, decanting is authorized by common law. Either way, it’s critical to understand your state’s requirements. For example, in certain states, the trustee must notify the beneficiaries or even obtain their consent to decant.

Even if decanting is permitted, there may be limitations on its uses. Some states, for example, prohibit the use of decanting to eliminate beneficiaries or add a power of appointment. And most states won’t allow the addition of a new beneficiary. If your state doesn’t authorize decanting, or if its decanting laws don’t allow you to accomplish your objectives, it may be possible to move the trust to a state whose laws meet your needs.

Don’t forget about potential tax implications

One of the risks associated with decanting is uncertainty over its tax implications. For example, let’s say a beneficiary’s interest is reduced. Has he or she made a taxable gift? Does it depend on whether the beneficiary has consented to the decanting? If the trust’s language authorizes decanting, must it be treated as a grantor trust? Does such language jeopardize the trust’s eligibility for the marital deduction? Does distribution of assets from one trust to another trigger capital gains or other income tax consequences to the trust or its beneficiaries?

If you have tax-related questions, please contact us. We’d be pleased to help you better understand the pros and cons of decanting a trust.

How to get inventory under control

Wed, 04 Feb 2026 17:58:29 GMT

Uncertainty regarding inflation, demand and foreign tariffs has made inventory management even harder for businesses than it was previously. Although there are many unknowns right now, one thing is generally certain: Carrying excess inventory is expensive. If you’d like to trim your buffer stock and maximize profitability, there are effective ways to do it without risking customer service.

Count and compare

Inventory management starts with a physical inventory count. Accuracy is essential for knowing your cost of goods sold and for identifying and resolving discrepancies between your physical count and perpetual inventory records. An external accountant can bring objectivity to the counting process and help minimize errors.

The next step is to compare your inventory costs to those of your peers. Trade associations often publish benchmarks for gross margin [(revenue - cost of sales) / revenue], net profit margin (net income / revenue) and days in inventory (average inventory / annual cost of goods sold × 365 days).

Your company should strive to meet — or beat — industry standards. For a retailer or wholesaler, inventory is simply purchased from the manufacturer. But the inventory account is more complicated for manufacturers and construction firms where it’s a function of raw materials, labor and overhead costs.

Guide to cutting

The composition of your company’s cost of goods will guide you on where to cut. You may be able to reduce inventory expenses by renegotiating prices with your suppliers or seeking new vendors. And don’t forget the carrying costs of inventory, such as storage, insurance, obsolescence and pilferage. Brainstorm ways to mitigate such threats and improve margins. For example, you might negotiate a net lease for your warehouse, install antitheft devices or opt for less expensive insurance coverage.

To lower your days-in-inventory ratio, compute product-by-product margins. You might stock more products with high margins and high demand — and less of everything else. Whenever possible, return excess supplies of slow-moving materials or products to your suppliers.

To help prevent lost sales due to lean inventory, make sure your product mix is sufficiently broad and in tune with consumer needs. Before cutting back on inventory, negotiate speedier delivery from suppliers or consider giving suppliers access to your perpetual inventory system.

Reality check

Right now, many businesses are sitting on strategic stockpiles they purchased to combat marketplace uncertainty. If this is true of your business and you haven’t been able to move goods fast enough, you may want to consider new inventory management methods. We can advise you on such challenges as using software to accurately forecast inventory needs, pricing goods to increase profitability without alienating customers, and modeling the cost impacts of tariffs and other economic variables.

Before claiming a charitable deduction for 2025, make sure you can substantiate it

Tue, 03 Feb 2026 17:39:36 GMT

If you itemize deductions on your 2025 individual income tax return, you potentially can deduct donations to qualified charities you made last year. But your gifts must be substantiated in accordance with IRS requirements. Exactly what’s required depends on various factors. In some cases, you must have a written acknowledgment from the charity.

Substantiating cash donations

If you made a cash gift of under $250, documentation such as a canceled check, bank statement or credit card statement is adequate. However, if you received something in return for the donation, you generally must reduce your deduction by its value — and you must have received a “contemporaneous written acknowledgment” from the charity.

Likewise, for a donation of $250 or more, you must obtain such an acknowledgment. In it, the charitable organization must state the amount of the donation, whether you received any goods or services in consideration for the donation and, if you did, the value of those goods or services.

The “contemporaneous” requirement can sometimes trip up taxpayers. It means the earlier of:

The date you file your tax return, or
The due date of your return, including extensions.

Therefore, if you made a donation last year that requires a contemporaneous written acknowledgment but you haven’t yet received it from the charity, it’s not too late — as long as you haven’t filed your 2025 return. Contact the charity now and request a written acknowledgment.

Substantiating property donations

Gifts of property worth $250 or more also generally require a contemporaneous written acknowledgement from the charity. Rather than listing a dollar value for the donation, it must simply include a description of the property. But as with cash donations of $250 or more, it must state whether you received any goods or services in consideration for the donation and, if you did, the value of those goods or services.

Some types of donations require additional substantiation. For example, if you donate property valued at more than $500, you must attach a completed Form 8283, “Noncash Charitable Contributions,” to your return. And for donated property with a value of more than $5,000, you generally must obtain a qualified appraisal and attach an appraisal summary to your tax return. But donations of publicly traded securities don’t require an appraisal.

Tax-smart charitable giving

Many other rules and limits can affect your charitable deductions. We can help you determine what you can claim on your 2025 return and plan a tax-smart charitable giving strategy for 2026. Contact us to get started.

Owning real estate in multiple states can negatively affect beneficiaries

Thu, 29 Jan 2026 17:34:08 GMT

A vacation home, rental property or future retirement residence may play an important role in your long-term plans. However, if you hold properties across multiple states, it can create estate planning issues that can be easily overlooked. If not addressed properly, these issues can have consequences for your heirs.

Multiple properties can result in multiple probate proceedings

Probate is a court-supervised administration of your estate. If real estate is titled in your name, that property generally must go through probate in the state where it’s located.

If probate proceedings are required in multiple states, the process can become expensive. For example, your representative will need to engage a probate lawyer in each state, file certain documents in each state and comply with other redundant administrative requirements.

Beyond cost and inconvenience, multiple probate proceedings can slow the transfer of property. This can create uncertainty for beneficiaries who need access to or control over the real estate.

A revocable trust can help avoid probate

A common strategy to avoid probate — especially for individuals with property in multiple states — is to transfer property to a revocable trust (sometimes called a “living trust”). When it comes to real estate, this generally involves preparing a deed transferring each property to the trust and recording the deed in the county where the property is located.

Property held in a revocable trust generally doesn’t have to go through probate. The reason is that the trust owns the property, not you. Your trustee manages or distributes the property according to the terms of the trust, without court involvement. A single revocable trust can hold real estate located in multiple states, potentially eliminating the need for separate probate proceedings in each jurisdiction.

Planning ahead makes a difference

While a revocable trust can be an effective solution, it must be structured and maintained correctly to achieve the intended results. Titling, state-specific rules and coordination with the rest of your estate plan all matter.

For example, will transferring a residence to a trust affect your eligibility for homestead exemptions from property taxes or other tax breaks? Will the transfer affect any mortgages on the property? Will it be subject to any real property transfer taxes? It’s also important to consider whether transferring title to property will affect the extent to which it’s shielded from the claims of creditors.

Review your properties and your estate plan

If you own — or are considering purchasing — real estate in another state, be sure to review how that property fits into your overall estate plan. We can assess the financial and tax implications and work with your legal advisors to help ensure your plan supports your long-term goals and protects your family.

Advisory boards provide family businesses with independent perspectives

Wed, 28 Jan 2026 17:41:37 GMT

Does your family business keep its strategic decisions within the family? It’s common for family businesses to assign relatives to positions of authority and require other employees to defer to them. But “common” doesn’t necessarily mean “good.” Not only is outside input recommended, but it can help reduce the risk of certain problems (such as unaccountability and fraud) and promote long-term financial health. Here’s how your family business might benefit from an advisory board made up primarily of nonfamily members.

A consulting body

An advisory board serves only in a consulting capacity. So it doesn’t carry the fiduciary responsibilities or legal authority of a formal board of directors. Small business advisory boards generally are less formal and enjoy greater freedom to develop creative solutions and suggest new business opportunities.

Advisory boards can also act as mediators. Board members may provide perspective and potential solutions for family disagreements over:

Your company’s strategic direction,
Growth and expansion opportunities,
Mergers and acquisitions,
Loans and other financing initiatives,
Compensation and promotion decisions,
Interpersonal conflicts, and
Succession plans.

Depending on your board’s composition, it may also be qualified to offer opinions on legal, regulatory and complicated financial issues.

Building the base

You’ll want a mix of professionals from varying fields, demographics and backgrounds on your board. One effective way to recruit advisory board members is to network with business, industry, community, academic and philanthropic organizations. You may also want to involve professional advisors, such as your CPA, banker, insurance agent, estate planner or legal counsel. These advisors will likely already be familiar with your company’s goals, issues and operations.

Specify the mix of traits and qualifications — leadership skills, experience, competencies, education, affiliations and achievements — needed in members to fulfill your board’s purpose. Ensure these individuals are willing to make candid observations and provide constructive advice. They must also maintain confidentiality and exercise discretion regarding sensitive business and family matters.

It may be practical for you or another family member to serve as the advisory board’s chair. But as your business grows in size and complexity and the demands on your time increase, consider delegating this responsibility to a board member.

Nail down the details

Other details to work out include the frequency of advisory board meetings. Meeting at least monthly initially will help the group build rapport and become relevant to your business. Once the board is established, quarterly meetings may suffice. However, emergency meetings scheduled on short notice may become necessary at certain points.

Your business should cover advisory board members’ travel costs and pay them for their time. Cash compensation makes sense for family businesses that intend to remain closely held. However, companies planning to go public often issue stock or equity-based compensation (subject to legal and tax considerations).

Impartial perspectives

If your family business doesn’t already have one, consider creating an independent advisory board to provide impartial perspectives on your company’s pressing challenges and opportunities. Contact us to discuss how we can help you design an effective advisory board — or participate as an independent financial advisor to support governance and long-term planning.

How the new Trump Accounts for children will work

Tue, 27 Jan 2026 17:40:38 GMT

A new tax-advantaged way to help children build up savings for the future was created by the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA): Trump Accounts (TAs). Under a pilot program, you can make an election to set up a TA for your U.S. citizen child born in 2025 through 2028 and the federal government will fund the account with $1,000 of free money. But older children also are eligible for TAs as long as they have a Social Security number and are under 18 at the end of the tax year; they just aren’t eligible for the $1,000 government contribution.

Getting started

One way to set up a TA is to file Form 4547, “Trump Account Election(s),” along with your 2025 federal income tax return. But the form doesn’t have to be filed with a tax return; it can be filed anytime through an online portal that is expected to be available this summer.

After July 3, 2026, you and any other individual, such as a grandparent, can begin making annual TA contributions of up to a combined limit of $5,000 (adjusted for inflation starting in 2028) until the year your child turns 18.

The $1,000 government contribution doesn’t count against the annual limit. So, if your child is born this year, up to $5,000 could be contributed to his or her TA in 2026 on top of the $1,000 from the government.

Other contributions

Employers can set up a TA contribution program. After July 3, 2026, employers can contribute and deduct up to $2,500 annually (adjusted for inflation starting in 2028) to a TA for an eligible under-age-18 employee or an employee’s eligible under-age-18 dependent. (Employers can’t contribute more than $2,500 per employee, even if an employee has multiple eligible dependents.) These contributions count against the $5,000 annual contribution limit. Employer contributions are excluded from the employee’s taxable income.

State, local or tribal governments and tax-exempt 501(c)(3) organizations can also make tax-free contributions to TAs under rules to be established by the IRS. These qualified general contributions aren’t subject to the $5,000 annual contribution limit and must be provided to all children within a qualified group, as defined.

Tax treatment and other requirements

Contributions aren’t deductible for individual contributors, but the account earnings can grow tax-deferred as long as they’re in the account. Generally, no distributions can be taken from the TA before the year your child turns 18.

Until the year your child turns 18, the account can invest only in certain eligible investments. These are mutual funds or exchange traded funds that 1) track a qualified index, 2) don’t use leverage, 3) don’t charge fees of more than 0.1% of the invested balance, and 4) meet other criteria that may be set by the IRS.

After age 18

In the year your child turns 18, the TA will transition into a traditional IRA. It will become subject to the familiar federal income tax rules governing traditional IRA contributions and distributions.

So, your child will have to have earned income to make any further contributions to the account. But those contributions will be deductible if he or she is eligible, and the higher IRA annual contribution limit will apply.

Also starting with the year your child turns 18, distributions can be taken. But the distributions will generally be at least partially taxable, and IRA early withdrawal penalties could also apply. So it’s best to leave the account untouched so that it can continue to grow tax-deferred.

Weighing your options

If your child is eligible for the $1,000 government contribution, you’ll want to set up a TA to at least get this free money and take advantage of the tax-deferred growth on it. And it can be an even more powerful savings tool if you also make contributions.

Say you put $5,000 a year into your child’s TA for the first 17 years of his or her life after collecting the $1,000 of free money from the government in Year 1. If the account earns 5% annually, it will be worth about $138,000 by the time your child turns 18. Say your child leaves the money invested in what’s now a traditional IRA until age 65. If the account continues to earn 5%, it will grow to almost $1.44 million. Once your child starts having earned income, he or she can make additional contributions to what is now a traditional IRA and have an even bigger account balance at retirement.

However, before making TA contributions, consider whether other tax-advantaged savings options might better achieve your goals. For example, if you want to build up funds for your child’s education, contributing to a Section 529 savings plan may be a better fit. Distributions used to pay qualified education expenses will be tax-free, and some or all of any remaining balance after your child graduates can eventually be converted to a Roth IRA, with tax-free distributions.

Learn more

TAs are worth considering, especially if you can afford to make significant annual contributions. If you have questions about TAs or want more information about other tax-advantaged savings options to benefit your children — or grandchildren — contact us.

There’s still time to set up a SEP and reduce your 2025 taxes

Mon, 26 Jan 2026 17:39:05 GMT

If you own a business or are self-employed and haven’t already set up a tax-advantaged retirement plan, consider establishing one before you file your 2025 tax return. If you choose a Simplified Employee Pension (SEP), you’ll be able make deductible 2025 contributions to it, saving you taxes. Not only is the SEP deadline favorable, but SEPs are easy to set up and the contribution limits are generous. If you have employees, you’ll generally have to include them in the SEP and make contributions on their behalf, which are also deductible.

Deadlines in 2026 for 2025

A SEP can be established as late as the due date (including extensions) of the business’s income tax return for the tax year for which the SEP is to first apply. For example:

A calendar-year partnership or S corporation has until March 16, 2026, to establish a SEP for 2025 (September 15, 2026, if the return is extended).
A calendar-year sole proprietor or C corporation has until April 15, 2026 (October 15, 2026, if the return is extended) because of their later filing deadlines.

The deadlines for limited liability companies (LLCs) depend on the tax treatment the LLC has elected. The business has until these same deadlines to make 2025 contributions and still claim a deduction on its 2025 return.

Simple setup

A SEP is established by completing and signing the very simple Form 5305-SEP, “Simplified Employee Pension — Individual Retirement Accounts Contribution Agreement.” Form 5305-SEP isn’t filed with the IRS, but it should be maintained as part of the business’s permanent tax records. A copy of Form 5305-SEP must be given to each employee covered by the SEP, along with a disclosure statement.

You’ll then make deductible contributions to your SEP account, called a “SEP-IRA,” and, if you have employees, to each eligible employee’s SEP-IRA. Employee accounts are immediately 100% vested. Your contributions on behalf of employees will be excluded from their taxable income. When SEP distributions are taken, likely in retirement, they’ll be taxable.

Discretionary, potentially large contributions

Contributions to SEPs are discretionary. You, as the business owner, can decide what amount of contribution to make each year. But be aware that, if your business has employees other than yourself, contributions must be made for all eligible employees using the same percentage of compensation as for yourself.

For 2025, the maximum contribution that can be made to a SEP is 25% of compensation (or approximately 20% of net self-employed income) of up to $350,000, subject to a contribution cap of $70,000. (The 2026 limits are $360,000 and $72,000, respectively.)

Right for you?

While SEPs are much simpler than most other tax-advantaged retirement plans, they’re subject to additional rules and limits beyond what’s discussed here. To learn more, contact us. We can help you determine whether a SEP is right for you and, if so, assist you with setting it up — and maximizing your 2025 tax savings.

Are you and your spouse considering splitting gifts?

Thu, 22 Jan 2026 17:52:50 GMT

The gift tax annual exclusion allows you to transfer up to $19,000 (for 2026) per beneficiary gift-tax-free, without tapping your $15 million (for 2026) lifetime gift and estate tax exemption. You can double the exclusion amount if you elect to split the gifts with your spouse.

Gift-splitting in a nutshell

Gift-splitting allows married couples to treat a gift made by one spouse as if it were made equally by both spouses. This election can reduce future estate tax exposure and provide greater flexibility in passing wealth to the next generation.

For example, let’s say that you have two adult children and four grandchildren. You can gift each family member up to $19,000 tax-free by year end, for a total of $114,000 ($19,000 × 6). If you’re married and your spouse consents to a joint gift (or a “split gift”), the exclusion amount is effectively doubled to $38,000 per recipient, for a total of $228,000.

Avoid common mistakes

It’s important to understand the rules surrounding gift-splitting to avoid these common mistakes:

Misunderstanding IRS reporting responsibilities. Split gifts and large gifts trigger IRS reporting responsibilities. A gift tax return is required if you exceed the annual exclusion amount or give joint gifts with your spouse. Unfortunately, you can’t file a “joint” gift tax return. In other words, each spouse must file an individual gift tax return for the year in which you both make gifts.

Gift-splitting with a noncitizen spouse. To be eligible for gift-splitting, both spouses must be U.S. citizens.

Divorcing and remarrying. To split gifts, you must be married at the time of the gift. You’re ineligible for gift-splitting if you divorce and either spouse remarries during the calendar year in which the gift was made.

Gifting a future interest. Only present-interest gifts qualify for the annual exclusion. So gift-splitting can be used only for present interests. A gift in trust qualifies only if the beneficiary receives a present interest — for example, by providing the beneficiary with so-called Crummeywithdrawal rights.

Benefiting your spouse. Gift-splitting is ineffective if you make the gift to your spouse, rather than a third party; if you give your spouse a general power of appointment over the gifted property; or if your spouse is a potential beneficiary of the gift. For example, if you make a gift to a trust of which your spouse is a beneficiary, gift-splitting is prohibited unless the chances your spouse will benefit are extremely remote.

Be aware that, if you die within three years of splitting a gift, some of the tax benefits may be lost.

Proper planning required

Whether gift-splitting is right for you and your spouse depends on your estate size and long-term objectives, among other factors. Because the election involves technical requirements and potential implications for future planning, it’s important to carefully evaluate the strategy. We can help ensure that your split gifts comply with federal tax laws.

Is your business vulnerable to payroll fraud?

Wed, 21 Jan 2026 17:38:23 GMT

Payroll fraud schemes can be costly — and for small businesses, devastating. The Association of Certified Fraud Examiners (ACFE) has found that the median loss from payroll fraud schemes is $50,000. However, some long-term payroll frauds, particularly when perpetrated by upper management, have produced losses in the millions of dollars. Can your company afford that? Probably not.

Payroll fraud incidents can also result in bad publicity, weakened employee morale and, potentially, an IRS investigation. It’s critical that your business take steps to protect its payroll function.

Illegal self-enrichment

There are several ways for fraud perpetrators to illegally manipulate payroll to enrich themselves. For example, cybercriminals often target payroll functions. They might use phishing emails to trick your workers into providing sensitive information, such as bank login credentials. This becomes a form of payroll fraud if they divert payroll direct deposits to accounts they control. Criminals might also target you and accounting department managers by sending fake emails from “employees” requesting changes to their direct deposit instructions.

Also watch out for occupational payroll fraud. In the absence of appropriate internal controls, crooked accounting staffers could add invented “ghost” employees to the payroll. The wages of those ghost employees might then be deposited in accounts controlled by the fraudsters.

And any employee who files for expense reimbursement may inflate expenses, submit multiple receipts for the same expense or claim fictitious expenses. This is considered payroll fraud because reimbursements are often added to paychecks. By the same token, workers eligible for overtime who artificially inflate their work hours are also generally considered payroll fraud perpetrators.

Effective internal controls

To prevent payroll fraud — and uncover it quickly if it occurs — implement and enforce strong internal controls. For instance, require two or more employees to make payroll changes, such as increasing pay rates or adding or removing employees. Payroll staffers should be alert for excessive or unusual pay rates, hours or expenses. And if they receive a request to change an employee’s direct deposit information, they should verify the request with the worker before proceeding.

For their part, department managers must closely monitor employee expense reimbursement requests. They should ask employees to explain discrepancies, such as totals that don’t add up or expense claims that lack receipts.

Other effective controls include:

Audits. Regularly conduct payroll audits to detect anomalies. Also audit automatic payroll withdrawals to confirm proper transfers are made.

Training. Educate employees about payroll schemes, phishing attacks and the importance of not sharing sensitive information.

Confidential hotlines. Offer an anonymous hotline or web portal to employees, customers and vendors to report fraud suspicions. Be sure to investigate every report.

Tax responsibilities

Finally, a scheme that’s most often perpetrated by business owners and executives is deliberately failing to pay required payroll tax. Ensure that upper management and payroll department employees understand their tax responsibilities and that no one individual has the ability to divert funds intended for payroll tax to a personal account. Contact us for more information and assistance with internal controls.

Tax filing FAQs for individuals

Tue, 20 Jan 2026 17:40:54 GMT

The IRS is opening the filing season for 2025 individual income tax returns on January 26. This is about the same time as when the agency began accepting and processing 2024 tax year returns last year, despite IRS staffing having been significantly reduced since then. Here are answers to some FAQs about filing.

When is my 2025 return due?

For most individual taxpayers, the deadline to file a 2025 return or an extension is April 15. Individuals living outside the United States and Puerto Rico or serving in the military outside those two locations have until June 15.

When must 2025 W-2s and 1099s be provided to me?

To file your tax return, you need all your Forms W-2 and 1099. February 2 is the deadline for employers to issue 2025 W-2s to employees and, generally, for businesses to issue Forms 1099 to recipients of any 2025 interest, dividend or reportable miscellaneous income payments (including those made to independent contractors).

Normally these forms must be furnished by January 31. But this year, that date falls on a Saturday. So the deadline is the next business day, which is Monday, February 2.

If you haven’t received a W-2 or 1099 by the deadline, contact the entity that should have issued it. But remember that if a form is provided to you via mail instead of digitally, February 2 is the postmark deadline. So you might not receive it until several days after that.

Are there benefits to filing early?

One benefit is that if you’re getting a refund, you’ll likely get it sooner. The IRS expects to issue most refunds in less than 21 days from filing, as it has in recent years.

However, it’s possible that the reduced IRS staffing could cause delays during tax season this year. Other factors could also impact refund timing. The IRS cautions taxpayers not to rely on receiving a refund by a certain date, especially when making major purchases or paying bills.

How can filing early reduce my tax identity theft risk?

Tax identity theft occurs when someone uses your personal information — such as your Social Security number — to file a fraudulent tax return and claim a refund in your name. One of the simplest yet most effective ways to protect yourself from this type of fraud is to file your tax return as early as possible.

The IRS processes returns on a first-come, first-served basis. Once your legitimate return is in the system, thieves will have a tougher time filing a false return under your identity.

What’s the impact of the paper check phaseout for refunds?

As required by Executive Order 14247, the IRS is phasing out paper tax refund checks for individual taxpayers. For the 2025 tax year, the IRS will request banking information on all tax returns when filed to issue refunds via direct deposit or electronic funds transfer (EFT). For taxpayers without bank accounts, options such as prepaid debit cards, digital wallets or limited exceptions will be available.

Direct deposits and EFTs generally speed up refunds. They also avoid the risk that a paper check could be lost, stolen or returned to the IRS as undeliverable.

If I file early and owe tax, will I have to pay it when I file?

Even if you file early, your deadline for paying tax owed is April 15. However, if you didn’t pay enough in withholding and estimated tax payments for 2025 to meet certain rules (or didn’t make estimated tax payments on time), you could still owe penalties and interest. Paying before April 15 may reduce them.

What if I can’t pay my tax bill in full by April 15?

If you don’t pay what you owe by April 15, you’ll likely be subject to penalties and interest even if you met the withholding and estimated tax payment requirements for 2025. You should still file your return on time (or file for an extension) because there are failure-to-file penalties in addition to failure-to-pay penalties.

Paying as much as possible by April 15 will reduce interest and penalties because a smaller amount will be outstanding. Then request an installment payment plan for the rest of the liability.

Under what circumstances can I file for extension?

Generally, anyone is eligible to file an automatic extension to October 15 for individual tax returns; you don’t have to provide a reason why you can’t file on time. But you must file Form 4868 to request the extension by April 15 to avoid being subject to a failure-to-file penalty.

Remember that an extension of time to file your return doesn’t grant you any extension of time to pay your taxes. You should estimate and pay any taxes owed by April 15 to help avoid, or at least minimize, late payment penalties and interest.

What should I do next?

Contact us to answer any other tax filing questions you have or to discuss getting started on your 2025 return. We can prepare your return accurately and on time while helping to ensure you claim all the tax breaks you’re entitled to.

Is your business ready for the tax deadline that’s on Groundhog Day this year?

Mon, 19 Jan 2026 18:26:21 GMT

Normally businesses must furnish certain information returns to workers and submit them to the federal government by January 31. But this year, that date falls on a Saturday. So the deadline is the next business day, which happens to be Groundhog Day: February 2, 2026.

W-2s for employees

By February 2, employers must furnish and/or file these 2025 forms:

Form W-2, Wage and Tax Statement. Form W-2 shows the wages paid and taxes withheld for the year for each employee. It must be furnished to employees and filed with the Social Security Administration (SSA). The IRS notes that “because employees’ Social Security and Medicare benefits are computed based on information on Form W-2, it’s very important to prepare Form W-2 correctly and timely.”

Form W-3, Transmittal of Wage and Tax Statements. Anyone required to file Form W-2 must also file Form W-3 to transmit Copy A of Form W-2 to the SSA. The totals for amounts reported on related employment tax forms (Form 941, Form 943, Form 944 or Schedule H) for the year should agree with the amounts reported on Form W-3.

1099-NECs for independent contractors

The February 2 deadline also applies to Form 1099-NEC, Nonemployee Compensation. This form generally must be furnished to independent contractors and filed with the IRS if the following conditions are met:

You made a payment to someone who wasn’t your employee,
The payment was for services in the course of your trade or business,
The payment was to an individual, partnership, estate, or, in some cases, a corporation, and
You made total payments of at least $600 to the recipient during the year.

You may have heard that the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, signed into law in 2025, increased the threshold to $2,000. That change goes into effect for payments made this year (that will be reported on the 2026 1099-NECs you’ll furnish and file in early 2027). The threshold will be annually adjusted for inflation beginning in 2027.

Other forms

Your business may also have to furnish a Form 1099-MISC to each person to whom you made certain payments for rent, medical expenses, prizes and awards, attorney’s services, and more. The deadline for furnishing Forms 1099-MISC to recipients is also February 2.

The deadline for submitting these forms to the IRS depends on the filing method. If you’re filing on paper, the 2026 deadline is March 2 (because the normal February 28 deadline falls on a Saturday this year). If you’re filing them electronically, the deadline is March 31.

Furnish and file on time

When the IRS requires you to “furnish” a form to a recipient, it can be done in person, electronically or by first-class mail to the recipient’s last known address. If 2025 W-2 or 1099-NEC forms are mailed, they must be postmarked by February 2.

Don’t cast a shadow over tax filing season by missing the Groundhog Day deadline. Failing to meet applicable deadlines (or include the correct information on the forms) may result in penalties. Contact us with any questions about Form W-2, Form 1099-NEC or other tax forms and the applicable filing requirements. We’d be happy to answer them and help you stay in compliance.

2026 tax calendar

Mon, 19 Jan 2026 18:22:37 GMT

To help make sure you don’t miss any important 2026 deadlines, we’re providing this summary of when various tax-related forms, payments and other actions are due. Please review the calendar and let us know if you have any questions about the deadlines or would like assistance meeting them.

February 2

Businesses: Provide Form 1098, Form 1099-MISC (except for those with a February 17 deadline), Form 1099-NEC and Form W-2G to recipients.

Employers: Provide 2025 Form W-2 to employees.

Employers: Report Social Security and Medicare taxes and income tax withholding for fourth quarter 2025 (Form 941) if all associated taxes due weren’t deposited on time and in full.

Employers: File a 2025 return for federal unemployment taxes (Form 940) and pay tax due if all associated taxes due weren’t deposited on time and in full.

Employers: File 2025 Form W-2 (Copy A) and transmittal Form W-3 with the Social Security Administration.

Individuals: File a 2025 income tax return (Form 1040 or Form 1040-SR) and pay any tax due to avoid penalties for underpaying the January 15 installment of estimated taxes.

February 10

Employers: Report Social Security and Medicare taxes and income tax withholding for fourth quarter 2025 (Form 941) if all associated taxes due were deposited on time and in full.

Employers: File a 2025 return for federal unemployment taxes (Form 940) if all associated taxes due were deposited on time and in full.

Individuals: Report January tip income of $20 or more to employers (Form 4070).

February 17

Businesses: Provide Form 1099-B, 1099-S and certain Forms 1099-MISC (those in which payments in Box 8 or Box 10 are being reported) to recipients.

Employers: Deposit Social Security, Medicare and withheld income taxes for January if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Employers: Deposit nonpayroll withheld income tax for January if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Individuals: File a new Form W-4 to continue exemption for another year if you claimed exemption from federal income tax withholding in 2025.

March 2

Businesses: File Form 1098, Form 1099 (other than those with a February 2 deadline), Form W-2G and transmittal Form 1096 for interest, dividends and miscellaneous payments made during 2025. (Electronic filers can defer filing to March 31.)

March 10

Individuals: Report February tip income of $20 or more to employers (Form 4070).

March 16

Calendar-year partnerships: File a 2025 income tax return (Form 1065 or Form 1065-B) and provide each partner with a copy of Schedule K-1 (Form 1065) or a substitute Schedule K-1 — or request an automatic six-month extension (Form 7004).

Calendar-year S corporations: File a 2025 income tax return (Form 1120-S) and provide each shareholder with a copy of Schedule K-1 (Form 1120-S) or a substitute Schedule K-1 — or file for an automatic six-month extension (Form 7004). Pay any tax due.

Employers: Deposit Social Security, Medicare and withheld income taxes for February if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Employers: Deposit nonpayroll withheld income tax for February if the monthly deposit rule applies.

March 31

Employers: Electronically file 2025 Form 1097, Form 1098, Form 1099 (other than those with an earlier deadline) and Form W-2G.

April 10

Individuals: Report March tip income of $20 or more to employers (Form 4070).

April 15

Calendar-year corporations: File a 2025 income tax return (Form 1120) or file for an automatic six-month extension (Form 7004). Pay any tax due.

Calendar-year corporations: Pay the first installment of 2026 estimated income taxes and complete Form 1120-W for the corporation’s records.

Calendar-year trusts and estates: File a 2025 income tax return (Form 1041) or file for an automatic five-and-a-half-month extension (six-month extension for bankruptcy estates) (Form 7004). Pay any tax due.

Employers: Deposit Social Security, Medicare and withheld income taxes for March if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Employers: Deposit nonpayroll withheld income tax for March if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Household employers: File Schedule H, if wages paid equal $2,800 or more in 2025 and Form 1040 isn’t required to be filed. For those filing Form 1040, Schedule H is to be submitted with the return and is thus extended to the due date of the return.

Individuals: File a 2025 income tax return (Form 1040 or Form 1040-SR) or file for an automatic six-month extension (Form 4868). (Taxpayers who live outside the United States and Puerto Rico or serve in the military outside these two locations are allowed an automatic two-month extension without requesting one.) Pay any tax due.

Individuals: Pay the first installment of 2026 estimated taxes (Form 1040-ES) if not paying income tax through withholding or not paying sufficient income tax through withholding.

Individuals: Make 2025 contributions to a traditional IRA or Roth IRA (even if a 2025 income tax return extension is filed).

Individuals: Make 2025 contributions to a SEP or certain other retirement plans (unless a 2025 income tax return extension is filed).

Individuals: File a 2025 gift tax return (Form 709), if applicable, or file for an automatic six-month extension (Form 8892). Pay any gift tax due. File for an automatic six-month extension (Form 4868) to extend both Form 1040 and Form 709 if no gift tax is due.

April 30

Employers: Report Social Security and Medicare taxes and income tax withholding for first quarter 2026 (Form 941) and pay any tax due if all associated taxes due weren’t deposited on time and in full.

May 11

Employers: Report Social Security and Medicare taxes and income tax withholding for first quarter 2026 (Form 941) if all associated taxes due were deposited on time and in full.

Individuals: Report April tip income of $20 or more to employers (Form 4070).

May 15

Calendar-year exempt organizations: File a 2025 information return (Form 990, Form 990-EZ or Form 990-PF) or file for an automatic six-month extension (Form 8868). Pay any tax due.

Calendar-year small exempt organizations (with gross receipts normally of $50,000 or less): File a 2025 e-Postcard (Form 990-N) if not filing Form 990 or Form 990-EZ.

Employers: Deposit Social Security, Medicare and withheld income taxes for April if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Employers: Deposit nonpayroll withheld income tax for April if the monthly deposit rule applies.

June 10

Individuals: Report May tip income of $20 or more to employers (Form 4070).

June 15

Calendar-year corporations: Pay the second installment of 2026 estimated income taxes and complete Form 1120-W for the corporation’s records.

Employers: Deposit Social Security, Medicare and withheld income taxes for May if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Employers: Deposit nonpayroll withheld income tax for May if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Individuals: File a 2025 individual income tax return (Form 1040 or Form 1040-SR) or file for a four-month extension (Form 4868) if you live outside the United States and Puerto Rico or you serve in the military outside those two locations. Pay any tax, interest and penalties due.

Individuals: Pay the second installment of 2026 estimated taxes (Form 1040-ES) if not paying income tax through withholding or not paying sufficient income tax through withholding.

July 10

Individuals: Report June tip income of $20 or more to employers (Form 4070).

July 15

Employers: Deposit Social Security, Medicare and withheld income taxes for June if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Employers: Deposit nonpayroll withheld income tax for June if the monthly deposit rule applies.

July 31

Employers: Report Social Security and Medicare taxes and income tax withholding for second quarter 2026 (Form 941) and pay any tax due if all associated taxes due weren’t deposited on time and in full.

Employers: File a 2025 calendar-year retirement plan report (Form 5500 or Form 5500-EZ) or request an extension.

August 10

Employers: Report Social Security and Medicare taxes and income tax withholding for second quarter 2026 (Form 941) if all associated taxes due were deposited on time and in full.

Individuals: Report July tip income of $20 or more to employers (Form 4070).

August 17

Employers: Deposit Social Security, Medicare and withheld income taxes for July if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Employers: Deposit nonpayroll withheld income tax for July if the monthly deposit rule applies.

September 10

Individuals: Report August tip income of $20 or more to employers (Form 4070).

September 15

Calendar-year corporations: Pay the third installment of 2026 estimated income taxes and complete Form 1120-W for the corporation’s records.

Calendar-year S corporations: File a 2025 income tax return (Form 1120-S) and provide each shareholder with a copy of Schedule K-1 (Form 1120-S) or a substitute Schedule K-1 if an automatic six-month extension was filed. Pay any tax, interest and penalties due.

Calendar-year S corporations: Make contributions for 2025 to certain employer-sponsored retirement plans if an automatic six-month extension was filed.

Employers: Deposit Social Security, Medicare and withheld income taxes for August if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Employers: Deposit nonpayroll withheld income tax for August if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Individuals: Pay the third installment of 2026 estimated taxes (Form 1040-ES), if not paying income tax through withholding or not paying sufficient income tax through withholding.

September 30

Calendar-year trusts and estates: File a 2025 income tax return (Form 1041) if an automatic five-and-a-half-month extension was filed. Pay any tax, interest and penalties due.

October 13

Individuals: Report September tip income of $20 or more to employers (Form 4070).

October 15

Calendar-year bankruptcy estates: File a 2025 income tax return (Form 1041) if an automatic six-month extension was filed. Pay any tax, interest and penalties due.

Calendar-year C corporations: File a 2025 income tax return (Form 1120) if an automatic six-month extension was filed and pay any tax, interest and penalties due.

Calendar-year C corporations: Make contributions for 2025 to certain employer-sponsored retirement plans if an automatic six-month extension was filed.

Employers: Deposit Social Security, Medicare and withheld income taxes for September if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Employers: Deposit nonpayroll withheld income tax for September if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Individuals: File a 2025 income tax return (Form 1040 or Form 1040-SR) if an automatic six-month extension was filed (or if an automatic four-month extension was filed by a taxpayer living outside the United States and Puerto Rico or serving in the military outside those two locations). Pay any tax, interest and penalties due.

Individuals: Make contributions for 2025 to certain existing retirement plans or establish and contribute to a SEP for 2025 if an automatic six-month extension was filed.

Individuals: File a 2025 gift tax return (Form 709), if applicable, and pay any tax, interest and penalties due if an automatic six-month extension was filed.

November 2

Employers: Report Social Security and Medicare taxes and income tax withholding for third quarter 2026 (Form 941) and pay any tax due if all associated taxes due weren’t deposited on time and in full.

November 10

Employers: Report Social Security and Medicare taxes and income tax withholding for third quarter 2026 (Form 941) if all associated taxes due were deposited on time and in full.

Individuals: Report October tip income of $20 or more to employers (Form 4070).

November 16

Calendar-year exempt organizations: File a 2025 information return (Form 990, Form 990-EZ or Form 990-PF) if a six-month extension was filed. Pay any tax, interest and penalties due.

Employers: Deposit Social Security, Medicare and withheld income taxes for October if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Employers: Deposit nonpayroll withheld income tax for October if the monthly deposit rule applies.

December 10

Individuals: Report November tip income of $20 or more to employers (Form 4070).

December 15

Calendar-year corporations: Pay the fourth installment of 2026 estimated income taxes and complete Form 1120-W for the corporation’s records.

Employers: Deposit Social Security, Medicare and withheld income taxes for November if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Employers: Deposit nonpayroll withheld income tax for November if the monthly deposit rule applies.

Take steps to help ensure your estate plan won’t be challenged after your death

Thu, 15 Jan 2026 17:43:09 GMT

It’s not uncommon for family members to contest a loved one’s will or challenge other estate planning documents. But you can take steps now to minimize the likelihood of such challenges after your death and protect both your wishes and your legacy.

Family disputes often arise not from legal flaws, but from confusion, surprise or perceived unfairness. By preparing a well-structured estate plan and clearly communicating your intentions to loved ones, you can reduce the risk of misunderstandings that can lead to challenges. There are also specific steps you can take to help fortify your plan against challenges.

Demonstrate a lack of undue influence

Family members might challenge your will by claiming that someone asserted undue influence over you. This essentially means the person influenced you to make estate planning decisions that would benefit him or her but that were inconsistent with your true wishes.

A certain level of influence over your final decisions is permissible. For example, there’s generally nothing wrong with a daughter encouraging her father to leave her the family vacation home. But if the father is in a vulnerable position — perhaps he’s ill or frail and the daughter is his caregiver — a court might find that he was susceptible to the daughter improperly influencing him to change his will.

There are many techniques you can use to demonstrate the lack of any undue influence over your estate planning decisions, including:

Choosing reliable witnesses. These should be people you expect to be available and willing to attest to your testamentary capacity and freedom from undue influence years or even decades down the road.

Videotaping the execution of your will. This provides an opportunity to explain the reasoning for any atypical aspects of your estate plan and can help refute claims of undue influence (or lack of testamentary capacity). Be aware, however, that this technique can backfire if your discomfort with the recording process is mistaken for duress or confusion.

In addition, it can be to your benefit to have a medical practitioner conduct a mental examination or attest to your competence at or near the time you execute your will.

Follow the law for proper execution

Never open the door for someone to contest your will on the grounds that it wasn’t executed properly. Be sure to follow applicable state laws to the letter.

Typically, that means signing your will in front of two witnesses and having your signature notarized. Be aware that laws vary from state to state, and an increasing number of states are permitting electronic wills.

Consider a no-contest clause

If your net worth is high, a no-contest clause can act as a deterrent against an estate plan challenge. Most, but not all, states permit the use of no-contest clauses.

In a nutshell, a no-contest clause will essentially disinherit any beneficiary who unsuccessfully challenges your will. For this strategy to be effective, you must leave heirs an inheritance that’s large enough that forfeiting it would be a disincentive to bringing a challenge. An heir who receives nothing has nothing to lose by challenging your plan.

Be proactive now to avoid challenges later

Other aspects of your estate plan, such as trusts and beneficiary designations for retirement plans and life insurance, could also be challenged. Taking steps now to minimize the risk of successful challenges to any of your estate planning documents can help protect your legacy and provide clarity and peace of mind for your loved ones. We can help you draft an estate plan that will meet legal requirements and accurately reflect your intentions, reducing the risk of challenges.

Bad reputation: Why you should perform adverse media screenings

Wed, 14 Jan 2026 17:27:07 GMT

Admit it, you’ve Googled your own name once or twice. The question is, how frequently do you Google your company’s name? Regularly checking online information about your business can help you manage any negative accounts and dispute false or misleading data.

After all, many investors, lenders, customers, vendors and business partners will search your company’s online reputation before deciding to work with you. This may seem unfair, but you’re generally free to screen other businesses for “adverse media” — including allegations of unethical or illegal activities — and you should. Performing such due diligence is critical to protecting your company from nonpayers, fraud perpetrators and those bent on frivolous litigation.

Formal policy

Given the vast amount of data available online and the potential legal risks, conducting adverse media screening requires a careful, methodical approach. Start by developing a formal policy to guide you.

The policy should assist you in finding and using adverse media without triggering legal exposure. Among other things, it should identify sources you intend to access, clarify off-limit actions and detail how you plan to use any negative information you’ve found. Because laws governing privacy, defamation, and discrimination can vary by jurisdiction and situation, ask your attorney to review the policy before rolling it out.

Reliable data

Adverse media screening can cover a broad range of activities. So you should create categories to consistently classify potential red flags. Examples might include:

Civil proceedings,
Criminal misconduct,
Environmental violations,
Regulatory scrutiny, and
Financial crimes.

Classifying data by category can help focus your due diligence efforts and make it easier to identify the most reliable sources for each.

Keep in mind that to generate traffic, some online outlets do little to verify the accuracy of their stories — and may even knowingly post disinformation. For example, many social media platforms allow their users to post opinions that may be factually incorrect. Rely only on information providers with high ethical standards and established histories of accurate reporting. And for any accusation, seek corroboration from multiple sources.

AI tools

You don’t have to conduct adverse media screening manually. Rather than asking employees to research and gather information, some businesses use software that relies on artificial intelligence (AI) to scan the internet. AI can analyze large volumes of data far more efficiently than manual methods.

However, buying such tools can require a substantial investment and may not be practical for smaller businesses. The scope of screening should be proportional to the size of your business, the nature of the relationships you’re evaluating and the level of risk involved.

Multistep process

However extensive your adverse media screening, remember that it’s only one part of a broader due diligence process. If you uncover something negative, ask your potential business partner to explain it. There may be an innocent — or at least, more nuanced — explanation. Also ask for references and follow up on them.

Adverse media screening can involve legal, operational and cost considerations, so work with your legal and financial advisors to determine when screening is warranted, how extensive it should be and how to control related costs. Contact us for more information.

When medical expenses are — and aren’t — tax deductible

Tue, 13 Jan 2026 17:26:24 GMT

If you had significant medical expenses last year, you may be wondering what you can deduct on your 2025 income tax return. Income-based thresholds and other rules can make it hard to claim the medical expense deduction. At the same time, more types of expenses may be eligible than you might expect.

Limits on the deduction

Medical expenses are deductible only if they weren’t reimbursable by insurance or paid via tax-advantaged accounts (such as Flexible Spending Accounts or Health Savings Accounts). In addition, they’re deductible only to the extent that, in aggregate, they exceed 7.5% of your adjusted gross income (AGI).

For example, if your 2025 AGI was $100,000, your eligible medical expenses during the year would have to total more than $7,500 for you to claim the deduction — and only the amount in excess of that floor would be deductible. If you had $10,000 in eligible expenses, your potential deduction would be $2,500.

In addition, medical expenses are deductible only if you itemize deductions. For itemizing to be beneficial, your itemized deductions must exceed your standard deduction. Due to changes under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act that were made permanent by last year’s One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA), many taxpayers no longer itemize.

However, some taxpayers who hadn’t been itemizing recently may benefit from itemizing for 2025 because of the OBBBA’s quadrupling of the state and local tax deduction limit. If you fall into that category, you should also revisit whether you can benefit from the medical expense deduction on your 2025 income tax return.

What expenses are eligible?

If you do expect to itemize deductions on your 2025 income tax return, now is a good time to review your medical expenses for the year and see if you had enough to exceed the 7.5% of AGI floor. Eligible expenses include many costs besides hospital and doctor bills. Here are some other types of expenses you may have had in 2025 that could be deductible:

Transportation. The cost of getting to and from medical treatment is an eligible expense. This includes taxi fares, public transportation or using your own vehicle. Your vehicle costs can be calculated at 21 cents per mile for medical miles driven in 2025, plus tolls and parking. Alternatively, you can deduct certain actual vehicle-related costs, including gas and oil, but not general costs such as insurance, depreciation and maintenance.

Insurance premiums. The cost of health insurance is a medical expense that can total thousands of dollars a year. Even if your employer provides you with coverage, you can deduct the portion of the premiums you paid — as long as it wasn’t paid pretax out of your paychecks.

Long-term care insurance premiums also qualify, subject to dollar limits based on age. Here are the 2025 limits:

40 and under: $480
41 to 50: $900
51 to 60: $1,800
61 to 70: $4,810
Over 70: $6,020

Therapists and nurses. Services provided by individuals other than physicians can qualify if they relate to a medical condition and aren’t for general health. For example, the cost of physical therapy after knee surgery qualifies, but the cost of a personal trainer to help you get in shape doesn’t. Also qualifying are amounts paid for acupuncture and those paid to a psychologist for medical care. In addition, certain long-term care services required by chronically ill individuals are eligible.

Eyeglasses, hearing aids, dental work and prescriptions. Deductible expenses include the cost of glasses, contacts, hearing aids, dentures and most dental work. Purely cosmetic expenses (such as teeth whitening) don’t qualify, but certain medically necessary cosmetic surgery is deductible. Prescription drugs qualify, but nonprescription drugs such as aspirin don’t, even if a physician recommends them.

Smoking-cessation programs. Amounts paid to participate in a smoking-cessation program and for prescribed drugs designed to alleviate nicotine withdrawal are deductible expenses. However, nonprescription gum and certain nicotine patches aren’t.

Weight-loss programs. A weight-loss program is a deductible expense if undertaken as treatment for a disease diagnosed by a physician. This could be obesity or another disease, such as hypertension, for which a doctor directs you to lose weight. It’s a good idea to get a written diagnosis. In these cases, deductible expenses include fees paid to join a weight-loss program and attend meetings. However, foods for a weight-loss program generally aren’t deductible.

Dependents and others. You can deduct the medical expenses you pay for dependents, such as your children. Additionally, you may be able to deduct medical expenses you pay for an individual, such as a parent or grandparent, who would qualify as your dependent except that he or she has too much gross income or files jointly. In most cases, the medical expenses of a child of divorced parents can be claimed by the parent who pays them.

Determining if you can benefit

After reviewing this list of eligible expenses, do you think you had enough in 2025 to exceed the 7.5% of AGI floor? Or do you have questions about whether specific expenses qualify? Contact us. We can determine if you can benefit from the medical expense deduction — and other tax breaks — on your 2025 income tax return.

Tax filing update for pass-through entities

Mon, 12 Jan 2026 17:35:49 GMT

Do you operate a business as a partnership, a limited liability company (LLC) treated as a partnership for tax purposes or an S corporation? In tax lingo, these are called “pass-through” entities because their taxable income items, tax deductions and tax credits are passed through to their owners and taken into account on the owners’ federal income tax returns. These entities generally don’t owe any federal income tax themselves. Here are some important things to know about tax filing for pass-through entities.

March 16 deadline

Even though pass-through entities generally don’t owe federal income tax at the entity level, they still must file a federal income tax return. Partnerships and LLCs treated as partnerships for tax purposes file Form 1065, “U.S. Return of Partnership Income.” S corporations file Form 1120-S, “U.S. Income Tax Return for an S Corporation.”

If your pass-through entity uses the calendar year for tax purposes, as most do, the deadline for filing the federal income tax return for its 2025 tax year is March 16, 2026 (because March 15 falls on a Sunday).

The March 16 deadline can be extended by six months to September 15, 2026, by filing IRS Form 7004, “Application for Automatic Extension of Time to File Certain Business Income Tax, Information, and Other Returns,” by March 16.

Keep in mind that if you file an extension for the pass-through entity’s return, you (and any other owners) will also likely also need to file extensions to October 15, 2026, for your individual 2025 return.

Schedules K-1

For each tax year, pass-through entities must send out Schedules K-1 to their owners. These forms report each owner’s share of the entity’s tax items. Schedules K-1 can be sent to owners electronically. And they must be included with the entity’s federal income tax return for the year.

Because pass-through entity owners rely on Schedules K-1 to prepare their returns, it’s desirable to get them out as early as possible. However, if an entity’s 2025 return filing deadline is extended to September 15, 2026, that also becomes the deadline for providing Schedules K-1 to the owners.

3 tax law changes to note

The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA), signed into law July 4, 2025, included several tax changes that will affect 2025 returns of pass-through entities. Here are three of the most important:

1. First-year depreciation. The OBBBA permanently restored 100% first-year depreciation for eligible assets acquired and placed in service after January 19, 2025. Before the OBBBA, 100% bonus depreciation was last allowed for eligible assets placed in service in 2022.

For eligible assets placed in service in tax years beginning in 2025, the OBBBA increased the maximum amount that can be immediately deducted via the first-year Section 179 expensing election to $2.5 million (up from $1.25 million before the OBBBA). The deduction begins to phase out dollar for dollar when asset acquisitions for 2025 exceed $4 million (up from $3.13 million before the OBBBA).

The OBBBA also established 100% first-year depreciation for nonresidential real estate that’s classified as qualified production property. That basically means factory buildings.

2. R&E expenditures. The OBBBA allows businesses to immediately deduct eligible domestic research and experimental (R&E) expenditures that are paid or incurred in tax years beginning in 2025 and beyond. Before the OBBBA, these expenditures had to be amortized over five years.

Eligible small businesses can elect to apply the new immediate deduction rule retroactively to pre-2025 tax years beginning in 2022, 2023 or 2024. Also, all taxpayers that made R&E expenditures in tax years beginning in 2022 through 2024 can elect to write off the remaining unamortized amount of their R&E expenditures over a one-year or two-year period starting with the tax year beginning in 2025.

3. Business interest expense deductions. For tax years beginning in 2025 and beyond, the OBBBA permanently installed more favorable rules for determining how much business interest expense can be currently deducted. While most small and midsize businesses are exempt from the business interest expense deduction limitation rules, check with us regarding the status of your pass-through entity.

Time to get rolling

The filing deadline for the 2025 federal income tax returns of most pass-through entities is looming. While the deadline can be extended by six months, you must take action by March 16, at minimum, to file for an extension. Contact us to get things rolling.

Leverage your gift tax annual exclusion using a Crummey trust

Thu, 08 Jan 2026 17:38:46 GMT

A Crummey trust provides a key tax benefit of an outright gift without some of the downsides. Although the mechanics can seem technical, the concept is straightforward. And the benefits can be significant for families looking to reduce estate taxes and provide long-term financial security.

How does a Crummey trust work?

A Crummey trust (named after the 1968 court case that first authorized its use) is a special type of trust that allows gifts to it to qualify for the gift tax annual exclusion. Yet unlike with an outright gift, you still determine, through the trust terms, how the assets will be managed and when they’ll ultimately be distributed to beneficiaries.

Generally, assets placed in a trust are treated as future interests and, therefore, don’t qualify for the annual exclusion ($19,000 per beneficiary in 2026). So you normally would have to use some of your lifetime gift and estate tax exemption ($15 million for 2026) to make tax-free gifts to a trust. However, a Crummey trust overcomes this limitation by granting beneficiaries a temporary right to withdraw contributions made to it.

Here’s how it works: Each time you contribute assets to the trust, the trustee must send a Crummey notice to the trust’s beneficiaries. This notice informs them that they have a limited window — typically 30 to 60 days — to withdraw their shares of the contribution. Because the beneficiaries technically have immediate access to the funds, the IRS treats the gift as a present interest, allowing it to qualify for the annual exclusion.

After the withdrawal period expires, the funds remain in the trust (assuming the beneficiaries didn’t exercise their withdrawal rights) and are managed and eventually distributed according to the trust terms, such as when beneficiaries reach specific ages or to fund certain types of expenses.

A Crummey trust is an irrevocable trust, meaning once assets are transferred into it, you, the grantor, generally can’t reclaim them. You determine the trust terms when you set up the trust. But, with limited exceptions, you can’t change them after the trust is initially funded. Because the trust is irrevocable, the trust assets won’t be included in your taxable estate, provided all applicable rules are met. This also effectively removes future appreciation on those assets from your taxable estate.

When can they be particularly beneficial?

Crummey trusts are often used in conjunction with irrevocable life insurance trusts (ILITs). An ILIT owns one or more policies on your life, and it manages and distributes policy proceeds according to your wishes. An ILIT keeps insurance proceeds, which could otherwise be subject to estate tax, out of your estate (and possibly your spouse’s).

You aren’t allowed to retain any powers over the policy, such as the right to change the beneficiaries. But the trust can be structured to make a loan to your estate for liquidity needs, such as paying estate tax.

Structuring ILITs as Crummey trusts allows annual exclusion gifts to fund the ILIT’s payment of insurance premiums. There’s an incentive for beneficiaries not to exercise their withdrawal rights so that the premiums can be paid to maintain the policy. The trust can potentially provide beneficiaries with a much larger payout later from the life insurance death benefit.

Any tax traps?

Before using a Crummey trust, it’s important to consider potential tax traps. One involves inadvertent taxable gifts from one beneficiary to another. Suppose, for example, that you set up a trust that provides income for your spouse for life, with any remaining assets passing to your daughter. To take advantage of the annual exclusion, you provide your spouse with Crummey withdrawal rights. Each time your spouse allows these rights to lapse without exercising them, he or she in effect has made a gift to your daughter by increasing the value of her future interest in the trust.

There are a couple of ways to avoid this result. One is to rely on the IRS’s “5&5” rule, which doesn’t count lapsing rights as a taxable gift as long as the withdrawal right doesn’t exceed the greater of $5,000 or 5% of the trust’s principal. So long as the trust principal is at least $380,000, you’ll be able to make $19,000 annual gifts without violating the 5&5 rule. Another option is to make the holder of Crummey withdrawal rights the sole beneficiary of the trust, which eliminates the gift tax concern.

Need help?

While a Crummey trust can be a powerful estate planning tool, it must be properly drafted and administered, including timely notices of withdrawal and careful recordkeeping. If you’re considering a Crummey trust, contact us. We can help ensure this trust type aligns with your broader financial and estate goals.

Consider these issues before providing (or reimbursing) mobile phones

Wed, 07 Jan 2026 18:14:37 GMT

For many employees, mobile phones are no longer a perk — they’re an essential business tool. However, issuing company phones or reimbursing employees for use of their personal devices can create hidden security risks, unexpected tax consequences and productivity concerns for business owners. Here are some key issues to consider before rolling out or revising your company’s mobile phone policy.

Security risks

In general, the biggest security risk associated with mobile phones is that they may lack robust protections against phishing, malware and other cyberthreats. Hackers could use an employee’s phone to access your business’s IT network, leading to theft of customer payment details, payroll data, intellectual property and other sensitive information. An illicit entry could even result in a ransomware incident.

If you allow employees to use phones to access company data, use a mobile device management system that enforces strong security protocols. And instruct phone users to avoid using public Wi-Fi networks (such as those in airports) that could expose them to data interception and malware.

Tax rules for work-issued phones

Another consideration is taxes. Business use of an employer-provided phone typically is treated as a nontaxable working condition fringe benefit if it’s provided “primarily for noncompensatory business purposes.” For example, you may need to reach employees at any time for work-related emergencies.

If the noncompensatory business purposes test is met, the value of any personal use of an employer-provided smartphone will generally be treated as a nontaxable “de minimis” fringe benefit. However, these phones will trigger taxable income if they’re provided to replace compensation, attract new hires or boost staff morale.

Guidelines for employee-owned devices

The IRS has indicated that it analyzes expense reimbursement for employees’ personal phones similarly to how it treats employer-provided phones. So reimbursements generally won’t be considered additional income or wages if:

You have substantial business reasons for requiring employees to use their personal phones and reimbursing them for doing so,
Reimbursements are reasonably related to the needs of your operations and calculated not to exceed the expenses that employees typically incur in maintaining their phones, and
Reimbursements aren’t made as a substitute for a portion of employees’ regular wages.

Employer reimbursements for employees’ actual expenses must usually be made under a so-called accountable plan (contact us for more information). Alternatively, you could provide employees with flat monthly stipends. But stipends that exceed reasonable amounts may be treated as taxable wages.

Formal usage policies

To protect productivity, it’s critical to create written phone-usage policies. Discourage employees from using company-owned phones or their personal devices to make long personal calls, access their social media accounts or stream non-work-related videos during work hours.

If you allow employees to use their own phones at work, be sure to establish a bring-your-own-device (BYOD) policy. In addition to proper usage, it should address such issues as security, data ownership, privacy (for example, your ability to view employee phone data) and proper use. Your BYOD policy might also detail procedures for wiping personal devices when employees leave your employment.

Pros and cons

Many positions call for the frequent use of mobile phones — your executives, salespeople and other “road warriors” are only a few who probably need them. Depending on the nature of your business, it may make sense to issue or reimburse the use of personal phones as a fringe benefit to other employees. We can help you review the pros and cons related to equipment costs, security, taxes and productivity.

If you suffered a disaster, you may be eligible for a casualty loss tax deduction

Tue, 06 Jan 2026 17:42:20 GMT

Every year, severe storms, flooding, wildfires and other disasters affect millions of taxpayers. Many experience casualty losses from damage to their homes or personal property. The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA), signed into law last year, generally made permanent the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) limitation on the personal casualty loss tax deduction. But it also expanded the deduction in one way.

What’s deductible

For losses incurred from 2018 through 2025, the TCJA generally restricted deductions for personal casualty losses to those due to federally declared disasters. This is the rule that applies to your 2025 income tax return due April 15, 2026. (Before the TCJA, personal casualty losses were also potentially deductible if due to various other types of incidents, such as theft, vandalism and accidents as well as to fires, floods, etc., not attributable to a federally declared disaster.)

The OBBBA generally has made the disaster requirement permanent. But, effective January 1, 2026, it expands eligible disasters to include certain state-declared disasters. This applies to the tax return you’ll file next year for 2026.

There’s an exception to the general rule, however: If you have personal casualty gains because your insurance proceeds exceed the tax basis of the damaged or destroyed property, you can deduct personal casualty losses that aren’t due to a declared disaster up to the amount of your personal casualty gains.

Additional limits

Even when the cause of a personal casualty loss qualifies you for the deduction, additional limits apply. First, your deduction for the loss from the declared disaster is reduced by any insurance proceeds received. If insurance covered your entire loss, you can’t claim a casualty loss deduction for that loss. If insurance didn’t cover your entire loss, then $100 (per casualty event) must be subtracted from the uncovered amount.

Finally, a 10% of adjusted gross income (AGI) floor applies. So you can deduct only the uncovered loss (reduced by $100 per casualty event) that exceeds 10% of your AGI for the year you claim the loss deduction. If, say, your 2025 AGI is $100,000 and your casualty loss (after subtracting insurance proceeds and $100 per event) is $11,000, you can deduct only $1,000 on your 2025 return.

Also keep in mind that you must itemize deductions to claim the casualty loss deduction. Since 2018, fewer people have itemized because the TCJA significantly increased the standard deduction amounts — and the OBBBA has increased them further. For 2025, they’re $15,750 for single filers, $23,625 for heads of households, and $31,500 for married couples filing jointly. For 2026, they’re $16,100, $24,150 and $32,200, respectively. So even if you qualify for a casualty deduction under the rules and limits, you might not get any tax benefit because you don’t have enough total itemized deductions to exceed your standard deduction.

Have questions?

The rules for the personal casualty loss deduction are complex, so contact us for more information. We can help you determine whether you qualify for — and will benefit from — this deduction on your 2025 income tax return.

Not all “business” expenses are tax deductible

Mon, 05 Jan 2026 17:50:23 GMT

With 2025 in the rear view mirror and the tax filing deadline on the road ahead, it’s a good time for businesses to start gathering information about their deductible expenses for 2025. But what’s deductible (and what’s not) might not be as clear-cut as you think.

Most business deductions aren’t specifically listed in the Internal Revenue Code (IRC). The general rule is what’s stated in the first sentence of IRC Section 162, that you can write off “all the ordinary and necessary expenses paid or incurred during the taxable year in carrying on any trade or business.” In addition, you must be able to substantiate the expenses.

Ordinary and necessary

In general, an expense is ordinary if it’s considered common or customary in the particular trade or business. For example, a landscaping company’s costs for fuel and routine maintenance on its lawn equipment would typically qualify as ordinary expenses because such costs are customary for that type of business.

A necessary expense is defined as one that’s helpful or appropriate. For instance, a retail store that invests in security cameras may be able to operate without them, but the expense is helpful for reducing theft and protecting employees and customers.

To be deductible, an expense must be both ordinary and necessary. An ordinary expense may be unnecessary because the amount isn’t reasonable in relation to the business purpose. For example, let’s say a construction business upgrades to premium, top-of-the-line tools when standard professional-grade tools already meet job requirements. Tool purchases are ordinary, but excessive upgrades may be unreasonable and, thus, unnecessary.

Cases in point

The IRS and courts don’t always agree with taxpayers about what qualifies as a deductible business expense. Often substantiation is the primary issue. Sometimes the question hinges not on the expense itself, but on whether the taxpayer was actually operating a trade or business.

For example, the U.S. Tax Court denied deductions claimed by an engineering firm owner for the value of his own time spent developing a program. Self-performed labor isn’t “paid or incurred,” the court noted. Therefore, it’s not deductible. The court disallowed other deductions due to insufficient records and lack of a clear business purpose.

In another case, a taxpayer engaged in real estate activities. His business expense deductions were denied by the Tax Court. The court ruled that the activities didn’t constitute an active trade or business. Instead, the real estate was held for investment purposes. In addition, the deductions weren’t substantiated because adequate records weren’t kept. The taxpayer appealed. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit agreed with the Tax Court. The court ruled the taxpayer “failed to provide sufficient evidence of his claimed deductions.”

What can you deduct for 2025?

Determining the deductibility of business expenses can be complicated, and proper substantiation is critical. We can help you determine what you can deduct on your 2025 tax return.

Address your elderly parents in your estate plan in 5 steps

Fri, 02 Jan 2026 17:33:33 GMT

When creating or updating your estate plan, it’s important to address your elderly parents with both clarity and sensitivity. If you provide financial support, share housing or anticipate future caregiving responsibilities, your plan should reflect these realities.

Clearly documenting any ongoing assistance, loans or shared assets can help prevent misunderstandings among heirs later. In addition, if your parents have designated you to act on their behalf through powers of attorney or health care directives, your estate plan should align with those roles so there are no conflicting instructions or expectations.

5 steps

To incorporate your parents’ needs into your own estate plan, you first must understand their financial situation and any arrangements they’ve already made. Some may require tweaking. Here are five action steps:

1. List and value their assets. If you’re going to manage the financial affairs of your parents, having knowledge of their assets is vital. Compile and maintain a list of all their assets. These may include not only physical assets like their home and other real estate, vehicles, and any collectibles or artwork, but also investment holdings, retirement accounts and life insurance policies. You’ll need to know account numbers and current balances. Be sure to add in projections for Social Security benefits. When all is said and done, don’t be surprised if their net worth is higher or lower than what you (or they) initially thought. You can use this information to determine the appropriate planning techniques.

2. Identify key contacts. Compile the names and addresses of professionals important to your parents’ finances and medical conditions. This may include stockbrokers, financial advisors, attorneys, tax professionals, insurance agents and physicians.

3. Open the lines of communication. Before going any further, have a discussion with your parents, as well as other family members who may be involved, such as your siblings. Make sure you understand your parents’ wishes and explain the objectives you hope to accomplish.

4. Execute documents. Assuming you can agree on next steps, develop a plan that incorporates several legal documents. If your parents have already created one or more of these documents, they may need to be revised or coordinated with new ones. Some documents commonly included in an estate plan include:

Wills. Your parents’ wills control the disposition of their assets and tie up other loose ends. (Of course, jointly owned property with rights of survivorship automatically passes to the survivor.) Notably, a will also appoints an executor for your parents’ estates. If you’re the one lending financial assistance, you’re probably the optimal choice.
Living trusts. A living trust can supplement a will by providing for the disposition of selected assets. Unlike a will, a living trust doesn’t have to go through probate, which can save time and money while avoiding public disclosure.
Beneficiary designations. Your parents probably have filled out beneficiary designations for retirement accounts and life insurance policies. These designations supersede references in a will, so it’s important to keep them up to date.
Powers of attorney. A power of attorney authorizes someone to legally act on behalf of another person, such as to handle financial matters or make health care decisions. With a durable power of attorney, the most common version, the authorization continues should the person become unable to make decisions for him- or herself. This enables you to better handle your parents’ affairs.
Living wills or advance medical directives. These documents provide guidance for end-of-life decisions. Make sure your parents’ physicians have copies.

5. Make gifts. If you decide the best approach for helping your parents is to give them monetary gifts, it’s relatively easy to avoid gift tax liability. Under the gift tax annual exclusion, you can give each recipient up to $19,000 for 2026 without incurring gift tax, doubled to $38,000 per recipient if your spouse joins in the gift. If you give more, the excess may be transferred tax-free under your available lifetime gift and estate tax exemption ($15 million for 2026, less any exemption you’ve already used during your life).

Be wary, however, of giving gifts that may affect eligibility for certain government benefits. The availability of these benefits varies by state.

Plan for contingencies

Your estate plan should specify how you want to assist aging parents should they outlive you. For example, consider setting aside funds for their care or naming a trusted individual to manage those resources. Thoughtful provisions can reduce stress for your family and ensure your parents are treated with dignity and respect.

These situations often involve emotional and financial complexity. Contact us to help develop a comprehensive plan that addresses your family’s needs.

What business owners should know about debt restructuring

Wed, 31 Dec 2025 17:14:52 GMT

Debt is inevitable for most small and midsize businesses. Loans are commonly used to help fund a company’s launch, expansion, equipment purchases and cash flow. When problems arise, it’s generally not because debt exists; it’s because the terms of that debt no longer match the operational realities of the business. In such instances, debt restructuring is worth considering.

Making debt more manageable

At its core, debt restructuring is the process of revisiting existing loan arrangements to make them more manageable for the company. It focuses on adjusting current obligations so they better align with the business’s projected cash flow and operating needs. This can be a more sustainable approach than, say, taking on new debt or ignoring the growing pressure.

For small and midsize businesses, debt restructuring is generally handled through direct negotiations with lenders. Options may include:

Extending repayment periods,
Modifying payment schedules in other ways,
Adjusting interest rates, and
Consolidating multiple loans.

The goal is to allow the business to continue operating normally while meeting its obligations.

Warning signs

If debt begins to consistently dictate operational decisions, step back and evaluate whether the structure of those obligations is a problem. Warning signs usually surface gradually. Monthly payments may start to limit the company’s ability to maintain adequate cash reserves, invest in growth or handle unexpected expenses. If you find yourself increasingly relying on short-term borrowing to cover routine costs or juggling payment due dates to stay current, it might be time to explore restructuring.

That said, many healthy businesses explore debt restructuring as a way to strengthen their overall financial positions. Changes in customer demand, economic conditions, interest rates and operating costs can all be valid reasons to consider it.

Timing and perspective

Among the most important aspects of debt restructuring are timing and perspective. From a timing standpoint, options are generally broader and more flexible when you address concerns early. Waiting until payments are missed or covenants are violated reduces your leverage with lenders.

Perspective matters just as much. Ideally, you should approach restructuring as a proactive strategic adjustment to financial obligations rather than a desperate last resort. Doing so will help you focus conversations with lenders on long-term sustainability rather than a short-term bailout.

However, be realistic. Although debt restructuring can ease cash flow pressure and create breathing room to reset strategic objectives, it can’t fix deeper operational or profitability issues. If your business model is no longer viable, restructuring may provide temporary relief but not a permanent solution. It tends to work best when paired with a clear understanding of a company’s financial position and future outlook.

Guidance is essential

If your business is facing increasing debt pressure, restructuring may be the right solution. But that doesn’t mean you should immediately pick up the phone and call your lender. Professional guidance is essential. We can help assess the implications of restructuring and whether better alternatives are available.

A new year means new tax figures for individuals

Tue, 30 Dec 2025 17:25:54 GMT

Many tax figures are annually adjusted for inflation and typically increase each year (or at least every few years). For 2026, some additional changes are going into effect under the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, signed into law July 4, 2025. Here’s an overview of some important limits and other tax figures for 2026. Keep in mind that exceptions or additional rules or limits may apply.

Standard deduction

Single and married filing separately: $16,100
Head of household: $24,150
Married couples filing jointly: $32,200
Additional standard deduction for those age 65 or older and/or blind: $2,050 ($1,650 per spouse if married). For taxpayers both 65 or older and blind, the additional deduction is doubled.

Itemized deduction limits

Casualty loss deduction: only for eligible losses from federally or (new for 2026) state-declared disasters
Charitable deduction floor (new for 2026): 0.5% of adjusted gross income (AGI)
Mortgage interest deduction: interest on qualified debt up to $750,000
Medical expense deduction floor: 7.5% of AGI
State and local tax deduction: $40,400
Overall limit for higher-income taxpayers (new for 2026): Generally, the tax benefit from itemized deductions for taxpayers in the 37% bracket will be as if they were in the 35% bracket

Retirement plan limits

Traditional and Roth IRA contributions: $7,500
Traditional and Roth IRA catch-up contributions for those age 50 or older: $1,100
401(k), 403(b) and 457 plan deferrals: $24,500
401(k), 403(b) and 457 plan catch-up contributions for those age 50 or older: $8,000
401(k), 403(b) and 457 plan additional catch-up contributions for those age 60, 61, 62 or 63: $3,250
SIMPLE deferrals: $17,000
SIMPLE catch-up contributions for those age 50 or older: $4,000
SIMPLE additional catch-up contributions for those age 60, 61, 62 or 63: $1,250
Contributions to defined contribution plans: $72,000
Annual benefit limit for defined benefit plans: $290,000

Other tax-advantaged savings limits

Health Savings Account (HSA) contributions: $4,400 for individuals, $8,750 for family coverage
Health Flexible Spending Account (FSA) contributions: $3,400
Child and dependent care FSA contributions: $7,500
Trump account contributions: $5,000

Estate planning

Gift and estate tax exemption: $15 million
Generation-skipping transfer tax exemption: $15 million
Annual gift tax exclusion: $19,000 (unchanged from 2025)

2026 tax planning

These are only some of the figures and limits that could affect your 2026 taxes. To learn more and begin planning for the new year, contact us.

Important 2026 tax figures for businesses

Mon, 29 Dec 2025 17:26:05 GMT

A new year brings many new tax-related figures for businesses. Here’s an overview of key figures for 2026. Be aware that exceptions or additional rules or limits may apply.

Depreciation-related tax breaks

Bonus depreciation: 100%
Section 179 expensing limit: $2.56 million
Section 179 phaseout threshold: $4.09 million

Qualified retirement plan limits

401(k), 403(b) and 457 plan deferrals: $24,500
401(k), 403(b) and 457 plan catch-up contributions for those age 50 or older: $8,000
401(k), 403(b) and 457 plan additional catch-up contributions for those age 60, 61, 62 or 63: $3,250
SIMPLE deferrals: $17,000
SIMPLE catch-up contributions for those age 50 or older: $4,000
SIMPLE additional catch-up contributions for those age 60, 61, 62 or 63: $1,250
Contributions to defined contribution plans: $72,000
Annual benefit limit for defined benefit plans: $290,000
Compensation defining highly compensated employee: $160,000
Compensation defining key employee (officer) in a top-heavy plan: $235,000
Compensation triggering Simplified Employee Pension contribution requirement: $800

Other benefits limits

Health Savings Account (HSA) contributions: $4,400 for individuals, $8,750 for family coverage
Health Flexible Spending Account (FSA) contributions: $3,400
Health FSA rollover: $680
Child and dependent care FSA contributions: $7,500
Employer contributions to Trump account: $2,500
Monthly commuter highway vehicle and transit pass: $340
Monthly qualified parking: $340

Miscellaneous business-related limits

Income range over which the Section 199A qualified business income deduction limitations phase in: $201,750 – $276,750 (double those amounts for married couples filing jointly)
Threshold for the excess business loss limitation: $256,000 (double that amount for joint filers) — note that this is a reduction from 2025
Limitation on the use of the cash method of accounting: $32 million (also affects other tax items, such as the exemption from the 30% interest expense deduction limit)

Planning for 2026

We can help you factor these changes and others into your 2026 tax planning. Contact us to get started.

Making health care decisions while you’re still healthy benefits you and your family

Fri, 26 Dec 2025 17:29:14 GMT

Integrating health care decisions into your estate plan is important because it ensures they are thoughtful, informed and reflective of your values. When you make decisions in advance, you can clearly outline preferences for medical treatment, end-of-life care and quality-of-life considerations without the pressures of an illness or crisis. As with other aspects of your estate plan, the time to act is now, while you’re healthy.

The benefits

Making key health-care-related decisions now can prevent confusion, delays and disagreements among family members and medical providers at moments when emotions are already high. Advance planning also allows you to name someone to make health decisions on your behalf. You can choose someone who you know understands your wishes and can confidently advocate for you if you become unable to speak for yourself.

Equally important, making these decisions while healthy can protect both you and your family from unnecessary stress and financial risk. Without documented health care directives, your family may be forced to seek court intervention or make rushed decisions with limited information, possibly leading to outcomes you wouldn’t have wanted.

2 documents do the heavy lifting

To ensure that your health care wishes are carried out and that your family is spared the burden of guessing — or arguing over — what you would decide, put those wishes in writing. Generally, that means executing two documents: a living will and a health care power of attorney (HCPA).

Unfortunately, these documents are known by many different names, which can lead to confusion. Living wills are sometimes called “advance directives,” “health care directives” or “directives to physicians.” And HCPAs may also be known as “durable medical powers of attorney,” “durable powers of attorney for health care” or “health care proxies.” In some states, “advance directive” refers to a single document that contains both a living will and an HCPA. For the sake of convenience, we’ll use the terms “living will” and “HCPA.”

It’s a good idea to have both a living will and an HCPA or, if allowed by state law, a single document that combines the two. Let’s take a closer look at each document:

Living will. This document expresses your preferences for the use of life-sustaining medical procedures, such as artificial feeding and breathing, surgery, or invasive diagnostic tests. It also specifies the situations in which these procedures should be used or withheld. Living wills often contain a do not resuscitate order, which instructs medical personnel to not perform CPR in the event of cardiac arrest.

While a living will details procedures you want and don’t want under specified circumstances, no matter how carefully you plan, a document you prepare now can’t account for every possible contingency down the road.

HCPA. This authorizes a surrogate — your spouse, child or another trusted representative — to make medical decisions or consent to medical treatment on your behalf when you’re unable to do so. It’s broader than a living will, which generally is limited to end-of-life situations, although there may be some overlap. An HCPA might authorize your surrogate to make medical decisions that don’t conflict with your living will, including consenting to medical treatment, placing you in a nursing home or other facility, or even implementing or discontinuing life-prolonging measures.

Although an HCPA can include specific instructions, it can also be used to provide general guidelines or principles and give your representative the discretion to deal with complex medical decisions and unanticipated circumstances (such as new treatment options).

This approach offers greater flexibility, but it also makes it critically important to appoint the right representative. Choose someone who you trust unconditionally, who’s in good health, and who’s both willing and able to make decisions about your health care. And be sure to name at least one backup in the event your first choice is unavailable.

Be proactive

Proactive planning can support better coordination with overall estate and financial strategies, helping you manage potential medical costs and preserve assets. By addressing health care decisions early, you can take control of your future, reduce the burden on loved ones and create peace of mind knowing your wishes will be respected no matter what lies ahead. Contact us with questions regarding a living will or an HCPA.

More individuals with disabilities will be eligible for tax-advantaged ABLE accounts in 2026

Tue, 23 Dec 2025 17:29:41 GMT

Did you know there’s a tax-advantaged way to save for the expenses of a person with a disability that’s similar to saving for college expenses with a Section 529 plan? Achieving a Better Life Experience (ABLE) accounts can help fund qualified disability expenses for an eligible beneficiary. The SECURE 2.0 Act, signed into law in 2022, made changes that will allow more people to be eligible for ABLE accounts beginning in 2026. The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA), signed into law July 4, 2025, has made certain enhancements to them permanent.

The benefits

ABLE accounts can be created by eligible individuals to support themselves, by family members to support their dependents, or by guardians for the benefit of the individuals for whom they’re responsible. Anyone can contribute to an ABLE account.

The OBBBA made permanent the ability of the designated beneficiary to claim the saver’s credit for contributions he or she makes to his or her ABLE account. The maximum saver’s credit for an individual for 2025 and 2026 is $1,000.

While contributions aren’t tax-deductible, the funds in the account are invested and grow tax-deferred. Distributions used to pay eligible expenses are tax-free. (If distributions are used for nonqualified expenses, the portion of the distribution that represents earnings on the account is subject to income tax — plus a 10% penalty.)

Having an ABLE account generally won’t affect the beneficiary’s eligibility for the government benefits to which he or she is entitled. ABLE accounts have no impact on Social Security Disability Insurance (SSDI) payments or Medicaid eligibility.

However, ABLE account balances in excess of $100,000 are counted toward the Supplemental Security Income (SSI) program’s $2,000 individual resource limit. Therefore, an individual’s SSI benefits are suspended, but not terminated, when his or her ABLE account balance exceeds $102,000 (assuming the individual has no other assets). In addition, distributions from an ABLE account to pay housing expenses count toward the SSI income limit.

Expanded eligibility

Eligible individuals must be blind or disabled. For 2025 and prior years, the individual must have become so before turning age 26. But under SECURE 2.0, this age increases to 46 beginning on January 1, 2026.

To be eligible, individuals generally must be entitled to benefits under the SSI or SSDI programs. Alternatively, individuals can become eligible if a disability certificate is filed with the IRS.

Qualified expenses

Distributions from an ABLE account are tax-free if used to pay for expenses that maintain or improve the beneficiary’s health, independence or quality of life. These expenses include:

Education,
Housing,
Transportation,
Health and wellness,
Assistive technology, and
Personal support services.

Employment support expenses also qualify.

Setting up an account

Like 529 plans, ABLE accounts are established under state programs, and there are many choices. An account may be opened under the program of a state other than the one where the individual resides (as long as the state allows out-of-state participants). The funds in an account can be invested in a variety of options, and the account’s investment directions can be changed up to twice a year.

Be aware that an eligible individual can have only one ABLE account. Also, there’s an annual contribution limit of $19,000 for 2025 and $20,000 for 2026. The OBBBA made permanent the ability to roll over 529 plan funds to an ABLE account without penalty, as long as the ABLE account is owned by the beneficiary of the 529 plan or a member of the beneficiary’s family. Such rolled-over amounts count toward the annual contribution limit.

However, if the beneficiary works, he or she can also contribute part, or all, of his or her income to the account. (This additional contribution is limited to the poverty-line amount for a one-person household.)

A new opportunity

If you or someone in your family became disabled or blind after turning 26 but before age 46, the expansion of ABLE account eligibility in 2026 provides a new opportunity for tax-advantaged savings. To learn more about the tax benefits and other financial considerations, contact us.

Revisiting the balanced scorecard approach to strategic planning

Tue, 23 Dec 2025 17:28:12 GMT

Strategic planning can feel overwhelming for business owners juggling sales goals, cash flow challenges, staffing needs and day-to-day operational issues. Although you may rely heavily on financial reports to make key decisions, numbers alone don’t always tell the full story. Introduced in the early 1990s, the balanced scorecard approach still offers a practical framework for translating vision into action that’s worth revisiting.

4 critical areas

The balanced scorecard approach was unveiled in a 1992 Harvard Business Review article entitled “The Balanced Scorecard — Measures That Drive Performance.” Essentially, it segments strategic planning into four critical areas:

1. Customers. Every business owner understands the importance of customer satisfaction. However, to truly understand and meet their needs, you must identify the right metrics. Just as critical is determining which customer segments your company is best equipped to serve. Under the balanced scorecard approach, you consider how your business can attract, retain and deepen relationships with customers that are most likely to support sustainable profitability.

2. Finance. Many companies rely on financial results as the sole indicator of overall stability and success. However, the results that show up in, say, your financial statements are typically lagging indicators; they reflect past events rather than future performance. To be clear, you should continue generating accurate financial statements. But the balanced scorecard approach encourages businesses to track metrics, such as sales growth and workforce efficiency, that reveal more timely financial outcomes.

3. Processes. To operate more productively and efficiently, business owners and their leadership teams must identify and solve process-related problems. Simply paying closer attention to a shortcoming isn’t enough. For example, measuring productivity won’t automatically increase it. The balanced scorecard approach motivates you to analyze the internal components of your operations — from design and production to delivery, billing and collections — and implement process improvements that support strategic objectives.

4. Learning and professional growth. Continuing education often calls for more time and effort than companies are willing or able to devote. Learning must go beyond training new hires to include, for instance, mentoring and knowledge sharing through performance management programs. For many businesses, success largely depends on the development and preservation of intellectual capital. The balanced scorecard approach focuses strategic planning on better retaining institutional knowledge, encouraging ongoing learning and preparing employees for future roles.

Best practices

Following the balanced scorecard approach involves clearly defining your strategic objectives in each of the four areas, choosing a few metrics to track and expressing the results on a “scorecard.” Many leadership teams use a simple table or spreadsheet for their scorecards, while others use digital dashboards that update key metrics in real time.

Remember, too many measures can dilute focus and obscure what truly drives business performance. The most effective scorecards concentrate on a small set of meaningful indicators aligned directly with the company’s strategic objectives in each area.

For instance, suppose a growing manufacturing company wants to improve profitability while maintaining quality and on-time delivery. To support this strategic objective, leadership develops a balanced scorecard to track:

On-time delivery and customer complaints (customers),
Operating margin and cash flow (finance),
Production cycle time and scrap rates (processes), and
Safety incidents and workforce training hours (learning and professional growth).

Another best practice is to ensure balance among leading and lagging indicators. As mentioned, financial results show what has already happened. In contrast, customer surveys, employee engagement data and operational benchmarks can highlight emerging opportunities or risks before they appear in financial statements. Reviewing these measures together can help you and your leadership team identify connections across the business rather than evaluating each area in isolation.

Finally, consistency and accountability are essential. Review your scorecard regularly — quarterly at a minimum — and integrate it into leadership meetings and performance discussions. Assign clear ownership to each metric so responsibilities are clear and progress can be monitored. As your business evolves, revisit your scorecard to ensure it continues to reflect your strategy and priorities.

An intriguing concept

When exercised diligently and properly, the balanced scorecard approach can become a vibrant business practice that supports better decisions and keeps strategic objectives front and center. But it’s not for every company. If you’re intrigued by the concept, explore it further before committing. And no matter what strategic planning approach you choose, we’re here to help organize your financials and support measured, long-term growth.

Avoiding inadvertent S corp termination

Mon, 22 Dec 2025 17:23:36 GMT

S corporation structure provides most of the tax benefits of a partnership plus the liability protection of a corporation. But because of the strict requirements that apply to these entities, preserving S corporation status requires due diligence.

Reap the benefits

Like a traditional C corporation, an S corporation shields its shareholders from personal liability for the corporation’s debts. Like a partnership, an S corporation is a “pass-through” entity, which means that all of its profits and losses are passed through to the owners, who report their allocable shares on their personal income tax returns. This allows S corporations to avoid the double taxation of C corporations, whose income is taxed at the corporate level and again when distributed to shareholders.

To qualify as an S corporation, all of a corporation’s shareholders must file an election with the IRS on Form 2553, Election by a Small Business Corporation. In addition, the corporation must:

Be a domestic (U.S.) corporation,
Have no more than 100 shareholders (certain family members are treated as a single shareholder for this purpose),
Have only “allowable” shareholders (see below),
Have only one class of stock (generally, that means that all stock confers identical rights to distributions and liquidation proceeds; differences in voting rights are permissible), and
Not be an “ineligible” corporation, such as an insurance company, a domestic international sales corporation (DISC) or a certain type of financial institution.

Allowable shareholders include individuals, estates and certain trusts, such as a qualified Subchapter S trust (QSST) and an electing small business trust (ESBT). Partnerships, corporations and nonresident aliens are ineligible.

Preserve and protect

To avoid inadvertent termination of S corporation status, among other things, you should:

Continually monitor the number and type of shareholders, scrutinize the terms of any trusts that hold shares, and ensure that QSSTs or ESBTs have filed timely elections,
Include provisions in buy-sell agreements that prevent transfers to ineligible shareholders,
Make sure that if shares are transferred to an ESBT, all potential current beneficiaries are eligible shareholders, and
Be aware that if shares are held by grantor or testamentary trusts, these types of trusts are eligible shareholders for only two years after the grantor dies or the trust receives the stock. So track the two-year eligibility period and make sure trusts convert into QSSTs or ESBTs or transfer their shares to an eligible shareholder before the period expires.

Also, avoid actions that may be deemed to create a second class of stock, such as making disproportionate distributions.

Stay focused

Avoiding inadvertent termination of your company’s S corporation status is critical. Termination generally will result in the loss of substantial tax benefits. You may be able to get the IRS to retroactively restore your S status, but it can be an expensive, time-consuming process. So stay focused on maintaining compliance with all S corporation requirements. Contact us if you have questions.

IRS issues guidance on Trump accounts

Fri, 19 Dec 2025 22:09:25 GMT

The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) creates a new type of tax-advantaged account for eligible children. Section 530A accounts, also known as “Trump accounts,” can be established for children under age 18 who have a Social Security Number (SSN). Contributions to properly established accounts can begin on July 4, 2026.

The IRS has released guidance that sheds more light on the accounts and a temporary pilot program that will contribute $1,000 tax-free for certain children. Here’s what you need to know.

A different kind of IRA — initially

A Trump account is established for the exclusive benefit of an eligible child, who’s the account owner. While the account is essentially a type of IRA, it’s subject to special rules that don’t apply to other IRAs. Most of these rules are in effect only during the period that ends before January 1 of the calendar year in which the child reaches age 18 — what’s referred to as the “growth period.”

During the growth period:

The account funds can be invested only in eligible investments — generally, mutual funds or exchange-traded funds (ETFs) that track an index of primarily U.S. companies, such as the Standard and Poor’s 500, and meet other criteria,
The account has a lower contribution limit, generally $5,000 per year (adjusted for inflation after 2027),
The account generally can’t make distributions (including hardship distributions), and
Individuals can’t claim a tax deduction for their contributions.

After the child turns 18, traditional IRA rules kick in, including those regarding contributions, distributions (as well as the 10% early withdrawal penalty), required minimum distributions (RMDs), taxation and Roth IRA conversions.

Account election

Unlike regular IRAs, Trump accounts must be created initially by the U.S. Treasury Secretary. To have an account established for your child, you must make an election, and the child must not have reached age 18 before the close of the calendar year when the election is made. The child also must have an SSN before the election is made.

According to the IRS guidance, the election can be made on the forthcoming Form 4547, Trump Account Election(s), or through an online tool that isn’t yet available. You can file the form with your 2025 tax return. An account can be established at the same time you elect to receive a pilot program contribution (see below) or any time before January 1 of the year the child turns 18. Only one account can be opened per child.

After the election is made, the Treasury Department will send you the necessary information to activate the account. The IRS says this information will be available in May 2026.

Pilot program participation

A one-time $1,000 government-provided contribution is available for children born after December 31, 2024, and before January 1, 2029, who are U.S. citizens with SSNs. The pilot program election can be made on Form 4547 or through the online tool.

The Treasury Department will contribute to accounts eligible for the pilot program as soon as practicable after the election is made. Note that no contributions will be made before July 4, 2026.

Contributions to the account

Trump accounts can receive several types of contributions during the growth period besides contributions from parents, other loved ones or the children themselves. For example, an account can accept a “qualified general contribution” funded by states and political subdivisions, the federal government, Indian tribal governments, or certain nonprofits. These contributions, which will funnel through the Treasury Department, can be made only to “qualified classes,” such as those residing in certain areas and born in specific years. Michael and Susan Dell’s recently announced donation totaling $6.25 billion is an example of this type of contribution.

Employers can contribute up to $2,500 per year (adjusted for inflation after 2027) to the accounts of employees or their dependents, with contributions generally excluded from the employee’s taxable income. The limit applies on a per-employee basis. Trump accounts can also accept qualified rollover contributions.

Pilot program contributions, qualified general contributions and qualified rollover contributions don’t count toward the annual contribution limit. However, employer contributions do count toward the limit. Notably, contributions must be made within the calendar year to count toward that year’s limit — the contribution deadline doesn’t extend to April 15 of the following year as it does for traditional and Roth IRAs.

Education savings alternatives

Trump accounts might not be the best option when it comes to building savings for your child’s education. Both 529 plans and Coverdell Education Savings Accounts (ESAs) also allow tax-deferred growth, but withdrawals for qualified education expenses are tax-free. On the other hand, Trump account distributions are taxed as ordinary income to the extent that they aren’t attributable to after-tax contributions.

There are other 529 plan advantages: Contributions may qualify for state tax deductions. And they aren’t subject to an annual limit, provided they don’t exceed the amount needed to cover the beneficiary’s qualified expenses. (Note that gift tax rules might apply, depending on the contribution amount.)

Moreover, up to $35,000 of funds left in a 529 plan account held for at least 15 years in one beneficiary’s name can be rolled over into the beneficiary’s Roth IRA without incurring the normal 10% penalty for nonqualified withdrawals or resulting in taxable income. Roth IRAs don’t have RMDs, and withdrawals are tax-free. Certain restrictions on 529 plan rollovers apply, but this rollover option could be a significant advantage over Trump accounts, which eventually become traditional IRAs.

Investment options for 529 plans are limited to those permitted by the plan administrator, typically mutual funds and ETFs. But they may offer greater choice than Trump accounts. ESAs allow a wider range of investments, typically everything a broker offers. However, the maximum contribution to an ESA is limited to $2,000 per beneficiary per year, and contributors are subject to income-based contribution limits.

Stay tuned

The IRS expects to issue additional guidance on Trump accounts. We’ll keep you up to date on important developments in this and other OBBBA-related areas.

Should you own assets jointly with an adult child?

Thu, 18 Dec 2025 17:34:25 GMT

Owning assets with your adult child as “joint tenants with right of survivorship” may seem like a simple way to streamline your estate plan. However, doing so can carry important legal, tax and practical implications that deserve careful consideration.

Positives and negatives

There are upsides to owning an asset — such as real estate, a bank or brokerage account, or a car — jointly with your child. For example, when you die, the asset will automatically pass to your child without the need for more sophisticated estate planning tools and without going through probate.

The downsides, however, can be considerable. When you add a child as a joint owner of an asset, he or she typically gains immediate ownership rights to the asset — not just a future interest. This means it may be subject to the child’s creditors, a divorce settlement or lawsuits. These external risks will be beyond your control and can jeopardize assets you’d planned to use to support yourself during retirement.

There can also be significant tax considerations. Adding a child as a joint owner may be treated as a taxable gift, depending on the asset and how ownership is structured. In addition, joint ownership can eliminate the step-up in cost basis that beneficiaries often receive at death, potentially increasing capital gains taxes when the asset is later sold. What appears to be a probate avoidance strategy can, in some cases, create a larger tax bill for the next generation.

Finally, joint ownership can override the intentions expressed in your will or trust. Assets held jointly with rights of survivorship generally pass directly to the surviving owner, regardless of what the estate plan says. This can unintentionally disinherit other children or beneficiaries and lead to family conflict. For many families, alternatives such as powers of attorney, beneficiary designations or revocable trusts provide greater flexibility and protection.

Right move for you?

Jointly owning assets with your child is a decision that you should make with care, not solely for convenience. While it may simplify access or avoid probate in some cases, it can also expose assets to unnecessary risk, create unintended tax consequences and undermine the goals of your otherwise well-structured estate plan.

Together with your estate planning attorney, we can help evaluate how joint asset ownership might fit into your broader estate plan and ensure that your assets are protected, family harmony is preserved and your wishes are carried out as intended.

Unite your company’s sales team around a USP

Wed, 17 Dec 2025 17:31:06 GMT

For today’s small to midsize businesses, a strong sales function doesn’t start with scripts, software or even the most talented representatives. It begins with clarity — everyone doing the selling must be on the same page.

One way to achieve such clarity is to formally define your company’s unique selling proposition (USP). This is typically a clear, concise statement that explains the distinct value of your products or services and why customers should choose your company over competitors. A well-crafted USP unites your sales team around a consistent message they can confidently deliver.

Narrowing it down

If you’ve never written a USP before, identifying one may require careful thought — and periodic revisiting as your company or markets evolve. To get started, hold brainstorming sessions that include employees from every level of the organization. Ask participants to answer questions such as:

What makes our offerings distinctive?
What drives our business’s growth?
What’s hardest for our competitors to copy?
Why should customers buy from us instead of them?

Indeed, understanding your competitors is essential. You can’t differentiate your business unless you know what competitors are selling, how they’re selling it, and how their marketing and customer service functions support sales.

A certain amount of “competitive intelligence gathering” may be in order. This doesn’t necessarily mean conducting elaborate or costly research. And it certainly shouldn’t involve any unethical activity. Rather, competitive intelligence gathering can be as simple as:

Reviewing competitors’ websites,
Monitoring their social media accounts,
Signing up for email campaigns, and
Speaking with customers familiar with multiple providers.

Also consider asking your sales team to document what prospects say about competing options. Over time, these insights may reveal meaningful differences between your business and the alternatives customers are considering.

Making your mantra

Your USP should be a powerful proclamation that customers immediately understand. A well-known example is FedEx’s former slogan, “When it absolutely, positively has to be there overnight.” Although no longer in use, it remains clear and memorable.

However, your USP must be more than words. Once established, it should serve as a mantra for your sales team. Reps should use the USP — or a tailored version — to explain why your products or services are the right choice. Just be careful not to overuse it in marketing materials; express it in various ways to maintain impact.

Going beyond sales

A strong USP can influence pricing power and financial performance. When customers clearly understand what sets you apart, they’re often more willing to pay for that added value. To ensure your USP resonates, validate it with customer input — through surveys, feedback from sales calls or message testing.

Also, use your USP to inform decisions across the company. You can strengthen operations, customer service, marketing and even hiring practices when these functions align with your essential message. Finally, measure your USP’s impact over time to determine whether your messaging is working or needs refinement. Track indicators, such as conversion rates, sales cycle length, customer retention and pricing consistency.

Getting it right

Today’s businesses must navigate competitive markets and an uncertain economy. That makes crafting a sharp USP more important than ever. Getting it right can lead to stronger brand identity, improved sales performance and more predictable revenue. Contact us for help evaluating the financial impact of your USP, measuring its effectiveness and aligning it with broader strategic goals.

Changes to charitable donation deductions are on the horizon

Tue, 16 Dec 2025 17:30:47 GMT

Beginning in 2026, individuals who itemize deductions and donate to charity will face a new limit on their charitable deductions. And in some cases, they’ll face two new limits. But there’s some good news for nonitemizing individuals who make charitable donations.

New charitable deduction floor

Under the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA), starting in 2026, if you itemize deductions, your otherwise allowable charitable deduction will be reduced by 0.5% of your adjusted gross income (AGI). Put another way, your 2026 charitable deduction will be limited to the amount that exceeds 0.5% of your 2026 AGI.

AGI includes all taxable income items and is reduced by above-the-line deductions like the write-offs for traditional IRA contributions, self-employed retirement plan contributions, self-employed health insurance premiums, 50% of self-employment tax, qualified education loan interest expense and Health Savings Account contributions.

Let’s look at an example: You and your spouse file jointly in 2026. Your AGI is $400,000 and you make charitable donations of $10,000. Your allowable itemized charitable deduction for 2026 is limited to $8,000 [$10,000 − (0.5% × $400,000)].

New itemized deduction limitation

Also under the OBBBA, beginning in 2026, itemized deductions — including charitable deductions — for individuals in the top federal income tax bracket of 37% will be reduced by the lesser of: 1) 2/37 times the amount of otherwise allowable itemized deductions, or 2) 2/37 times the amount of taxable income (before considering those deductions) in excess of the applicable threshold for the 37% tax bracket.

That sounds complicated, but generally the limitation will mean that the tax benefit of itemized deductions for taxpayers in the 37% bracket will be as if they were in the 35% bracket.

When a taxpayer has charitable deductions, the charitable deduction floor rule will be applied before the itemized deduction limitation. However, only high-income individuals will be affected by the itemized deduction limitation.

Planning tips for 2025 and beyond

If you’ll itemize this year and next, consider advancing some charitable donations that you normally would make in 2026 into this year to avoid the impact of the new 0.5%-of-AGI charitable deduction floor that will take effect next year.

In future years, consider taking steps to reduce your AGI to minimize the impact of the charitable deduction floor. For instance, you can recognize capital losses from securities held in taxable brokerage accounts and make bigger deductible or pretax retirement plan contributions.

Another option is to bunch your charitable giving into alternating years. For example, instead of donating $10,000 to charity every year, donate $20,000 every other year. Because the charitable deduction reduction is based on AGI, not the amount of the deduction, you can increase your tax benefit with this strategy (assuming your AGI is steady from year to year).

In the previous example, if you make $10,000 in donations in 2026 and another $10,000 in 2027 and your AGI remains at $400,000 for both years, each year your deduction will be reduced by $2,000, for a total deduction over two years of $16,000. But if you bunch your donations into 2027, your 2027 $20,000 deduction will be reduced by that same $2,000. You won’t have an itemized charitable deduction for 2026, but your total deduction for the two-year period will be $18,000.

It’s important to review your overall tax picture before implementing a bunching strategy. For example, if not being able to claim an itemized charitable deduction on your 2026 income tax return would push you into a higher income tax bracket, then bunching may not be beneficial.

New charitable deduction for nonitemizers

If you don’t have enough total itemized deductions — including charitable donations — to exceed your standard deduction, you’ll save more tax by claiming the standard deduction. In recent years, including 2025, nonitemizers haven’t been allowed to deduct any charitable contributions.

But starting in 2026, the OBBBA reinstates the COVID-era deduction for cash donations by nonitemizers, subject to an increased annual limit of $1,000, or $2,000 for joint filers. (The limits were $300 and $600, respectively, for 2021 when this nonitemizer deduction was last available.)

The definition of “cash contribution” may be broader than you think. It includes gifts made by debit or credit card, check, ACH, online payment platform, and payroll deduction. But be aware that this deduction doesn’t reduce your AGI.

This year and next

Limits to charitable deductions are nothing new. Limits beyond the ones discussed here have long applied. For example, only donations to qualified charities are eligible, proper substantiation is required, and other AGI-based limits apply in certain situations. Contact us to discuss what you can deduct on your 2025 return, last-minute 2025 planning opportunities and your 2026 donation strategy.

Significant changes to information reporting go into effect for the 2026 tax year

Mon, 15 Dec 2025 17:28:48 GMT

If your business has employees or uses independent contractors, you have associated annual information reporting obligations. The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) makes changes impacting these rules, but not for the 2025 tax year.

Tips and overtime income

For 2025 through 2028, the OBBBA creates new deductions for employees who receive qualified tips income or qualified overtime income. Importantly, these breaks aren’t income exclusions. Therefore, federal payroll taxes and federal income tax withholding rules still apply to this income. Also, qualified tips and qualified overtime may still be fully taxable for state and local income tax purposes where applicable.

The issue for employers and payroll management firms is reporting qualified tips and qualified overtime amounts so eligible workers can claim their rightful federal income tax deductions. In August, the IRS announced that, for tax year 2025, there will be no OBBBA-related changes to federal information returns for individuals, federal payroll tax returns or federal income tax withholding tables. So, the 2025 versions of Form W-2, Forms 1099, Form 941 and other payroll-related forms and returns aren’t being changed.

In November, the IRS issued guidance on how taxpayers who’ve received tips or overtime in 2025 can determine their eligibility and calculate their deductions, considering that employers and others aren’t required to provide information reporting specific to qualified tips income or qualified overtime income for the 2025 tax year.

Employers and payroll management firms may voluntarily report 2025 qualified tips in Box 14 (“Other”) of Form W-2 or a separate statement. Those that pay overtime, at minimum, should be prepared to answer employee questions about whether they’re considered to be Fair Labor Standards Act employees and thus potentially eligible for the qualified overtime deduction for 2025.

Eligible occupations for the tips deduction

In September 2025, the IRS released proposed regulations that include a list of dozens of occupations that are eligible for the OBBBA deduction for qualified tips income. Eligible occupations have been given a three-digit code to be used by employers for information return purposes.

Eligible occupations are grouped into eight categories: beverage and food service, entertainment and events, hospitality and guest services, home services, personal services, personal appearance and wellness, recreation and instruction, and transportation and delivery.

Draft 2026 Form W-2

In September 2025, the IRS also released a draft of the 2026 Form W-2. The draft form incorporates changes to support the new employer reporting requirements for employee deductions for qualified tips income and qualified overtime income, as well as employer contributions to Trump accounts (which will become available in 2026 to provide a tax-advantaged savings opportunity for children).

For Box 12 of the draft form, new codes are provided for the following:

“TA” to report employer contributions to Trump accounts,
“TP” to report the total amount of an employee’s qualified tips income, and
“TT” to report the total amount of an employee’s qualified overtime income.

Box 14b has been added for employers to report the occupation of an employee who receives qualified tips income.

Eased information return rules

While the deductions for qualified tips and overtime will add to the information reporting requirements for businesses, the OBBBA also provides some reporting relief. This relief also starts with the 2026 tax year.

Businesses generally must report on annual information returns, such as Form 1099-MISC, payments made during the year that equal or exceed the threshold for rents, royalties, premiums, annuities, remuneration, emoluments, or other fixed or determinable gains, profits, and income. In addition, businesses that receive business services generally must report on annual information returns, such as Form 1099-NEC, payments made during the year for services rendered that equal or exceed the statutory threshold.

For many years, the threshold for Forms 1099-MISC and 1099-NEC has been $600. Effective for payments made after 2025, the OBBBA increases the reporting threshold to $2,000, with inflation adjustments for payments made after 2026. This change will impact information returns that should be filed in early 2027 to report affected 2026 payments.

Stay up to date

Additional guidance on reporting requirements for qualified tips income and qualified overtime income is expected, and eventually final 2026 information reporting forms will be released. Contact us to keep up to date on developments and what you need to do to ensure your business is compliant with evolving reporting requirements.

IRS releases critical guidance on calculating tips and overtime deductions for 2025

Thu, 11 Dec 2025 19:28:28 GMT

The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) creates new income tax deductions for tax years 2025 through 2028 for qualified cash tips and overtime compensation. If you receive tips or overtime pay, you likely have questions about whether you’re eligible for a deduction and how big it might be.

The IRS has issued guidance on how workers can determine the amount of their deductions for 2025, because employers aren’t required to provide detailed information on tips income or overtime compensation until the 2026 tax year. Here’s an overview of what you need to know.

The new deductions

Rather than eliminating taxes on all tips income and overtime compensation, the OBBBA establishes partial deductions available to both itemizers and nonitemizers, subject to income-based limitations. Qualified tips income and overtime compensation remain subject to federal payroll taxes and state income and payroll taxes where applicable. Moreover, because the tax breaks are in the form of deductions claimed at tax time, employers must continue to withhold federal income taxes from employees’ paychecks.

For qualified tips, you may be able to claim a deduction of up to $25,000. “Qualified tips” generally refers to cash tips received by an individual in an occupation that customarily and regularly received tips on or before December 31, 2024. The tips must be paid voluntarily, without any consequence for nonpayment, in an amount determined by the payor and without negotiation.

Proposed IRS regulations identify 68 eligible occupations within the following categories:

Beverage and food service,
Entertainment and events,
Hospitality and guest services,
Home services,
Personal services,
Personal appearance and wellness,
Recreation and instruction, and
Transportation and delivery.

The tips deduction begins to phase out if your modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) exceeds $150,000, or $300,000 if you’re married filing jointly. The deduction is completely phased out if your MAGI reaches $400,000, or $550,000 if you’re a joint filer.

The overtime deduction is limited to $12,500, or $25,000 if you’re a joint filer. A phaseout begins if your MAGI exceeds $150,000, or $300,000 if you’re a joint filer. The deduction is completely phased out if your MAGI reaches $275,000, or $550,000 if you’re a joint filer.

The overtime deduction is available for overtime pay required by the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA), which generally mandates “time-and-a-half” for hours that exceed 40 in a workweek. Notably, though, the deduction applies only to the pay that exceeds the regular pay rate — that is, the “half” component.

Because the FLSA definition of overtime varies from some state law definitions, overtime pay under state law might not be deductible. And the deduction doesn’t apply to overtime paid under a collective bargaining agreement or that an employer pays in excess of time-and-a-half (for example, double-time).

The tips deduction calculation

Employers won’t be required to include the total amount of cash tips reported by the employee and the employee’s occupation code on Form W-2 until the 2026 tax year. So, for 2025, according to the IRS, if you’re an employee, you can calculate your tips deduction using:

Social Security tips reported in Box 7 of Form W-2,
The total amount of tips you reported to your employer on Forms 4070, “Employee’s Report of Tips to Employer,” or similar forms, or
The total amount of tips your employer voluntarily reports in Box 14 (“Other”) of Form W-2 or a separate statement.

You may also include any amount listed on Line 4 of the 2025 Form 4137, “Social Security and Medicare Tax on Unreported Tip Income,” filed with your 2025 income tax return (and included as income on that return). Note that you’re responsible for determining whether the tips were received as part of an eligible occupation. If your employer opts to provide this or other relevant information in Box 14 (“Other”) of Form W-2, you may rely on it.

Tips also won’t be required to be reported on Forms 1099 until the 2026 tax year. For 2025, if you’re an independent contractor, you can corroborate the calculation of your qualified tips with:

Earnings statements,
Receipts,
Point-of-sale system reports,
Daily tip logs,
Third-party settlement organization records, or
Other documentary evidence.

Note: Nonemployees must confirm that their tips were received from an eligible occupation.

The overtime deduction calculation

Employers won’t be required to include eligible overtime pay on Form W-2 until the 2026 tax year. So for 2025, if you’re an employee, you can self-report your overtime compensation for the overtime deduction.

According to the IRS, you must make a “reasonable effort” to determine whether you’re considered to be an FLSA-eligible employee. The IRS says this may include asking your employers or other service recipients about your FLSA status.

To calculate the deduction amount, you must use “reasonable methods” to break out the amount of overtime pay that qualifies. For example, if you were paid time-and-a-half and receive a statement with your total amount for overtime (regular wages plus the overtime premium), then you can use one-third of the total. If you were paid double-time and receive such a statement, you can multiply the total dollar amount by one-fourth to compute the qualifying overtime pay.

A tax-saving opportunity

If you might be eligible for the tips or overtime deduction, don’t miss out on this tax-saving opportunity just because your deduction may be difficult to calculate. We’re here to help. If you’re an employer with employees who receive tips or overtime income, we can also provide guidance on how to answer employee questions for 2025 and how to ensure you’re in compliance with reporting requirements for 2026.

Caution is required when addressing a gun collection in your estate plan

Thu, 11 Dec 2025 17:48:37 GMT

For many, the primary reason for creating an estate plan is to ensure their assets are passed on to family members according to their wishes. But when it comes to estate planning, not all assets are created equal. One asset type that can be tricky to transfer to beneficiaries is firearms.

According to a Pew Research Center survey, nearly a third of adults (32%) said they own a gun. Another 10% replied that they don’t personally own a gun but someone in their household does. If you own one or more guns, careful planning is required to avoid running afoul of complex federal and state laws.

Understanding the law

Firearms are unique among personal property because federal and state laws prohibit certain persons from possessing them. For example, under the federal Gun Control Act, “prohibited persons” include:

Convicted felons,
Fugitives,
Unlawful drug users or addicts,
Mentally incompetent persons,
Illegal or nonimmigrant aliens, and
Persons convicted of certain crimes involving domestic violence or subject to certain domestic violence restraining orders.

Other persons may be prohibited from receiving firearms under state or local laws. These restrictions apply not only to your beneficiaries, but also to executors or trustees who come into possession of firearms.

In addition, under the federal National Firearms Act (NFA), certain firearms must be registered with the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), and transfers of such firearms must follow NFA procedures. The classification of some firearms has become more complex because of litigation and evolving ATF rules.

Furthermore, additional steps must be taken when transporting guns across state lines. States may also require registration and may impose mandatory background checks, permits and other requirements for firearms.

Consider a gun trust

Incorporating a gun trust into your estate plan can be an effective way to manage and transfer firearms. A gun trust allows multiple designated trustees to legally possess and use the firearms, helping families avoid the risk of accidentally violating federal law. By placing these assets in a trust, owners can also streamline how the firearms are handled if they become incapacitated, ensuring that only authorized individuals retain lawful access.

From an estate planning perspective, a gun trust can provide privacy, continuity and clearer instructions for heirs. Firearms transferred through a properly drafted trust often avoid the delays and potential complications of probate, while giving the grantor control over who receives the weapons and under what conditions.

Seek professional estate planning advice

If you own a valuable gun collection and want to pass it on to heirs, it’s critical to consult with a qualified estate planning attorney. Indeed, given the complexity of federal and state gun laws, a gun trust may be the proper vehicle to transfer this type of asset.

Businesses should carefully contemplate their cybersecurity budgets

Wed, 10 Dec 2025 17:38:54 GMT

Is your company spending enough on cybersecurity? Unfortunately, it’s a question every business owner must contemplate carefully these days. The 2025 Security Budget Benchmark Report found that cybersecurity budgets increased by 4% this year, based on survey responses from nearly 600 Chief Information Security Officers collected by IANS Research and Artico Search.

That may sound impressive. But it’s a notable decline from the 8% budget growth in 2024 and the lowest rate in five years, according to the annually conducted report. This trend suggests that many businesses are balancing cybersecurity needs with broader macroeconomic pressures, including constrained hiring and rising operating costs. With cyberattacks on the rise, thoughtful budgeting is essential to mitigate your company’s exposure.

Deciding how much is enough

If you’ve never created a cybersecurity budget, you’re not alone. Very small businesses often fold these costs into general technology spending. However, as your company grows, cybersecurity becomes a core part of risk management. A dedicated budget helps ensure you’re allocating enough resources to protect operations; maintain compliance obligations; and preserve the trust of customers, employees and other stakeholders.

After deciding to create a cybersecurity budget, you must answer an inevitable question: How much is enough? There’s no single percentage that applies to every business. Generally, spending should align with a company’s reliance on technology and risk exposure. Businesses that depend heavily on digital systems or store confidential information typically require more robust protections than those with simpler environments. Begin by reviewing your current technological infrastructure for factors such as:

How your systems are set up and managed,
What protections are already in place, and
Whether past issues (such as phishing attempts or notable downtime) indicate vulnerabilities.

Many businesses find value in formal cybersecurity assessments. These intensive evaluations clarify your risk exposure and provide a more informed basis for budgeting. Some companies conduct assessments internally using established frameworks, while others engage external professionals to avoid bias and access specialized expertise.

Building the budget

When you have all the pertinent information in hand, identify what you need to do to maintain existing defenses and shore up weaknesses — and calculate how much you need to spend. Most companies have recurring cybersecurity expenses, such as:

Software subscriptions,
System updates,
Data backups, and
External monitoring or support.

Your cybersecurity budget should also account for periodic enhancements as your technology evolves or new threats emerge. Although unexpected upgrades may still be necessary — particularly if your business experiences a cyberattack — planning as far in advance as possible makes spending more predictable and easier to manage.

Adding it as a line item

Today’s business owners must view potential cyberattacks as likely rather than unlikely. Thus, cybersecurity is most effective when treated proactively as an ongoing priority rather than something addressed only occasionally or after a problem arises. Adding your cybersecurity budget as a recurring line item to your overall annual budget supports consistent investment and helps you plan for long-term improvements without sudden financial strain.

Just as you revisit and revise your overall budget throughout the year, review cybersecurity spending at least once annually. Your needs may increase as your business grows or adopts new technology. And as the aforementioned survey shows, cybersecurity budgets tend to fluctuate from year to year. Pay close attention to yours to ensure it remains aligned with your operational needs and strategic objectives.

Reducing risk

In addition to severely disrupting operations, cyberattacks create financial risk through downtime, recovery costs, and potential legal or compliance consequences. We can help you evaluate costs, set priorities and identify the most impactful investments — whether you’re developing a cybersecurity budget for the first time or refining an existing one.

Checking off RMDs on the year-end to-do list

Tue, 09 Dec 2025 17:29:56 GMT

You likely have a lot of things to do between now and the end of the year, such as holiday shopping, donating to your favorite charities and planning get-togethers with family and friends. For older taxpayers with one or more tax-advantaged retirement accounts, as well as younger taxpayers who’ve inherited such an account, there may be one more thing that’s critical to check off the to-do list before year end: Take required minimum distributions (RMDs).

Why is it important to take RMDs on time?

When applicable, RMDs usually must be taken by December 31. If you don’t comply, you can owe a penalty equal to 25% of the amount you should have withdrawn but didn’t.

If the failure is corrected in a “timely” manner, the penalty drops to 10%. But even 10% isn’t insignificant. So it’s best to take RMDs on time to avoid the penalty.

Who’s subject to RMDs?

After you reach age 73, you generally must take annual RMDs from your traditional (non-Roth):

IRAs, and
Defined contribution plans, such as 401(k) plans (unless you’re still an employee and not a 5%-or-greater shareholder of the employer sponsoring the plan).

An RMD deferral is available in the initial year, but then you’ll have to take two RMDs the next year.

If you’ve inherited a retirement plan, whether you need to take RMDs depends on various factors, such as when you inherited the account, whether the deceased had begun taking RMDs before death and your relationship to the deceased. When the RMD rules do apply to inherited accounts, they generally apply to both traditional and Roth accounts. If you’ve inherited a retirement plan and aren’t sure whether you must take an RMD this year, contact us.

Should you withdraw more than required?

Taking no more than your RMD generally is advantageous because of tax-deferred compounding. But a larger distribution in a year your tax bracket is low may save tax.

Be sure, however, to consider the lost future tax-deferred growth and, if applicable, whether the distribution could: 1) cause Social Security payments to become taxable, 2) increase income-based Medicare premiums and prescription drug charges, or 3) reduce or eliminate the benefits of other tax breaks with income-based limits, such as the new $6,000 deduction for seniors.

Also keep in mind that, while retirement plan distributions aren’t subject to the additional 0.9% Medicare tax or 3.8% net investment income tax (NIIT), they are included in your modified adjusted gross income (MAGI). That means they could trigger or increase the NIIT because the thresholds for that tax are based on MAGI.

Do you have to take any RMDs in 2025?

The RMD rules can be confusing, especially if you’ve inherited a retirement account. If you’re subject to RMDs, it’s also important to accurately calculate your 2025 RMD. We can help ensure you’re in compliance. Please contact us today.

New law eases the limitation on business interest expense deductions for 2025 and beyond

Mon, 08 Dec 2025 17:27:22 GMT

Interest paid or accrued by a business is generally deductible for federal tax purposes. But limitations apply. Now some changes under the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) will result in larger deductions for affected taxpayers.

Limitation basics

The deduction for business interest expense for a particular tax year is generally limited to 30% of the taxpayer’s adjusted taxable income (ATI). That taxpayer could be you or your business entity, such as a partnership, limited liability company (LLC), or C or S corporation. Any business interest expense that’s disallowed by this limitation is carried forward to future tax years.

Business interest expense means interest on debt that’s allocable to a business. For partnerships, LLCs that are treated as partnerships for tax purposes, and S corporations, the limitation on the business interest expense deduction is applied first at the entity level and then at the owner level under complex rules.

The limitation on the business interest expense deduction is applied before applying the passive activity loss (PAL) limitation rules, the at-risk limitation rules and the excess business loss disallowance rules. For pass-through entities, those rules are applied at the owner level. But the limitation on the business interest expense deduction is generally applied after other federal income tax provisions that disallow, defer or capitalize interest expense.

The changes

The OBBBA liberalizes the definition of ATI and expands what constitutes floor plan financing. For taxable years beginning in 2025 and beyond, the OBBBA calls for ATI to be computed before any deductions for depreciation, amortization or depletion. This change more closely aligns the definition of ATI to the financial accounting concept of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) and increases ATI, thus increasing allowable deductions for business interest expense.

For taxable years beginning in 2025 and beyond, the OBBBA also expands the definition of floor plan financing to cover financing for trailers and campers that are designed to provide temporary living quarters for recreational, camping or seasonal use and that are designed to be towed by or affixed to a motor vehicle. For affected businesses, this change also increases allowable deductions for business interest expense.

Exceptions to the rules

There are several exceptions to the rules limiting the business interest expense deduction. First, there’s an exemption for businesses with average annual gross receipts for the three-tax-year period ending with the prior tax year that don’t exceed the inflation-adjusted threshold. For tax years beginning in 2025, the threshold is $31 million. For tax years beginning in 2026, the threshold is $32 million.

The following businesses are also exempt:

An electing real property business that agrees to depreciate certain real property assets over longer periods.
An electing farming business that agrees to depreciate certain farming property assets over longer periods.
Any business that furnishes the sale of electrical energy, water, sewage disposal services, gas or steam through a local distribution system, or transportation of gas or steam by pipeline, if the rates are established by a specified governing body.

If you operate a real property or farming business and are considering electing out of the business interest expense deduction limitation, you must evaluate the trade-off between currently deducting more business interest expense and slower depreciation deductions.

It’s complicated

The rules limiting the business interest expense deduction are complicated. If your business may be affected, contact us. We can help assess the impact.

Planning on making year-end gifts? Take advantage of your gift tax annual exclusion

Thu, 04 Dec 2025 17:31:20 GMT

As the year draws to a close, it’s a great time to revisit your gifting strategy — especially if you want to transfer wealth efficiently while minimizing future estate tax exposure. One of the simplest and most powerful tools available is the gift tax annual exclusion. In 2025, the exclusion amount is $19,000 per recipient. (The amount remains the same for 2026.)

Be aware that you need to use your annual exclusion by December 31. The exclusion doesn’t carry over from year to year. For example, if you don’t make an annual exclusion gift to your granddaughter this year, you can’t add the unused 2025 exclusion to the 2026 exclusion to make a $38,000 tax-free gift to her next year.

How can you leverage the annual exclusion?

Making annual exclusion gifts is an easy way to reduce your potential estate tax liability. For example, let’s say that you have four adult children and eight grandchildren. In this instance, you may give each family member up to $19,000 tax-free by year end, for a total of $228,000 ($19,000 × 12).

Furthermore, the gift tax annual exclusion is available to each taxpayer. If you’re married and your spouse consents to a joint gift, also called a “split gift,” the exclusion amount is effectively doubled to $38,000 per recipient for 2025 and 2026.

Bear in mind that split gifts and large gifts trigger IRS reporting responsibilities. A gift tax return is required if you exceed the annual exclusion amount or you give joint gifts with your spouse. Unfortunately, you can’t file a “joint” gift tax return. In other words, each spouse must file an individual gift tax return for the year in which they both make gifts.

Also, beware that some types of gifts aren’t eligible for the annual exclusion. For example, gifts must be of a “present interest” to qualify.

What’s the lifetime gift tax exemption?

If you make gifts in excess of the annual exclusion amount (or gifts ineligible for the exclusion), you can apply your lifetime gift and estate tax exemption. For 2025, the exemption is $13.99 million. The One Big Beautiful Bill Act permanently increases the exemption amount to $15 million beginning in 2026, indexing it for inflation after that.

Note: Any gift tax exemption used during your lifetime reduces the estate tax exemption amount available at death.

Are some gifts exempt from gift tax?

Yes. These include gifts:

From one spouse to the other (as long as the recipient spouse is a U.S. citizen),
To a qualified charitable organization,
Made directly to a health care provider for medical expenses, and
Made directly to qualifying educational institution for a student’s tuition.

For example, you might pay the tuition for a grandchild’s upcoming school year directly to the college. The gift won’t count against the annual exclusion or your lifetime exemption.

Review your estate plan before making gifts

If you’re considering year-end giving, it may be helpful to review your overall estate plan and determine how annual exclusion gifts can support your long-term goals. We can help you identify which assets to give, ensure proper documentation and integrate gifting into your broader wealth transfer strategy.

Protect business continuity with an emergency succession plan

Wed, 03 Dec 2025 17:30:27 GMT

Unanticipated crises can threaten even the most well-run company. And the risk is often greater for small to midsize businesses where the owner wears many hats. That’s why your company needs an emergency succession plan.

Unlike a traditional succession plan — which focuses on the long-term and is certainly important, too — an emergency succession plan addresses who’d take the helm tomorrow if you’re suddenly unable to run the business. Its purpose is to clarify responsibilities, preserve operational continuity and reassure key stakeholders.

Naming the right person

When preparing for potential disasters in the past, you’ve probably been urged to devise contingency plans to stay operational. In the case of an emergency succession plan, you need to identify contingency people.

Larger organizations may have an advantage here. After all, a CFO or COO may be able to temporarily or even permanently replace a CEO relatively easily. For small to midsize companies, the challenge can be greater — particularly if the owner is heavily involved in retaining key customers or bringing in new business.

For this reason, an emergency succession plan should name someone who can credibly step into the leadership role if you become seriously ill or otherwise incapacitated. Look to a trusted individual whom you expect to retain long-term and who has the skills and personality to stabilize the company during a difficult time.

After you identify this person, consider the “domino effect.” That is, who’ll take on your emergency successor’s role when that individual is busy running the company?

Empowering your pick

After choosing an emergency successor, meet with the person to discuss the role in depth. Listen to any concerns and take steps to alleviate them. For instance, you may need to train the individual on certain duties or allow the person to participate in executive-level decisions to get a feel for running the business.

Just as important, ensure your emergency successor has the power and access to act quickly. This includes:

Signatory authority for bank accounts,
Access to accounting and payroll systems, and
The ability to execute contracts and approve expenditures.

Updating company governance documents to reflect temporary leadership authority is a key step. Be sure to ask your attorney for guidance.

Centralizing key information

It’s also critical to document the financial, operational and administrative information your emergency successor will rely on. This includes maintaining a secure, centralized location for key records such as:

Banking credentials,
Vendor and customer contracts,
Payroll records and procedures,
Human resources data,
Tax filings and financial statements, and
Login details for essential systems.

Without this documentation, even the most capable interim leader may struggle to keep the business functioning smoothly.

Also, ensure your successor will have access to insurance records. Review your coverage to verify it protects the company financially in the event of a sudden transition. Key person insurance, disability buyout policies, and the structure of ownership or buy-sell agreements should align with your emergency succession plan’s objectives.

Getting the word out

A traditional succession plan is usually kept close to the vest until it’s fully formulated and nearing execution. An emergency succession plan, however, must be transparent and communicated as soon as possible.

When ready, inform your team about the plan and how it will affect everyone’s day-to-day duties if executed. In addition, develop a strategy for communicating with customers, vendors, lenders, investors and other stakeholders.

Acting now

If you haven’t created an emergency succession plan, year end may be a good time to get started. Already have one? Be sure to review it at least annually or whenever there are significant changes to the business. We’d be happy to help you evaluate areas of financial risk, better document internal controls and strengthen the processes that will keep your company moving forward — even in the face of the unexpected.

There’s still time to save 2025 taxes

Tue, 02 Dec 2025 20:13:08 GMT

Just because it’s December doesn’t mean it’s too late to reduce your 2025 tax liability. Consider implementing one or more of these year-end tax-saving ideas by December 31.

Defer income and accelerate deductions

Pushing income into the new year will reduce this year’s taxable income. If you’re expecting a bonus at work, for example, ask if your employer can hold off on paying it until January. If you’re self-employed, you can delay sending invoices so that they won’t be paid until January and thus postpone the revenue to 2026.

If you itemize deductions, remember that deductions generally are claimed for the year of payment. So, if you make your January 2026 mortgage payment in December, you can deduct the interest portion on your 2025 tax return. Similarly, if you’ve received your 2026 property tax assessment and pay it by December 31, you can claim it on your 2025 return (provided your total state and local taxes don’t exceed the applicable limit).

But don’t follow this approach if you expect to be in a higher tax bracket next year. Also, if you’re eligible for the qualified business income deduction for pass-through entities, consider how this approach might affect it.

Harvest investment losses

An investment loss has a bit of an upside — it gives you the opportunity to offset taxable gains. If you sell investments at a loss before the end of the year, you can offset gains realized this year on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

If you have more losses than gains, you generally can apply up to $3,000 of the excess to reduce your ordinary income ($1,500 if you’re married and filing separately). Any remaining losses are carried forward to future tax years.

Donate appreciated stock to charity

If you want to give to charity, you can simply write a check or use a credit card. Or you can donate from your taxable investment portfolio, which sometimes saves more tax.

By donating appreciated publicly traded stock, you can claim a charitable deduction (assuming you itemize deductions) equal to the current market value of the shares at the time of the gift. Plus, you escape any capital gains taxes you’d owe if you sold those shares.

But don’t donate stock worth less than it cost. Instead, sell the shares so you can claim a capital loss, which can reduce your taxes now or in the future as discussed above. Then, give the sales proceeds to a charity and claim a charitable deduction.

Maximize retirement contributions

Making pretax or tax-deductible contributions to traditional retirement accounts — such as a 401(k) plan, Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees (SIMPLE), IRA and Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plan — can be a significant tax saver.

For 2025, taxpayers can contribute pretax as much as $23,500 to a 401(k) or $16,500 to a SIMPLE. The IRA contribution limit is $7,000, though your deduction may be reduced or eliminated if you or your spouse also contributes to an employer-sponsored plan. Self-employed individuals can contribute up to 25% of net income (but no more than $70,000) to a SEP IRA.

Taxpayers age 50 or older by December 31 can also make “catch-up” contributions of up to $7,500 to a 401(k) or $3,500 to a SIMPLE and $1,000 to a traditional IRA. Those age 60, 61, 62 or 63 can make an additional catch-up contribution of up to $3,750 to a 401(k) or $1,750 to a SIMPLE.

The deadline for making 2025 401(k) and SIMPLE contributions is generally December 31, 2025. (And if you want to increase the amount that’s deferred from your paycheck, you’ll need to check with your plan on whether increases for the year are still allowed.) But you might be able to make deductible 2025 IRA contributions as late as April 15, 2026, and deductible 2025 SEP contributions as late as the extended 2025 filing deadline of October 15, 2026.

Act soon

Most of the ideas discussed here must be implemented by December 31 to reduce your 2025 taxes. So act soon. Let us know if you have questions or are looking for more last-minute tax-saving strategies.

6 last-minute tax tips for businesses

Mon, 01 Dec 2025 17:22:57 GMT

Year-round tax planning generally produces the best results, but there are some steps you can still take in December to lower your 2025 taxes. Here are six to consider:

1. Postpone invoicing. If your business uses the cash method of accounting and it would benefit from deferring income to next year, wait until early 2026 to send invoices.

2. Prepay expenses. A cash-basis business may be able to reduce its 2025 taxes by prepaying certain 2026 expenses — such as lease payments, insurance premiums, utility bills, office supplies and taxes — before the end of the year. Many expenses can be deducted even if paid up to 12 months in advance.

3. Buy equipment. Take advantage of 100% bonus depreciation and Section 179 expensing to deduct the full cost of qualifying equipment or other fixed assets. Under the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, 100% bonus depreciation is back for assets acquired and placed in service after January 19, 2025. And the Sec. 179 expensing limit has doubled, to $2.5 million for 2025. But remember that the assets must be placed in service by December 31 for you to claim these breaks on your 2025 return.

4. Use credit cards. What if you’d like to prepay expenses or buy equipment before the end of the year, but you don’t have the cash? Consider using your business credit card. Generally, expenses paid by credit card are deductible when charged, even if you don’t pay the credit card bill until next year.

5. Contribute to retirement plans. If you’re self-employed or own a pass-through business — such as a partnership, S corporation or, generally, a limited liability company — one of the best ways to reduce your 2025 tax bill is to increase deductible contributions to retirement plans. Usually, these contributions must be made by year-end. But certain plans — such as SEP IRAs — allow your business to make 2025 contributions up until its tax return due date (including extensions).

6. Qualify for the pass-through deduction. If your business is a sole proprietorship or pass-through entity, you may be able to deduct up to 20% of qualified business income (QBI). But if your 2025 taxable income exceeds $197,300 ($394,600 for married couples filing jointly), certain limitations kick in that can reduce or even eliminate the deduction. One way to avoid these limitations is to reduce your income below the threshold — for example, by having your business increase its retirement plan contributions.

Most of these strategies are subject to various limitations and restrictions beyond what we’ve covered here. Please consult us before implementing them. We can also offer more ideas for reducing your taxes this year and next.

Pairing a living trust with a pour-over will can help cover all your assets

Wed, 26 Nov 2025 17:26:56 GMT

A living trust is one of the most versatile estate planning tools available. It offers a streamlined way to manage and transfer assets while maintaining privacy and control. Unlike a traditional will, a living trust allows your assets to pass directly to your beneficiaries without going through probate. By placing assets into the trust during your lifetime, you create a clear plan for how they should be distributed, and you empower a trustee to manage them smoothly if you become incapacitated. This combination of efficiency and continuity can provide significant peace of mind for you and your family.

However, even the most carefully created living trust can’t automatically account for every asset you acquire later or forget to transfer into it. That’s where a pour-over will becomes essential.

Defining a pour-over will

A pour-over will acts as a safety net by directing any assets not already held in your living trust to be “poured over” into the trust at your death. Your trustee then distributes the assets to your beneficiaries under the trust’s terms. Although these assets may still pass through probate, the pour-over will ensures that everything ultimately ends up under the trust’s umbrella, following the same instructions and protections you’ve already put in place.

This setup offers the following benefits:

Convenience. It’s easier to have one document controlling the assets than it is to “mix and match.” With a pour-over will, it’s clear that everything goes to the trust, and then the trust document determines who gets what. That, ideally, makes it easier for the executor and trustee charged with wrapping up the estate.

Completeness. Generally, everyone maintains some assets outside of a living trust. A pour-over will addresses any items that have fallen through the cracks or that have been purposely omitted.

Privacy. In addition to conveniently avoiding probate for the assets that are titled in the trust’s name, the setup helps maintain a level of privacy that isn’t available when assets pass directly through a regular will.

Understanding the roles of your executor and trustee

Your executor must handle specific bequests included in the will, as well as the assets being transferred to the trust through the pour-over provision before the trustee takes over. (Exceptions may apply in certain states for pour-over wills.) While this may take months to complete, property transferred directly to a living trust can be distributed within weeks of a person’s death.

Therefore, this technique doesn’t avoid probate completely, but it’s generally less costly and time consuming than usual. And, if you’re thorough with the transfer of assets made directly to the living trust, the residual should be relatively small.

Note that if you hold back only items of minor value for the pour-over part of the will, your family may benefit from an expedited process. In some states, your estate may qualify for “small estate” probate, often known as “summary probate.” These procedures are easier, faster and less expensive than regular probate.

After the executor transfers the assets to the trust, it’s up to the trustee to do the heavy lifting. (The executor and trustee may be the same person, and, in fact, they often are.) The responsibilities of a trustee are similar to those of an executor, with one critical difference: They extend only to the trust assets. The trustee then adheres to the terms of the trust.

Creating a coordinated estate plan

When used together, a living trust and a pour-over will create a comprehensive estate planning structure that’s both flexible and cohesive. The trust handles the bulk of your estate efficiently and privately, while the pour-over will ensures that no assets are left out or distributed according to default state laws. This coordinated approach helps maintain consistency in how your estate is managed and can reduce stress and confusion for your loved ones.

Because living trusts and pour-over wills involve legal considerations, we recommend working with an experienced estate planning attorney to finalize the documents. We can assist you with the related tax and financial planning implications. Contact us to learn more.

Is it time for your business to start outsourcing?

Wed, 26 Nov 2025 17:25:09 GMT

As a small to midsize business grows, demands on its time, talent and resources inevitably expand right along with it. Many business owners reach a point where continuing to do everything in-house — or even themselves — begins to slow progress or expose the company to unnecessary risk. Have you reached this point yet? If so, or even if you’re getting close, outsourcing could be a smart move.

Common candidates

Many business activities can be outsourced. The key is identifying functions that, if handled by an external provider, would improve efficiency, strengthen compliance, and give you and your team more time to focus on revenue-generating work. Here are some common candidates:

Accounting and financial reporting. A reputable provider can manage your books, collect payments, pay invoices and keep accounting technology up to date. It should also be able to prepare financial statements that meet the standards expected by lenders, investors and other outside parties.

Customer service. This may seem an unlikely candidate because you might believe that someone must work for your business to truly represent it. But that’s not necessarily true. Internal customer service departments often have high turnover rates, which drives up costs and reduces service quality. Outsourcing to a provider with a more stable, well-trained team can improve both customer satisfaction and operational consistency.

Information technology (IT). Bringing in an outside firm or consultant to manage your IT needs can provide significant benefits. For starters, you’ll be able to better focus on your mission without the constant distraction of changing technology. Also, a provider will stay current on the best hardware and software for your business, as well as help you securely access, store and protect your data.

Payroll and human resources (HR). These functions are governed by complex regulations that change frequently — as does the necessary software. A qualified vendor can help your business comply with current legal requirements while giving you and your employees a better, more secure platform for accessing payroll and HR information.

Downsides to watch out for

Naturally, outsourcing comes with potential downsides. You’ll need to spend time and resources researching and vetting providers. Then each engagement will involve substantial ongoing expenses.

You’ll also have to place considerable trust in providers — especially in today’s environment, where data breaches are common and cybersecurity is critical. Finally, even a solid outsourcing arrangement requires ongoing communication and management to maintain a productive relationship.

Not a one-size-fits-all solution

Every business owner must carefully consider when to outsource, which services are worth the money and how to measure return on investment over time. If you’d like help evaluating your options or better understanding the financial and tax implications of outsourcing, contact us.

Have you used up your 2025 FSA funds?

Tue, 25 Nov 2025 17:52:25 GMT

If you have a flexible spending account (FSA) through your employer to help pay for health or dependent care expenses, now’s a good time to check your balance. FSAs save taxes, but they generally require you to incur expenses to use the funds by year end or forfeit them. Here’s a refresher on the rules and limits.

FSAs for health care

A maximum pretax contribution of $3,300 to a health care FSA is permitted in 2025. (This amount is annually adjusted for inflation and will increase to $3,400 in 2026.) You use the pretax dollars to pay for medical expenses not covered by insurance.

An FSA allows you to save taxes without having to claim a medical expense deduction. This is beneficial because, to claim the deduction, you must itemize deductions on your tax return and the expenses are deductible only to the extent that they exceed 7.5% of your adjusted gross income. This threshold can be hard to meet. An added benefit of FSA contributions is that they aren’t subject to Social Security or Medicare taxes.

However, the “use-it-or-lose-it” rule means you must incur qualifying medical expenses by the last day of the plan year (December 31 for a calendar year plan) — unless the plan allows a grace period. A grace period can’t extend beyond the 15th day of the third month following the close of the plan year (March 15 for a calendar year plan). Alternatively, your FSA might allow you to roll over a balance of up to $660 to 2026. (The limit for rollovers from 2026 to 2027 will be $680.)

Take a look at your year-to-date FSA expenditures now to see how much you still need to spend. What are some ways to use up the money? Before year end (or the extended date, if permitted), schedule certain elective medical procedures, visit the dentist or buy new eyeglasses. Even over-the-counter medications and health-related supplies may be eligible.

FSAs for dependent care

Some employers also allow employees to set aside funds on a pretax basis in dependent care FSAs. A $5,000 maximum annual contribution is permitted ($2,500 for a married couple filing separately) in 2025. (This amount isn’t annually adjusted for inflation. But under the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, the limit will increase to $7,500 beginning in 2026.)

Dependent care FSAs can be used to pay dependent care expenses for:

A child who qualifies as your dependent and who is under age 13, or
A dependent or spouse who is physically or mentally incapable of self-care and who has the same principal place of abode as you for more than half of the tax year.

Like health FSAs, dependent care FSAs are subject to a use-it-or-lose-it rule, and grace period relief may apply. But rollovers to the next year aren’t allowed. Therefore, it’s a good idea to check your dependent care expenses to date.

Wrapping up 2025

As 2025 wraps up, be sure to review your FSA balance and check whether your plan offers a grace period or rollover option. Then take steps before year end to ensure you don’t forfeit any FSA funds. Ask your HR department any questions you have about your specific plan. We can answer your tax-related questions and provide more year-end tax planning tips.

How will taxes affect your merger or acquisition?

Mon, 24 Nov 2025 17:39:00 GMT

Whether you’re selling your business or acquiring another company, the tax consequences can have a major impact on the transaction’s success or failure. So if you’re thinking about a merger or acquisition, you need to consider the potential tax impact.

Asset sale or stock sale?

From a tax standpoint, a transaction can basically be structured as either an asset sale or a stock sale. In an asset sale, the buyer purchases just the assets of a business. This may happen if a buyer only wants specific assets or product lines. And it’s the only option if the target business is a sole proprietorship or a single-member limited liability company (LLC) that’s treated as a sole proprietorship for tax purposes.

Alternatively, if the target business is a corporation, a partnership or an LLC that’s treated as a partnership for tax purposes, the buyer can directly purchase the seller’s stock or other form of ownership interest. Whether the business being purchased is a C corporation or a pass-through entity (that is, an S corporation, partnership or, generally, an LLC) makes a significant difference when it comes to taxes.

The flat 21% corporate federal income tax rate under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA), which the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) didn’t change, makes buying the stock of a C corporation somewhat more attractive. Why? The corporation will pay less tax and generate more after-tax income. Plus, any built-in gains from appreciated corporate assets will be taxed at a lower rate when they’re eventually sold.

The TCJA’s reduced individual federal tax rates, which have been made permanent by the OBBBA, may also make ownership interests in S corporations, partnerships and LLCs more attractive than they once were. This is because the passed-through income from these entities will be taxed at the TCJA’s lower rates on the buyer’s personal tax return. The buyer may also be eligible for the TCJA’s qualified business income deduction, which was also made permanent by the OBBBA.

Note: In some circumstances, a corporate stock purchase can be treated as an asset purchase by making a Section 338 election. Contact us for more information. We’d be pleased to help determine if this would be beneficial in your situation.

Seller or buyer?

Sellers generally prefer stock sales for tax and nontax reasons. One of their main objectives is to minimize the tax bill from a sale. That can usually be best achieved by selling ownership interests in the business (corporate stock or interests in a partnership or LLC) as opposed to selling the business’s assets.

With a sale of stock or other ownership interest, liabilities generally transfer to the buyer and any gain on sale is typically treated as lower-taxed long-term capital gain (assuming the ownership interest has been held for more than one year).

Buyers, however, usually prefer to purchase assets. Generally, a buyer’s main objective is to generate enough cash flow from an acquired business to pay any acquisition debt and provide an acceptable return on the investment. Therefore, buyers want to limit exposure to undisclosed and unknown liabilities and minimize taxes after the deal closes.

A buyer can step up (increase) the tax basis of purchased assets to reflect the purchase price. Stepped-up basis lowers taxable gains when certain assets, such as receivables and inventory, are sold or converted into cash. It also increases depreciation and amortization deductions for qualifying assets.

Keep in mind that other factors, such as employee benefits, can cause unexpected tax issues when merging with or acquiring a business.

We can help

Selling the business you’ve spent years building or becoming a first-time business owner by buying an existing business might be the biggest financial move you ever make. We can assess the potential tax consequences before you start negotiating to help avoid unwelcome tax surprises after a deal is signed. Contact us to get started.

Ready to grow your nest egg? The IRS releases 2026 retirement plan contribution limits

Fri, 21 Nov 2025 22:31:52 GMT

With Notice 2025–67, the IRS has issued its 2026 inflation-adjusted retirement plan contribution limits. Although the changes are more modest than in recent years, most retirement-plan-related limits will still increase for 2026. Depending on your plan, these adjustments may provide extra room to boost your retirement savings.

*Starting in 2026, the SECURE 2.0 Act requires the catch-up contributions of higher-income taxpayers to be treated as post-tax Roth contributions. Generally for 2026, the requirement will apply to taxpayers who earned more than $150,000 during the prior year. However, new final regulations state that the deadline for plan amendments to implement this change is December 31, 2026. So there might not be any adverse consequences for plans that continue to allow non-Roth account catch-up contributions for higher-income taxpayers in 2026.

Your modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) may reduce or even eliminate your ability to take advantage of IRAs. Fortunately, IRA-related MAGI phaseout range limits will all increase for 2026:

Traditional IRAs. MAGI phaseout ranges apply to the deductibility of contributions if a taxpayer (or his or her spouse) participates in an employer-sponsored retirement plan:

For married taxpayers filing jointly, the phaseout range is specific to each spouse based on whether he or she is a participant in an employer-sponsored plan:
For a spouse who participates, the 2026 phaseout range limits will increase by $3,000, to $129,000–$149,000.
For a spouse who doesn’t participate, the 2026 phaseout range limits will increase by $6,000, to $242,000–$252,000.
For single and head-of-household taxpayers participating in an employer-sponsored plan, the 2026 phaseout range limits will increase by $2,000, to $81,000–$91,000.

Taxpayers with MAGIs in the applicable range can deduct a partial contribution; those with MAGIs exceeding the applicable range can’t deduct any IRA contribution.

But a taxpayer whose deduction is reduced or eliminated can make nondeductible traditional IRA contributions. The $7,500 contribution limit for 2026 (plus $1,100 catch-up, if applicable, and reduced by any Roth IRA contributions) still applies.

Nondeductible traditional IRA contributions may also be beneficial if your MAGI is too high for you to contribute (or fully contribute) to a Roth IRA.

Roth IRAs. Whether you participate in an employer-sponsored plan doesn’t affect your ability to contribute to a Roth IRA, but MAGI limits may reduce or eliminate your ability to contribute:

For married taxpayers filing jointly, the 2026 phaseout range limits will increase by $6,000, to $242,000–$252,000.
For single and head-of-household taxpayers, the 2026 phaseout range limits will increase by $3,000, to $153,000–$168,000.

You can make a partial contribution if your MAGI falls within the applicable range, but no contribution if it exceeds the top of the range.

(Note: Married taxpayers filing separately are subject to much lower phaseout ranges for traditional and Roth IRAs.)

When reviewing your retirement plan, be sure to take these 2026 contribution limits into account. We can help you review your retirement plan and make any necessary revisions.

Ease the burden on your family immediately after your death by planning now

Thu, 20 Nov 2025 17:26:45 GMT

Planning for the end of life is never easy, but including your funeral and memorial wishes in your estate plan can relieve a major burden from your loved ones. When your family is grieving, decisions about burial or cremation, service preferences, or even the type of obituary you’d like can feel overwhelming. By documenting these choices in advance, you not only help to ensure your wishes are honored but also give your family clarity and comfort.

Express your wishes

First, make your wishes known to family members. This typically includes instructions about where you’re to be buried or cremated, the type of memorial service you prefer (if any), and even the clothing you’ll be buried in. If you don’t have a next of kin or would prefer someone else to be in charge of arrangements, you can appoint another representative.

Be aware that the methods for expressing these wishes vary from state to state. With the help of your attorney, you can include a provision in your will, language in a health care proxy or power of attorney, or a separate form specifically designed for communicating your desired arrangements.

Whichever method you use, it should, at a minimum, state 1) whether you prefer burial or cremation, 2) where you wish to be buried or have your ashes interred or scattered (and any other special instructions), and 3) the person you’d like to be responsible for making these arrangements. Some people also request a specific funeral home.

Weigh your payment options

There’s a division of opinion in the financial community as to whether you should prepay funeral expenses. If you prepay and opt for a “guaranteed plan,” you lock in the prices for the arrangements, no matter how high fees may escalate before death. With a “nonguaranteed plan,” prices aren’t locked in, but the prepayment accumulates interest that may be put toward any rising costs.

When weighing whether to use a prepaid plan, the Federal Trade Commission recommends that you ask the following questions:

What happens to the money you’ve prepaid?
What happens to the interest income on prepayments placed in a trust account?
Are you protected if the funeral provider goes out of business?

Before signing off on a prepaid plan, learn whether there’s a cancellation clause in the event you change your mind.

One alternative that avoids the pitfalls of prepaid plans is to let your family know your desired arrangements and set aside funds in a payable-on-death (POD) bank account. Simply name the person who’ll handle your funeral arrangements as the beneficiary. When you die, he or she will gain immediate access to the funds without the need for probate.

Incorporate your wishes into your estate plan

Thoughtful planning today can provide lasting peace of mind for the people you care about most. Don’t wait to incorporate your wishes into your estate plan — or to update your plan if needed.

Businesses that sponsor a 401(k) must stay on top of it

Wed, 19 Nov 2025 17:38:29 GMT

If your business sponsors a 401(k) plan for employees, you know it’s a lot to manage. But manage it you must: Under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA), you have a fiduciary duty to act prudently and solely in participants’ interests.

Once a plan is launched and operational, it may seem to run itself. However, problems can arise if you fail to actively oversee administration — even when a third-party administrator is involved. With 2025 winding down and a new year on the horizon, now may be a good time to review your plan’s administrative processes and fiduciary procedures.

Investment selection and management

Study your plan’s investment choices to determine whether the selections available to participants are appropriate. Does the lineup offer options along the risk-and-return spectrum for workers of all ages? Are any premixed funds, which are based on age or expected retirement date, appropriate for your employee population?

If the plan includes a default investment for participants who haven’t directed their investment contributions, look into whether that option remains appropriate. In the event your plan doesn’t have a written investment policy or doesn’t use an independent investment manager to help select and monitor investments, consider incorporating these risk management measures.

Should you decide to engage an investment manager, however, first implement formally documented procedures for selecting and monitoring this advisor. Consult an attorney for assistance. If you’re already using an investment manager, reread the engagement documentation to make sure it’s still accurate and comprehensive.

Fee structure

The fee structures of 401(k) plans sometimes draw media scrutiny and often aggravate employees who closely follow their accounts. Calculate the amount of current participant fees associated with your plan’s investments and benchmark them against industry standards.

In addition, examine the plan’s administrative, recordkeeping and advisory fees to understand how these costs are allocated between the business and participants. Establish whether any revenue-sharing arrangements are in place and, if so, assess their transparency and oversight.

It’s also a good idea to compare your total plan costs to those of similarly sized plans. This way, you can determine whether your overall fee structure remains competitive and reasonable under current market conditions.

Third-party administrator

Even if your third-party administrator handles day-to-day tasks, it’s important to periodically verify that their internal controls, cybersecurity practices and data-handling procedures meet current standards. Confirm that the administrator:

Maintains proper documentation,
Follows timely and accurate reporting practices, and
Provides adequate support when compliance questions arise.

A proactive review of their service model can help ensure your business isn’t unknowingly exposed to risks from operational errors, data breaches or outdated administrative practices.

Overall compliance

Some critical compliance questions to consider are:

Do your plan’s administrative procedures comply with current regulations?
If you intend it to be a participant-directed individual account plan, does it follow all the provisions of ERISA Section 404(c)?
Have there been any major changes to other 401(k) regulations recently?

Along with testing the current state of your plan against ERISA requirements, evaluate whether your operational practices align with your plan document — an area where many sponsors stumble. Double-check key items such as contribution timelines, eligibility determinations, vesting schedules and loan administration. Verify that procedures precisely follow the terms of your plan document.

Conducting periodic internal audits can help identify inconsistencies and operational errors before they become costly compliance failures. You might even discover fraudulent activities.

Great power, great responsibility

A 401(k) plan is a highly valuable benefit that can attract job candidates, retain employees and demonstrate your business’s commitment to participants’ financial well-being. However, with this great power comes great responsibility on your part as plan sponsor.

If your leadership team and key staff haven’t reviewed your company’s oversight practices recently, year end may be an ideal time to take stock. We can help you identify plan costs and fees, spot potential compliance gaps, and tighten internal controls.

New itemized deduction limitation will affect high-income individuals next year

Tue, 18 Nov 2025 17:36:58 GMT

Beginning in 2026, taxpayers in the top federal income tax bracket will see their itemized deductions reduced. If you’re at risk, there are steps you can take before the end of 2025 to help mitigate the negative impact.

The new limitation up close

Before the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA), certain itemized deductions of high-income taxpayers were reduced, generally by 3% of the amount by which their adjusted gross income exceeded a specific threshold. For 2018 through 2025, the TCJA eliminated that limitation. The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) makes that elimination permanent, but it puts in place a new limitation for taxpayers in the 37% federal income tax bracket.

Specifically, for 2026 and beyond, allowable itemized deductions for individuals in the 37% bracket will be reduced by the lesser of: 1) 2/37 times the amount of otherwise allowable itemized deductions or 2) 2/37 times the amount of taxable income (before considering those deductions) in excess of the applicable threshold for the 37% tax bracket.

For 2026, the 37% bracket starts when taxable income exceeds $640,600 for singles and heads of households, $768,700 for married couples filing jointly, and $384,350 for married taxpayers filing separately.

Generally, the limitation will mean that the tax benefit from itemized deductions for taxpayers in the 37% bracket will be as if they were in the 35% bracket.

Some examples

The reduction calculation is not so easy to understand. Here are some examples to illustrate how it works:

Example 1: You have $37,000 of otherwise allowable itemized deductions in 2026. Before considering those deductions, your taxable income exceeds the threshold for the 37% federal income tax bracket by $37,000.

Your otherwise allowable itemized deductions will be reduced by $2,000 (2/37 × $37,000). So, your allowable itemized deductions will be $35,000 ($37,000 − $2,000). That amount will deliver a tax benefit of $12,950 (37% × $35,000), which is 35% of $37,000.

Example 2: You have $100,000 of otherwise allowable itemized deductions in 2026. Before considering those deductions, your taxable income exceeds the threshold for the 37% bracket by $1 million.

Your otherwise allowable itemized deductions will be reduced by $5,405 (2/37 × $100,000). So, your allowable itemized deductions will be $94,595 ($100,000 − $5,405). That amount will deliver a tax benefit of $35,000 (37% × $94,595), which is 35% of $100,000.

Tax planning tips

Do you expect to be in the 37% bracket in 2026? Because the new limitation doesn’t apply in 2025, you have a unique opportunity to preserve itemized deductions by accelerating deductible expenses into 2025.

For example, make large charitable contributions this year instead of next. If you aren’t already maxing out your state and local tax (SALT) deduction, you may be able to pay state and local property tax bills in 2025 instead of 2026. And if your medical expenses are already close to or above the 7.5% of adjusted gross income threshold for that deduction, consider bunching additional medical expenses into 2025.

In addition, there are steps you can take next year to avoid or minimize the impact of the itemized deduction reduction. These will involve minimizing the 2026 taxable income that falls into the 37% bracket (or even keeping your income below the 37% tax bracket threshold). There are several potential ways to do this.

For instance:

Recognize capital losses from securities held in taxable brokerage accounts.
Make bigger deductible retirement plan contributions.
Put off Roth conversions that would add to your taxable income.

If you own an interest in a pass-through business entity (such as a partnership, S corporation or, generally, a limited liability company) or run a sole-proprietorship business, you may be able to take steps to reduce your 2026 taxable income from the business.

Will you be affected?

If you expect your 2026 income will be high enough that you’ll be affected by the new itemized deduction limitation, contact us. We’ll work with you to determine strategies to minimize its impact to the extent possible.

Minimize your business’s 2025 federal taxes by implementing year-end tax planning strategies

Mon, 17 Nov 2025 22:24:45 GMT

The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) shifts the landscape for year-end tax planning. The law has significant implications for some of the most tried-and-true tax-reduction measures. It also creates new opportunities for businesses to reduce their 2025 tax liability before December 31. Here are potentially some of the most beneficial ones.

Investments in capital assets

Thanks to bonus depreciation, businesses have commonly turned to year-end capital asset purchases to cut their taxes. The OBBBA helps make this strategy even more powerful for 2025.

Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA), 100% first-year bonus depreciation declined by 20 percentage points each year beginning in 2023, falling to 40% in 2025. The OBBBA restores and makes permanent 100% bonus depreciation for qualified new and used assets acquired and placed in service after January 19, 2025. (Qualified purchases made in 2025 on or before January 19 remain subject to the 40% limit.)

The law also boosts the Section 179 expensing election limit for small and midsize businesses to $2.5 million, with the phaseout threshold lifted to $4 million. (Both amounts will be adjusted annually for inflation.)

Most assets eligible for bonus depreciation also qualify for Sec. 179 expensing. But Sec. 179 expensing is allowed for certain expenses not eligible for bonus depreciation — specifically, roofs, HVAC equipment, fire protection and alarm systems, and security systems for nonresidential real property, as well as depreciable personal property used predominantly in connection with furnishing lodging.

Sec. 179 expensing is subject to several limitations that don’t apply to first-year bonus depreciation, especially for S corporations, partnerships and limited liability companies treated as partnerships for tax purposes. So, when assets are eligible for either break, claiming allowable 100% first-year bonus depreciation may be beneficial.

However, Sec. 179 expensing is more flexible — you can take it on an asset-by-asset basis. With bonus depreciation, you have to take it for an entire class of assets (for example, all MACRS 7-year property). Business vehicles are popular year-end purchases to boost depreciation-related tax breaks. They’re generally eligible for bonus depreciation and Sec. 179 expensing, but keep in mind that they’re subject to additional rules and limits. Also, if a vehicle is used for both business and personal use, the associated expenses, including depreciation, must be allocated between deductible business use and nondeductible personal use.

As an added perk, the OBBBA changes the business interest deduction — specifically, the calculation of adjusted taxable income — which could allow you to deduct more interest on capital purchases beginning in 2025.

Pass-through entity tax deduction

Dozens of states enacted pass-through entity tax (PTET) deduction laws in response to the TCJA’s $10,000 limit on the federal deduction for state and local taxes (SALT), also referred to as the SALT cap. The mechanics vary, but the deductions generally let pass-through entities (partnerships, limited liability companies and S corporations) pay an elective entity-level state tax on business income with an offsetting tax benefit for the owners. The organization deducts the full payment as a business expense.

Before year end, it’s important to review whether a PTET deduction is available to you and, if so, whether it’ll make sense to claim it. This can impact other year-end tax planning strategies.

The PTET deduction may be less relevant for 2025 because the OBBBA temporarily boosts the SALT cap to $40,000 (with 1% increases each year through 2029). The higher cap is subject to phaseouts based on modified adjusted gross income (MAGI); when MAGI reaches $600,000, the $10,000 cap applies.

But the PTET deduction may still be worthwhile in some circumstances. It could pay off, for example, if an owner’s MAGI excludes the owner from benefiting from the higher cap or if an owner’s standard deduction would exceed his or her itemized deductions so the owner wouldn’t benefit from the SALT deduction.

By reducing the income passed through from the business, a PTET deduction election could also help an owner reduce his or her liability for self-employment taxes and avoid the 3.8% net investment income tax. Moreover, lower income could unlock eligibility for other tax breaks, such as deductions for rental losses and the Child Tax Credit. Bear in mind, though, that while a PTET deduction could help you qualify for the Section 199A qualified business income (QBI) deduction despite the income limit (see below), it also might reduce the size of the deduction.

QBI deduction

Eligible pass-through entity owners can deduct up to 20% of their QBI, whether they itemize deductions or take the standard deduction. QBI refers to the net amount of income, gains, deductions and losses, excluding reasonable compensation, certain investments and payments to partners for services rendered.

The deduction is subject to limitations based on taxable income and, in some cases, on W-2 wages paid and the unadjusted basis of qualified property (generally, the purchase price of tangible depreciable property held at the end of the tax year). The OBBBA expands the phase-in ranges for those limits so that more taxpayers will qualify for larger QBI deductions beginning in 2026.

In the meantime, you can still take steps to increase your QBI deduction for 2025. For example, if your income might be high enough that you’ll be subject to the W-2 wage or qualified property limit, you could increase your W-2 wages or purchase qualified property. Timing tactics — generally, accelerating expenses into this year and deferring income into 2026 — might also help you avoid income limits on the deduction.

Research and experimental deduction

The OBBBA makes welcome changes to the research and experimental (R&E) deduction. It allows businesses to capitalize domestic Section 174 costs and amortize them over five years beginning in 2025.

It also permits “small businesses” (those with average annual gross receipts of $31 million or less for the previous three tax years) to claim the R&E deduction retroactive to 2022. And businesses of any size that incurred domestic R&E expenses in 2022 through 2024 can elect to accelerate the remaining deductions over either a one- or two-year period.

You don’t necessarily need to take steps before year end to benefit from these changes. But it’s important to consider how claiming larger R&E deductions on your 2025 return could impact your overall year-end planning strategies.

It’s also a good idea to start thinking about how you’ll approach the R&E expense deduction on your 2025 tax return. For example, it might make more sense to continue to amortize your qualified R&E expenses. You also should determine if it would be beneficial to recover remaining unamortized R&E expenses in 2025 or prorate the expenses across 2025 and 2026. And if you’re eligible to claim retroactive deductions, review your R&E expenses for 2022 through 2024 to decide whether it would be beneficial to do so.

Don’t delay

We’ve focused on year-end strategies affected by the OBBBA, but there are also strategies not significantly impacted by it that are still valuable. One example is accelerating deductible expenses into 2025 and deferring income to 2026 (or doing the opposite if you expect to be in a higher tax bracket next year). Another is increasing retirement plan contributions (or setting up a retirement plan if you don’t have one).

Now is the time to execute the last-minute strategies that will trim your business’s 2025 taxes. We can help you identify the ones that fit your situation.

New deduction for QPP can save significant taxes for manufacturers and similar businesses

Mon, 17 Nov 2025 17:26:05 GMT

The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) allows 100% first-year depreciation for nonresidential real estate that’s classified as qualified production property (QPP). This new break is different from the first-year bonus depreciation that’s available for assets such as tangible property with a recovery period of 20 years or less and qualified improvement property with a 15-year recovery period. Normally, nonresidential buildings must be depreciated over 39 years.

What is QPP?

The statutory definition of QPP is a bit complicated:

QPP is the portion of any nonresidential real estate that’s used by the taxpayer (your business) as an integral part of a qualified production activity.
A qualified production activity is the manufacturing, production or refining of a qualified product.
A qualified product is any tangible personal property that isn’t a food or beverage prepared in the same building as a retail establishment in which the property is sold. (So a restaurant building can’t be QPP.)

In addition, an activity doesn’t constitute manufacturing, production or refining of a qualified product unless the activity results in a substantial transformation of the property comprising the product.

To sum up these rules, QPP generally means factory buildings. But additional rules apply.

Meeting the placed-in-service rules

QPP 100% first-year depreciation is available for property whose construction begins after January 19, 2025, and before 2029. The property generally must be placed in service in the United States or a U.S. possession before 2031. In addition, the original use of the property generally must commence with the taxpayer.

There’s an exception to the original-use rule. The QPP deduction can be claimed for a previously used nonresidential building that:

Is acquired by the taxpayer after January 19, 2025, and before 2029,
Wasn’t used in a qualified production activity between January 1, 2021, and May 12, 2025,
Wasn’t used by the taxpayer before being acquired,
Is used by the taxpayer as an integral part of a qualified production activity, and
Is placed in service in the United States or a U.S. possession before 2031.

Also, the IRS can extend the before-2031 placed-in-service deadline for property that otherwise meets the requirements to be QPP if an Act of God (as defined) prevents the taxpayer from placing the property in service before the deadline.

Pitfalls to watch out for

While potentially valuable, 100% first-year deprecation for QPP isn’t without pitfalls:

Leased-out buildings. To be QPP, the building must be used by the taxpayer for a qualified production activity. So, if you’re the lessor of a building, you can’t treat it as QPP even if it’s used by a lessee for a qualified production activity.

Nonqualified activities. You can’t treat as QPP any area of a building that’s used for offices, administrative services, lodging, parking, sales activities, research activities, software development, engineering activities or other functions unrelated to the manufacturing, production or refining of tangible personal property.

Ordinary income recapture rule. If at any time during the 10-year period beginning on the date that QPP is placed in service the property ceases to be used for a qualified production activity, an ordinary income depreciation recapture rule will apply.

IRS guidance expected

QPP 100% first-year depreciation can be a valuable tax break if you have eligible property. However, it could be challenging to identify and allocate costs to portions of buildings that are used only for nonqualifying activities or for several activities, not all of which are qualifying activities. Also, once made, the election can’t be revoked without IRS consent. IRS guidance on this new deduction is expected. Contact us with questions and to learn about the latest developments.

Is a QTIP trust right for your blended family?

Thu, 13 Nov 2025 17:42:25 GMT

A qualified terminable interest property (QTIP) trust can be a valuable estate planning tool if you have a blended family. In such families — where one or both spouses have children from prior relationships — there’s often a delicate balance between providing for a current spouse and preserving assets for children from a previous marriage. A QTIP trust helps achieve this by allowing you, the grantor, to ensure that your surviving spouse is financially supported during his or her lifetime while your remaining assets ultimately go to the beneficiaries you’ve designated.

QTIP trust in action

Generally, a QTIP trust is created by the wealthier spouse, though sometimes both spouses will establish such trusts. After the QTIP trust grantor’s death, the surviving spouse receives income from the trust for life, and in some cases, may also have access to principal if the trust terms allow it.

Basically, the surviving spouse assumes a “life estate” in the trust’s assets. A life estate provides the surviving spouse with the right to receive income from the trust but not ownership rights. This means that the surviving spouse can’t sell or transfer the assets.

Estate tax considerations

From an estate tax perspective, a QTIP trust also offers advantages. Assets transferred into the trust generally qualify for the marital deduction, meaning no estate tax is due at the first spouse’s death. The estate tax is deferred until the death of the surviving spouse, potentially allowing for more efficient tax planning.

This combination of financial security for the surviving spouse and inheritance protection for children makes a QTIP trust particularly well-suited for blended families seeking fairness, clarity and peace of mind in their estate plans.

Estate planning flexibility

A QTIP trust can also make your estate plan more flexible. For example, at the time of your death, your family’s situation or the estate tax laws may have changed. The executor of your will can choose to not implement a QTIP trust if that makes the most sense. Otherwise, the executor makes a QTIP trust election on a federal estate tax return. (It’s also possible to make a partial QTIP election — that is, a QTIP election on just a portion of the estate.)

To be effective, the election must be made on a timely filed estate tax return. After the election is made, it’s irrevocable.

Right for you?

If you’ve remarried and have children from your first marriage, consider the estate planning benefits of a QTIP trust. Questions? Contact us for additional information.

Productivity metrics can help business owners see reality

Wed, 12 Nov 2025 17:33:19 GMT

As a business owner, your eyes may tell you that your employees are working hard. But discerning whether their efforts are truly contributing to the bottom line might be a bit hazy. The solution: Track productivity metrics. When calculated correctly and consistently, quantitative measures can help you see business reality much more clearly.

Why the numbers matter

No matter how big or small, every company has three primary resources: time, talent and capital. Productivity metrics help you understand how effectively you’re using them.

Rather than relying on assumptions or gut feelings, running the numbers sheds light on whether productivity is booming, adequate or falling short. In turn, you’ll be able to more confidently improve workflows and align employee performance with strategic objectives.

Examples to consider

The right productivity metrics for any company vary depending on factors such as industry, mission and size. Nonetheless, here are some examples to consider:

Revenue per employee. This foundational metric equals total revenue divided by the average number of employees over a given period. It offers a quick snapshot of how efficiently the company converts labor into goods or services. A rising number signals increasing productivity, while a declining figure may indicate inefficiencies, such as operational bottlenecks, overstaffing or stagnant sales.

Output per hour worked. This metric goes a step further by dividing total output (in dollars or units) by total labor hours worked. It can highlight whether productivity issues are tied to work habits, staffing levels or operational processes.

Utilization rate. Many companies — particularly professional services firms — track this metric. It’s calculated by dividing billable or productive work hours by total available hours and multiplying by 100. Utilization rate contrasts with output per hour worked by measuring activity rather than results. Low rates may signal overstaffing or excessive administrative tasks.

Customer satisfaction scores. Sometimes considered a “soft” measure, these scores provide essential context. They’re typically derived from structured feedback and converted into quantifiable insights. While a team may produce high volumes of work, consistently low satisfaction scores can reveal underlying issues in service quality or communication. On the other hand, strong scores reflect a team that’s attentive, responsive and aligned with customer expectations — key traits of sustainable productivity.

Data in action

Choosing your productivity metrics is only the first step. The second is tracking them over time. The right interval depends on the metric. For example, revenue per employee and output per hour worked, which reflect broader operational efficiency, are typically best reviewed monthly or quarterly. Utilization rate may be worth tracking weekly because even small inefficiencies can add up quickly. And customer satisfaction scores often benefit from continuous tracking, which is then summarized monthly or quarterly for trend analysis.

The third and trickiest step is interpreting and acting on the data. For instance, suppose revenue per employee is flat while sales are growing. This might indicate the need to downsize or provide better onboarding and training to new hires. If you notice a decline in output per hour worked or utilization rate, you may want to reallocate workloads, streamline administrative duties or use artificial intelligence for repetitive tasks.

Now let’s say customer satisfaction scores drop — never a good thing. In this case, you could formally review communication processes and response times. And if you haven’t already, consider implementing customer relationship management software to better track interactions.

Consistency, technology and culture

Consistency is key. Track the same productivity metrics over carefully chosen periods to spot trends and measure operational impact. If you determine that any metric isn’t adequately insightful, you can make a change. But gather an adequate sample size.

Furthermore, leverage technology. For small businesses, simple spreadsheets may be adequate. However, don’t hesitate to explore more sophisticated solutions, such as digital dashboards and project management platforms.

Finally, productivity metrics are most effective when they’re part of a culture of accountability and high performance. Inform employees of what’s being measured and why. Stress that it’s not about surveillance; it’s about meeting strategic objectives. Integrate metrics into job reviews and team meetings.

Optimal approach

The optimal approach to productivity metrics combines strong quantitative data with objective observations and qualitative insight. To that end, contact us. We’d be happy to help you identify and calculate relevant metrics, analyze them in the context of your financial statements, and use the knowledge gained to make better business decisions.

Shift income to take advantage of the 0% long-term capital gains rate

Tue, 11 Nov 2025 20:50:55 GMT

Are you thinking about making financial gifts to loved ones? Would you also like to reduce your capital gains tax? If so, consider giving appreciated stock instead of cash. You might be able to eliminate all federal tax liability on the appreciation — or at least significantly reduce it.

Leveraging lower rates

Investors generally are subject to a 15% tax rate on their long-term capital gains (20% if their income exceeds certain thresholds). But the long-term capital gains rate generally is 0% for gain that would be taxed at 10% or 12% based on the taxpayer’s ordinary-income rate.

In addition, taxpayers with modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) over $200,000 ($250,000 for married couples filing jointly and $125,000 for married filing separately) may owe the net investment income tax (NIIT). The NIIT equals 3.8% of the lesser of your net investment income or the amount by which your MAGI exceeds the applicable threshold.

If you have loved ones in the 0% bracket, you may be able to take advantage of it by transferring appreciated assets to them. The recipients can then sell the assets at no or a low federal tax cost.

Case study

Faced with a long-term capital gains tax rate of 23.8% (20% for the top tax bracket, plus the 3.8% NIIT), Ed and Nancy decide to transfer some appreciated stock to their adult granddaughter, Emma. Just out of college and making only enough from her entry-level job to leave her with $30,000 in taxable income, Emma qualifies for the 0% long-term capital gains rate.

However, the 0% rate applies only to the extent that capital gains “fill up” the gap between Emma’s taxable income and the top end of the 0% bracket. For 2025, the 0% bracket for singles tops out at $48,350 (just $125 less than the top of the 12% ordinary-income tax bracket).

When Emma sells the stock her grandparents transferred to her, her capital gains are $20,000. Of that amount $18,350 qualifies for the 0% rate and the remaining $1,650 is taxed at 12%. Emma pays only $198 in federal tax on the sale vs. the $4,760 her grandparents would have owed had they sold the stock themselves.

More to consider

If you’re contemplating a gift to anyone who’ll be under age 24 on December 31, check whether they’ll be subject to the “kiddie tax.” Also consider any gift and generation-skipping transfer (GST) tax consequences. We’d be pleased to answer any questions you have. We can also suggest other ways you can reduce taxes on your investments.

What you need to know about deducting business gifts

Mon, 10 Nov 2025 17:31:46 GMT

Thoughtful business gifts are a great way to show appreciation to customers and employees. They can also deliver tax benefits when handled correctly. Unfortunately, the IRS limits most business gift deductions to $25 per person per year, a cap that hasn’t changed since 1962. Still, with careful planning and good recordkeeping, you may be able to maximize your deductions.

When the $25 rule doesn’t apply

Several exceptions to the $25-per-person rule can help you deduct more of your gift expenses:

Gifts to businesses. The $25 limit applies only to gifts made directly or indirectly to an individual. Gifts given to a company for use in its business — such as an industry reference book or office equipment — are fully deductible because they serve a business purpose. However, if the gift primarily benefits a specific individual at that company, the $25 limit applies.

Gifts to married couples. When both spouses have a business relationship with you and the gift is for both of them, the limit generally doubles to $50.

Incidental costs. The expenses of personalizing, packaging, insuring or mailing a gift don’t count toward the $25 limit and are fully deductible.

Employee gifts. Cash or cash-equivalent gifts (such as gift cards) are treated as taxable wages and generally are deductible as compensation. However, noncash, low-cost items — like company-branded merchandise, small holiday gifts, or occasional meals and parties — can qualify as nontaxable “de minimis” fringe benefits. These are deductible to the business and tax-free to the employee.

How entertainment gifts are treated now

Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, most entertainment expenses are no longer deductible. This includes tickets to sporting events, concerts and other entertainment, even when related to business. However, if you give event tickets as a gift and don’t attend yourself, you may be able to classify the cost as a business gift, subject to the $25 limit and any applicable exceptions.

Note that meals provided during an entertainment event may still be 50% deductible if they’re separately stated on the invoice.

Why good recordkeeping matters

To claim the full deductions you’re entitled to, document your gifts properly. Record each gift’s description, cost, date and business purpose and the relationship of the recipient to your business. Digital records are acceptable — such as accounting notes or CRM entries — as long as they clearly support the deduction.

Track qualifying expenses separately in your books. That way they can be easily identified.

Make your business gifts count

A little knowledge and planning can go a long way toward ensuring your business gifts are both meaningful and tax-smart. If you’d like help reviewing your company’s gift-giving policies or want to confirm how the deduction rules apply to your situation, contact our office. We’ll help your business keep compliant with tax law while you show appreciation to your customers and employees.

4 year-end planning steps to trim your 2025 taxes

Fri, 07 Nov 2025 17:46:45 GMT

Now is the time of year when taxpayers search for last-minute moves to reduce their federal income tax liability. Adding to the complexity this year is the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA), which significantly changes various tax laws. Here are some of the measures you can take now to reduce your 2025 taxes in light of the OBBBA.

1. Reevaluate the standard deduction

Taxpayers can choose to itemize certain deductions or take the standard deduction based on their filing status. Itemizing deductions saves tax if the total exceeds the standard deduction. The number of taxpayers who itemize dropped dramatically after the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) nearly doubled the standard deduction. The OBBBA increases it further. The standard deduction for 2025 is:

$15,750 for single filers and married individuals filing separately,
$23,625 for heads of households, and
$31,500 for married couples filing jointly.

Taxpayers age 65 or older or blind are eligible for an additional standard deduction of $2,000 or, for joint filers, $1,600 per spouse age 65 or older or blind. (For taxpayers both 65 or older and blind, the additional deduction is doubled.)

But other OBBBA changes could make itemizing more beneficial. For example, if you’ve been claiming the standard deduction recently, the expanded state and local tax (SALT) deduction might cause your total itemized deductions to exceed your standard deduction for 2025. (See No. 2 below.) If it does, you might benefit from accelerating other itemized deductions into 2025. In addition to SALT, potential itemized deductions include:

Qualified medical and dental expenses (to the extent that they exceed 7.5% of your adjusted gross income),
Home mortgage interest (generally on up to $750,000 of home mortgage debt on a principal residence and a second residence),
Casualty losses (from a federally declared disaster), and
Charitable contributions (see No. 3 below).

Note, too, that higher earners will face a limit on their itemized deductions in 2026. The OBBBA effectively caps the value of itemized deductions for taxpayers in the highest tax bracket (37%) at 35 cents per dollar, compared with 37 cents per dollar this year. If you’re among that group, you may want to accelerate itemized deductions into 2025 to leverage the full value.

2. Maximize your SALT deduction

The OBBBA temporarily quadruples the so-called “SALT cap.” For 2025 through 2029, taxpayers who itemize can deduct up to $40,000 ($20,000 for separate filers), with 1% increases each subsequent year, meaning $40,400 in 2026 and so on. Deductible SALT expenses include property taxes (for homes, vehicles and boats) and either income tax or sales tax, but not both. The SALT cap is scheduled to return to the TCJA’s $10,000 cap ($5,000 for separate filers) beginning in 2030.

In the meantime, the temporary limit increase could substantially boost your tax savings, depending on your SALT expenses and your modified adjusted gross income (MAGI). The allowable deduction drops by 30% of the amount by which your MAGI exceeds a threshold of $500,000 ($250,000 for separate filers). When MAGI reaches $600,000 ($300,000 for separate filers), the $10,000 (or $5,000) cap applies.

If your 2025 SALT deductions exceed the old $10,000 cap but your total itemized deductions would still be under the standard deduction, “bunching” could help you make the most of the higher SALT cap. For example, if you receive your 2026 property tax bill before year end, you can pay it this year and deduct both your 2025 and 2026 property taxes in 2025. You might increase the deduction further by accelerating estimated state or local income tax payments into this year, if applicable. You could bunch other itemized deductions into 2025 as well. (See No. 1 above.)

In 2026, you’d go back to claiming the standard deduction. And then you’d repeat the bunching for the 2027 tax year and itemize that year.

3. Prepare for changes to charitable giving rules

Donating to charity is a valuable and flexible year-end tax planning tool. You can give as much or as little as you like. As long as the recipient is a qualified charity, you can properly substantiate the donation and you itemize, you’ll likely be able to claim a tax deduction. But beginning in 2026, the OBBBA imposes a 0.5% of adjusted gross income (AGI) “floor” on charitable contribution deductions.

The floor generally means that only charitable donations in excess of 0.5% of your AGI can be claimed as an itemized deduction. In other words, if your AGI for a tax year is $100,000, you can’t deduct the first $500 ($100,000 × 0.5%) of donations made that year.

So if you can afford it, you might want to bunch donations you’d normally make in 2026 into 2025 instead, so that you can avoid the new floor. (Bear in mind that a charitable deduction might nonetheless be more valuable next year if you’ll be in a higher tax bracket.)

One way to save even more taxes with your charitable donations is to give appreciated stock instead of cash. You can avoid the long-term capital gains tax you’d owe if you sold the stock and also claim a charitable deduction for the fair market value (FMV) of the shares.

On the other hand, if you don’t itemize, you may want to delay your 2025 charitable contributions until next year. Beginning in 2026, the OBBBA creates a permanent deduction for nonitemizers’ cash contributions, up to $1,000 for individuals and $2,000 for married couples filing jointly. Donations must be made to public charities, not foundations or donor-advised funds.

4. Manage your MAGI

MAGI is the trigger for certain additional taxes and the phaseouts of many tax breaks, including some of the newest deductions. For example, the OBBBA establishes a temporary “senior” deduction of $6,000 for taxpayers age 65 or older. This can be claimed in addition to either the standard deduction or itemized deductions. But the senior deduction begins to phase out when MAGI exceeds $75,000 ($150,000 for joint filers).

As discussed in No. 2, the enhanced SALT deduction is also subject to MAGI phaseouts. So, too, are the Child Tax Credit and the new temporary deductions for qualified tips, overtime pay and car loan interest. In terms of being a tax trigger, your MAGI plays a role in determining your liability for the 3.8% net investment income tax.

It can pay, therefore, to take steps to reduce your MAGI. For example, you might spread a Roth conversion over multiple years, rather than completing it in a single year. You can also max out your contributions to traditional retirement accounts and Health Savings Accounts.

If you’re age 70½ or older, qualified charitable distributions (QCDs) from your traditional IRA are another avenue for reducing your MAGI. While a charitable deduction can’t be claimed for QCDs, the amounts aren’t included in your MAGI and can be used to satisfy an IRA owner’s required minimum distribution (RMD), if applicable. This can be beneficial because charitable donation deductions (and other itemized deductions) don’t reduce MAGI and RMDs typically are included in MAGI.

Begin planning now

Don’t miss out on both new and traditional planning opportunities to reduce your 2025 taxes. The best strategies for you depend on your specific situation. We’d be pleased to help you with your year-end tax planning.

Your family needs to know how to access your estate planning documents

Thu, 06 Nov 2025 17:41:19 GMT

Making sure your family will be able to locate your estate planning documents when needed is one of the most important parts of the estate planning process. Your carefully prepared will, trust or power of attorney will be useless if no one knows where to find it.

When loved ones are grieving or faced with urgent financial and medical decisions, not being able to locate key documents can create unnecessary stress, confusion and even legal complications. Here are some tips on how and where to store your estate planning documents.

Your signed, original will

There’s a common misconception that a photocopy of your signed last will and testament is sufficient. In fact, when it comes time to implement your plan, your family and representatives will need your signed original will. Typically, upon a person’s death, the original document must be filed with the county clerk and, if probate is required, with the probate court as well.

What happens if your original will isn’t found? It doesn’t necessarily mean that it won’t be given effect, but it can be a major — and costly — obstacle.

In many states, if your original will can’t be produced, there’s a presumption that you destroyed it with the intent to revoke it. Your family may be able to obtain a court order admitting a signed photocopy, especially if all interested parties agree that it reflects your wishes. But this can be a costly, time-consuming process. And if the copy isn’t accepted, the probate court will administer your estate as if you died without a will.

To avoid these issues, store your original will in a safe place and tell your family how to access it.

Storage options include:

Leaving your original will with your accountant or attorney, or
Storing your original will at home (or at the home of a family member) in a waterproof, fire-resistant safe, lockbox or file cabinet.

What about safe deposit boxes? Although this can be an option, you should check state law and bank policy to be sure that your family will be able to gain access without a court order. In many states, it can be difficult for loved ones to open your safe deposit box, even with a valid power of attorney. It may be preferable, therefore, to keep your original will at home or with a trusted advisor or family member.

If you do opt for a safe deposit box, it may be a good idea to open one jointly with your spouse or another family member. That way, the joint owner can immediately access the box in the event of your death or incapacity.

Other documents

Original trust documents should be kept in the same place as your original will. It’s also a good idea to make several copies. Unlike a will, it’s possible to use a photocopy of a trust. Plus, it’s useful to provide a copy to the person who’ll become trustee and to keep a copy to consult periodically to ensure that the trust continues to meet your needs.

For powers of attorney, living wills or health care directives, originals should be stored safely. But it’s also critical for these documents to be readily accessible in the event you become incapacitated.

Consider giving copies or duplicate originals to the people authorized to make decisions on your behalf. Also consider providing copies or duplicate originals of health care documents to your physicians to keep with your medical records.

Clear communication is key

Clearly communicating the location of your estate planning documents can help ensure your wishes are carried out promptly and accurately. Let your family, executor or trustee know where originals are stored and how to access them. Contact us for help ensuring your estate plan will achieve your goals.

Businesses should review their key payroll tax responsibilities

Wed, 05 Nov 2025 17:26:25 GMT

As a business owner, you know that running payroll involves much more than just compensating employees. Every paycheck represents a complex web of tax obligations that your company must handle accurately and consistently.

Indeed, staying compliant with payroll tax rules is essential to maintaining your business’s reputation and avoiding costly penalties. That’s why it’s essential to regularly review your key payroll tax responsibilities to ensure nothing falls through the cracks.

Federal, state and local

Let’s start with the big ones. As you’re well aware, employers must withhold federal income tax from employees’ paychecks. The amount withheld from each person’s pay depends on two factors: 1) the wage amount, and 2) information provided on the employee’s Form W-4, “Employee’s Withholding Certificate.” Additional withholding rules may apply to commissions and other forms of compensation.

Be sure to stay apprised of your non-federal payroll tax obligations. State income tax withholding rules, for example, apply to many employers. However, nine states have no income tax: Alaska, Florida, Nevada, New Hampshire, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Washington and Wyoming.

Certain localities also impose income taxes. And in some places, withholding is required to cover short-term disability, paid family leave or unemployment benefits.

FICA and FUTA

Many an accounting or HR staffer has had to repeatedly explain what these two abbreviations mean. The first one stands for the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA). Under this law, payroll taxes consist of two individual taxes.

First is Social Security tax, which is 6.2% of wages up to an annually inflation-adjusted wage base limit. For 2025, that limit is $176,100 (up from $168,600 in 2024). Both the employee and employer pay 6.2% up to that amount, meaning the business withholds the employee’s share and contributes a matching amount for a total of 12.4%. The second is Medicare tax, which is 1.45% of all wages, with no wage base cap. Again, both the employee and employer pay the percentage for a total of 2.9%.

The other abbreviation stands for the Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA). Under it, employers must pay 6% on the first $7,000 of each employee’s annual wages, before any credit. In many cases, if state unemployment taxes are paid fully and on time, the business can receive a credit of up to 5.4%, yielding an effective rate of 0.6%.

Be aware that certain states with outstanding federal unemployment-trust-fund loans may not qualify for the full credit, so employers could face higher effective FUTA rates in those jurisdictions. FUTA taxes are paid only by the employer, so you shouldn’t withhold them from employees’ wages.

Additional Medicare tax

This payroll tax often flies under the radar. Under a provision of the Affordable Care Act, an additional Medicare tax of 0.9% applies to employee wages above:

$200,000 for single filers,
$250,000 for married couples filing jointly, and
$125,000 for married couples filing separately.

Only employees pay this tax. However, employers are responsible for withholding it once an employee’s wages exceed $200,000 — even if the employee ultimately may not owe it (for example, for joint filers).

State unemployment insurance

Every state also runs its own unemployment insurance program to provide benefits to eligible workers who are involuntarily terminated. State unemployment obligations vary widely in terms of wage base, rate and employer vs. employee contributions.

Generally, the rate employers must pay is based on their experience rating. The more claims made by former employees, the higher the tax rate. States update these rates annually.

Get stronger

Managing payroll taxes can be complex — especially as rates and rules may change from year to year. But you can confidently meet your compliance requirements with the right system, procedures, employees and professional guidance in place. We’d be happy to review your current approach, flag potential risks and recommend ways to strengthen your payroll tax processes. Contact us for more information.

How the Social Security wage base will affect your payroll taxes in 2026

Tue, 04 Nov 2025 17:39:35 GMT

The 2026 Social Security wage base has been released. What’s the tax impact on employees and the self-employed? Let’s take a look.

FICA tax 101

The Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) imposes two payroll taxes on wages and self-employment income — one for Old-Age, Survivors, and Disability Insurance, commonly known as the Social Security tax, and the other for Hospital Insurance, commonly known as the Medicare tax.

The FICA tax rate is 15.3%, which includes 12.4% for Social Security and 2.9% for Medicare. If you’re an employee, FICA tax is split evenly between your employer and you. If you’re self-employed, you pay the full 15.3% — but the “employer” half is deductible.

All wages and self-employment income are generally subject to Medicare tax. But the Social Security tax applies to such income only up to the Social Security wage base. The Social Security Administration has announced that the wage base will be $184,500 for 2026 (up from $176,100 for 2025). Wages and self-employment income above this threshold aren’t subject to Social Security tax.

Another payroll tax that higher-income taxpayers must be aware of is the additional 0.9% Medicare tax. It applies to FICA wages and self-employment income exceeding $200,000 ($250,000 for joint filers and $125,000 for separate filers). There’s no employer portion for this tax, but employers are required to withhold it once they pay an employee wages for the year exceeding $200,000 — regardless of the employee’s filing status. (You can claim a credit on your income tax return for withholding in excess of your actual additional Medicare tax liability.)

What will you owe in 2026?

For 2026, if you’re an employee, you’ll owe:

6.2% Social Security tax on the first $184,500 of wages, for a maximum tax of $11,439 (6.2% × $184,500), plus
1.45% Medicare tax on wages up to the applicable additional Medicare tax threshold, plus
2.35% Medicare tax (1.45% regular Medicare tax plus 0.9% additional Medicare tax) on all wages in excess of the applicable additional Medicare tax threshold.

For 2026, if you’re self-employed, you’ll owe:

12.4% Social Security tax on the first $184,500 of self-employment income (half of which will be deductible), for a maximum tax of $22,878 (12.4% × $184,500), plus
2.9% Medicare tax on self-employment income up to the applicable additional Medicare tax threshold (half of which will be deductible), plus
3.8% Medicare tax (2.9% regular Medicare tax plus 0.9% additional Medicare tax) on all self-employment income in excess of the applicable additional Medicare tax threshold. (Half of the 2.9% portion will be deductible; none of the 0.9% portion will be deductible.)

The payroll tax deduction for the self-employed can be especially beneficial because it reduces adjusted gross income (AGI) and modified adjusted gross income (MAGI). AGI and MAGI can trigger certain additional taxes and the phaseouts of many tax breaks.

Have questions?

Payroll taxes get more complicated in some situations. For example, what if you have two jobs? Payroll taxes will be withheld by both employers. Can you ask your employers to stop withholding Social Security tax once, on a combined basis, you’ve reached the wage base threshold? No, each employer must continue to withhold Social Security tax until your wages with that employer exceed the wage base. Fortunately, when you file your income tax return, you’ll get a credit for any excess withheld.

If you have more questions about payroll taxes, such as what happens if you have wages from a job and self-employment income, please contact us. We can help you ensure you’re complying with tax law while not overpaying.

Year-end tax planning for accrual-basis taxpayers

Mon, 03 Nov 2025 22:32:37 GMT

Projecting your business’s income for this year and next can allow you to time income and deductible expenses to your tax advantage. It’s generally better to defer tax — unless you expect to be in a higher tax bracket next year. Timing income and expenses can be easier for cash-basis taxpayers. But accrual-basis taxpayers have some unique tax-saving opportunities when it comes to deductions.

Review incurred expenses

The key to saving tax as an accrual-basis taxpayer is to properly record and recognize expenses that were incurred this year but won’t be paid until 2026. This will enable you to deduct those expenses on your 2025 federal tax return. Common examples of such expenses include:

Commissions, salaries and wages,
Payroll taxes,
Advertising,
Interest,
Utilities,
Insurance, and
Property taxes.

You can also accelerate deductions into 2025 without actually paying for the expenses in 2025 by charging them on a credit card. (This works for cash-basis taxpayers, too.)

Look at prepaid expenses

Review all prepaid expense accounts. Then write off any items that have been used up before the end of the year.

If you prepay insurance for a period of time beginning in 2025 and ending in 2026, you can expense the entire amount this year rather than spreading it between 2025 and 2026, as long as a proper method election is made.

More tips to consider

Be sure to review your outstanding receivables and write off any that you can establish as uncollectible. Also, pay interest on shareholder loans. For more information on these strategies and to discuss other ways your business can reduce 2025 taxes, contact us.

Don’t forget to include a residuary clause in your will

Thu, 30 Oct 2025 17:32:13 GMT

When creating a will, most people focus on the big-ticket items — including who gets the house, the car and specific family heirlooms. But one element that’s often overlooked is the residuary clause. This clause determines what happens to the remainder of your estate — the assets not specifically mentioned in your will. Without one, even a carefully planned estate can end up in legal limbo, causing unnecessary stress, expense and conflict for your loved ones.

Defining a residuary clause

A residuary clause is the part of your will that distributes the “residue” of your estate. This residue includes any assets left after specific bequests, debts, taxes and administrative costs have been paid. It might include forgotten bank accounts, newly acquired property or investments you didn’t specifically name in your will.

For example, if your will leaves your car to your son and your jewelry to your daughter but doesn’t mention your savings account, the funds in that account would fall into your estate’s residue. The residuary clause ensures those funds are distributed according to your wishes — often to a named individual, group of heirs or charitable organization.

Omitting a residuary clause

Failing to include a residuary clause can create serious problems. When assets aren’t covered by specific instructions in a will, they’re considered “intestate property.” This means those assets will be distributed according to state intestacy laws rather than your personal wishes. In some cases, this could result in distant relatives inheriting part of your estate or assets going to individuals you never intended to benefit.

Without a residuary clause, your executor or family members may also need to seek court intervention to determine how to handle the leftover property. This adds time, legal costs and emotional strain to an already difficult process.

Moreover, the absence of a residuary clause can lead to family disputes. When the law, rather than your will, determines who gets what, heirs may disagree over how to interpret your intentions. A simple clause could prevent these misunderstandings and preserve family harmony.

Adding flexibility to your plan

A key advantage of a residuary clause is added flexibility. Life circumstances change — new assets are acquired, accounts are opened or closed, and property values fluctuate.

If your will doesn’t specifically list every asset (and most don’t), a residuary clause acts as a safety net to ensure nothing is left out. It can even account for unexpected windfalls or proceeds from insurance or lawsuits that arise after your passing.

Providing extra peace of mind

Including a residuary clause in your will is one of the simplest ways to make sure your entire estate is handled according to your wishes. It helps avoid gaps in your estate plan, minimizes legal complications and ensures your executor can distribute your assets smoothly. Contact us for additional details. Ask your estate planning attorney to add a residuary clause to your will.

Writing an AI governance policy for your business

Wed, 29 Oct 2025 17:37:31 GMT

Artificial intelligence (AI) is changing the way businesses operate. Its capacity to gather and process data, as well as to mimic human interactions, offers remarkable potential to streamline operations and boost productivity.

But AI presents considerable challenges and concerns, too. With so many tools available, employees may inadvertently or purposely misuse the technology in ways that are unethical or even illegal. Compounding the problem is that many companies lack a formal AI governance policy.

Few in place

In August 2025, software platform provider Genesys released the results of an independent survey of 4,000 consumers and 1,600 enterprise customer experience and information technology (IT) leaders in more than 10 countries. It found that over a third (35%) of tech-leader respondents said their organizations have “little to no formal [AI] governance policies in place.”

This is a pointed problem, the survey notes, because many businesses are gearing up to deploy agentic AI. This is the latest iteration of the technology that can make decisions autonomously and act independently to achieve specific goals without depending on user commands or predefined inputs. The survey found that while 81% of tech leaders trust agentic AI with sensitive customer data, only 36% of consumers do.

7 steps to consider

Whether or not you’re eyeing agentic AI, its growing popularity is creating a trust-building imperative for today’s businesses. That’s why you should consider writing and implementing an AI governance policy.

Formally defined, an AI governance policy is a written framework that establishes how a company may use AI responsibly, transparently, ethically and legally. It outlines the decision-making processes, accountability measures, ethical standards and legal requirements that must guide the development, purchase and deployment of AI tools.

Creating an AI governance policy should be a collaborative effort involving your company’s leadership team, knowledgeable employees (such as IT staff) and professional advisors (such as a technology consultant and attorney). Here are seven steps your team should consider:

1. Audit usage. Identify where and how your business is using AI. For instance, do you use automated tools in marketing or when screening job applicants, auto-generated financial reports, or customer service chatbots? Inventory everything and note who’s using it, what data it relies on and which decisions it influences.

2. Assign ownership for AI oversight. This may mean appointing a small internal team or naming (or hiring) an AI compliance manager or executive. Your oversight team or compliance leader will be responsible for maintaining the policy, reviewing new tools and handling concerns that arise.

3. Establish core principles. Ground your policy in ethical and legal principles — such as fairness, transparency, accountability, privacy and safety. The policy should reflect your company’s mission, vision and values.

4. Set standards for data and vendor use. Include guidelines on how data used by AI tools is collected, stored and shared. Pay particular attention to intellectual property issues. If you use third-party vendors, define review and approval steps to verify that their systems meet your privacy and compliance standards.

5. Require human oversight. Clearly state that employees must remain in control of AI-assisted work. Human judgment should always be part of the process, including approving AI-generated content and reviewing automated financial reports.

6. Include a mandatory review-and-update clause. Schedule regular reviews — at least annually — to assess whether your policy remains relevant. This is especially important as innovations, such as agentic AI, come online and new regulations emerge.

7. Communicate with and train staff. Incorporate AI governance into onboarding for new employees and follow up with regular training and reminder sessions thereafter. Ask staff members to sign an acknowledgment that they’ve read the policy and perhaps another to confirm they’ve completed the required training. Encourage everyone to ask questions and report potential issues.

Financial impact

Writing an AI governance policy is just one part of preparing your business for the future. Understanding its financial impact is another. Let us help you analyze the costs, tax implications and return on investment of AI tools so you can make informed decisions that balance innovation with sound financial management and robust compliance practices.

Is an HDHP plus an HSA a financially smart health care option for you?

Tue, 28 Oct 2025 17:30:51 GMT

Health care costs continue to increase. Pairing a high-deductible health plan (HDHP) with a Health Savings Account (HSA) can help. Insurance premiums will be lower because of the high deductible. And the HSA provides a tax-advantaged way to fund the deductible and other medical expenses.

5 HSA tax benefits

HSAs offer both current and future tax savings:

1. Your contributions are pretax or tax deductible. This saves you tax in the year contributions are made.

2. Contributions your employer makes aren’t included in your taxable income. Again, you save tax in the current year.

3. Earnings on the HSA funds aren’t taxed as long as they remain in the account. HSAs can bear interest or be invested and grow on a tax-deferred basis, similar to a traditional IRA.

4. Distributions to pay qualified medical expenses aren’t taxed. This means you benefit from permanent tax savings. (If funds are withdrawn from the HSA for other reasons, the distribution is taxable. Generally, a 20% penalty will also apply.)

5. Distributions after age 65 are penalty-free even if not used for medical expenses. But they’re still taxable. So, HSAs can help fund retirement, again, similar to a traditional IRA.

Annual limits

You can contribute to an HSA only if you have an HDHP. For 2026, an HDHP is health insurance with an annual deductible of at least $1,700 for self-only coverage or $3,400 for family coverage. (These amounts increased from $1,650 and $3,300, respectively, for 2025.) Additionally, the 2026 out-of-pocket expenses you’re required to pay for covered benefits can’t exceed $8,500 for self-only coverage or $17,000 for family coverage (up from $8,300 and $16,600, respectively, for 2025).

Beginning in 2026, the definition of HDHP will be expanded. It also will include Bronze and Catastrophic plans available on state and federal insurance exchanges under the Affordable Care Act.

For self-only coverage, the 2026 HSA contribution limit is $4,400. For family coverage, it’s $8,750. (These amounts are up from $4,300 and $8,550, respectively, for 2025.) If you’re age 55 or older by year-end, you may make additional “catch-up” contributions of up to $1,000.

The annual contribution limit is reduced if you have an HDHP for only part of the year or go on Medicare at some point during the year. But you can still take tax-free distributions from your HSA for qualified medical expenses.

Determining your best option

The combination of an HDHP and an HSA can be financially smart, particularly for healthy individuals who don’t currently have many medical expenses. Such individuals can reduce premium costs today and potentially build up substantial HSA funds to use in the future, such as to cover the costs of a major health issue or to supplement their retirement plans. But an HDHP-HSA pairing isn’t the best option for everyone. Contact us to discuss the tax and financial aspects of funding your health care.

Review your business expenses before year end

Mon, 27 Oct 2025 17:30:01 GMT

Now is a good time to review your business’s expenses for deductibility. Accelerating deductible expenses into this year generally will reduce 2025 taxes and might even provide permanent tax savings. Also consider the impact of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA). It makes permanent or revises some Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) provisions that reduced or eliminated certain deductions.

“Ordinary and necessary” business expenses

There’s no master list of deductible business expenses in the Internal Revenue Code (IRC). Although some deductions are expressly authorized or excluded, most are governed by the general rule of IRC Section 162, which permits businesses to deduct their “ordinary and necessary” expenses.

An ordinary expense is one that is common and accepted in your industry. A necessary expense is one that is helpful and appropriate for your business. (It doesn’t have to be indispensable.) Even if an expense is ordinary and necessary, it may not be deductible if the IRS considers it lavish or extravagant.

OBBBA and TCJA changes

Here are some types of business expenses whose deductibility is affected by OBBBA or TCJA provisions:

Entertainment. The TCJA eliminated most deductions for entertainment expenses beginning in 2018. However, entertainment expenses for employee parties are still deductible if certain requirements are met. For example, the entire staff must be invited — not just management. The OBBBA didn’t change these rules.

Meals. Both the TCJA and the OBBBA retained the pre-2018 50% deduction for business meals. What about business meals provided in connection with nondeductible entertainment? They’re still 50% deductible, as long as they’re purchased separately from the entertainment or their cost is separately stated on invoices or receipts.

Through 2025, the TCJA also expanded the 50% deduction rule to meals provided via an on-premises cafeteria or otherwise on the employer’s premises for the convenience of the employer. (Previously, such meals were 100% deductible.) The deduction was scheduled to be eliminated after 2025. The OBBBA generally retains this deduction’s 2026 elimination, with some limited exceptions that will qualify for a 100% deduction. But meal expenses generally can be 100% deducted if the meals are sold to employees.

Transportation. Transportation expenses for business travel are still 100% deductible, provided they meet the applicable rules. But the TCJA permanently eliminated most deductions for qualified transportation fringe benefits, such as parking, vanpooling and transit passes. However, those benefits are still tax-free to recipient employees, up to applicable limits. The OBBBA doesn’t change these rules.

Before the TCJA, employees could also exclude from taxable income qualified bicycle commuting reimbursements, and this break was scheduled to return in 2026. However, the OBBBA permanently eliminates it.

Employee business expenses

The TCJA suspended through 2025 employee deductions for unreimbursed employee business expenses — previously treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions. The OBBBA has permanently eliminated this deduction.

Businesses that don’t already have an employee reimbursement plan for these expenses may want to consider implementing one for 2026. As long as the plan meets IRS requirements, reimbursements are deductible by the business and tax-free to employees.

Planning for 2025 and 2026

Understanding exactly what’s deductible and what’s not isn’t easy. We can review your current expenses and help determine whether accelerating expenses into 2025 makes sense for your business. Contact us to discuss year-end tax planning and to start strategizing for 2026.

What do the 2026 cost-of-living adjustment numbers mean for you?

Thu, 23 Oct 2025 18:00:46 GMT

The IRS recently issued its 2026 cost-of-living adjustments for more than 60 tax provisions. The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) makes permanent or amends many provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA). It also makes permanent most TCJA changes to various deductions and makes new changes to some deductions. OBBBA-affected changes have been noted throughout.

As you implement 2025 year-end tax planning strategies, be sure to take these 2026 numbers into account.

Individual income tax rates

Tax-bracket thresholds increase for each filing status, but because they’re based on percentages, they increase more significantly for the higher brackets. For example, the top of the 10% bracket will increase by $475–$950, depending on filing status, but the top of the 35% bracket will increase by $8,550–$17,100, depending on filing status.

Note that the OBBBA makes the rates and brackets permanent. The income tax brackets will continue to be annually indexed for inflation.

Standard deduction

The OBBBA makes permanent and slightly increases the TCJA’s nearly doubled standard deduction for each filing status. The amounts will continue to be annually adjusted for inflation.

In 2026, the standard deduction will be $32,200 for married couples filing jointly, $24,150 for heads of households, and $16,100 for singles and married couples filing separately.

Long-term capital gains rate

The long-term gains rate applies to realized gains on investments held for more than 12 months. For most types of assets, the rate is 0%, 15% or 20%, depending on your income. While the 0% rate applies to most income that would be taxed at 12% or less based on the taxpayer’s ordinary-income rate, the top long-term gains rate of 20% kicks in before the top ordinary-income rate does.

AMT

The alternative minimum tax (AMT) is a separate tax system that limits some deductions, doesn’t permit others and treats certain income items differently. If your AMT liability exceeds your regular tax liability, you must pay the AMT.

Like the regular tax brackets, the AMT brackets are annually indexed for inflation. In 2026, the threshold for the 28% bracket will increase by $5,400 for all filing statuses except married filing separately, which will increase by half that amount.

The AMT exemption amounts were significantly increased under the TCJA. The OBBBA makes the higher exemptions permanent, continuing to index them for inflation. The exemption amounts in 2026 will be $90,100 for singles and heads of households, and $140,200 for joint filers, increasing by $2,000 and $3,200, respectively, over 2025 amounts.

The AMT exemption phases out over certain income ranges. It’s completely phased out if AMT income exceeds the top of the applicable range.

Under the OBBBA, the income thresholds for the phaseout revert to their 2018 levels for 2026 (i.e., removing the inflation adjustments that had been made for 2019–2025) and then will be annually adjusted for inflation again in subsequent years. Also, the OBBBA phases out the exemption twice as quickly beginning in 2026.

So, the exemption phaseout ranges in 2026 will be $500,000–$680,200 for singles and $1,000,000–$1,280,400 for joint filers. These are significantly lower than the 2025 ranges of $626,350–$978,750 and $1,252,700–$1,800,700, respectively.

Amounts for married couples filing separately are half of those for joint filers.

Child-related breaks

Certain child-related breaks are annually adjusted for inflation but don’t necessarily go up every year. In addition, these breaks are limited based on a taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income (MAGI). Taxpayers whose MAGIs are within an applicable phaseout range are eligible for a partial break — and breaks are eliminated for those whose MAGIs exceed the top of the range.

Here are the 2026 figures for two important child-related breaks:

The Child Tax Credit. The OBBBA makes permanent the TCJA’s $2,000 per qualifying child credit amount, plus it increases it to $2,200 for 2025. The OBBBA also adjusts the credit annually for inflation starting in 2026. However, because inflation is relatively low and the dollar amount of the credit is relatively small, the credit will remain at $2,200 for 2026. The OBBBA also makes permanent the annual inflation adjustment to the limit on the refundable portion of the credit, but, again, there’s no increase for 2026. The refundable portion will remain at $1,700.

Beware that the Child Tax Credit phases out for higher-income taxpayers, and the phaseout thresholds aren’t inflation-indexed. Under the OBBBA, they’re permanently $200,000 for singles and heads of households, and $400,000 for married couples filing jointly.

The adoption credit. The MAGI phaseout range for eligible taxpayers adopting a child will increase in 2026 — by $5,890. It will be $265,080–$305,080 for joint, head of household and single filers. The maximum credit will increase by $390, to $17,670 in 2026. Under the OBBBA, a portion of the credit is refundable, and that portion is annually indexed. For 2026, the refundable portion is $5,120 (up from $5,000 for 2025).

Gift and estate taxes

The unified gift and estate tax exemption and the generation-skipping transfer (GST) tax exemption had been scheduled to return to an inflation-adjusted $5 million in 2026. But the OBBBA permanently increases both exemption amounts to $15 million for 2026 and annually indexes the amount for inflation after that.

The annual gift tax exclusion in 2026 remains the same as the 2025 amount: $19,000 per giver per recipient.

2026 cost-of-living adjustments and tax planning

With many of the 2026 cost-of-living adjustment amounts trending higher, you may have an opportunity to realize some tax relief next year. However, beware that some taxpayers might be at greater AMT risk because of the reductions to the exemption phaseout ranges. If you have questions on the best tax-saving strategies to implement based on the 2026 numbers, please contact us.

Beware the pitfalls of DIY estate planning

Thu, 23 Oct 2025 17:39:14 GMT

A do-it-yourself (DIY) estate plan may seem appealing to those who feel confident managing their own affairs and want to save money. With the abundance of online templates and legal software, it’s easier than ever to draft a will, establish powers of attorney or create a trust without professional help. However, there are significant drawbacks to consider.

Online tools vs. professional guidance

Estate planning is a legal matter, and small mistakes can result in major unintended consequences. Errors in wording, missing signatures or failure to meet state-specific requirements can render documents invalid or lead to disputes among heirs.

DIY tools often provide limited customization, which can be problematic for blended families, business owners or those with special needs beneficiaries. Additionally, these online platforms can’t provide personalized advice or foresee complex tax implications the way experienced estate planning attorneys and tax professionals can.

Although online tools can help you create individual documents — the good ones can even help you comply with applicable laws, such as ensuring the right number of witnesses to your will — they can’t help you create an estate plan. Putting together a plan means determining your objectives and coordinating a collection of carefully drafted documents designed to achieve those objectives. And in most cases, that requires professional guidance.

For example, let’s suppose Anna’s estate consists of a home valued at $1 million and an investment account with a $1 million balance. She uses a DIY tool to create a will that leaves the home to her son and the investment account to her daughter. On the surface, this seems like a fair arrangement. But suppose that by the time Anna dies, she’s sold the home and invested the proceeds in her investment account. Unless she amended her will, she’ll have inadvertently disinherited her son.

An experienced estate planning advisor would have anticipated such contingencies and ensured that Anna’s plan treated both children fairly, regardless of the specific assets in her estate.

DIY tools also fall short when a decision demands a professional’s experience rather than mere technical expertise. Online tools make it easy to name a guardian for your minor children, for example, but they can’t help you evaluate the many characteristics and factors that go into selecting the best candidate.

Don’t try this at home

Ultimately, while a DIY estate plan may be better than having no plan at all, it carries considerable risks. Professional guidance ensures your wishes are properly documented and legally sound, reducing the likelihood of costly mistakes or family conflicts. For most people, consulting a qualified estate planning advisor, including an attorney and a CPA who understands estate tax law, is a worthwhile investment in protecting one’s legacy and loved ones’ peace of mind.

Fundamental building blocks of an employee wellness program

Wed, 22 Oct 2025 17:30:19 GMT

In a business context, a wellness program is an employer-sponsored initiative designed to promote employees’ physical, mental and emotional well-being. These programs can take many forms, but their underlying goal is generally the same: to foster a healthier, more productive workplace.

A well-structured wellness program can also help companies manage health care benefits costs, reduce absenteeism, improve employee retention and enhance company culture. Whether your business has a program in place or is considering rolling one out, here are some fundamental building blocks to help ensure your approach is effective, practical and sustainable.

Straightforward design

Imagine a company introducing its new employee wellness program with an email that reads, “Welcome aboard! Attached is a 200-page guide, featuring a complex point system that will determine whether you qualify for incentives and a lengthy glossary of medical terminology.”

See the problem? The quickest way to derail participation is by overcomplicating the rollout. Granted, any type of wellness program will inevitably have a learning curve. But the simpler the design, the easier it will be to explain and implement. Remember that you can update and increase a program’s complexity as it becomes more ingrained in your business’s culture.

Clear communication

Strong program communication is also paramount. Write, format and organize materials clearly and concisely. Be creative with the design and language to capture employees’ interest. Just keep in mind that the content must be sensitive to the fact that the program addresses inherently personal issues of health and well-being.

If you don’t have anyone in-house who can handle these criteria, consider engaging a consultant. In addition, ask your attorney to review all program materials for compliance purposes.

Well-vetted vendors

For most companies, outside vendors provide the bulk of wellness program services and activities. These may include:

Seminars on healthy life and work habits,
Smoking cessation workshops,
Fitness coaching,
Healthful food options in the break room and cafeteria, and
Runs, walks or other friendly competitive or charitable events.

It’s critical to thoroughly vet providers and engage only those that are skilled and qualified. Neglecting to do so could mean that, even if you create and communicate a solid program, it will likely fail once employees show up to participate and are disappointed by the experience. Quality partnerships build credibility — and lasting engagement.

A strategic investment

Developing a wellness program may be a wise decision for both your employees and business. If you’re just getting started, build it on the fundamentals mentioned. And if you already have a program up and running, closely monitor participation and outcomes so you can make informed adjustments that enhance its long-term value. We’d be happy to help you establish a realistic budget, identify potential tax advantages and measure the financial return on your investment.

The 2025 SALT deduction cap increase might save you substantial taxes

Tue, 21 Oct 2025 17:31:32 GMT

If you pay more than $10,000 in state and local taxes (SALT), a provision of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) could significantly reduce your 2025 federal income tax liability. However, you need to be aware of income-based limits, and you may need to take steps before year end to maximize your deduction.

Higher deduction limit

Beginning in 2018, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) limited the deduction to $10,000 ($5,000 for married couples filing separately). This SALT cap was scheduled to expire after 2025.

Rather than letting the $10,000 cap expire or immediately making it permanent, the OBBBA temporarily quadruples the limit. Beginning in 2025, taxpayers can deduct up to $40,000 ($20,000 for married couples filing separately), with 1% increases each subsequent year. Then in 2030, the OBBBA reinstates the $10,000 cap.

The increased SALT cap could lead to major tax savings compared with the $10,000 cap. For example, a single taxpayer in the 35% tax bracket with $40,000 in SALT expenses could save an additional $10,500 in taxes [35% × ($40,000 − $10,000)].

Income-based reduction

While the higher limit is in place, it’s reduced for taxpayers with incomes above a certain level. The allowable deduction drops by 30% of the amount by which modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) exceeds a threshold amount. For 2025, the threshold is $500,000; when MAGI reaches $600,000, the previous $10,000 cap applies. (These amounts are halved for separate filers.) The MAGI threshold will also increase 1% each year through 2029.

Here’s how the earlier example would be different if the taxpayer’s MAGI exceeded the threshold: Let’s say MAGI is $550,000, which is $50,000 over the 2025 threshold. The cap would be reduced by $15,000 (30% × $50,000), leaving a maximum SALT deduction of $25,000 ($40,000 − $15,000). Even reduced, that’s more than twice what would be permitted under the $10,000 cap. The reduced deduction would still save an additional $5,250 in taxes [35% × ($25,000 − $10,000) compared to when the $10,000 cap applied.

Itemizing vs. the standard deduction

The SALT deduction is available only to taxpayers who itemize their deductions. The TCJA nearly doubled the standard deduction. As a result of that change and the $10,000 SALT cap, the number of taxpayers who itemize dropped substantially. And, under the OBBBA, the standard deduction is even higher — for 2025, it’s $15,750 for single and separate filers, $23,625 for head of household filers, and $31,500 for married couples filing jointly.

But the higher SALT cap might make it worthwhile for some taxpayers who’ve been claiming the standard deduction post-TCJA to start itemizing again. Consider, for example, a taxpayer who pays high state income tax. If that amount combined with other itemized deductions (generally, certain medical and dental expenses, home mortgage interest, qualified casualty losses, and charitable contributions) exceeds the applicable standard deduction, the taxpayer will save more tax by itemizing.

Year-end strategies

Here are two strategies that might help you maximize your 2025 SALT deduction:

1. Reduce your MAGI. If it’s nearing the threshold that would reduce your deduction or already over it, you can take steps to stay out of the danger zone. For example, you can make or increase pretax retirement plan and Health Savings Account contributions. Likewise, you can avoid moves that increase your MAGI, like Roth IRA conversions, nonrequired traditional retirement plan distributions and asset sales that result in large capital gains.

2. Accelerate property tax deductions. If your SALT expenses are less than $40,000 and your MAGI is below the reduction threshold for 2025, for example, you might prepay your 2026 property tax bill this year. (This assumes the amount has been assessed — you can’t deduct a prepayment based only on your estimate.)

Plan carefully

In your SALT planning, also be aware that SALT expenses aren’t deductible for purposes of the alternative minimum tax (AMT). A large SALT deduction could have the unintended effect of triggering the AMT, particularly after 2025.

Under the right circumstances, the increase to the SALT deduction cap can be a valuable tax saver. But careful planning is essential. Contact us for assistance with maximizing your SALT deduction and other year-end tax planning strategies.

Should your business maximize deductions for real estate improvements now or spread them out?

Mon, 20 Oct 2025 19:26:33 GMT

Commercial real estate usually must be depreciated over 39 years. But certain real estate improvements — specifically, qualified improvement property (QIP) — are eligible for accelerated depreciation and can even be fully deducted immediately. While maximizing first-year depreciation is often beneficial, it’s not always the best tax move.

QIP defined

QIP includes any improvement to an interior portion of a nonresidential building that’s placed in service after the date the building was placed in service. But expenditures attributable to the enlargement of the building, any elevator or escalator, or the building’s internal structural framework don’t count as QIP.

QIP has a 15-year depreciation period. It’s also eligible for bonus depreciation and Section 179 expensing.

100% bonus depreciation

Additional first-year bonus depreciation is available for eligible assets, including QIP. The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA), signed into law in July, increases bonus depreciation to 100% for assets acquired and placed in service after Jan. 19, 2025. It also makes 100% bonus depreciation permanent.

But be aware that bonus depreciation is only 40% for assets acquired Jan. 1, 2025, through Jan. 19, 2025, and placed in service any time in 2025. So, if your objective is to maximize first-year deductions on QIP acquired during that period, you’d claim the Sec. 179 deduction first. (See below.) If you max out on that, then you’d claim 40% first-year bonus depreciation.

In some cases, a business may not be eligible for bonus depreciation. Examples include real estate businesses that elect to deduct 100% of their business interest expense and dealerships with floor-plan financing — if they have average annual gross receipts exceeding $31 million for the previous three tax years.

Sec. 179 expensing

Similar to 100% bonus depreciation, Sec. 179 expensing allows you to immediately deduct (rather than depreciate over a number of years) the cost of purchasing eligible assets, including QIP. But the break is subject to annual dollar limits, which the OBBBA increases.

For qualifying assets placed in service in tax years beginning in 2025, the maximum allowable Section 179 depreciation deduction is $2.5 million (up from $1.25 million before the OBBBA). In addition, the break begins to phase out dollar-for-dollar when asset acquisitions for the year exceed $4 million (up from $3.13 million before the OBBBA). These amounts will continue to be annually adjusted for inflation after 2025.

Another restriction is that you can claim Sec. 179 expensing only to offset net income. The deduction can’t reduce net income below zero to create an overall business tax loss.

One advantage over bonus depreciation is that, for Sec. 179 expensing purposes, QIP also includes HVAC systems, nonresidential building roofs, fire protection and alarm systems, and security systems that are placed in service after the building is first placed in service.

Spreading out QIP depreciation

There are a few reasons why it may be more beneficial to spread out QIP depreciation over 15 years rather than claiming large first-year depreciation deductions:

Bonus depreciation can trigger the excess business loss rule. Although you can claim 100% first-year bonus depreciation even if it will create a tax loss, you could inadvertently trigger the excess business loss rule.

The rule limits deductions for current-year business losses incurred by noncorporate taxpayers: Such losses generally can offset income from other sources, such as salary, self-employment income, interest, dividends and capital gains, only up to the applicable limit. For 2025, the limit is $313,000 ($626,000 for a married joint filer).

As a result, your 100% first-year bonus depreciation deduction might effectively be limited by the excess business loss rule. However, any excess business loss is carried over to the following tax year and can then be deducted under the rules for net operating loss carryforwards.

Large first-year deductions can result in higher-taxed gain when QIP is sold. First-year bonus depreciation and Sec. 179 deductions claimed for QIP can create depreciation recapture that’s taxed at your ordinary income rate when the QIP is sold. Under rates made permanent by the OBBBA, the maximum individual rate on ordinary income is 37%. You may also owe the 3.8% net investment income tax (NIIT).

On the other hand, for QIP held for more than one year, gain attributable to straight-line depreciation is taxed at an individual federal rate of only 25%, plus the 3.8% NIIT if applicable.

Depreciation deductions may be worth more in the future. When you claim big first-year depreciation deductions for QIP, your depreciation deductions for future years are reduced accordingly. If you’re in a higher income tax bracket in the future or federal income tax rates go up, you’ll have effectively traded potentially more valuable future-year depreciation deductions for less-valuable first-year deductions.

Keep in mind that, while the OBBBA did “permanently” extend current rates, that only means they have no expiration date. Lawmakers could still increase rates in the future.

What’s best for you

Many factors must be considered before deciding whether to maximize QIP first-year depreciation deductions or spread out the deductions over multiple years. We can help you determine what’s best for your situation.

Does your estate plan include a financial power of attorney?

Thu, 16 Oct 2025 17:32:04 GMT

Your estate planning goals likely revolve around your family, including both current and future generations. But don’t forget to take yourself into consideration. What if you become incapacitated and are unable to make financial decisions? A crucial component to include in your estate plan is a financial power of attorney (POA).

What’s a financial POA?

Without a POA, if you become incapacitated because of an accident or illness, your loved ones won’t be able to manage your finances without going through the lengthy and expensive process of petitioning the court for guardianship or conservatorship. Executing a financial POA, also known as a POA for property, protects your family from having to go through this process and helps ensure financial decisions and tasks won’t fall through the cracks.

This document appoints a trusted representative (often called an “agent”) to make financial decisions on your behalf. It authorizes your agent to manage your investments, pay your bills, file tax returns and otherwise handle your finances, within the limits you set.

Differences between springing and durable POAs

One important decision you’ll need to make is whether your POA should be “springing” — effective when certain conditions are met — or nonspringing (also known as “durable”), which is effective immediately.

A springing POA activates under certain conditions, typically when you become incapacitated and can no longer act for yourself. In most cases, to act on your behalf, your agent must present a financial institution or other third party with the POA as well as a written certification from a licensed physician stating that you’re unable to manage your financial affairs.

While a springing POA lets you retain full control over your finances while you’re able, a durable POA offers some distinct advantages:

It takes effect immediately, allowing your agent to act on your behalf for your convenience, not just when you’re incapacitated.
If you do become incapacitated, it allows your agent to act quickly on your behalf to handle urgent financial matters without the need for a physician to certify that you’ve become incapacitated. With a springing POA, the physician certification requirement can lead to delays, disputes or even litigation at a time when quick, decisive action is critical.
It may also be advantageous for elderly individuals who are mentally capable of handling their affairs but prefer to have assistance.

Durable POAs have one potential disadvantage that must be considered: You might be uncomfortable with a POA that takes effect immediately because you’re concerned that your agent may be tempted to abuse his or her authority. However, if you can’t fully trust someone with an immediate POA, it’s even riskier to rely on that person when you’re incapacitated and unable to protect yourself.

In light of the advantages of durable POAs and the potential delays caused by springing POAs, consider granting a durable POA to someone you trust completely, such as your spouse or one of your children. If you’d like added security, you could ask your attorney or another trusted advisor to hold the durable POA and deliver it to the designated agent only when you instruct them to do so or you become incapacitated.

Revisit and update your POAs

A critical estate planning companion to a financial POA is a health care POA (also known as a health care proxy). It gives a trusted person the power to make health care decisions for you. To ensure that your financial and health care wishes are carried out, consider preparing and signing both types of POA as soon as possible.

Also, don’t forget to let your family know how to gain access to the POAs in case of an emergency. Finally, financial institutions and health care providers may be reluctant to honor a POA that was executed years or decades earlier. So, it’s a good idea to sign new POAs periodically. Contact us with any questions regarding POAs.

Why start-ups should consider launching as S corporations

Wed, 15 Oct 2025 17:23:13 GMT

Launching a new business brings tough decisions. And that holds true whether you’re a fledgling entrepreneur starting your first company or an experienced businessperson expanding into a second or third enterprise.

Among the most important calls you’ll need to make is how to structure the start-up for tax purposes. For many business owners, electing S corporation status is a savvy move. But it’s not right for everyone. Here are some important points to consider before you decide.

What’s it all about?

An S corporation is a tax election available only to certain U.S. companies. To make the election, you’ll need to file IRS Form 2553, “Election by a Small Business Corporation,” typically within 75 days of forming the business or the start of the tax year to which you want the election to apply.

If you elect S corporation status, the IRS will treat your start-up as a “pass-through” entity. This means the business generally won’t pay federal income taxes. Instead, profits and losses will pass through to your individual tax return and those of other shareholders.

As a result, you’ll avoid the “double taxation” faced by shareholders of C corporations — whereby the company pays taxes on the business’s income and then shareholders pay tax on any dividends received. In addition, S corporation shareholders may be eligible for the Section 199A qualified business income deduction for pass-through entity owners. It was recently made permanent under the One Big Beautiful Bill Act.

Which businesses qualify?

IRS rules limit which companies can elect S corporation status. To qualify, your start-up must:

Be an eligible domestic corporation or limited liability company (LLC),
Have no more than 100 shareholders who must be U.S. citizens or residents (certain trusts and estates may also be eligible), and
Offer only one class of stock.

Insurance companies, financial institutions using the reserve method of accounting and domestic international sales corporations are generally ineligible.

Why do it?

As mentioned above, the main advantage of electing S corporation vs. C corporation status is avoiding double taxation. But there are other reasons to do it.

For example, many start-ups incur losses in their first few years. S corporation status allows owners to offset other income with those losses, a tax benefit that’s unavailable to C corporation shareholders.

S corporations also have advantages over other types of pass-through entities. Generally, all trade or business income that flows through to sole proprietors and partners in partnerships is subject to self-employment taxes — even if the income isn’t actually distributed to the owners. S corporations can divide their income into shareholder-employee salaries and distributions. The salary portion is subject to payroll taxes, but distributions aren’t. So, by drawing a smaller salary (but one that’s reasonable in the eyes of the IRS) and taking the remainder as distributions, S corporation shareholder-employees can reduce their overall tax burden.

Liability protection is another advantage S corporations have over sole proprietorships and partnerships. S corporation status shields shareholders’ personal assets from business debts and legal claims, provided applicable rules are followed. Operating as an S corporation can also make your new business appear more credible to lenders, investors and customers because of its formalized, protective framework.

What are the drawbacks?

Electing to be treated as an S corporation has its drawbacks. Your start-up will have to follow strict IRS rules, which include keeping up with filing requirements and maintaining accurate financial records. Failure to comply could lead to back taxes, interest and penalties. It could even mean losing your S corporation status in a worst-case scenario.

Indeed, S corporations tend to incur higher administrative expenses than other pass-through entities. You’ll need to file corporate tax returns and meet state-level requirements. The extra complexity may outweigh the tax advantages — especially for newly launched companies with little to no profits.

Finally, it bears repeating: Although the salary/distributions income-splitting strategy mentioned above is advantageous, it can draw IRS scrutiny. Paying shareholder-employees an unreasonably low salary to avoid payroll taxes could trigger an audit with negative consequences.

Who can help?

Congratulations and best wishes on your forthcoming start-up! Electing S corporation status may be the right way to go. However, you’ll need to assess a wide variety of factors, including projected profits, the number of shareholders and your comfort level with the administrative requirements.

Before you do anything, contact us. We can help you evaluate whether operating as an S corporation aligns with your strategic and financial goals. If it does, we’d be happy to assist you with the filing process and compliance going forward.

Boost your tax savings by donating appreciated stock instead of cash

Tue, 14 Oct 2025 17:27:40 GMT

Saving taxes probably isn’t your primary reason for supporting your favorite charities. But tax deductions can be a valuable added benefit. If you donate long-term appreciated stock, you potentially can save even more.

Not just a deduction

Appreciated publicly traded stock you’ve held more than one year is long-term capital gains property. If you donate it to a qualified charity, you may be able to enjoy two tax benefits.

First, if you itemize deductions, you can claim a charitable deduction equal to the stock’s fair market value. Second, you won’t be subject to the capital gains tax you’d owe if you sold the stock.

Donating appreciated stock can be especially beneficial to taxpayers facing the 3.8% net investment income tax (NIIT) or the top 20% long-term capital gains rate this year.

The strategy in action

Let’s say you donate $15,000 of stock that you paid $5,000 for, your ordinary-income tax rate is 37% and your long-term capital gains rate is 20%. Let’s also say you itemize deductions.

If you sold the stock, you’d pay $2,000 in tax on the $10,000 gain. If you were also subject to the 3.8% NIIT, you’d pay another $380 in NIIT.

By instead donating the stock to charity, you save $7,930 in federal tax ($2,380 in capital gains tax and NIIT plus $5,550 from the $15,000 income tax deduction). If you donated $15,000 in cash, your federal tax savings would be only $5,550.

3 important considerations

There are a few things to keep in mind when considering a stock donation:

1. The charitable deduction will provide a tax benefit only if your total itemized deductions exceed your standard deduction. For 2025, the standard deduction is $15,750 for singles and married couples filing separately, $23,625 for heads of households, and $31,500 for married couples filing jointly.

2. Donations of long-term capital gains property are subject to tighter deduction limits. The limits are 30% of your adjusted gross income for gifts to public charities and 20% for gifts to nonoperating private foundations (compared to 60% and 30%, respectively, for cash donations).

3. Don’t donate stock that’s worth less than your basis. Instead, sell the stock so you can deduct the loss and then donate the cash proceeds to charity.

A tried-and-true year-end tax strategy

If you expect to itemize deductions on your 2025 tax return, making charitable gifts by December 31 is a great way to reduce your tax liability. And donating highly appreciated stock you’ve hesitated to sell because of the tax cost can be an especially smart year-end strategy. To learn more about minimizing capital gains tax or maximizing charitable deductions, contact us today.

There’s still time for businesses to benefit from clean energy tax breaks

Mon, 13 Oct 2025 17:25:30 GMT

The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA), signed into law July 4, 2025, extends or enhances many tax breaks for businesses. But the legislation terminates several business-related clean energy tax incentives earlier than scheduled. For example, the Qualified Commercial Clean Vehicle Credit (Section 45W) had been scheduled to expire after 2032. Under the OBBBA, it’s available only for vehicles that were acquired on or before September 30, 2025. For other clean energy breaks, businesses can still take advantage of them if they act soon.

Deduction for energy-efficient building improvements

The Section 179D deduction allows owners of new or existing commercial buildings to immediately deduct the cost of certain energy-efficient improvements rather than depreciate them over the 39-year period that typically applies. The OBBBA terminates the Sec. 179D deduction for property beginning construction after June 30, 2026.

Besides commercial building owners, eligible taxpayers include:

Tenants and real estate investment trusts (REITs) that make qualifying improvements, and
Certain designers — such as architects and engineers — of government-owned buildings and buildings owned by nonprofit organizations, religious organizations, tribal organizations, and nonprofit schools or universities.

The Sec. 179D deduction is available for new construction as well as additions to or renovations of commercial buildings of any size. (Multifamily residential rental buildings that are at least four stories above grade also qualify.) Eligible improvements include depreciable property installed as part of a building’s interior lighting system, HVAC and hot water systems, or the building envelope.

To be eligible, an improvement must be part of a plan designed to reduce annual energy and power costs by at least 25% relative to applicable industry standards, as certified by an independent contractor or licensed engineer. The base deduction is calculated using a sliding scale, ranging from 50 cents per square foot for improvements that achieve 25% energy savings to $1 per square foot for improvements that achieve 50% energy savings.

Projects that meet specific prevailing wage and apprenticeship requirements are eligible for bonus deductions. Such deductions range from $2.50 per square foot for improvements that achieve 25% energy savings to $5 per square foot for improvements that achieve 50% energy savings.

Other clean energy tax breaks for businesses

Here are some additional clean energy breaks affected by the OBBBA:

Alternative Fuel Vehicle Refueling Property Credit (Section 30C). The OBBBA eliminates the credit for property placed in service after June 30, 2026. (The credit had been scheduled to sunset after 2032.) Property that stores or dispenses clean-burning fuel or recharges electric vehicles is eligible. The credit is worth up to $100,000 per item (each charging port, fuel dispenser or storage property).

Clean Electricity Investment Credit (Section 48E) and Clean Electricity Production Credit (Section 45Y). The OBBBA eliminates these tax credits for wind and solar facilities placed in service after 2027, unless construction begins on or before July 4, 2026. Wind and solar projects begun after that date must be put in service by the end of 2027.

Advanced Manufacturing Production Credit (Section 45X). Under the OBBBA, wind energy components won’t qualify for the credit after 2027. The legislation also modifies the credit in other ways. For example, it adds “metallurgical coal” suitable for the production of steel to the list of critical minerals. And, for critical materials other than metallurgical coal, the credit will now phase out from 2031 through 2033. The credit for metallurgical coal expires after 2029.

Act soon

Many of these clean energy breaks are disappearing years earlier than originally scheduled, leaving limited time for businesses to act. If your business has been exploring clean energy investments, now is the time to consider moving forward. We can help you evaluate eligibility, maximize available tax breaks and structure projects to meet applicable requirements before time runs out. Contact us today to discuss what steps you can take to capture tax benefits while they’re available.

New information return and payroll tax reporting rules require attention

Thu, 09 Oct 2025 17:34:24 GMT

The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) introduced or updated numerous business-related tax provisions. The changes that are likely to have a major impact on employers and payroll management companies include new information return and payroll tax reporting rules. Let’s take a closer look at what’s new beginning in 2026 — and what businesses need to do in 2025.

Increased reporting thresholds go into effect in 2026

Businesses generally must report payments made during the year that equal or exceed the reporting threshold for rents; salaries; wages; premiums; annuities; compensation; remuneration; emoluments; and other fixed or determinable gains, profits and income. Similarly, recipients of business services generally must report payments they made during the year for services rendered that equal or exceed the statutory threshold. This information is reported on information returns, including Forms W-2, Forms 1099-MISC and Forms 1099-NEC.

Currently, the reporting threshold amount is $600. For payments made after 2025, the OBBBA increases the threshold to $2,000, with inflation adjustments for payments made after 2026.

Reporting qualified tip income and qualified overtime income

Effective for 2025 through 2028, the OBBBA establishes new deductions for employees who receive qualified tip income and qualified overtime income. Because these are deductions as opposed to income exclusions, federal payroll taxes still apply to this income. So do federal income tax withholding rules. Also, tip income and overtime income may still be fully taxable for state and local income tax purposes.

The issue for employers and payroll management companies is reporting qualified tip and overtime income amounts so that eligible workers can claim their rightful federal income tax deductions. In August, the IRS announced that for 2025 there will be no OBBBA-related changes to federal information returns for individuals, federal payroll tax returns or federal income tax withholding tables. The 2025 versions of Form W-2, Forms 1099, Form 941, and other payroll-related forms and returns will be unchanged.

Nevertheless, employers and payroll management companies should begin tracking qualified tip and overtime income immediately and implement procedures to retroactively track qualified tip and overtime income amounts that were paid going back to January 1, 2025. The IRS will provide transition relief for 2025 to ease compliance burdens.

Proposed regulations list tip-receiving occupations

In September, the IRS released proposed regs that include a list of tip-receiving occupations eligible for the OBBBA deduction for qualified tip income. Eligible occupations are grouped into eight categories:

Beverage and food services,
Entertainment and events,
Hospitality and guest services,
Home services,
Personal services,
Personal appearance and wellness,
Recreation and instruction, and
Transportation and delivery.

The IRS added three-digit codes to each eligible occupation for information return purposes.

2026 Form W-2 draft version

The IRS has released a draft version of the 2026 Form W-2. It includes changes that support new employer reporting requirements for the employee deductions for qualified tip income and qualified overtime income and for employer contributions to Trump Accounts, which will become available in 2026 under the OBBBA.

Specifically, Box 12 of the draft version adds:

Code TA to report employer contributions to Trump Accounts,
Code TP to report the total amount of an employee’s qualified cash tip income, and
Code TT to report the total amount of an employee’s qualified overtime income.

Box 14b has been added to allow employers to report the occupation of employees who receive qualified tip income.

Stay on top of the latest guidance

The OBBBA makes some significant changes affecting information returns and payroll tax reporting. The IRS will likely continue to issue guidance and regulations. We can help you stay informed on any developments that will affect your business’s reporting requirements.

Feeling charitable? Be sure you can substantiate your gifts

Thu, 09 Oct 2025 17:32:31 GMT

As the end of the year approaches, many people give more thought to supporting their favorite charities. If you’re charitably inclined and you itemize deductions, you may be entitled to deduct your charitable donations. Note that the key word here is “may” because there are certain limitations and requirements your donations must meet.

To be eligible to claim valuable charitable deductions, you must substantiate your gifts with specific documentation. Here’s a breakdown of the rules.

Cash donations

Cash donations of any amount must be supported by one of two types of documents that display the charity’s name, the contribution date and the amount:

1. Bank records. These can include bank statements, electronic fund transfer receipts, canceled checks (including scanned images of both sides of a check from the bank’s website) or credit card statements.

2. Written communication. This can be in the form of a letter or email from the charity. A blank pledge card furnished by the charity isn’t sufficient.

In addition to the above, cash donations of $250 or more require a contemporaneous written acknowledgement (CWA) from the charity that details the following:

The contribution amount, and
A description and good faith estimate of the value of any goods or services provided in consideration (in whole or in part) for the donation.

A single document can meet both the written communication and CWA requirements. For the CWA to be “contemporaneous,” you must obtain it by the earlier of 1) the extended due date of your tax return for the year the donation is made, or 2) the date you file your return.

If you make charitable donations via payroll deductions, you can substantiate them with a combination of an employer-provided document — such as Form W-2 or a pay stub — that shows the amount withheld and paid to the charity, and a pledge card or similar document prepared by or at the direction of the charity showing the charity’s name.

For a donation of $250 or more by payroll deduction, the pledge card or other document must also state that the charity doesn’t provide any goods or services in consideration for the donation.

Noncash donations

If your noncash donation is less than $250, you can substantiate it with a receipt from the charity showing the charity’s name and address, the date of the contribution, and a detailed description of the property. For noncash donations of $250 or more, there are additional substantiation requirements, depending on the size of the donation:

Donations of $250 to $500 require a CWA.
Donations over $500, but not more than $5,000, require a CWA and you must complete Section A of Form 8283 and file it with your tax return. Section A includes a description of the property, its fair market value and the method of determining that value.
Donations over $5,000 require all the above, plus you must obtain a qualified appraisal of the property and file Section B of Form 8283 (signed by the appraiser and the charity). There may be additional requirements in certain situations. For instance, if you donate art of $20,000 or more, or if any donation is valued over $500,000, you must attach a copy of the appraisal to your return. Note: No appraisal is required for donations of publicly traded securities.

Additional rules may apply for certain types of property, such as vehicles, clothing and household items, and privately held securities.

Charitable giving in 2026

Generally, charitable donations to qualified organizations are fully deductible up to certain adjusted gross income (AGI)-based limits if you itemize deductions. The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) creates a nonitemizer charitable deduction of up to $1,000, or $2,000 for joint filers, which goes into effect in 2026. Only cash donations qualify.

Also beginning in 2026, a 0.5% floor will apply to itemized charitable deductions. This generally means that only charitable donations in excess of 0.5% of your AGI will be deductible if you itemize deductions. So, if your AGI is $100,000, your first $500 of charitable donations for the year won’t be deductible. Contact us for help developing a charitable giving strategy that aligns with the new rules under the OBBBA and times your gifts for maximum impact.

Make charitable gifts for the right reasons

For most people, saving taxes isn’t the primary motivator for making charitable donations. However, it may affect the amount you can afford to give. Substantiate your donations to ensure you can claim the deductions you deserve. If you’re unsure whether you’ve properly substantiated your charitable donation, contact us.

Designing the right bonus plan for your business

Wed, 08 Oct 2025 17:30:30 GMT

Today’s employees have a wealth of information at their fingertips and many distractions competing for their attention. Maintaining focus and productivity can be challenging.

One proven lever for promoting engagement is a performance-based bonus plan. When carefully structured, these plans acknowledge individual contributions while accelerating the company toward its strategic goals. However, if not optimally designed, bonuses can backfire — feeding worker frustration and wasting resources. That’s why the right approach is essential.

What are the goals?

The first step in creating an effective employee bonus plan is to set specific and reasonable strategic goals that inspire employees and improve your business’s financial performance. They should be tied to metrics that describe intended operational improvements, such as:

Increased sales or profits,
Enhanced customer retention, or
Reduced waste.

Structure the bonus plan so that staff members’ priorities and performance goals align with the company’s strategic goals, as well as the purpose of their respective positions. Employee goals must also be specific and measurable. You may allow some workers to set “stretch” goals that require them to exceed normally expected performance levels. But don’t permit anything so difficult that an employee will likely get discouraged and give up.

It often makes sense to also set departmental goals. This way, team members can better see how their work, both individually and as a group, propels progress toward company goals. For example, the bonuses of assembly line workers at a manufacturing plant could be tied to limiting unit rejects to no more than 1%. This, in turn, would directly relate to the business’s strategic goal of reducing overall waste by 5%.

How can you do it right?

A well-structured bonus plan should do more than set employees on a “side quest” to earn more money. Ideally, it needs to educate and inspire them to think more like business owners seeking to grow the company rather than workers earning a paycheck.

For starters, keep it simple. Sometimes, bonus plans get so complicated that employees struggle to understand what they must do to receive their awards. Design a straightforward plan that clearly explains all the details. Write it in plain language so both leadership and staff have something to refer to if confusion arises.

Also, seek balance when calculating bonus amounts. This can be tricky: A bonus that’s too small won’t provide adequate motivation, while an amount that’s too large could cause cash flow issues or even jeopardize the bottom line. Many businesses structure their incentive arrangements as profit-sharing plans, so payouts are based directly on the company’s profitability.

Make the plan flexible, too, by adjusting it as business conditions change. For instance, you might tweak your bonus plan when you update your company’s strategic goals at year end. But don’t set goals that are too open-ended. Measure both strategic and individual goals on a consistent schedule with firm starting and ending dates. Companies generally track goals quarterly or annually.

Finally, consider allowing the highest achievers to reap the biggest rewards. In many businesses, salespeople have the biggest impact on the company’s overall performance. If that’s the case for your business, perhaps your sales team should be able to earn the highest amounts.

Who can help?

A thoughtfully designed bonus plan can align employee efforts with company priorities while supporting long-term growth. Let us help you create one that motivates employees, safeguards your bottom line, and keeps your business in full compliance with the tax and accounting rules.

Making the most of the new deduction for seniors

Tue, 07 Oct 2025 17:37:33 GMT

For 2025 through 2028, individuals age 65 or older generally can claim a new “senior” deduction of up to $6,000 under the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA). But an income-based phaseout could reduce or eliminate your deduction. Fortunately, if your income is high enough that the phaseout is a risk, there are steps you can take before year end to help preserve the deduction.

Senior deduction basics

You don’t have to be receiving Social Security benefits to claim the senior deduction. If you’re age 65 or older on December 31 of the tax year, you’re potentially eligible.

If both spouses of a married couple filing jointly are age 65 or older, each spouse is potentially eligible for the $6,000 deduction, for a combined total of up to $12,000. But you must file a joint return; married couples filing separately aren’t eligible.

Combining the senior and standard deductions

Taxpayers age 65 or older already are eligible for an additional standard deduction on top of the basic standard deduction. The following examples illustrate how large the three deductions can be on a combined basis for 2025:

Single filer. An unmarried individual age 65 or older can potentially deduct a total of up to $23,750: $15,750 for the basic standard deduction plus $2,000 for the additional standard deduction for a senior single filer plus $6,000 for the new senior deduction.

Joint filer. If both members of a married couple are age 65 or older, they can potentially deduct a total of up to $46,700: $31,500 for the joint filer basic standard deductions plus two times $1,600 for the additional standard deductions for senior joint-filers plus two times $6,000 for the new senior deduction.

How the phaseout works

The senior deduction begins to phase out when modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) exceeds $75,000 for single filers or $150,000 for joint filers. The deduction is eliminated when MAGI exceeds $175,000 or $250,000, respectively. Specifically, the deduction is phased out by 6% of the excess of your MAGI over the applicable phaseout threshold. For this purpose, MAGI means your “regular” AGI increased by certain tax-exempt offshore income (which most taxpayers don’t have).

Here are two examples:

Example 1. For 2025, you’re a single individual age 65 or older. Your MAGI for the year is $130,000. Under the phaseout, your senior deduction is reduced by $3,300 [6% × ($130,000 − $75,000)]. So your senior deduction is $2,700 ($6,000 − $3,300).

Example 2. For 2025, you and your spouse file jointly. You’re both age 65 or older. Your MAGI for the year is $220,000. Under the phaseout rule, your two senior deductions are reduced by $4,200 each [6% × ($220,000 − $150,000)]. So your senior deduction is $1,800 each ($6,000 − $4,200), or $3,600 on a combined basis.

Year-end planning tips

If you’re concerned your 2025 MAGI could exceed the applicable phaseout threshold — or that your senior deduction could be completely phased out — there are moves you can make by December 31 to help maximize your deduction. Specifically, take steps to reduce your MAGI. Here are some potential ways to do it:

Harvest capital losses in taxable brokerage accounts to offset capital gains that would otherwise increase your MAGI.
Defer selling appreciated securities held in taxable brokerage accounts to avoid increasing your MAGI by the capital gains you’d recognize if you sold them.
If you’re still working, maximize salary-reduction contributions to tax-deferred retirement accounts, like your traditional 401(k), which will reduce your MAGI.
Defer or spread out Roth IRA conversions over several years, because your MAGI will be increased by taxable income triggered by the conversions.
If you’re age 73 or older and thus subject to required minimum distributions (RMDs) on your traditional IRA(s), consider making IRA qualified charitable distributions (QCDs). Done properly, the QCDs will count toward your RMD and will be excluded from your taxable income and your MAGI.

Depending on your situation, there may be other moves you can make that will reduce your MAGI.

A valuable tax saver

The new senior deduction can be a valuable tax saver for eligible taxpayers. Please contact us with any questions you have. We can help you determine the best year-end tax planning strategies for your particular situation.

The 2025–2026 “high-low” per diem business travel rates are here

Mon, 06 Oct 2025 17:23:20 GMT

If you have employees who travel for business, you know how frustrating it can be to manage reimbursements and the accompanying receipts for meals, hotels and incidentals. To make this process easier, consider using the “high-low” per diem method. Instead of tracking every receipt, your business can reimburse employees using daily rates that are predetermined by the IRS based on whether the destination is a high-cost or low-cost location. This saves time and reduces paperwork while still ensuring compliance. In Notice 2025-54, the IRS announced the high-low per diem rates that became effective October 1, 2025, and apply through September 30, 2026.

How the per diem method works

The per diem method provides fixed travel per diems rather than requiring employees to save every meal receipt or hotel bill. Employees simply need to document the time, place and business purpose of their trip. As long as reimbursements don’t exceed the applicable IRS per diem amounts, they aren’t treated as taxable income to the employee and don’t require income or payroll tax withholding.

Under the high-low method, the IRS establishes an annual flat rate for certain areas with higher costs. All locations within the continental United States that aren’t listed as “high-cost” are automatically considered “low-cost.” The high-low method may be used in lieu of the specific per diem rates for business destinations. Examples of high-cost areas include Boston and Los Angeles. But many locations are considered high-cost during only part of the year. Some of these partial-year locations are resort areas, while others are major cities where costs may be lower for, say, some of the colder months of the year, such as New York City and Chicago.

Under some circumstances — for example, if an employer provides lodging or pays the hotel directly — employees may receive a per diem reimbursement only for their meals and incidental expenses. There’s also a $5 incidental-expenses-only rate for employees who don’t pay or incur meal expenses for a calendar day (or partial day) of travel.

The new high-low per diems

For travel after September 30, 2025, the per diem rate for high-cost areas within the continental United States is $319. This consists of $233 for lodging and $86 for meals and incidental expenses. For all other areas within the continental United States, the per diem rate is $225 for travel after September 30, 2025 ($151 for lodging and $74 for meals and incidental expenses).

For travel during the last three months of 2025, employers must continue to use the same reimbursement method for an employee as they used during the first nine months of the calendar year. Also, note that per diem rates can’t be paid to individuals who own 10% or more of the business.

Revisit reimbursement methods

As the beginning of a new year approaches, it’s a good time to review how your business reimburses employees’ business travel expenses. Switching from an actual expense method to a per diem method in 2026 could save your business and your employees time and frustration. Contact us if you have questions about efficient and tax-compliant travel reimbursement methods.

Don’t let beneficiary designations thwart your estate plan

Thu, 02 Oct 2025 17:23:21 GMT

For many individuals, certain assets bypass their wills or trusts and are transferred directly to loved ones through beneficiary designations. These nonprobate assets may include IRAs and certain employer-sponsored retirement accounts, life insurance policies, and some bank and brokerage accounts. This means that if you aren’t careful with your beneficiary designations, some of your assets might not be distributed as you expected. Not only does this undermine your intentions, but it can also create unnecessary conflict and hardship among surviving family members.

3 steps

Here are three steps to help ensure your beneficiary designations will align with your estate planning goals:

1. Name a primary beneficiary and a contingent beneficiary. Without a contingent beneficiary for an asset, if the primary beneficiary dies before you — and you don’t designate another beneficiary before you die — the asset will end up in your general estate and may not be distributed as you intended. In addition, certain assets are protected from your creditors, which wouldn’t apply if they were transferred to your estate. To ensure that you control the ultimate disposition of your wealth and protect that wealth from creditors, name both primary and contingent beneficiaries and don’t name your estate as a beneficiary.

2. Reconsider beneficiaries to reflect changing circumstances. Designating a beneficiary isn’t a “set it and forget it” activity. Failure to update beneficiary designations to reflect changing circumstances creates a risk that you’ll inadvertently leave assets to someone you didn’t intend to benefit, such as an ex-spouse.

It’s also important to update your designation if the primary beneficiary dies, especially if there’s no contingent beneficiary or if the contingent beneficiary is a minor. Suppose, for example, that you name your spouse as the primary beneficiary of a life insurance policy and name your minor child as the contingent beneficiary. If your spouse dies while your child is still a minor, it may be advisable to name a new primary beneficiary — such as a trust — to avoid the complications associated with leaving assets to a minor (court-appointed guardianship, etc.). Note that there are many nuances to consider when deciding to name a trust as a beneficiary.

3. Take government benefits into account. If a loved one depends on Medicaid or other government benefits — for example, a disabled child — naming that person as primary beneficiary of a retirement account or other asset may render him or her ineligible for those benefits. A better approach may be to establish a special needs trust for your loved one and name the trust as beneficiary.

Avoiding unintentional outcomes

Not paying proper attention to beneficiary designations can also expose your estate to costly delays and legal disputes. If a listed beneficiary is no longer living, or if a designation is vague or incomplete, an asset may have to go through probate, which defeats the purpose of naming beneficiaries in the first place.

This can increase expenses, delay distributions and create stress for your family during an already difficult time. Carefully making beneficiary designations and regularly reviewing and updating them helps ensure your asset distributions align with your current wishes, helps prevent disputes, and helps protect your family from unintended financial complications. Contact us with questions regarding your estate plan.

Is your company’s pricing strategy still viable?

Wed, 01 Oct 2025 17:30:46 GMT

Pricing is among the most powerful levers for business owners to calibrate their companies’ profitability. Set prices too low and you risk leaving money on the table. Set them too high and customers may pass you by for cheaper competitors.

Your continuous objective should be to find that sweet spot where prices are competitive while supporting your profit margins and long-term growth. Trouble is, that sweet spot tends to move around a lot — so you must regularly reevaluate your pricing strategy.

Crunching the numbers

To get started, crunch some numbers. Use your financial statements to determine whether your current prices cover both direct costs (such as labor and materials) and indirect costs (such as overhead and administrative expenses).

Monitoring costs is critical — especially given today’s economic volatility. Rising expenses related to suppliers, vendors or labor can quickly erode margins if prices remain static. Regularly reviewing the relationship between expenses and pricing helps ensure adjustments are proactive rather than reactive.

Another useful step is calculating your breakeven point. This metric tells you how many units you must sell at a given price to cover all costs without incurring a loss. Sales beyond the breakeven point will generate a profit. It’s a good starting point for assessing whether current sales volumes align with your existing pricing strategy.

Also, benchmark pricing in relation to your industry and market. Monitor what competitors are charging and compare their prices to yours. A major differential, whether higher or lower, could hurt sales and your business’s reputation if you can’t reasonably rationalize the difference.

Listening to customers

Negative customer behavior is another indication that your pricing strategy may be suboptimal. Are customers constantly pushing back on price, whether during the sales process or when interacting with customer service? If so, you might want to modulate prices slightly lower. On the other hand, if sales are flowing through the pipeline unusually fast, with little resistance, it could mean your prices are too low.

Consider customer segmentation as well. This is a process by which you divide your customer base into smaller groups with common characteristics, allowing you to tailor pricing to each group. For example, some customers might be willing to pay a premium for faster service or customized solutions. Customer segmentation can provide cleaner, more useful data that fuels better decision-making.

Adjusting cautiously

If a thorough analysis reveals your profit margins are too thin, you may want to raise prices. But proceed with caution. Perhaps increase the price of one or two strong sellers and closely monitor the impact. If sales remain steady, you’re probably on the right track — remember, even a subtle price increase can boost profitability. Conversely, if sales suffer, you may need to rethink your pricing strategy.

When raising prices, it’s imperative to communicate clearly with customers. Explain why you’re doing it in plain language, focusing on value. Highlight what makes your business different and better than the competition in areas such as quality, expertise and service. Customers are often willing to pay more provided they understand the value they’re getting for their money.

Of course, there may also be instances when you choose to lower prices — perhaps for a limited time or even indefinitely. In such cases, customer communication is equally important. More than likely, you’ll want to “shout from the rooftops” that you’re lowering prices. Develop a marketing initiative that effectively communicates this message while covering the details.

Getting some help

In today’s roller coaster economy, a viable pricing strategy requires ongoing analysis. Regularly review your margins, assess the market, and align prices with your business’s strategic objectives and customer values. Interested in some objective guidance? We can help you analyze costs, apply the right metrics and optimize prices based on current market dynamics.

5 potential tax breaks to know before moving a parent into a nursing home

Tue, 30 Sep 2025 17:44:50 GMT

Approximately 1.3 million Americans live in nursing homes, according to the National Center for Health Statistics. If you have a parent moving into one, taxes are probably not on your mind. But there may be tax implications. Here are five possible tax breaks.

1. Long-term medical care

The costs of qualified long-term care, including nursing home care, are deductible as medical expenses to the extent they, along with other medical expenses, exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income (AGI).

Qualified long-term care services are necessary diagnostic, preventive, therapeutic, curing, treating, mitigating and rehabilitative services, and maintenance or personal-care services required by a chronically ill individual that are provided by a licensed healthcare practitioner.

To qualify as chronically ill, a physician or other licensed healthcare practitioner must certify an individual as unable to perform at least two activities of daily living (eating, toileting, transferring, bathing, dressing and continence) for at least 90 days due to a loss of functional capacity or severe cognitive impairment.

2. Nursing home payments

Amounts paid to a nursing home are deductible as medical expenses if a person is staying at the facility principally for medical, rather than custodial care. If a person isn’t in the nursing home principally to receive medical care, only the portion of the fee that’s allocable to actual medical care qualifies as a deductible expense. But if the individual is chronically ill, all qualified long-term care services, including maintenance or personal care services, are deductible.

If your parent qualifies as your dependent, you can include any medical expenses you incur for your parent along with your own when determining your medical deduction.

3. Long-term care insurance

Premiums paid for a qualified long-term care insurance contract are deductible as medical expenses (subject to limitations explained below) to the extent they, along with other medical expenses, exceed the percentage-of-AGI threshold. A qualified long-term care insurance contract covers only qualified long-term care services, doesn’t pay costs covered by Medicare, is guaranteed renewable and doesn’t have a cash surrender value.

Qualified long-term care premiums are includible as medical expenses up to certain amounts. For individuals over 60 but not over 70 years old, the 2025 limit on deductible long-term care insurance premiums is $4,810, and for those over 70, the 2025 limit is $6,020.

4. The sale of your parent’s home

If your parent sells his or her home, up to $250,000 of the gain from the sale may be tax-free. To qualify for the $250,000 exclusion ($500,000 if married), the seller must generally have owned and used the home for at least two years out of the five years before the sale. However, there’s an exception to the two-out-of-five-year use test if the seller becomes physically or mentally unable to care for him- or herself during the five-year period.

5. Head-of-household filing status

If you aren’t married and your parent meets certain dependency tests, you may qualify for head-of-household filing status, which has a higher standard deduction and, in some cases, lower tax rates than single filing status. You might be eligible to file as head of household even if the parent for whom you claim an exemption doesn’t live with you.

These are only some of the tax issues you may have to contend with when your parent moves into a nursing home. Contact us if you need more information or assistance.

The tax traps of personally guaranteeing a loan to your corporation

Mon, 29 Sep 2025 23:17:32 GMT

If you’re considering guaranteeing, or are asked to guarantee, a loan to your closely held corporation, it’s important to understand the potential tax consequences. Acting as a guarantor, endorser or indemnitor means that if the corporation defaults, you could be responsible for repaying the loan. Without planning ahead, you may face unexpected tax implications.

A business bad debt

If you’re compelled to make good on the obligation, the payment of principal or interest in discharge of the obligation generally results in a bad debt deduction. This may be either a business or a nonbusiness bad debt deduction. If it’s a business bad debt, it’s deductible against ordinary income. A business bad debt can be either totally or partly worthless. If it’s a nonbusiness bad debt, it’s deductible as a short-term capital loss, which is subject to certain limitations. A nonbusiness bad debt is deductible only if it’s totally worthless.

To be treated as a business bad debt, the guarantee must be closely related to your trade or business. If the reason for guaranteeing the corporation loan is to protect your job, the guarantee is considered closely related to your trade or business as an employee. But employment must be the dominant motive. If your annual salary exceeds your investment in the corporation, this generally shows that the dominant motive for the guarantee is to protect your job. On the other hand, if your investment in the corporation substantially exceeds your annual salary, that’s evidence that the guarantee is primarily to protect your investment rather than your job.

Proving the relationship

Except in the case of job guarantees, it may be difficult to show the guarantee is closely related to your trade or business. You have to show that the guarantee is related to your business as a promoter, or that the guarantee is related to some other trade or business separately carried on by you.

If the reason for guaranteeing your corporation’s loan isn’t closely related to your trade or business and you’re required to pay off the loan, you can take a nonbusiness bad debt deduction if you show that your reason for the guarantee was to protect your investment, or you entered the guarantee transaction with a profit motive.

Note: The IRS and courts will scrutinize the dominant motive carefully. Reasonable compensation doesn’t always mean money. It can include protecting employment or business interests.

Additional requirements

In addition to satisfying the above requirements, a business or nonbusiness bad debt is deductible only if you meet these three conditions:

You have a legal duty to make the guaranty payment (although there’s no requirement that a legal action be brought against you).
The guaranty agreement is entered into before the debt becomes worthless.
You receive reasonable consideration (not necessarily cash or property) for entering into the guaranty agreement.

Any payment you make on a loan you guaranteed is deductible as a bad debt in the year you make it, unless the agreement (or local law) provides for a right of subrogation against the corporation. If you have this right, or some other right to demand payment from the corporation, you can’t take a bad debt deduction until the rights become partly or totally worthless.

These are only some of the possible tax consequences of guaranteeing a loan to your closely held corporation. Consult with us to learn all the implications and to help ensure the best tax results.

An ILIT can protect life insurance proceeds from estate tax

Mon, 29 Sep 2025 23:15:58 GMT

Life insurance is often a cornerstone of estate planning, providing liquidity to cover estate taxes, debts or other obligations. However, life insurance proceeds generally will be included in your taxable estate if you own the policy outright. So if your estate is (or in the future might be) large enough that estate taxes are a concern, you’ll want to consider strategies for shielding insurance proceeds. An irrevocable life insurance trust (ILIT) is one option. It removes the policy from your estate, ensuring that the death benefit passes to your beneficiaries free of estate tax.

How it works

To establish an ILIT, you create an irrevocable trust, transfer ownership of an existing life insurance policy to it and designate beneficiaries. Alternatively, you can set up an ILIT as the owner of a new policy you purchase. In addition, the ILIT must be funded so that it’s able to pay the premiums on the policy.

The transfer of an existing policy to an ILIT is, however, considered a taxable gift. Further, subsequent transfers to the trust to fund premiums would also be treated as gifts. But the gifts can be sheltered from tax by your available gift and estate tax exemption. (You may even be able to add “Crummey” provisions to your ILIT that allow you to apply your gift tax annual exclusion to the transfers to the trust for funding premiums.) Gifts up to the annual exclusion amount — $19,000 for 2025 — are tax-free and thus don’t use up any of your lifetime exemption.

Because the trust is irrevocable, you can’t change its terms once established. For example, you can’t change the beneficiaries. But this “loss of control” is what keeps the proceeds outside your taxable estate. You can, however, name another family member or a knowledgeable professional as the trustee.

Typically, you’ll designate the ILIT as the primary beneficiary of the life insurance policy. On your death, the proceeds are deposited into the ILIT and held for distribution to the trust’s beneficiaries. In most cases, these will be your spouse, children, grandchildren or other family members.

Potential pitfalls

There are some pitfalls to watch for when transferring an insurance policy to an ILIT. For example, if you transfer an existing policy to the ILIT and die within three years of the transfer, the proceeds will be included in your taxable estate. But the three-year rule doesn’t apply if the ILIT purchased a new policy on your life.

Another pitfall is naming your surviving spouse as the sole beneficiary. It may merely delay estate tax liability until your spouse dies (assuming he or she outlives you).

Consider all your options

An ILIT isn’t a one-size-fits-all solution. It’s generally most beneficial for high-net-worth individuals who anticipate significant estate tax exposure.

The trust can provide heirs with tax-free liquidity precisely when it’s needed most, without forcing the sale of family assets or business interests to cover tax bills. But if estate tax liability isn’t a significant risk for you, the tax benefits of an ILIT may not outweigh the downsides of giving up control of the policy. We can help you determine whether an ILIT is appropriate for achieving your goals.

What every business owner should know about data hygiene

Wed, 24 Sep 2025 17:30:50 GMT

When you read the word “hygiene,” you may immediately think about the importance of washing your hands or brushing your teeth. But there’s another use of the term that every business owner should know: data hygiene.

This refers to the ongoing process of ensuring that the information your company relies on is accurate, complete, consistent and up to date. Whether customer contact info, financial records or vendor agreements, data that isn’t wholly clean puts your business at risk of making poor decisions and costly mistakes.

Specific harms

How can dirty data harm your company? For starters, inaccurate or outdated information can lead to billing mistakes and delays, ineffective marketing campaigns, missed or mishandled sales opportunities, and compliance troubles. When employees must constantly question the validity of data and fix errors, productivity falls and costs rise. Over time, lack of reliable information can erode trust with customers, vendors, lenders and investors — all while lowering staff morale.

And now that many businesses widely use artificial intelligence (AI), there’s a cybersecurity angle. Among the many threats currently evolving is “data poisoning.” It occurs when bad actors, either internal or external, intentionally corrupt the information that an AI model relies on to operate. The objective is to manipulate the model’s behavior by introducing malicious, biased or inaccurate data during the “training phase.” Without strong data hygiene safeguards in place, these cyberattacks can compromise an AI system and ruin the reputation of the company using it.

Best practices

The good news is your business can significantly improve its data hygiene by adhering to certain best practices. Begin by setting clear standards for data entry. Employees should input information the same way every time, according to a well-defined process. Train staff members on the definition and importance of data hygiene. Ask them to routinely verify critical details related to financial transactions, such as customer contact info and vendor payment instructions.

From a broader perspective, set up regular audits of your databases to remove duplicate items, catch and correct inaccuracies, and archive outdated information. Consider investing in software tools that flag inconsistencies and prompt updates to key systems.

Above all, assign the responsibility to promote and oversee data hygiene to someone within your company. If you run a small business, you may have to do it. But many companies assign this job duty to the chief data officer or data quality manager.

Financial performance benefits

Robust data hygiene can translate directly to stronger financial performance. As the accuracy and reliability of information are continuously improved, your company will be able to generate more dependable financial records and reports. In turn, you’ll have the tools to make better-informed decisions about budgeting, cash flow management and strategic planning. Clean data benefits sales and marketing as well. For example, it helps you target the right audience, reducing wasted efforts and improving return on investment.

Of course, there are costs associated with data hygiene. You’ll likely have to spend money on software, training, and potentially engaging consultants to audit your systems and upgrade your technological infrastructure. However, handled carefully, such costs will probably be far less than those associated with lost sales, compliance penalties and reputational damage.

More important than ever

Data hygiene may not be top of mind for business owners dealing with hectic schedules and complex operational challenges. However, the quality and quantity of information are critical to running a competitive company in today’s fast-paced, data-driven economy. We can help you and your leadership team understand the cost implications of data hygiene and budget for it appropriately.

IRS releases guidance on changes to R&E expensing

Tue, 23 Sep 2025 17:45:41 GMT

Among its numerous tax provisions, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) reinstated immediate deductions for research and experimental (R&E) expenditures under Internal Revenue Code Section 174, beginning in 2025. The IRS has recently issued transitional guidance (Revenue Procedure 2025-28) on how this change will be implemented.

The guidance addresses several critical issues. Here’s what businesses of all sizes need to know.

The reinstatement

R&E expenditures generally refer to research and development costs in the experimental or laboratory sense. They include costs related to activities intended to discover information that would eliminate uncertainty about the development or improvement of a product.

Since 2022, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) has required businesses to amortize domestic R&E costs over five years, with foreign costs amortized over 15 years. The OBBBA permanently reinstates the pre-TCJA treatment of domestic R&E costs, allowing their deduction for expenses incurred or paid in tax years beginning after 2024.

The OBBBA also permits small businesses that satisfy a gross receipts test to claim the R&E deduction retroactively to 2022. (For 2025, average annual gross receipts for the previous three years must be $31 million or less.) And any business that incurred domestic R&E expenses in 2022 through 2024 may elect to accelerate the remaining deductions for those expenditures over either a one- or two-year period.

The immediate deduction of qualified R&E expenses isn’t mandatory. Depending on a variety of factors, in some situations, claiming it may not be advisable. Taxpayers generally can instead elect to capitalize and amortize such expenses paid in a tax year after 2024 over at least 60 months. The election must be made by the due date, with extensions, of the original tax return for the first tax year to which the election applies. For 2025, a taxpayer that makes an accounting method change to capitalize and amortize R&E expenses will be deemed to have made the election.

Retroactive deductions for small businesses

As noted, eligible small businesses can elect to treat the changes to Sec. 174 as if they took effect for tax years beginning after 2021, rather than after 2024. How to do this depends in part on whether the taxpayer has already filed a 2024 tax return.

If the taxpayer filed a 2024 return before August 28, 2025, an automatic extension to supersede that return to include the new guidance is available. However, the taxpayer must file that replacement return by the extended deadline (typically September 15 or October 15). Alternatively, the taxpayer can file an amended 2024 return, following one of the two options discussed below.

If the taxpayer didn’t file a 2024 return by August 28, the taxpayer can file by the applicable extended deadline and either:

Elect to expense eligible R&E expenses under the new guidance, which would also require filing amended returns for 2022 and 2023, or
Do an automatic method of accounting change and a “true-up” adjustment on the 2024 return for the 2022 and 2023 R&E expenses.

Elections must be made by the earlier of July 6, 2026, or the applicable deadline for filing a claim for a credit or refund for the tax year (generally, three years from filing the return).

Accelerated deductions for all businesses

Businesses with unamortized domestic R&E expenses under the TCJA can elect to fully recover those remaining expenses on their 2025 income tax returns or over their 2025 and 2026 returns.

Notably, the IRS guidance states that taxpayers “may elect to amortize any remaining unamortized amount” of such expenses. This language suggests that the deduction will be considered an amortization expense. This is significant in light of changes the OBBBA made to the business interest expense deduction.

The business interest deduction generally is limited to 30% of the taxpayer’s adjusted taxable income (ATI). (Taxpayers that meet the same annual gross receipts test discussed earlier are exempt from the limitation.) Under the OBBBA, beginning in 2025, ATI for purposes of the interest deduction is calculated without deductions for depreciation, amortization or depletion. So amortization deductions are “added back,” potentially increasing the ATI and the allowable business interest deduction. If R&E expenses aren’t treated as an amortization deduction, they could reduce the allowable business interest deduction.

The interplay with the research credit

The Sec. 41 research tax credit is also available for certain research-related expenses, and you can’t claim both the credit and the deduction for the same expense. A tax deduction reduces the amount of income that’s taxed, while a tax credit reduces the actual tax you owe dollar-for-dollar, providing much more tax savings than a deduction of an equal amount. But the types of expenses that qualify for the credit are narrower than those that qualify for the deduction.

The OBBBA changes a TCJA provision so that the amount deducted or charged to a capital account for research expenses is reduced by the full amount of the research credit, as opposed to being subject to a more complex calculation that had been in effect under the TCJA. The amount that’s capitalized is reduced by the amount of the credit claimed. For example, suppose the allowed credit is $20,000. The capitalized amount for the year would be reduced by $20,000.

The OBBBA continues, however, to allow taxpayers to elect to take a reduced research credit, rather than reducing their R&E deduction. The OBBBA also allows certain small businesses (generally determined by the gross receipts test mentioned above) to make late elections to reduce their research credit — or to revoke prior elections to reduce the credit. The late elections generally are available for tax years for which the original return was filed before September 15, 2025, and must be made by the earlier of July 6, 2026, or the deadline for filing a claim for a credit or refund for the tax year, on an amended return or an administrative adjustment request (AAR).

Reduced uncertainty

The IRS guidance also provides automatic IRS consent to applications to change accounting methods for domestic R&E expenses under the TCJA, the OBBBA, the small business retroactive method and the recovery of unamortized method — reducing uncertainty. We can help address any questions you have about the tax treatment of R&E expenses.

Understanding the most common IRS notices

Tue, 23 Sep 2025 17:43:51 GMT

For many taxpayers, receiving a letter from the IRS can feel intimidating. The envelope arrives with the IRS seal, and immediately, worry sets in: Did I make a mistake? Am I in trouble? The truth is, IRS notices aren’t uncommon, and most of them can be resolved fairly easily once you understand what they mean.

This article walks through the most common types of IRS notices, explains why taxpayers receive them, and provides guidance on how to respond.

Why the IRS sends notices

The IRS communicates primarily by mail — not phone or email. Notices are typically sent for reasons such as:

Clarifying information on a tax return,
Notifying you of a balance due,
Confirming changes made to your return,
Requesting additional documentation, and
Alerting you to a possible error.

Each notice is numbered in the upper right-hand corner (for example, CP2000 or Notice CP12). That code is your key to understanding the purpose of the letter. In all cases, contact us if you have questions about how to proceed.

Five common notices and what they mean

1. CP2000, proposed changes to your tax return. This notice is issued when the IRS finds a mismatch between the information you reported and what third parties (like employers or banks) reported. For example, if your W-2 shows more wages than what you entered, the IRS will propose a correction.

How to respond: Review the notice carefully. If the IRS is correct, you can agree and pay any additional tax owed. If you disagree, you have the right to dispute it by providing supporting documentation.

2. CP12, refund adjustment. If the IRS corrects a math error or other mistake on your return, you may receive this notice. Sometimes, it will result in a smaller or larger refund than you expected.

How to respond: If you agree with the correction, no action is needed. If not, you can request a reversal by contacting the IRS within 60 days of the date of the notice.

3. CP14, balance due. This is the most common notice. It informs a taxpayer that he or she owes additional tax. It will list the amount due, including penalties and interest.

How to respond: Don’t ignore it. Pay the balance in full, set up a payment plan or contact the IRS if you believe the notice is incorrect.

4. Letter 4883C, identity verification. When the IRS suspects identity theft, it sends this letter asking you to verify your identity before processing your return.

How to respond: Follow the instructions immediately — usually by calling the IRS or verifying online. Delaying could stall your refund.

5. CP49, refund applied to a debt. A taxpayer will receive this notice if he or she was expecting a refund, but instead had it applied to past-due federal taxes or other debts (like child support or student loans).

How to respond: The notice will explain how the refund was applied. If you disagree, you may need to contact the agency that received the payment, not the IRS.

Steps to take

In addition to the response steps listed above, here are six more tips:

Don’t panic. Notices are often routine and resolvable.
Read carefully. The notice will explain the issue, next steps and deadlines.
Check the notice number. This will help you look up details online or discuss the matter with us.
Verify accuracy. Compare the notice to your tax return and records.
Respond promptly. Many notices have deadlines for disputing or appealing.
Avoid scams. The IRS will never email, text or call demanding payment. Legitimate notices always come by mail.

Ways we can help

Interpreting an IRS notice may be tricky, especially if it involves complex calculations or disputed information. We can review the notice for accuracy and explain what it means in plain language. In addition, we can communicate with the IRS on your behalf, help you gather documentation, file corrections and guide you through payment plans or appeals if needed. With professional guidance, most IRS issues can be resolved without stress or confusion.

Tax Court case provides lessons on best recordkeeping practices for businesses

Mon, 22 Sep 2025 17:26:48 GMT

Running a successful business requires more than delivering great products or services. Behind the scenes, meticulous recordkeeping plays a crucial role in financial health, compliance and tax savings. Good records can mean the difference between successfully defending a deduction and losing valuable tax breaks. A recent U.S. Tax Court decision underscores just how important this is.

Why it matters

The IRS requires all businesses — no matter how small — to maintain records that accurately reflect income, expenses, assets and liabilities. Without these records, it’s nearly impossible to:

Substantiate tax deductions and credits,
Track cash flow and profitability,
Prepare accurate financial statements,
Monitor the progress of your business,
Support decisions for financing, and
Demonstrate compliance during an IRS audit.

In short, strong recordkeeping protects your business, both for operational and tax law purposes.

Taxpayer loses deductions due to insufficient records

In one case, a union power‐line worker also had business interests in a storm response partnership, a salon and a rental property. He claimed significant losses and business expenses on his return for the year in question. Among his claimed deductions were partnership losses and expenses for tools, clothing and travel.

In Tax Court Memo 2025-12, the court disallowed substantial deductions because the taxpayer couldn’t properly substantiate them. Some invoices or receipts were missing or didn’t tie clearly to the business purpose.

For example, with vehicle or travel expenses, the court noted the lack of contemporaneous logs and details that distinguished business vs. personal use. For partnership losses, the taxpayer needed to show his basis in the partnership, but couldn’t provide clear documentation of all his capital contributions.

In addition to denying many of the taxpayer’s deductions, the court upheld an accuracy‐related penalty. This is an extra charge (typically 20% of the underpayment) that can be assessed when a taxpayer makes substantial mistakes on a tax return.

This case isn’t unique. Year after year, businesses lose valuable deductions for the same reason: poor recordkeeping.

Six key practices to protect tax breaks

To avoid costly mistakes, businesses should implement a recordkeeping system that’s both practical and compliant. Here are six best practices to consider:

1. Separate business and personal finances. Open a dedicated business checking account and credit card. Mixing personal and business expenses is one of the fastest ways to create confusion — and attract IRS scrutiny.

2. Maintain contemporaneous records. Document expenses when they occur, not months later. For example, keep mileage logs for business driving and note the purpose of each trip.

3. Use accounting software. Modern accounting platforms (like QuickBooks® or industry-specific tools) streamline recordkeeping. They allow you to categorize expenses, generate reports and integrate with bank accounts to minimize errors.

4. Keep source documents. For example, retain purchase and sale invoices, receipts, bank statements, canceled checks, and credit card bills. Scanning or photographing receipts ensures they won’t fade or get lost. Also, keep copies of Forms 1099-MISC and 1099-NEC. There are also specific employment tax records you must keep.

5. Retain records for the right amount of time. Generally, the IRS recommends keeping records for at least three years. That’s the amount of time that the tax agency can audit a tax return. However, some records (such as payroll tax or property records) should be kept longer. The length of time can be extended to six years if the income is underreported by more than 25%. And if no return is filed or fraud is involved, the IRS can conduct an audit for an indefinite amount of time.

6. Establish internal controls. For businesses with employees, internal checks help ensure the accuracy and integrity of records. Examples of these controls include requiring dual signatures for large expenses and segregating duties so that different employees handle authorization, custody of assets and recordkeeping.

Reliable records are vital

The lesson from the Tax Court case described above is clear: Without reliable records, even legitimate deductions can vanish. Don’t let poor documentation cost your business money. We can help your business:

Set up a recordkeeping system tailored to your business,
Learn which expenses are deductible (and how to document them),
Review its books to catch issues before the IRS does, and
Manage any IRS challenges to tax deductions.

Intrafamily loans must be handled with care

Thu, 18 Sep 2025 17:29:37 GMT

Is one of your top estate planning goals to provide your family with financial security at the lowest tax cost? Strategies to consider include making gifts during your lifetime or bequests at death, or creating trusts and naming your loved ones as beneficiaries.

You could also make an intrafamily loan. This type of loan — where one family member lends money to another — can be an effective way to transfer wealth, provide financial support or assist with major purchases, such as a first home or a business startup. However, this strategy isn’t without drawbacks.

Why choose one?

A key benefit is flexibility. Families can often offer better loan terms than banks, such as lower interest rates, more forgiving repayment schedules and fewer fees. Intrafamily loans also keep money within the family rather than paying interest to outside lenders, which can help preserve family wealth. In addition, when properly structured, these loans can serve as a tax-efficient way to transfer money while still requiring accountability from the borrower.

From a tax perspective, intrafamily loans allow you to transfer wealth tax-free. Here’s how it works: When you make a loan to a family member, charge interest at the applicable federal rate (AFR). (Charging no interest or interest below the AFR can lead to unwelcome tax surprises.) To the extent that the borrower earns returns on the funds in excess of the interest payments on the loan (by investing them in a business opportunity, for example), the borrower pockets those earnings free of gift and estate tax.

Note that an intrafamily loan doesn’t enable the lender to avoid gift and estate tax on the loan principal itself. The outstanding balance is included in the lender’s taxable estate, even if the lender dies before the loan is paid off. In that case, either the borrower will be obligated to repay the loan to the estate, or, if the loan terms call for it to be forgiven on the lender’s death, that forgiveness will be treated as a taxable transfer.

Will the IRS treat it as a gift or loan?

To enjoy the benefits of an intrafamily loan, it’s critical to treat the transaction as a legitimate loan. Otherwise, the IRS may determine that it’s a disguised gift, which can trigger negative tax consequences (assuming you’re subject to gift and estate taxes). Generally, the IRS presumes intrafamily transactions are gifts. So, to ensure that a loan is treated as a loan, you must take steps to demonstrate that you and the borrower have a bona fide creditor-debtor relationship.

To decide whether a transfer of funds is a loan or a gift, the IRS and courts consider the “Miller” factors. A transfer is more likely to be treated as a loan if:

There was a promissory note or other evidence of indebtedness,
Interest was charged,
There was security or collateral,
There was a fixed maturity date,
A demand for repayment was made,
Actual repayment was made,
The transferee had the ability to repay,
The parties maintained records treating the transaction as a loan, and
The parties treated the transaction as a loan for federal tax purposes.

These factors aren’t exclusive. Additionally, the courts generally consider an actual expectation of repayment and intent to enforce the debt as crucial to determining whether a transfer constitutes a loan.

What are the drawbacks?

Although an intrafamily loan can be a helpful tool, families should carefully weigh the financial and emotional risks before proceeding. A significant risk is personal — mixing money with family relationships can create tension. If a borrower struggles to repay, the lender may feel taken advantage of, while the borrower may feel pressure or resentment.

If you’re considering making intrafamily loans, it’s important to observe the formalities associated with bona fide loans to ensure the desired tax treatment. Contact us for additional details.

Occupational fraud still affects many businesses

Wed, 17 Sep 2025 17:46:00 GMT

The more things change, the more they stay the same. This age-old saying applies to many things, and one of them is fraud perpetrated against businesses by their employees.

In fact, occupational fraud cost organizations about 5% of their revenue on average last year, according to the Association of Certified Fraud Examiners’ Occupational Fraud 2024: A Report to the Nations. Let’s review its three basic categories.

Misappropriating assets

The first category is asset misappropriation. It comprises theft or misuse of any business asset, but related schemes often involve cash. These types of scams are the most common type of occupational fraud, though they’re typically less costly than crimes committed under the other two categories.

One classic example is the “ghost” employee ploy, where a staff member with payroll access channels funds to a nonexistent worker. Naturally, those funds end up in the real employee’s pocket.

There are plenty of others. Asset misappropriation has long involved check tampering, whereby an employee steals, forges or alters company checks to reap ill-gotten financial rewards. Now that midsize and larger businesses rely more on electronic transactions, these companies are relatively less susceptible to check schemes. However, many small companies are still at risk.

If you run a cash-intensive business, be on the lookout for dishonest workers skimming funds before they’re recorded. And if your company maintains inventory or supplies, safeguard these carefully to avoid theft.

Engaging in corrupt activities

The second category of occupational fraud is corruption. Dishonest employees in positions of influence may commit crimes for personal gain and the company’s loss. These types of schemes are rarely simple and may go on for months — or even years — without anyone noticing.

For instance, a corrupt staffer may work with a vendor rep to inflate prices on the vendor’s goods and services. The two then split the difference when the business pays the bill. Collusion like this can hurt your company’s financial performance and business reputation. Leadership teams that fail to prevent such schemes risk losing the confidence and support of lenders and investors.

Don’t ignore the possibility of kickback schemes either. Here, a person of influence in the company uses a vendor or other provider, not because they’re the best choice, but because the employee involved gets a personal benefit. Examples might include cash, a valuable gift or free services.

Falsifying financial statements

The third category is financial statement fraud. In these schemes, perpetrators falsify financial statements to either hide poor performance or commit outright theft. On the upside, this category is generally the least prevalent of the three. The downside? It’s often the costliest — with such crimes costing companies many hundreds of thousands of dollars on average.

One example to watch out for is inflated revenue. A manager, perhaps angling for a promotion or fearful of termination, records sales that never actually occurred to make the business appear more profitable. On a similar tack, a dishonest employee may hide or delay recording legitimate expenses or debts to make financial results look stronger.

Fraudulent manipulation of financial statements can be particularly dangerous. These crimes are often sophisticated, hard to detect and damaging to a company’s reputation at the highest levels.

Common thread

As you can see, occupational fraud can take many forms. But the common thread is the financial and reputational damage to affected businesses. And the threat level is often higher for smaller companies because they may have fewer resources to fight back. Let us help you spot vulnerabilities in your operations, strengthen internal controls, and devise tailored fraud prevention and detection strategies.

The power of catch-up retirement account contributions after 50

Tue, 16 Sep 2025 17:37:50 GMT

Are you age 50 or older? You’ve earned the right to supercharge your retirement savings with extra “catch-up” contributions to your tax-favored retirement account(s). And these contributions are more valuable than you may think.

IRA contribution amounts

For 2025, eligible taxpayers can make contributions to a traditional or Roth IRA of up to the lesser of $7,000 or 100% of earned income. They can also make extra catch-up contributions of up to $1,000 annually to a traditional or Roth IRA. If you’ll be 50 or older as of December 31, 2025, you can make a catch-up contribution for the 2025 tax year by April 15, 2026.

Extra deductible contributions to a traditional IRA create tax savings, but your deduction may be limited if you (or your spouse) are covered by a retirement plan at work and your income exceeds a certain amount.

Extra contributions to Roth IRAs don’t generate any upfront tax savings, but you can take federal-income-tax-free qualified withdrawals after age 59½. There are also income limits on Roth contributions.

Higher-income individuals can make extra nondeductible traditional IRA contributions and benefit from the tax-deferred earnings advantage.

Employer plan contribution amounts

For 2025, you can contribute up to $23,500 to an employer 401(k), 403(b) or 457 retirement plan. If you’re 50 or older and your plan allows it, you can contribute up to an additional $7,500 in 2025. Check with your human resources department to see how to sign up for extra contributions.

Contributions are subtracted from your taxable wages, so you effectively get a federal income tax deduction. You can use the tax savings to help pay for part of your extra catch-up contribution, or you can set the tax savings aside in a taxable retirement savings account to further increase your retirement wealth.

Examples of how catch-up contributions grow

How much can you accumulate? To see how powerful catch-up contributions can be, let’s run a few scenarios.

Example 1: Let’s say you’re age 50 and you contribute an extra $1,000 catch-up contribution to your IRA this year and then do the same for the following 15 years. Here’s how much extra you could have in your IRA by age 65 (rounded to the nearest $1,000):

4% annual return: $22,000
8% annual return: $30,000

Keep in mind that making larger deductible contributions to a traditional IRA can also lower your tax bill. Making additional contributions to a Roth IRA won’t, but they’ll allow you to take more tax-free withdrawals later in life.

Example 2: Assume you’ll turn age 50 next year. You contribute an extra $7,500 to your company plan in 2026. Then, you do the same for the next 15 years. Here’s how much more you could have in your 401(k), 403(b), or 457 plan account (rounded to the nearest $1,000):

4% annual return: $164,000
8% annual return: $227,000

Again, making larger contributions can also lower your tax bill.

Example 3: Finally, let’s say you’ll turn age 50 next year and you’re eligible to contribute an extra $1,000 to your IRA for 2026, plus you make an extra $7,500 contribution to your company plan. Then, you do the same for the next 15 years. Here’s how much extra you could have in the two accounts combined (rounded to the nearest $1,000):

4% annual return: $186,000
8% annual return: $258,000

The amounts add up quickly

As you can see, catch-up contributions are one of the simplest ways to boost your retirement wealth. If your spouse is eligible too, the impact can be even greater. Contact us if you have questions or want to see how this strategy fits into your retirement savings plan.

Receive $10,000 in cash at your business? The IRS wants to know about it

Mon, 15 Sep 2025 17:27:55 GMT

Does your business receive large amounts of cash or cash equivalents? If so, you’re generally required to report these transactions to the IRS — and not just on your tax return. Here are some answers to questions you may have.

What are the requirements?

Although many cash transactions are legitimate, the IRS explains that the information reported on Form 8300 “can help stop those who evade taxes, profit from the drug trade, engage in terrorist financing and conduct other criminal activities. The government can often trace money from these illegal activities through the payments reported on Form 8300 and other cash reporting forms.”

Each person who, in the course of operating a trade or business, receives more than $10,000 in cash in one transaction (or two or more related transactions), must file Form 8300. Who is a “person”? It can be an individual, company, corporation, partnership, association, trust or estate. What are considered “related transactions”? Any transactions between the same payer and recipient conducted in a 24-hour period. Transactions can also be considered related even if they occur over a period of more than 24 hours if the recipient knows, or has reason to know, that each transaction is one of a series of connected transactions.

In order to complete Form 8300, you’ll need personal information about the person making the cash payment, including a Social Security or taxpayer identification number.

The IRS reminds businesses that they can “batch file” their reports, which is especially helpful to those required to file many forms.

Note: Under a rule that went into effect on January 1, 2024, businesses must now file Forms 8300 electronically if they’re otherwise required to e-file certain other information returns electronically, such as W-2s and 1099s. You also must e-file if you’re required to file at least 10 information returns other than Form 8300 during a calendar year.

What’s the definition of cash and cash equivalents?

For Form 8300 reporting purposes, cash includes U.S. currency and coins, as well as foreign money. It may also include cash equivalents such as cashier’s checks (sometimes called bank checks), bank drafts, traveler’s checks and money orders.

Money orders and cashier’s checks under $10,000, when used in combination with other forms of cash for a single transaction that exceeds $10,000, are defined as cash for Form 8300 reporting purposes.

What about digital assets such as cryptocurrency? Despite a 2021 law that would treat certain digital asset receipts like “cash,” the IRS announced in 2024 that you don’t have to report digital asset receipts on Form 8300 until regulations are issued. IRS Announcement 2024-4 remains the latest official word.

Note: Under a separate reporting requirement, banks and other financial institutions report cash purchases of cashier’s checks, treasurer’s checks and/or bank checks, bank drafts, traveler’s checks and money orders with a face value of more than $10,000 by filing currency transaction reports.

What type of penalties can be imposed for noncompliance?

If a business doesn’t file Forms 8300 on time, there can be a civil penalty of $310 for each missed form, up to an annual cap. The penalties are higher if the IRS finds the failure to file is intentional, and there can be criminal penalties as well.

In one recent case, an Arizona car dealer failed to file the required number of Forms 8300. While the dealer did file 116 forms for the year in question, the IRS determined that the business should have filed an additional 266 forms.

The tax agency assessed penalties of $118,140. The dealer argued that it had reasonable cause for not filing all the forms because the software it was using wasn’t functioning properly. However, the U.S. Tax Court ruled that the dealer wasn’t using the software correctly and didn’t take steps to foster compliance. (TC Memo 2025-38)

Stay on top of the requirements

Compliance with Form 8300 requirements can help your business avoid steep penalties and trouble with the IRS. Recordkeeping is critical. You should keep a copy of each Form 8300 for five years from the date you file it, according to the IRS. “Confirmation receipts don’t meet the recordkeeping requirement,” the tax agency adds.

A quiet trust has its benefits, but an incentive trust may be a better option

Thu, 11 Sep 2025 17:54:05 GMT

When it comes to estate planning, one of the more nuanced tools available is a quiet trust (also known as a “silent” trust). Unlike a traditional trust, a quiet trust keeps beneficiaries — often children or young adults — in the dark about its existence or details until they reach a certain age or milestone.

Many states permit quiet trusts, but these trusts have both positives and negatives. Depending on the situation, an incentive trust may be a better way to achieve your goals.

The pros

One of the biggest benefits of using a quiet trust is that it helps preserve ambition and independence. If your heirs know too early about a significant inheritance, they may lose motivation to pursue educational goals or build a career. By keeping the details private, you give them the chance to grow independently.

Quiet trusts can also reduce family conflict during your lifetime, especially if distributions are unequal or come with specific conditions. In addition, secrecy offers protection from outside pressures — such as creditors, estranged spouses or opportunistic friends — and allows time for heirs to develop the maturity needed to manage wealth responsibly.

The cons

Quiet trusts aren’t without drawbacks. Some beneficiaries may feel resentful when they eventually discover that assets were withheld from them. This secrecy can also increase the risk of legal challenges once the trust is revealed.

By keeping heirs uninformed, you also may unintentionally deprive them of valuable opportunities. For example, they might forego graduate school because they don’t want to take on student loan debt that could take decades to pay back when, in fact, the trust would eventually allow them to pay off the loan more quickly. (Or current access to the money could allow them to avoid student loan debt altogether.) And because trustees must administer the trust without beneficiary input, their decisions could later be questioned, adding tension at an already difficult time.

Another option

The idea behind a quiet trust is to avoid disincentives to responsible behavior. But it’s not clear that such a trust will actually accomplish that goal. A different approach is to design a trust that provides incentives for responsible behavior.

For example, an incentive trust might condition distributions on behavior you wish to encourage, such as obtaining a college or graduate degree, maintaining gainful employment, or pursuing worthy volunteer activities. Or it could require getting treatment for alcohol or substance abuse and maintaining a sober lifestyle.

One drawback to setting specific goals is that it may penalize a beneficiary who chooses a different, but responsible, life choice — a stay-at-home parent, for example. To build some flexibility into the trust, you might establish general principles for distributing trust funds to beneficiaries who behave responsibly but give the trustee broad discretion to apply these principles on a case-by-case basis.

Finding the right balance

A quiet trust can be a powerful way to encourage independence and protect your heirs, but it requires careful planning. Many families find success in combining secrecy with a gradual disclosure strategy — sharing information at key milestones or leaving behind a written explanation to reduce confusion and conflict.

Every family is different, and the decision to use a quiet trust or an incentive trust should be based on your goals, values and relationships. We can help you weigh the pros and cons and structure your plan in a way that best protects your family and your legacy.

Businesses strive for balance in hybrid work models

Wed, 10 Sep 2025 17:26:18 GMT

If your business allows employees to perform their jobs under a hybrid work model, it’s not alone. Ever since the pandemic, many companies have sought to strike a balance between permitting some remote work while also requiring staff to come into the office (or another type of facility).

Data released this year shows that, by and large, businesses seem to have found a certain equilibrium regarding hybrid work. However, maintaining the right balance for your company will require a careful eye going forward.

Schedule control

Just this month, Gallup published survey results showing that, as of May 2025, 51% of remote-capable employees in the United States are working under a hybrid model. That’s a slight decrease from 55% in November 2024. Interestingly, during the same period, the percentage of fully remote workers rose 2% — but fully on-site employees also increased by the same percentage.

One particularly important issue brought up by the research is how much control a business asserts over its hybrid workers’ schedules. The data showed that the percentage of employees who describe their schedules as “entirely up to me” fell from 37% in 2024 to 34% this year.

How do most companies establish hybrid schedules? Gallup found that three main groups typically make the call:

Employees themselves,
Managers or teams, or
Leadership.

The second option generally comes out on top, according to Gallup. More specifically, 91% of hybrid workers whose teams established their schedules described their employers’ policies as “fair.” That’s the same rate as employees who determined their own schedules. When leadership mandated schedules, the fairness rate reported by hybrid workers fell to only 73%.

Policy enforcement

Another recent report on hybrid work models is the 2025 Americas Office Occupier Sentiment Survey by commercial real estate services and investment consultancy CBRE. It polled companies across the United States, Canada and Latin America on topics that included “efforts to align workspaces with hybrid work models while meeting business objectives.”

Among the survey’s key findings is an uptick in the enforcement of hybrid work policies. In fact, 85% of responding businesses reported communicating an attendance policy to hybrid workers. What’s more:

69% of respondents measured compliance with their policies (up from 45% in 2024), and
37% of respondents took enforcement actions (up from 17% in 2024).

And those enforcement measures seem to be working. The survey found that 72% of respondents achieved their attendance goals in 2025 (up from 61% in 2024). Overall, the data indicates that employees averaged 2.9 days a week on-site, which is close to businesses’ reported expectations of 3.2 days on average.

Cost considerations

Along with determining and refining how you establish workers’ schedules and enforce your policies, you should carefully identify all the costs that accompany hybrid work. For example, even with fewer employees on-site, your business still needs to maintain office space.

Some companies are downsizing, while others are redesigning their layouts to accommodate shared desks and collaborative spaces. If you choose these alternatives, be aware of your lease commitments, maintenance and utility expenses, and renovation costs.

Supporting a hybrid workforce also requires secure and reliable technology. This typically includes video conferencing tools, cloud-based software, cybersecurity measures, and internet and networking systems. These expenses often extend to both office and home setups.

Beware of hidden costs, too. For instance, policy enforcement may cause your business to spend more on compliance-related technology, as well as training for HR staff and supervisors.

Clear and constant view

The surveys mentioned above, as well as other indicators, show that hybrid work is here to stay. Finding the optimal balance for your business depends on savvy scheduling, judicious policy enforcement, and a clear and constant view of the financial implications. We can help you assess all the expenses involved and align spending with productivity goals to ensure your hybrid model remains sustainable.

Payroll tax implications of new tax breaks on tips and overtime

Tue, 09 Sep 2025 17:40:19 GMT

Before the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA), tip income and overtime income were fully taxable for federal income tax purposes. The new law changes that.

Tip income deduction

For 2025–2028, the OBBBA creates a new temporary federal income tax deduction that can offset up to $25,000 of annual qualified tip income. It begins to phase out when modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) is more than $150,000 ($300,000 for married joint filers).

The deduction is available if a worker receives qualified tips in an occupation that’s designated by the IRS as one where tips are customary. However, the U.S. Treasury Department recently released a draft list of occupations it proposes to receive the tax break and there are some surprising jobs on the list, including plumbers, electricians, home heating / air conditioning mechanics and installers, digital content creators, and home movers.

Employees and self-employed individuals who work in certain trades or businesses are ineligible for the tip deduction. These include health, law, accounting, financial services, investment management and more.

Qualified tips can be paid by customers in cash or with credit cards or given to workers through tip-sharing arrangements. The deduction can be claimed whether the worker itemizes or not.

Overtime income deduction

For 2025–2028, the OBBBA creates another new federal income tax deduction that can offset up to $12,500 of qualified overtime income each year or up to $25,000 for a married joint-filer. It begins to phase out when MAGI is more than $150,000 ($300,000 for married joint filers). The limited overtime deduction can be claimed whether or not workers itemize deductions on their tax returns.

Qualified overtime income means overtime compensation paid to a worker as mandated under Section 7 of the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA). It requires time-and-a-half overtime pay except for certain exempt workers. If a worker earns time-and-a-half for overtime, only the extra half constitutes qualified overtime income.

Qualified overtime income doesn’t include overtime premiums that aren’t required by Section 7 of the FLSA, such as overtime premiums required under state laws or overtime premiums pursuant to contracts such as union-negotiated collective bargaining agreements. Qualified overtime income also doesn’t include any tip income.

Payroll tax implications

While you may have heard the new tax breaks described as “no tax on tips” and “no tax on overtime,” they’re actually limited, temporary federal income tax deductions as opposed to income exclusions. Therefore, income tax may apply to some of your wages and federal payroll taxes still apply to qualified tip income and qualified overtime income. In addition, applicable federal income tax withholding rules still apply. And tip income and overtime income may still be fully taxable for state and local income tax purposes.

The real issue for employers and payroll management firms is reporting qualified tip income and qualified overtime income amounts so eligible workers can claim their rightful federal income tax deductions.

Reporting details

The tip deduction is allowed to both employees and self-employed individuals. Qualified tip income amounts must be reported on Form W-2, Form 1099-NEC, or another specified information return or statement that’s furnished to both the worker and the IRS.

Qualified overtime income amounts must be reported to workers on Form W-2 or another specified information return or statement that’s furnished to both the worker and the IRS.

IRS announcement about information returns and withholding tables

The IRS recently announced that for tax year 2025, there will be no OBBBA-related changes to federal information returns for individuals, federal payroll tax returns or federal income tax withholding tables. So, Form W-2, Forms 1099, Form 941, and other payroll-related forms and returns won’t be changed. The IRS stated that “these decisions are intended to avoid disruptions during the tax filing season and to give the IRS, business and tax professionals enough time to implement the changes effectively.”

Employers and payroll management firms are advised to begin tracking qualified tip income and qualified overtime income immediately and to implement procedures to retroactively track qualified tip and qualified overtime income amounts that were paid before July 4, 2025, when the OBBBA became law. The IRS is expected to provide transition relief for tax year 2025 and update forms for tax year 2026. Contact us with any questions.

Run a business with your spouse? You may encounter unique tax issues

Mon, 08 Sep 2025 17:36:10 GMT

Do you and your spouse together operate a profitable unincorporated small business? If so, you face some challenging tax issues.

The partnership issue

An unincorporated business with your spouse is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, unless you can avoid that treatment. Otherwise, you must file an annual partnership return using Form 1065. In addition, you and your spouse must be issued separate Schedules K-1, which allocate the partnership’s taxable income, deductions and credits between the two of you. This is only the beginning of the unwelcome tax compliance tasks.

The self-employment tax issue

Self-employment (SE) tax is how the government collects Social Security and Medicare taxes from self-employed individuals. For 2025, the SE tax consists of 12.4% Social Security tax on the first $176,100 of net SE income plus 2.9% Medicare tax. Once your 2025 net SE income surpasses the $176,100 ceiling, the Social Security tax component of the SE tax ends. But the 2.9% Medicare tax component continues before increasing to 3.8% — because of the 0.9% additional Medicare tax — if the combined net SE income of a married joint-filing couple exceeds $250,000. (This doesn’t include investment income.)

With your joint Form 1040, you must include a Schedule SE to calculate SE tax on your share of the net SE income passed through to you by your spousal partnership. The return must also include a Schedule SE for your spouse to calculate the tax on your spouse’s share of net SE income passed through to him or her. This can significantly increase your SE tax liability.

For example, let’s say you and your spouse each have net 2025 SE income of $150,000 ($300,000 total) from your profitable 50/50 partnership business. The SE tax on your joint tax return is a whopping $45,900 ($150,000 × 15.3% × 2). That’s on top of regular federal income tax. (However, you do get an income deduction for half of the SE tax.)

Here are three possible tax-saving solutions.

1. Use an IRS-approved method to minimize SE tax in a community property state

Under IRS guidance (Revenue Procedure 2002-69), there’s an exception to the general rule that spouse-run businesses are treated as partnerships. For federal tax purposes, you can treat an unincorporated spousal business in a community property state as a sole proprietorship operated by one of the spouses. By effectively allocating all the net SE income to the proprietor spouse, only the first $176,100 of net SE income is hit with the 12.4% Social Security tax. That can cut your SE tax bill.

2. Convert a spousal partnership into an S corporation and pay modest salaries

If you and your unincorporated spousal business aren’t in a community property state, consider converting the business to S corp status to reduce Social Security and Medicare taxes. That way, only the salaries paid to you and your spouse get hit with the Social Security and Medicare tax, collectively called FICA tax. You can then pay reasonable, but not excessive, salaries to you and your spouse as shareholder-employees while paying out most or all remaining corporate cash flow to yourselves as FICA-tax-free cash distributions. Keep in mind that S corps come with their own compliance obligations.

3. Disband your partnership and hire your spouse as an employee

You can disband the existing spousal partnership and start running the operation as a sole proprietorship operated by one spouse. Then hire the other spouse as an employee of the proprietorship. Pay that spouse a modest cash salary. You must withhold 7.65% from the salary to cover the employee-spouse’s share of the Social Security and Medicare taxes. The proprietorship must also pay 7.65% as the employer’s half of the taxes. However, because the employee-spouse’s salary is modest, the FICA tax will also be modest.

With this strategy, you file only one Schedule SE — for the spouse treated as the proprietor — with your joint tax return. That minimizes the SE tax because no more than $176,100 (for 2025) is exposed to the 12.4% Social Security portion of the SE tax.

Additional bonus: You may be able to provide certain employee benefits to your spouse, such as retirement contributions, which may provide more tax savings.

We can help

Having a profitable unincorporated business with your spouse that’s classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes can lead to compliance headaches and high SE tax bills. Work with us to identify appropriate tax-saving strategies.

Is a custodial account right for your family?

Thu, 04 Sep 2025 17:32:30 GMT

If you’re considering opening an investment account for your minor child or grandchild to help him or her save for the future, a custodial account can be a useful option. Indeed, for many families, a custodial account strikes the right balance between gifting assets to a child and maintaining oversight until the child is legally an adult. It also has some benefits compared to a Trump Account, which the One Big Beautiful Bill Act will make available beginning in 2026.

What is a custodial account?

A custodial account is a financial account that an adult manages on behalf of a minor child until the child reaches the age of majority (typically 18 or 21, depending on the state). These accounts are often set up under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (UGMA) or the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (UTMA), which provide a legal framework for transferring assets to minors without requiring a formal trust.

The adult custodian — often a parent or grandparent — has control over the account, but the assets legally belong to the child. Once the child comes of age, the account is transferred into his or her full control. Trump Accounts will be similar in that, generally, the child won’t be able to access the account funds until reaching age 18.

Custodial accounts can hold a wide range of assets, including cash, stocks, bonds, mutual funds, and, in the case of UTMA accounts, even real estate or other property. Trump Accounts, on the other hand, will generally be limited to investing in exchange-traded funds or mutual funds that track the return of a qualified index and meet certain other requirements.

Custodial account funds can be used for any purpose and often are used to save for future expenses such as a first car or a down payment on a home. Trump Account funds also can be used for any purpose. Both types of accounts can be used to fund education expenses, but they don’t offer some of the tax benefits of education-specific savings options.

What are the pluses and minuses?

One of the most significant advantages of using a custodial account is its flexibility. Indeed, unlike some savings vehicles, such as Coverdell Education Savings Accounts (ESAs), anyone can contribute to a custodial account, regardless of their income level, and there are no contribution limits. (Trump Accounts will have annual contribution limits.)

Also, as noted earlier, there are no restrictions on how the money in custodial accounts or Trump Accounts is spent. In contrast, funds invested in ESAs and Section 529 education savings plans must be spent on qualified education expenses — withdrawals not used for qualified expenses may be partially subject to a 10% penalty. (Trump Account withdrawals could also be partially subject to a 10% penalty if taken before age 59½).

Contributions to custodial accounts can also save income taxes. A child’s unearned income up to $2,700 (for 2025) is usually taxed at low rates. (Income above that threshold is usually taxed at the parents’ marginal rate.)

On the downside, other savings vehicles can offer greater tax benefits. Although custodial accounts can reduce taxes, ESAs, Section 529 plans and Trump Accounts allow earnings to grow on a tax-deferred basis. Also, ESA and 529 plan withdrawals are tax-free provided they’re spent on qualified education expenses. There may also be financial aid implications, as the assets in a custodial account are treated less favorably than certain other assets.

Trump Accounts provide another potential benefit that custodial accounts don’t: U.S. citizens children born between Jan. 1, 2025, and Dec. 31, 2028, can potentially qualify for an initial $1,000 government-funded deposit to a Trump Account.

It’s important to be aware that there’s a loss of control involved with both custodial accounts and Trump Accounts. After the child reaches the age of majority (or age 18 for Trump Accounts), he or she gains full control over the assets and can use them as he or she sees fit. If you wish to retain control longer, you’re better off opening an ESA or a 529 plan or creating a trust.

Consider all your options

Custodial accounts can be a valuable tool to build your child’s financial foundation while teaching him or her about money management. Still, it’s important to weigh the tax implications, college planning considerations and your long-term goals before opening one. Depending on the situation, another type of account may better fit your goals. Contact us with questions.

5 ways your business can build a stronger annual budget

Wed, 03 Sep 2025 17:48:48 GMT

As summer gives way to fall, many businesses begin their budget-setting processes for the upcoming year. This annual rite of passage can be stressful, contentious and, perhaps worst of all, disappointing if your budgets often fail to achieve their objectives.

The good news is that there are many ways to enhance your company’s budgeting process and improve the likelihood that you’ll get good results. Here are five to consider.

1. Optimize data

It’s not uncommon for a business to create its budget by applying an across-the-board percentage increase to the previous year’s actual results. However, this approach may be too simplistic in today’s uncertain economy and ever-changing marketplace.

That’s not to say historical results aren’t a good starting point. But keep in mind that some costs are fixed rather than variable. And certain assets, such as equipment and employees, have capacity limitations. What troubles many companies is the presence of confusing or conflicting information, which eventually hampers their budget’s efficacy.

The solution is data optimization. This is the process of refining how data is collected, stored, managed and applied to maximize efficiency and value. In the context of budgeting, data optimization involves steps such as removing duplicate entries, correcting errors and applying a standard format to strengthen accuracy.

2. Involve the entire organization

Traditionally, many businesses rely only on their accounting departments to devise a budget. However, this approach often “puts blinders” on a company, leaving it at a disadvantage. When creating your budget, seek input from the entire organization.

For example, your sales department may be in the best position to help you accurately estimate future revenue. Meanwhile, your operations or production managers can offer insights into potential staffing adjustments and expenses related to equipment maintenance or replacement.

Soliciting broad participation also gives departments a greater sense of involvement in the budgeting process. In turn, this can help enhance employee engagement and improve your odds of achieving budgeted results.

3. “Sell” it to staff

Good budgets encourage the hard work needed to grow revenue and cut costs. But targets must be attainable. Employees will likely become discouraged if they view a budget as unattainable or out of touch with current market trends — or reality in general. After years of failed attempts to meet budgets, workers may start to ignore them altogether.

If this has been an issue for your business, you might need to “sell” your budget to staff. Doing so centers on devising and executing a communication strategy that clearly explains each budget’s rationale and objectives. Tying annual bonuses to achieving specific targets may encourage greater buy-in as well.

4. Monitor cash flow

Even if expected revenue is forecast to cover expenses for the year, unexpected fluctuations in production costs can lead to temporary cash shortages. Slow-paying customers and uncollectible accounts may also inhibit cash flow.

The truth is, any unanticipated cash shortfall can seriously derail your budget. So, once yours is set, monitor all your cash flows weekly or monthly. Then, create a plan for managing any major shortfalls that may occur.

For instance, you and other owners may need to contribute extra capital. Or you might need to apply for a line of credit at your current bank or another one. Additionally, you might consider:

Buying materials on consignment,
Delaying payments to vendors (as long as you don’t incur penalties), or
Tightening terms with slow-paying customers.

Bottom line: Don’t put a budget in place and expect it to run on autopilot. Keep a close eye on cash flow and make adjustments as necessary.

5. Get an objective opinion

Many companies’ budgets suffer from the old “because we’ve always done it that way” mentality. For a fresh perspective and an objective opinion on your budgeting process, please keep our firm in mind. We can help your business strengthen its budget by showing you how to better analyze historical financial data, forecast future performance, identify cost-saving opportunities, integrate tax planning and more.

New rules could boost your R&E tax savings in 2025

Tue, 02 Sep 2025 17:44:44 GMT

A major tax change is here for businesses with research and experimental (R&E) expenses. On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) reinstated the immediate deduction for U.S.-based R&E expenses, reversing rules under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) that required businesses to capitalize and amortize these costs over five years (15 years for research performed outside the United States).

Making the most of R&E tax-saving opportunities

The immediate domestic R&E expense deduction generally is available beginning with eligible 2025 expenses. It can substantially reduce your taxable income, but there are strategies you can employ to make the most of R&E tax-saving opportunities:

Apply the changes retroactively. If you qualify as a small business (average annual gross receipts of $31 million or less for the last three years), you can file amended returns for 2022, 2023 and/or 2024 to claim the immediate R&E expense deduction and potentially receive a tax refund for those years. The amended returns must be filed by July 4, 2026.

Accelerate remaining deductions. Whatever the size of your business, if you began to amortize and capitalize R&E expenses in 2022, 2023 and/or 2024, you can deduct the remaining amount either on your 2025 return or split between your 2025 and 2026 returns, rather than continuing to amortize and capitalize over what remains of the five-year period.

Relocate research activities. Consider relocating foreign research activities to the United States. Before the OBBBA, the five-year vs. 15-year amortization period made domestic R&E activities more attractive from a tax perspective. Now the difference between a current deduction and 15-year amortization makes domestic R&E activities even more advantageous tax-wise.

Take advantage of the research credit. A tax deduction reduces the amount of income that’s taxed, while a tax credit reduces the actual tax you owe dollar-for-dollar, providing much more tax savings than a deduction of an equal amount. So consider whether you may be eligible for the tax credit for “increasing research activities.” But keep in mind that the types of expenses that qualify for the credit are narrower than those that qualify for the deduction. And you can’t claim both the credit and the deduction for the same expense.

We’re here to help

With the recent changes to the R&E expense rules, understanding your options is more important than ever. Our team can walk you through the updates, evaluate potential strategies, and help you determine the best approach to maximize your savings and support your business goals.

Teachers and others can deduct eligible educator expenses this year — and more next year and beyond

Tue, 02 Sep 2025 17:43:22 GMT

At back-to-school time, much of the focus is on the students returning to the classroom — and on their parents buying them school supplies, backpacks, clothes, etc., for the new school year. But teachers are also buying school supplies for their classrooms. And in many cases, they don’t receive reimbursement. Fortunately, they may be able to deduct some of these expenses on their tax returns. And, beginning next year, eligible educators will have an additional deduction opportunity under the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA).

The current above-the-line deduction

Eligible educators can deduct some of their unreimbursed out-of-pocket classroom costs under the educator expense deduction. This is an “above-the-line” deduction, which means you don’t have to itemize and it reduces your adjusted gross income (AGI), which has an added benefit: Because AGI-based limits affect a variety of tax breaks, lowering your AGI might help you maximize your tax breaks overall.

To be eligible, taxpayers must be kindergarten through grade 12 teachers, instructors, counselors, principals or aides. Also, they must work at least 900 hours a school year in a school that provides elementary or secondary education as determined under state law.

For 2025, up to $300 of qualified expenses paid during the year that weren’t reimbursed can be deducted. (The deduction limit is $600 if both taxpayers are eligible educators who file a joint tax return, but these taxpayers can’t deduct more than $300 each.) The limit is annually indexed for inflation but typically doesn’t go up every year.

Examples of qualified expenses include books, classroom supplies, computer equipment (including software), other materials used in the classroom, and professional development courses. For courses in health and physical education, the costs for supplies are qualified expenses only if related to athletics.

A new miscellaneous itemized deduction

The OBBBA makes permanent the Tax Cut and Jobs Act’s (TCJA’s) suspension of miscellaneous itemized deductions subject to the 2% of AGI floor. This had included unreimbursed employee business expenses such as teachers’ out-of-pocket classroom expenses. The suspension had been in place since 2018.

But the OBBBA creates a new miscellaneous itemized deduction for educator expenses. This is in addition to the $300 above-the-line deduction. And this deduction isn’t subject to the 2% of AGI floor or a specific dollar limit. The new deduction is available for eligible expenses incurred after Dec. 31, 2025.

Both who’s eligible and what expenses qualify are a little broader for the itemized deduction than for the above-the-line deduction. For example, interscholastic sports administrators and coaches are also eligible. And, for courses in health and physical education, the supplies don’t have to be related to athletics.

Keep in mind that you’ll have to itemize deductions to claim this new deduction next year. Taxpayers can choose to itemize this and certain other deductions or to take the standard deduction based on their filing status. Itemizing deductions saves tax only when the total is greater than the standard deduction. The OBBBA has made permanent the nearly doubled standard deductions under the TCJA, so fewer taxpayers are benefiting from itemizing.

Carefully track expenses

If you’re a teacher or other educator, keep receipts when you pay for eligible expenses and note the date, amount and purpose of each purchase. Have questions about educator deductions or other tax-saving strategies? Please contact us.

A family business owner needs both an estate plan and a succession plan

Thu, 28 Aug 2025 17:36:58 GMT

For family business owners, an estate plan and a succession plan often work in tandem, ensuring that both personal and business affairs transition smoothly. Your estate plan can help ensure that your assets are distributed according to your wishes and provide contingencies in the event of your death or disability before retirement. Your succession plan can pave the way for a seamless transfer of leadership upon your retirement. Here’s how they work together.

Two types of succession

One reason transferring a family business is so challenging is the distinction between ownership and management succession. When a company is sold to a third party, ownership and management succession typically happen simultaneously. But in the family business context, there may be reasons to separate the two.

From an estate planning perspective, transferring assets to the younger generation as early as possible allows you to remove future appreciation from your estate, minimizing estate taxes. On the other hand, you may not be ready to hand over the reins of your business or you may feel that your children aren’t yet prepared to take over.

There are several strategies owners can use to transfer ownership without immediately giving up control, including:

Placing business interests in a trust, family limited partnership or other vehicle that allows the owner to transfer substantial ownership interests to the younger generation while retaining management control,
Transferring ownership to the next generation in the form of nonvoting stock, or
Establishing an employee stock ownership plan.

Another reason to separate ownership and management succession is to deal with family members who aren’t involved in the business. Providing heirs outside the business with nonvoting stock or other equity interests that don’t confer control can be an effective way to share the wealth while allowing those who work in the business to take over management.

Unique conflicts

One more unique challenge presented by family businesses is that the older and younger generations may have conflicting financial needs. Fortunately, there are strategies available to generate cash flow for the owner while minimizing the burden on the next generation. They include:

An installment sale of the business to children or other family members. This provides liquidity for the owners while easing the burden on the younger generation and improving the chance that the purchase can be funded by cash flows from the business. Plus, as long as the price and terms are comparable to arm’s length transactions between unrelated parties, the sale shouldn’t trigger gift or estate taxes.

A grantor retained annuity trust (GRAT). By transferring business interests to a GRAT, owners obtain a variety of gift and estate tax benefits (provided they survive the trust term) while enjoying a fixed income stream for a period of years. At the end of the term, the business is transferred to the owners’ children or other beneficiaries. GRATs are typically designed to be gift-tax-free.

Because each family business is different, it’s important to work with your estate planning advisor to identify appropriate strategies in line with your objectives and resources.

Cover all your bases

Ultimately, having both a succession plan and an estate plan in place is an act of foresight and care. These plans protect loved ones, preserve wealth and provide clarity in uncertain times. Just as important, they reduce the likelihood of conflicts among heirs or stakeholders, helping to ensure that what you’ve worked hard to build continues to thrive.

However, integrating a succession plan with your estate plan can be complex and arduous. Fortunately, you don’t have to go it alone. Contact us for assistance.

Shining a light on your business’s brand

Wed, 27 Aug 2025 17:49:12 GMT

Your business’s brand is more than just a logo or tagline. It represents the culmination of everything you’ve accomplished to date, as well as a promise to uphold the reputation you’ve established.

But that doesn’t mean your brand has to remain static. In fact, it may need a refresh as your company grows, markets evolve and customer expectations change. The only way to know for sure is to occasionally shine a light on your brand to determine whether it’s still optimally visible to the people you want to reach.

Locate yourself

When reassessing your brand, first locate where your company stands today. Consider its strengths and how they’ve evolved over time — or very recently. Maybe you’ve pivoted over the last several years to address changing economic or market conditions. Look for strong suits such as:

Notable excellence in product or service design,
Exceptional customer service,
Providing superior value for your price points, and
Innovation in your industry.

You need to match your business’s mission, vision and strengths to the needs and wants of the market you serve — and express that through your brand. To that end, ask current customers what they like about doing business with you. And survey both customers and prospects about what they consider when making buying decisions.

Pinpoint your personality

If you look at any widely known brand, you’ll see a logo and broader branding effort that conveys a certain personality. Some companies want to appear creative and playful; others want to communicate stability and security.

What personality will draw customers to your business? You may think every company in your industry has the same target audience. If that’s true, you must come up with an edge that differentiates your business from its rivals.

Your company may have various points of contact with customers, such as business cards, print advertisements and catalogs, and your website’s home page and social media accounts. All play a role in your brand’s personality.

Review what your company does at each contact point, considering whether and how these efforts accurately and effectively represent the business’s core values and emphasize its strengths. Doing so will give you more insight into the best way to portray your personality through your brand.

Check up on the competition

Of course, competitors have brands all their own — and they’re after your target audience. So, in creating or refining your brand, you’ll need to identify their tactics and develop countermeasures.

To do so, engage in competitive intelligence. This simply means ethically and legally gathering information on their latest products or services, pricing and special offers, marketing and advertising methods, and social media activities.

In some cases, you may discover that a full rebranding campaign is necessary to differentiate your business from the competition. For example, let’s say a major player has entered your market and you’re worried about visibility, or perhaps your brand is blurring with another company’s.

Stand out

Branding is an ongoing process of reflecting on your company’s identity and refining how you present it to the world. By building on your strengths, expressing a clear and consistent personality, and keeping a close eye on competitors, your business can stand out in a crowded marketplace. Let us help you evaluate branding from a cost-planning perspective to ensure that any chosen strategy aligns with your budget and strategic goals.

Investing in qualified small business stock now offers expanded tax benefits

Tue, 26 Aug 2025 17:36:34 GMT

By purchasing stock in certain small businesses, you can diversify your investment portfolio. You also may enjoy preferential tax treatment, some of which is getting even better under the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) that was signed into law in July: Qualified small business (QSB) stock now offers more tax-saving opportunities.

QSB defined

A QSB generally is a U.S. C corporation that meets two requirements, one of which has been eased by the OBBBA to allow more businesses to qualify:

1. It must be engaged in an active trade or business. A qualified active business is generally any trade or business other than:

Service businesses in the following fields: health, law, engineering, architecture, accounting, actuarial science, performing arts, consulting, athletics, financial services and brokerage services,
Banking, insurance, financing, leasing, investing and similar businesses,
Farming businesses,
Certain oil, gas and mining businesses, and
Operators of hotels, motels, restaurants and similar businesses.

Additionally, the company must use at least 80% of its assets (by value) to conduct one or more qualified active businesses. And no more than 10% of its assets can consist of nonbusiness real estate.

2. It must have assets below a certain ceiling. Before the OBBBA, the business’s aggregate gross assets generally couldn’t exceed $50 million. The OBBBA increases the asset ceiling to $75 million (adjusted for inflation after 2026) for stock issued after July 4, 2025.

If the issuer owns more than 50% of another corporation’s stock, the subsidiary’s assets are included for purposes of the gross asset test. A corporation isn’t disqualified if its assets grow beyond the threshold after issuing the stock.

A valuable gain exclusion

When QSB stock tax breaks were initially introduced, you could exclude 50% of your capital gain from the sale of QSB stock if you’d held it at least five years. Subsequently, Congress enhanced the exclusion. If you acquired QSB stock after February 17, 2009, and before September 28, 2010, 75% of the gain is excludible after the five-year holding period. If you acquired it on or after September 28, 2010, the exclusion is 100% after five years.

Now the OBBBA provides new, but smaller exclusions for QSB stock held for shorter periods. Specifically, it provides a 75% exclusion for QSB stock held for four years and a 50% exclusion for QSB stock held for three years. These exclusions go into effect for QSB stock acquired after July 4, 2025.

If the QSB stock is received by gift or inheritance, the transferor’s holding period is added to the recipient’s.

Additional rules

To qualify for the gain exclusion, generally you must acquire the stock as part of an original issuance. In other words, you must acquire it directly from the corporation (or through an underwriter) — not from an existing shareholder — in exchange for money or property (other than stock) or as compensation for services. This requirement has some exceptions, including for stock received by gift or inheritance.

There is also a limit on the size of the exclusion. The amount of QSB gain on a particular issuer’s stock that you may exclude each year is limited to the greater of $10 million or 10 times your aggregate adjusted tax basis in stock sold during the tax year.

Finally, be aware that some states don’t offer QSB gain exclusions. So state-level taxes may still apply.

One more opportunity

If within 60 days of selling QSB stock you buy other QSB stock with the proceeds, you can defer any tax on your gain until you dispose of the new stock. The rolled-over gain reduces your basis in the new stock. For determining long-term capital gains treatment, the new stock’s holding period includes the holding period of the stock you sold.

Similar rules apply if QSB stock is converted into a different stock of the same corporation. The original stock’s holding period is added to the new stock’s holding period.

Consider carefully

QSB stock offers some significant tax benefits. But, as when contemplating any investment, you must think about more than just taxes. You should also consider factors such as your investment goals, time horizon and risk tolerance. Contact us to discuss the tax implications in more detail.

Divorcing as a business owner? Don’t let taxes derail your settlement

Mon, 25 Aug 2025 17:50:44 GMT

Divorce is stressful under any circumstances, but for business owners, the process can be even more complicated. Your business ownership interest is often one of your largest personal assets, and in many cases, part or all of it will be considered marital property. Understanding the tax rules that apply to asset division can help you avoid costly surprises.

Tax-free transfers

Most assets — including cash and business ownership interests — can be divided between spouses without triggering federal income or gift taxes. Under this tax-free transfer rule, the spouse receiving the asset assumes its existing tax basis (used to determine gain or loss) and holding period (short-term or long-term).

Example: If you give your spouse the marital home in exchange for keeping 100% of your company stock, the transfer is tax-free. Both the home and the stock retain their original tax basis and holding period for the new owner.

Tax-free treatment applies to transfers made:

Before the divorce is finalized,
At the time of divorce, and
After divorce, if they occur within one year of the marriage ending or within six years if required under the divorce agreement.

Future tax consequences

While transfers may be tax-free at the time, the recipient will owe taxes if he or she later sells an appreciated asset (where fair market value exceeds the tax basis).

For instance, if your ex-spouse receives 48% of your highly appreciated company stock, no tax is due at transfer. However, when he or she sells the stock, your ex will pay any capital gains tax based on your original basis and holding period.

Important: Appreciated assets come with built-in tax liabilities, which generally makes them less valuable than an equal amount of cash or non-appreciated property. Always account for taxes when negotiating a divorce settlement.

This rule also applies to ordinary-income assets — such as business receivables, inventory or nonqualified stock options. These can be transferred tax-free, but the recipient will report the income and pay taxes when the asset is sold, collected or exercised.

Valuation and adjustments for tax liabilities

A critical step in a divorce involving a business is determining its value. When valuing a business interest for this purpose, the valuator must understand what’s appropriate under applicable state law and legal precedent because the rules and guidance may vary across jurisdictions. The valuation process may be contentious, especially if one spouse is actively involved in the business and the other isn’t (or will no longer be involved after the divorce is settled). A professional valuation considers tangible assets (including equipment, inventory and property), intangible assets (including intellectual property) and other factors.

Potential tax liabilities are also considered during the valuation process. Examples include deferred taxes on appreciated assets, liabilities from unreported income or cash distributions, and implications from goodwill. These adjustments can significantly affect the business interest’s value and the fairness of the settlement agreement.

Nontax issues

There are a number of issues unrelated to taxes that a divorcing business owner should be prepared to address, including:

Cash flow and liquidity. Divorce settlements may require significant cash outlays — for example, to buy out a spouse’s share of the business or to meet alimony and child support obligations. This can strain the business’s liquidity, especially if the owner must take out loans or sell assets to meet these obligations. We can help assess the impact of these financial demands and develop strategies to maintain healthy cash flow, such as restructuring debt or revisiting budgets.
Privacy and confidentiality. Divorce proceedings may expose sensitive business information. Financial statements, client lists and proprietary data may become part of the public record. Business owners should work with legal and financial advisors to protect confidentiality, possibly through protective orders or sealed filings.

Plan ahead to minimize risk

Divorce can create unexpected tax and financial consequences, especially when dividing business interests and retirement accounts (such as 401(k) accounts and IRAs). The financial stakes are often higher for business owners, making careful planning essential.

We can help you navigate these rules and structure your settlement to minimize tax liabilities while complying with state community property laws. The earlier you address potential tax issues, the better your financial outcome after divorce.

How will the changes to the SALT deduction affect your tax planning?

Fri, 22 Aug 2025 18:18:08 GMT

The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) shifts the landscape for federal income tax deductions for state and local taxes (SALT), albeit temporarily. If you have high SALT expenses, the changes could significantly reduce your federal income tax liability. But it requires careful planning to maximize the benefits — and avoid potential traps that could increase your effective tax rate.

A little background

Less than a decade ago, eligible SALT expenses were generally 100% deductible on federal income tax returns if an individual itemized deductions. This provided substantial tax savings to many taxpayers in locations with higher income or property tax rates (or higher home values).

Beginning in 2018, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) put a $10,000 limit on the deduction ($5,000 for married couples filing separately). This SALT cap was scheduled to expire after 2025.

What’s new?

Rather than letting the $10,000 cap expire or immediately making it permanent, Congress included a provision in the OBBBA that temporarily quadruples the limit. Beginning in 2025, taxpayers can deduct up to $40,000 ($20,000 for separate filers), with 1% increases each subsequent year. Then in 2030, the OBBBA reinstates the $10,000 cap.

Deductible SALT expenses include property taxes (for homes, vehicles and boats) and either income tax or sales tax, but not both. If you live in a state without income taxes or opt for the sales tax route for another reason, you don’t have to save all your receipts for the year and manually calculate your sales tax; you can use the IRS Sales Tax Deduction Calculator to determine the amount of sales tax you can claim. (It includes the ability to add actual sales tax paid on certain big-ticket items, such as a vehicle.) The increased SALT cap could lead to major tax savings compared with the $10,000 cap. For example, a single taxpayer in the 35% tax bracket with $40,000 in SALT expenses and MAGI below the threshold amount would save an additional $10,500 [35% × ($40,000 − $10,000)].

The calculation would be different if the taxpayer’s MAGI exceeded the threshold. Let’s say MAGI is $560,000, which is $60,000 over the 2025 threshold. The cap would be reduced by $18,000 (30% × $60,000), leaving a maximum SALT deduction of $22,000 ($40,000 − $18,000). Even reduced, that’s more than twice what would be permitted under the $10,000 cap.

The itemization decision

The SALT deduction is available only to taxpayers who itemize their deductions. The TCJA nearly doubled the standard deduction. As a result of that change and the $10,000 SALT cap, the number of taxpayers who itemize dropped substantially. And, under the OBBBA, the standard deduction is even higher — for 2025, it’s $15,750 for single and separate filers, $23,625 for heads of household filers, and $31,500 for joint filers.

But the higher SALT cap might make it worthwhile for some taxpayers who’ve been claiming the standard deduction post-TCJA to start itemizing again. Consider, for example, a taxpayer who pays high state income tax. If that amount combined with other itemized deductions (generally, certain medical and dental expenses, home mortgage interest, qualified casualty and theft losses, and charitable contributions) exceeds the applicable standard deduction, the taxpayer will save more tax by itemizing.

Beware the “SALT torpedo”

Taxpayers whose MAGI falls between $500,000 and $600,000 and who have large SALT expenses should be aware of what some are calling the “SALT torpedo.” As your income climbs into this range, you don’t just add income. You also lose part of the SALT deduction, increasing your taxable income further.

Let’s say your MAGI is $600,000, you have $40,000 in SALT expenses and you have $35,000 in other itemized deductions. The $100,000 increase in income from $500,000 actually raises your taxable income by $130,000:

At a marginal tax rate of 35%, you’ll pay $45,500 (35% × $130,000) in additional taxes, for an effective tax rate of 45.5%.

In this scenario, even with your SALT deduction reduced to $10,000, you’d benefit from itemizing. But if your $10,000 SALT deduction plus your other itemized deductions didn’t exceed your standard deduction, the standard deduction would save you more tax.

Tax planning tips

Your MAGI plays a large role in the amount of your SALT deduction. If it’s nearing the threshold that would reduce your deduction or already over it, you can take steps to stay out of the danger zone. For example, you could make or increase (up to applicable limits) pre-tax 401(k) plan and Health Savings Account contributions to reduce your MAGI. If you’re self-employed, you may be able to set up or increase contributions to a retirement plan that allows you to make even larger contributions than you could as an employee, which also would reduce your MAGI.

Likewise, you want to avoid moves that increase your MAGI, like Roth IRA conversions, nonrequired traditional retirement plan distributions and asset sales that result in large capital gains. Bonuses, deferred compensation and equity compensation could push you over the MAGI threshold, too. Exchange-traded funds may be preferable to mutual funds because they don’t make annual distributions.

At the same time, because the higher cap is temporary, you may want to try to maximize the SALT deduction every year it’s available. If your SALT expenses are less than $40,000 and your MAGI is below the reduction threshold for 2025, for example, you might pre-pay your 2026 property tax bill this year. (This assumes the amount has been assessed — you can’t pre-pay based only on your estimate.)

Uncertainty over PTETs

In response to the TCJA’s $10,000 SALT cap, 36 states enacted pass-through entity tax (PTET) laws to help the owners of pass-through entities, who tend to pay greater amounts of state income tax. The laws vary but typically allow these businesses to pay state income tax at the entity level, where an unlimited amount can be deducted as a business expense, rather than at the owner level, where a deduction would be limited by the SALT cap.

The OBBBA preserves these PTET workarounds, and PTET elections may remain worthwhile for some pass-through entities. An election could reduce an owner’s share of self-employment income or allow an owner to take the standard deduction.

Bear in mind, though, that some states’ PTET laws are scheduled to expire after 2025, when the TCJA’s $10,000 cap was set to expire absent congressional action. There’s no guarantee these states will renew their PTETs in their current form, or at all.

SALT deduction and the AMT

It’s worth noting that SALT expenses aren’t deductible for purposes of the alternative minimum tax (AMT). A hefty SALT deduction could have the unintended effect of triggering the AMT, particularly after 2025.

Individual taxpayers are required to calculate their tax liability under both the regular federal income tax and the AMT and pay the higher amount. Your AMT liability generally is calculated by adding back about two dozen “preference and adjustment items” to your regular taxable income, including the SALT deduction.

The TCJA increased the AMT exemption amounts, as well as the income levels for the phaseout of the exemptions. For 2025, the exemption amount for singles and heads of households is $88,100; it begins to phase out when AMT income reaches $626,350. For joint filers for 2025, the exemption amount is $137,000 and begins to phase out at $1,252,700 of AMT income.

The OBBBA makes these higher exemptions permanent, but for joint filers it sets the phaseout threshold back to its lower 2018 level beginning in 2026 — $1 million, adjusted annually for inflation going forward. (It doesn’t call for this change for other filers, which might be a drafting error. A technical correction could be released that would also return the phaseout thresholds to 2018 levels for other filers.)

The OBBBA also doubles the rate at which the exemptions phase out. These changes could make high-income taxpayers more vulnerable to the AMT, especially if they have large SALT deductions.

Navigating new ground

The OBBBA’s changes to the SALT deduction cap, and other individual tax provisions, may require you to revise your tax planning. We can help you chart the best course to minimize your tax liability.

If you’re asked to be an executor, be sure you’re up to the task

Thu, 21 Aug 2025 17:30:22 GMT

Make no mistake, serving as an executor (or a “personal representative” in some states) is an honor. But the title also includes significant responsibilities. So if a family member or a close friend asks you to be the executor of his or her estate, think about your answer before agreeing to the request. Let’s take a closer look at an executor’s tasks.

First steps

In a nutshell, an executor handles all jobs required to settle the deceased’s estate. The first task is to obtain certified copies of the death certificate, which are needed to notify financial institutions where the deceased had accounts. Typically, the funeral home or other organization that handled the deceased’s remains can provide them. It’s not unusual to need a dozen or more copies.

An executor must also locate and read the will, if one exists. An attorney who specializes in estate planning can advise you on the terms of the will and the laws that apply. If the deceased had a trust, additional responsibilities may be involved.

Depending on local law, you may also need to file the will in probate court, even if probate proceedings aren’t necessary. Probate, or the legal process for administering an estate, is more common with larger, more complex estates. If the deceased had minor or dependent adult children, they may need to be connected with their guardians.

A clear, logical trail of the actions taken can show that the decisions you made as executor were prudent and in the interest of the estate. This can be critical if a beneficiary contests the estate’s administration.

Take inventory of the assets

Ideally, the deceased will have created a list of his or her assets. If not, some digging may be required. For instance, reviewing the deceased’s checkbook register or bank account statements may reveal regular deposits to a retirement account or life insurance premium payments. Then you’ll need to find out the value of these assets.

If the deceased received government benefits, such as Social Security, notify the agency as soon as possible. You may need to have fine jewelry and similar assets appraised. And you’ll need to maintain insurance on some assets while they remain in the estate, such as vehicles and real estate.

File a tax return, settle debts and distribute assets to beneficiaries

The deceased’s taxes and debts are typically paid before assets are distributed to the heirs. These might include outstanding tax obligations, funeral expenses, ongoing mortgage and utility payments, and credit card bills.

You may need to file an income tax return for the year of the deceased’s death, and check that the deceased’s other tax filings are up to date. If he or she had been sick, it’s possible that some tax obligations were neglected. Estates valued at $13.99 million or less (for 2025) generally don’t need to file estate tax returns.

You should be able to open a bank account in the name of the estate to make any payments. If you’ll need to delay payments while you sort out the deceased’s assets and expenses, let creditors know as soon as possible.

Keep beneficiaries and heirs apprised of the status of the will. After the deceased’s bills and taxes have been paid, you typically can begin distributing assets according to the terms of the will. However, some states require court approval before you take this step.

Close the estate

Your final task is to close the estate. This typically occurs after debts and taxes have been paid and all remaining assets have been distributed. Some states require a court action or agreement from the estate’s beneficiaries before the estate can be closed and the executor’s responsibilities terminated.

Be aware that completing the executor’s jobs can take a year or more, depending on the complexity of the estate. Moreover, in carrying out these duties, the executor acts as a fiduciary for the estate and can be liable for improperly spending estate assets or failing to protect them. Contact us for additional information regarding the duties of an executor.

How businesses can fund a buy-sell agreement

Wed, 20 Aug 2025 17:54:54 GMT

Businesses with more than one owner benefit from having multiple viewpoints and varying skill sets. However, they also face serious risks of uncertainty and conflict if one of the owners suddenly departs or undergoes a major life change. A carefully crafted buy-sell agreement can guard against these risks — if it’s securely funded.

Transfer guidelines

A “buy-sell” (as it’s often called) is a legally enforceable contract among a company’s owners that sets guidelines for transferring ownership interests. It gives the remaining owners or the business itself the right — or, in some cases, the responsibility — to buy an exiting owner’s interest if a “triggering event” occurs. Such events may include an owner’s death, disability, divorce, retirement, voluntary departure, and loss of professional license or certification.

Essentially, the buy-sell creates a market for a withdrawing owner’s interest. It also defines how the price of an ownership interest will be determined, including identifying a valuation method and standard of value. By outlining when and to whom interests can be sold — and for how much — the agreement ultimately helps prevent conflicts among remaining owners or with the withdrawing owner’s family.

Popular choice

When a triggering event occurs, a substantial amount of money is typically needed to buy the departing owner’s interests. So, it’s critical to properly fund a buy-sell.

One popular choice is life insurance. Although such coverage might seem useful only to provide liquidity in the event of an owner’s death, it’s not limited to such situations.

The right policy, sometimes combined with riders or other types of coverage, can help ensure that departing owners or their beneficiaries efficiently receive the agreed-upon price for ownership interests following eligible triggering events. Meanwhile, it can ease the strain on the company’s cash flow and reduce the likelihood that the business will have to sell assets to fund an ownership interest buyout.

Various structures

Buy-sells can be structured to use life insurance in various ways. One option is a cross-purchase agreement, where each owner takes out a policy on each of the other owners.

For example, let’s say you buy coverage for your business partner. If that individual dies, triggering the buy-sell, you’ll collect the death benefit and use it to buy the ownership interest from your partner’s estate.

Assuming it’s large enough, the policy should guarantee you’ll have the funding to fulfill your obligations under the agreement. Other benefits include:

The insurance proceeds won’t be taxable as long as you plan properly, and
Your tax basis in the newly acquired interests will equal the purchase price.

On the downside, a cross-purchase agreement can be cumbersome if there are more than a few owners because of the number of policies required. It can also be unfair if there’s a significant disparity in owners’ ages or health, causing the policy premiums to vary substantially.

One alternative is establishing a trust or separate partnership to buy a policy on each owner. If an owner dies, the trust or partnership collects the death benefits on behalf of the remaining owners and pays each one’s share of the ownership interest buyout.

Another option is a redemption agreement. Under this approach, the business — not the individual owners — buys a policy on each owner’s life. The company holds the insurance and receives the proceeds following a qualifying triggering event, which it then uses to buy a departing owner’s interest.

A disadvantage of a redemption agreement is that the remaining owners won’t receive a step-up in basis when the company buys the departing owner’s interest. This can result in higher capital gains taxes.

Additionally, in the 2024 case of Connelly v. United States, the U.S. Supreme Court held that the value of corporate-owned life insurance used to meet a redemption agreement should be included in the value of a deceased owner’s business interest for federal estate tax purposes. And that doesn’t include any offsetting reduction for the company’s obligation to redeem the deceased owner’s interest.

The ruling may have adverse consequences for estates subject to the federal estate tax. Under current law, the unified federal estate and gift tax exemption is $13.99 million for 2025 and $15 million for 2026.

Bottom line

The bottom line is, if not properly funded, a buy-sell agreement won’t likely benefit anyone. Work with your attorney to create and occasionally review yours. Meanwhile, we can help you choose an optimal funding strategy and advise you on the tax implications.

The next estimated tax payment deadline is coming up soon

Tue, 19 Aug 2025 18:04:59 GMT

If you make quarterly estimated tax payments, the amount you owe may be affected by the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA). The law, which was enacted on July 4, 2025, introduces new deductions, credits and tax provisions that could shift your income tax liability this year.

Tax basics

Federal estimated tax payments are designed to ensure that certain individuals pay their fair share of taxes throughout the year.

If you don’t have enough federal tax withheld from your paychecks and other payments, you may have to make estimated tax payments. This is the case if you receive interest, dividends, self-employment income, capital gains, a pension or other income that’s not covered by withholding.

Individuals generally must pay 25% of a “required annual payment” by April 15, June 15, September 15, and January 15 of the following year, to avoid an underpayment penalty. If one of those dates falls on a weekend or holiday, the payment is due on the next business day.

The third installment for 2025 is due on Monday, September 15. Payments are made using Form 1040-ES.

Amount to be paid

The required annual payment for most individuals is the lower of 90% of the tax shown on the current year’s return or 100% of the tax shown on the return for the previous year. However, if the adjusted gross income on your previous year’s return was more than $150,000 ($75,000 if you’re married filing separately), you must pay the lower of 90% of the tax shown on the current year’s return or 110% of the tax shown on the return for the previous year.

Most people who receive the bulk of their income in the form of wages satisfy these payment requirements through the tax withheld from their paychecks by their employers. Those who make estimated tax payments generally do so in four installments. After determining the required annual payment, divide that number by four and make four equal payments by the due dates.

But you may be able to use the annualized income method to make smaller payments. This method is useful to people whose income flow isn’t uniform over the year, perhaps because of a seasonal business. For example, if your income comes exclusively from a business operated in a resort area during June, July and August, no estimated payment is required before September 15.

The underpayment penalty

If you don’t make the required payments, you may be subject to an underpayment penalty. The penalty equals the product of the interest rate charged by the IRS on deficiencies times the amount of the underpayment for the period of the underpayment.

However, the underpayment penalty doesn’t apply to you if:

The total tax shown on your return is less than $1,000 after subtracting withholding tax paid;
You had no tax liability for the preceding year, you were a U.S. citizen or resident for that entire year, and that period was 12 months;
For the fourth (January 15) installment, you file your return by that January 31 and pay your tax in full; or
You’re a farmer or fisherman and pay your entire estimated tax by January 15 or pay your entire tax and file your tax return by March 2, 2026.

In addition, the IRS may waive the penalty if the failure was due to casualty, disaster or other unusual circumstances, and it would be inequitable to impose the penalty. The penalty can also be waived for reasonable cause during the first two years after you retire (and reach age 62) or become disabled.

OBBBA highlights

Several provisions of the OBBBA could directly affect quarterly estimated tax payments because they change how much tax some individuals will ultimately owe for the year. For example, the law introduces a temporary (2025 through 2028) additional $6,000 deduction for seniors, which can lower taxable income. It creates new deductions for overtime pay, tips and auto loan interest — available even if you don’t itemize — which can meaningfully reduce estimated liabilities. The bill also increases the state and local tax deduction cap for certain taxpayers and temporarily enhances the Child Tax Credit. Because these deductions and credits apply during the tax year rather than after, they can reduce your quarterly payment obligations mid-year, making it important to recalculate estimates to avoid overpayment or underpayment penalties.

Seek guidance now

Contact us if you need help figuring out your estimated tax payments or have other questions about how the rules apply to you.

Lower your self-employment tax bill by switching to an S corporation

Mon, 18 Aug 2025 17:21:21 GMT

If you own an unincorporated small business, you may be frustrated with high self-employment (SE) tax bills. One way to lower your SE tax liability is to convert your business to an S corporation.

SE tax basics

Sole proprietorship income, as well as partnership income that flows through to partners (except certain limited partners), is subject to SE tax. These rules also apply to single-member LLCs that are treated as sole proprietorships for federal tax purposes and multi-member LLCs that are treated as partnerships for federal tax purposes.

In 2025, the maximum federal SE tax rate of 15.3% hits the first $176,100 of net SE income. That includes 12.4% for the Social Security tax and 2.9% for the Medicare tax. Together, we’ll refer to them as federal employment taxes.

The rate drops after SE income hits $176,100 because the Social Security component goes away above the Social Security tax ceiling of $176,100 for 2025. But the Medicare tax continues to accrue at a 2.9% rate, and then increases to 3.8% at higher income levels because of the 0.9% additional Medicare tax. This 0.9% tax applies when wages and SE income exceed $200,000 for singles and heads of households, $250,000 for married couples filing jointly and $125,000 for married couples filing separately.

Tax reduction strategy

To lower your SE tax bill, consider converting your unincorporated small business into an S corp and then paying yourself (and any other shareholder-employees) a modest salary. Distribute most (or all) of the remaining corporate cash flow to the shareholder-employee(s) as federal-employment-tax-free distributions.

S corp taxable income passed through to a shareholder-employee and S corp cash distributions paid to a shareholder-employee aren’t subject to federal employment taxes. Only wages paid to shareholder-employees are subject to them. This favorable tax treatment places S corps in a potentially more favorable position than businesses conducted as sole proprietorships, partnerships or LLCs.

The caveats

However, this strategy isn’t right for every business. Here are some considerations:

1. Operating as an S corp and paying yourself a modest salary saves SE tax, but the salary must be reasonable. Otherwise, you run the risk of the IRS auditing your business and imposing back employment taxes, interest and penalties.

You can minimize that risk if you gather objective market evidence to demonstrate that outsiders could be hired to perform the same work for salaries equal to what you’re paying.

2. A potentially unfavorable side effect of paying modest salaries to an S corp shareholder-employee is that it can reduce your ability to make deductible contributions to tax-favored retirement accounts. If the S corp maintains a SEP or traditional profit-sharing plan, the maximum annual deductible contribution for each shareholder-employee is limited to 25% of his or her salary.

So, the lower the salary, the lower the maximum contribution. However, if the S corp sets up a 401(k) plan, paying modest salaries won’t preclude generous contributions.

3. Operating as an S corp requires extra administrative hassle. For example, you must file a separate federal return (and possibly a state return).

In addition, you must scrutinize transactions between S corps and shareholders for potential tax consequences, including any transfers of assets from an existing sole proprietorship or partnership to the new S corp. State-law corporation requirements, such as conducting board meetings and keeping minutes, must be respected.

Mechanics of converting

To convert an existing sole proprietorship or partnership to an S corp, a corporation must be formed under applicable state law, and business assets must be contributed to the new corporation. Then, an S election must be made for the new corporation by a separate form with the IRS by no later than March 15 of the calendar year, if you want the business to be treated as an S corp for that year.

Suppose you currently operate your business as a domestic LLC. In that case, it generally isn’t necessary to go through the legal step of incorporation to convert the LLC into an entity that will be treated as an S corp for federal tax purposes. The reason is because the IRS allows a single-member LLC or multi-member LLC that otherwise meets the S corp qualification rules to simply elect S corporation status by filing a form with the IRS. However, if you want your LLC to be treated as an S corp for the calendar year, you also must complete this paperwork by no later than March 15 of the year.

Weighing the upsides and downsides

Converting an existing unincorporated business into an S corp to reduce federal employment taxes can be a wise tax move under the right circumstances. That said, consult with us so we can examine all implications before making the switch.

Using POD or TOD accounts may result in undesirable results in certain situations

Thu, 14 Aug 2025 18:05:23 GMT

Payable-on-death (POD) and transfer-on-death (TOD) accounts are attractive estate planning tools because they allow assets to pass directly to named beneficiaries without going through probate. This can save time, reduce administrative costs and provide your beneficiaries with quicker access to their inheritance. However, there are drawbacks to using these accounts. In some cases, they can lead to unintended — and undesirable — results.

Pluses and minuses

POD and TOD accounts are relatively simple to set up. Generally, POD is used for bank accounts while TOD is used for stocks and other securities. But they basically work the same way. You complete a form provided by your bank or brokerage house naming a beneficiary (or beneficiaries) and the assets are automatically transferred to the person (or persons) when you die. In addition, you retain control of the assets during your lifetime, meaning you can spend or invest them or close the accounts without beneficiary consent.

While POD and TOD accounts can streamline asset transfers, they also have limitations and potential drawbacks. These designations override instructions in your will, which can lead to unintended consequences if your estate plan isn’t coordinated across all accounts and assets.

They also don’t provide detailed guidance for how the beneficiary should use the funds, so they may not be the best fit if you want to place conditions or protections on the inheritance. Another consideration is that if your named beneficiary predeceases you and you haven’t updated the account, the funds may end up going through probate after all.

Not right for all estates

Despite their simplicity and low cost, POD and TOD accounts may have some significant disadvantages compared to more sophisticated planning tools, such as revocable trusts. For one thing, unlike a trust, POD or TOD accounts won’t provide the beneficiary with access to the assets in the event you become incapacitated.

Also, because the assets bypass probate, they may create liquidity issues for your estate, which can lead to unequal treatment of your beneficiaries. Suppose, for example, that you have a POD account with a $200,000 balance payable to one beneficiary and your will leaves $200,000 to another beneficiary.

When you die, the POD beneficiary automatically receives the $200,000 account. But the beneficiary under your will isn’t paid until the estate’s debts are satisfied, which may reduce his or her inheritance.

Unequal treatment can also result if you use multiple POD or TOD accounts. Say you designate a $200,000 savings account as POD for the benefit of one child and a $200,000 brokerage account as TOD for the benefit of your other child.

Despite your intent to treat the two children equally, that may not happen if, for example, the brokerage account loses value or you withdraw funds from the savings account. A more effective way to achieve equal treatment would be to list the assets in both accounts in your will or transfer them to a trust and divide your wealth equally between your two children.

Coordinate with other estate planning documents

POD and TOD accounts are often best suited for relatively straightforward transfers where you want to ensure quick, direct access for your beneficiary — such as passing a savings account to a spouse or adult child. They work well as part of a broader estate plan, especially when coordinated with a will, trust or other legal documents to ensure that your wishes are carried out consistently.

For more complex family or financial situations — blended families, minor beneficiaries, or significant assets — additional estate planning tools may be necessary to avoid conflicts and ensure long-term protection of your legacy. Contact us for additional details.

5 ways businesses can assess health care benefits spending

Wed, 13 Aug 2025 17:34:35 GMT

If your business sponsors health care benefits for its employees, you know the costs of doing so are hardly stable. And unfortunately, the numbers tend to rise much more often than they fall. According to global consultancy Mercer’s Survey on Health & Benefit Strategies for 2026, 51% of large organizations surveyed said they’re likely to make plan design changes to shift more costs to employees next year — presumably in response to price increases.

Small to midsize companies face much the same dilemma. With costs widely anticipated to rise, should you cut benefits, increase the cost-sharing burden on employees or hold steady? There’s no way to know for sure until you assess your current health benefit costs. Here are five ways to ascertain whether you’re spending wisely:

1. Choose and calculate metrics. Business owners can apply analytics to just about everything these days, including health care coverage. For example, you might use benefits utilization rate to identify the percentage of employees who actively use their benefits. Low usage may indicate your benefits aren’t aligned with the particular needs of your workforce.

Another metric is cost per participant, which is generally calculated by dividing total health care spend by number of covered employees. The result can help you judge the efficiency of your budget and potentially allow you to identify cost-saving opportunities.

2. Audit medical claims payments and pharmacy benefits management services. Mistakes happen — and fraud is always a possibility. By regularly re-evaluating claims and pharmacy services, you can identify whether you’re losing money to inaccuracies or even wrongdoing. Your business may need to engage a third-party consultant for this purpose, though some companies might be able to leverage training and specialized software to conduct internal reviews.

3. Scrutinize your pharmacy benefits contract. As the old saying goes, “Everything is negotiable.” Conduct a benchmarking study to see how your business’s pharmacy benefits costs stack up to similarly sized and situated companies. If you believe there’s room for negotiation, ask your vendor for a better deal. Meanwhile, look around the marketplace for other providers. One of them may be able to make a more economical offer.

4. Interact with employees to compare cost to value. The ideal size and shape of your plan depend on the wants and needs of your workforce. Rather than relying on vendor-provided materials, actively manage communications with employees regarding the design of your health care plan and its costs. Determine which benefits are truly valued and which ones aren’t.

Ultimately, your goal is to measure the financial impacts of gaps between benefits offered and those employees actually use. Then, explore feasible ways to adjust your plan design to close these costly gaps.

5. Get input from professional advisors. Particularly for smaller businesses, internal knowledge of health care benefits may be limited. Don’t get locked into the idea that you and your leadership team must go it alone.

Consider engaging a qualified consultant to help you better understand the full range of health care benefits available to your company. Ask your attorney to review your plan for potential compliance violations, as well as to check your contracts for negotiable items. Last, keep our firm in mind. We can perform financial analyses, audit claims, and offer strategic guidance to optimize spending and improve plan efficiency.

No tax on car loan interest under the new law? Not exactly

Tue, 12 Aug 2025 17:18:42 GMT

Under current federal income tax rules, so-called personal interest expense generally can’t be deducted. One big exception is qualified residence interest or home mortgage interest, which can be deducted, subject to some limitations, if you itemize deductions on your tax return.

The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) adds another exception for eligible car loan interest. In tax law language, the new deduction is called qualified passenger vehicle loan interest. Are you eligible? Here are the rules.

“No tax” isn’t an accurate description

If you could deduct all your car loan interest, you’d be paying it with pre-tax dollars rather than with post-tax dollars — meaning after you paid your federal income tax bill. The new deduction has been called “no tax on car loan interest,” but that’s not really accurate. Here’s a more precise explanation.

The OBBBA allows eligible individuals — including those who don’t itemize — a temporary new deduction for some or all of the interest paid on some loans. The loans must be taken out to purchase a qualifying passenger vehicle.

Specifically, for 2025 through 2028, up to $10,000 of car loan interest can potentially be deducted each year. The loan must be taken out after 2024 and must be a first lien secured by the vehicle, which is used for personal purposes. Leased vehicles don’t qualify. So far, this may sound good, but not all buyers will qualify for the new deduction because of the limitations and restrictions summarized below.

Income-based phaseout rule

The deduction is phased out starting at $100,000 of modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) or $200,000 for married joint-filing couples. If your MAGI is above the applicable threshold, the amount that you can deduct (subject to the $10,000 limit) is reduced by $200 for each $1,000 of excess MAGI. So, for an unmarried individual, the deduction is completely phased out when MAGI reaches $150,000. For married joint filers, the deduction is completely phased out when MAGI reaches $250,000.

Qualifying vehicles

To qualify for the new deduction, the vehicle must be a car, minivan, van, SUV, pickup truck or motorcycle with a gross vehicle weight rating under 14,000 pounds. It must be manufactured primarily for use on public streets, roads and highways, and it must be new (meaning the original use begins with you). The “final assembly” of the vehicle must occur in the United States. You must report the vehicle identification number (VIN) on your tax return. Vehicles assembled in America have a special number in the VIN to signify that.

Meeting the requirements

In the law, the definition of final assembly is convoluted. The law states: “Final assembly means the process by which a manufacturer produces a vehicle at, or through the use of, a plant, factory, or other place from which the vehicle is delivered to a dealer with all component parts necessary for the mechanical operation of the vehicle included with the vehicle, whether or not the component parts are permanently installed in or on the vehicle.”

Another requirement is that your car loan lender must file an information return with the IRS that shows the amount of interest paid during the year on your qualified car loan.

Refinanced loans

If an original qualified car loan is refinanced, the new loan will be a qualified loan as long as: 1) the new loan is secured by a first lien on the eligible vehicle and 2) the initial balance of the new loan doesn’t exceed the ending balance of the original loan.

Ineligible loans

Interest on the following types of loans doesn’t qualify for the new deduction:

Loans to finance fleet sales,
Loans to buy a vehicle not used for personal purposes,
Loans to buy a vehicle with a salvage title or a vehicle intended to be used for scrap or parts,
Loans from certain related parties, and
Any lease financing.

Conclusion

According to various reports, most American car buyers rely on loans to finance their purchases. So, the ability to deduct car loan interest is something that many taxpayers would be happy about. That said, many buyers won’t qualify for the new deduction. It’s off limits for high-income purchasers, used vehicle buyers and those who buy foreign imports. Contact us with any questions.

A tax guide to choosing the right business entity

Mon, 11 Aug 2025 19:18:54 GMT

One of the most critical decisions entrepreneurs make when starting or restructuring a business is choosing the right entity type. This choice directly impacts how the business is taxed, the level of administrative complexity and regulatory compliance obligations. While legal liability considerations also matter, we will focus on tax implications. For liability advice, consult a legal professional.

Whether launching a new venture or reassessing your current structure, understanding how each entity is taxed can help you make strategic and compliant decisions. Here’s a brief overview of five entities.

1. Sole proprietorship: Simple with full responsibility

A sole proprietorship is the easiest structure to set up. It’s owned and operated by one person and requires minimal administrative effort. Here are the main features:

Taxation. Income and losses are reported on the owner’s personal tax return on Schedule C of Form 1040. Income is subject to 15.3% federal self-employment tax, and the business itself isn’t taxed separately. The owner may also qualify for a Qualified Business Income (QBI) deduction, potentially reducing the effective tax rate.
Compliance. Aside from obtaining necessary licenses or a business name registration, there’s little required paperwork. However, the owner is personally liable for all business debts and legal obligations.

2. S Corporation: Pass-through entity with payroll considerations

An S corp is a tax designation offering pass-through taxation benefits while imposing stricter rules. Here are the highlights:

Taxation. S corps don’t pay income tax at the entity level. Instead, profits or losses are passed through to shareholders via Schedule K-1 and reported on individual returns. A key tax benefit is that shareholders who are employees receive a salary (subject to payroll tax), while additional profit distributions aren’t subject to self-employment tax. However, the salary must be reasonable. The business is eligible for QBI deductions.
Compliance. To qualify, S corps must have 100 or fewer shareholders, all U.S. citizens or residents, and only one class of stock. They must file Form 2553, issue annual Schedule K-1s and follow corporate formalities like shareholder meetings and recordkeeping. An informational return (Form 1120-S) is also required.

3. Partnership: Collaborative ownership with pass-through taxation

A partnership involves two or more individuals jointly operating a business. Common types include general partnerships, limited partnerships, and limited liability partnerships (LLPs). Here’s what makes it unique:

Taxation. Partnerships are pass-through entities. The business files Form 1065 (an informational return), and income or loss is distributed to partners on Schedule K-1. Partners report this on their personal returns. General partners must pay self-employment tax, while limited partners usually don’t. The business is eligible for QBI deductions.
Compliance. Partnerships require a detailed partnership agreement, coordinated recordkeeping and clear profit-sharing arrangements. While more complex than a sole proprietorship, partnerships offer flexibility for growing businesses.

4. Limited liability company: Flexible and customizable

An LLC merges elements of corporations and partnerships, offering owners — called members — both operational flexibility and liability protection.

Taxation. By default, a single-member LLC is taxed like a sole proprietorship, and a multimember LLC like a partnership. However, LLCs may elect to be taxed as a C or S corp by filing Form 8832 or Form 2553. This gives owners control over their tax strategies. LLCs that don’t elect C corp status are eligible for QBI deductions.
Compliance. LLCs require articles of organization and often must have an operating agreement. Though not as complex as corporations, they still generally face state-specific compliance requirements and annual filings.

5. C Corporation: Double taxation with scalability

A C corp is a distinct legal entity offering the most liability protection and growth potential through stock issuance. Here are its features:

Taxation. C corps face double taxation — the business pays taxes on earnings (currently at a 21% federal rate), and shareholders pay taxes again on dividends. However, C corps can offer deductible benefits (for example, health insurance, retirement plans) and retain earnings without immediately distributing profits. C corps aren’t eligible for QBI deductions.
Compliance: These entities require the most administrative upkeep, including bylaws, annual meetings, board minutes, and extensive state and federal reporting. C corps are ideal for companies seeking venture capital or IPOs.

After hiring employees

Regardless of entity type, adding employees increases compliance requirements. Businesses must obtain an Employer Identification Number (EIN) and withhold federal and state payroll taxes. Employers also take on added responsibilities related to benefits, tax deposits, and employment law compliance.

What’s right for you?

There’s no universal answer to which entity is best. The right choice depends on your growth goals, ownership structure and financial needs. Tax optimization is a critical factor. For example, an LLC electing S corp status may help minimize self-employment taxes if set up properly. Contact us. We can coordinate with your attorney to ensure your structure supports both your tax strategies and business goals.

Should a living trust be part of your estate plan?

Thu, 07 Aug 2025 17:26:18 GMT

As its name suggests, a living trust (also known as a revocable trust) is in effect while you’re alive. It’s a legal entity into which you title assets to be managed during your lifetime and after your death.

As the trust’s grantor, you typically serve as the trustee and retain control over the assets during your lifetime. Thus, you can modify or revoke the trust at any time, allowing for adjustments as circumstances or intentions change. Let’s take a closer look at why you should consider including one in your estate plan.

Setting up a living trust

To create a living trust, engage an estate planning attorney to draw up the trust agreement. Then, title the assets you want to transfer to the trust. Assets can include real estate, financial accounts, and personal items such as art and jewelry.

You’ll also need to appoint a successor trustee, or multiple successor trustees. The trustee can be a family member or a friend, or an entity such as a bank’s trust department. In the event of incapacity, a successor trustee can seamlessly take over management of the trust without the need for court-appointed guardianship or conservatorship, preserving financial stability and decision-making continuity.

Avoiding probate

A primary advantage of a living trust is its ability to minimize the need for trust assets to be subject to probate. Probate is the process of paying off the debts and distributing the property of a deceased individual. It’s overseen by a court.

For some estates, the probate process can drag on. By avoiding it, assets in a living trust can typically be distributed more quickly while still in accordance with your instructions.

In addition, probate can be a public process. Living trusts generally can be administered privately. And if you become incapacitated, the trust document can allow another trustee to manage the assets in the living trust even while you’re alive.

Knowing the pros and cons

Living trusts have both benefits and drawbacks. If you name yourself as trustee, you can maintain control over and continue to use the trust assets while you’re alive. This includes adding or selling trust assets, as well as terminating the trust. However, after your death, the trust typically can’t be changed. At that point, the successor trustee you’ve named will distribute the assets according to your instructions.

On the flip side, a living trust can require more work to prepare and maintain than a will. And you’ll probably still need a will for property you don’t want to move into the trust. Often, this includes assets of lesser value, such as personal checking accounts. In addition, if you have minor children, you’ll need to name their guardian(s) in a will.

Who can help?

Creating a living trust typically requires some upfront effort and legal guidance. Even so, the long-term peace of mind and control it can provide may make it a worthwhile consideration. We can help you determine how a living trust fits within your broader estate planning goals. Contact an estate planning attorney to draft a living trust.

Is your business ready for digital documents and e-signatures?

Wed, 06 Aug 2025 17:28:37 GMT

Whether signing a vendor agreement, approving a repair estimate or applying for a loan, chances are you’ve signed something digitally in recent months. In 2025, digital documents and e-signatures are no longer just a convenience — they’re fast becoming the standard.

Businesses of all types and sizes are embracing digital workflows to improve efficiency, reduce turnaround times and meet customer expectations. If your company is still relying on paper documents and manual signatures, now may be the time to take a fresh look at what you might be missing.

Potential advantages

For small to midsize businesses, there are generally three reasons to use digital documents with e-signatures. First, of course, it’s faster. When you can review and sign a business document electronically, it can be transmitted instantly and approved much more quickly.

And this works both ways: your customers can sign contracts or submit orders for your products or services, and you can sign similar documents with vendors, partners or consultants. What used to take days or even weeks, as delivery services carried out their duties or paper envelopes crisscrossed in the mail, can now occur in a matter of hours.

Second, it’s a strong safeguard against disaster, theft and mishandling. Paper is all too easily destroyed, damaged, lost or stolen. That’s not to say digital documents are impervious to thievery, corruption and deletion. However, a trusted provider should be able to outfit you with software that not only allows you to use digital documents with e-signatures, but also keeps those files encrypted and safe.

Third, as mentioned, more and more customers want it. In fact, this may be the most important reason to incorporate digital documents and e-signatures into your business. Younger generations have come of age using digitized business services. They expect this functionality and may prefer a company that offers it to one that still requires them to put pen to paper.

Valid concerns

Many business owners continue to have valid concerns about digital documents and e-signatures. For example, you may worry about how legally binding a digitized contract or other important document may be. However, e-signatures are now widely used and generally considered lawful under two statutes: 1) the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act of 2000, a federal law, and 2) the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, which governs each state unless a comparable law is in place.

Indeed, every state has legislation in place legalizing e-signatures. There may be some limited exceptions in certain cases, so check with your attorney for specifics if you decide to transition to using the technology.

Another concern you might have is cybersecurity. And there’s no doubt that data breaches are now so common that business owners must expect hacking attempts rather than hope they never happen.

As mentioned, a reputable provider of digital document technology should be able to equip your company with the necessary tools to defend itself. But don’t stop there. If you haven’t already, establish a sound, regularly updated cybersecurity strategy that encompasses every aspect of your business — including when and how digital documents and e-signatures are used.

Strategic move

Implementing this increasingly used technology is a strategic move. As such, it will likely involve costs related to vetting software providers, training your team, and updating internal assets and processes. But it also may be a wise investment in faster transactions, improved security and a better customer experience. Plus, you’ll pay less in express delivery fees. We can help you evaluate the idea, forecast your return on investment, and, if appropriate, build a smooth transition plan that fits your budget and goals.

Act soon: The OBBBA ends clean energy tax breaks

Tue, 05 Aug 2025 17:29:53 GMT

The newly enacted One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) represents a major move by President Trump and congressional Republicans to roll back a number of clean energy tax incentives originally introduced or expanded under the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA). Below is a summary of the key individual tax credits that will soon be scaled back or eliminated.

Clean vehicle tax credits

If you’re planning to buy a clean vehicle, consider acting soon to take advantage of expiring tax benefits:

New clean vehicle credit. This credit offers up to $7,500 for qualifying new electric and fuel cell vehicles, depending on how the battery components and critical minerals are sourced. Vehicles that meet only one of the sourcing criteria may be eligible for a reduced $3,750 credit. Originally set to expire in 2032, this credit now ends on September 30, 2025.

The maximum manufacturer’s suggested retail price is $55,000 for cars and $80,000 for SUVs, trucks and vans. To qualify, your adjusted gross income (AGI) must not exceed $150,000 ($300,000 for married couples filing jointly and $225,000 for heads of households).

Used clean vehicle credit. Buyers of eligible used EVs or fuel cell vehicles may claim up to $4,000, or 30% of the purchase price — whichever is lower — if bought from a dealer. This credit also expires on September 30, 2025.

The maximum price of the vehicle is $25,000. To be eligible for the credit, your AGI must not exceed $75,000 for single taxpayers ($150,000 for married joint filers and $112,500 for heads of households).

Alternative fuel refueling property credit

Homeowners who install equipment to recharge EVs or dispense clean fuel may qualify for the alternative fuel vehicle refueling property credit. The IRA had extended and expanded this benefit.

For property placed in service at a primary residence after 2023, the credit equals 30% of the installation cost, up to $1,000 per item (charging port, fuel dispenser, or storage property). Equipment must be placed in service by June 30, 2026, instead of the previous end-of-2032 deadline.

Home energy tax credits

The OBBBA shortens the lifespan of several tax credits available to individual homeowners. Those planning home upgrades may want to act swiftly to make the most of these two opportunities.

Energy efficient home improvement credit. This tax break provides a 30% nonrefundable credit for qualified expenses such as energy-efficient doors, windows, skylights, insulation, heat pumps and home energy audits. The maximum credit you can claim this year is $1,200.

There are no income restrictions, but credit caps vary by item. In 2025, credit limits include:

$250 per exterior door ($500 total),
$600 for windows, central A/C, panels, and select equipment,
$150 for energy audits, and
$2,000 for heat pumps, water heaters, and biomass systems (superseding the usual $1,200 limit).

This credit was previously scheduled to end after 2032. The expiration has been moved up to December 31, 2025.

Residential clean energy credit. This tax break provides a 30% nonrefundable credit for renewable energy systems like solar, wind, geothermal, and biomass installations. There are no income limits. Under prior law, this credit was set to expire after 2034. The OBBBA makes the new expiration date December 31, 2025.

Secure savings now

Given the shortened timelines and reduced availability of green tax benefits under the OBBBA, proactive planning is key. If you’re interested, you should make the most of these incentives while they last. Contact us with any questions about your situation.

The new law includes a game-changer for business payment reporting

Mon, 04 Aug 2025 17:25:09 GMT

The One, Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) contains a major overhaul to an outdated IRS requirement. Beginning with payments made in 2026, the new law raises the threshold for information reporting on certain business payments from $600 to $2,000. Beginning in 2027, the threshold amount will be adjusted for inflation.

The current requirement: $600 threshold

For decades, the IRS has required that businesses file Form 1099-NEC (previously 1099-MISC) for payments made to independent contractors that exceed $600 in a calendar year. This threshold amount has remained unchanged since the 1950s!

The same $600 threshold is in place for Forms 1099-MISC, which businesses file for several types of payments, including prizes, rents and payments to attorneys.

Certain deadlines must be met. A Form 1099-NEC must be filed with the IRS by January 31 of the year following the year in which a payment was made. A copy must be sent to the recipient by the same January 31 deadline.

A Form 1099-MISC must also be provided to a recipient by January 31 of the year following a payment, but unlike Form 1099-NEC, the 1099-MISC deadline for the IRS depends on how it’s submitted. If a business is filing the form on paper, the deadline is February 28. If the form is being submitted electronically, the deadline is March 31.

The new rules raise the bar to $2,000

Under the OBBBA, the threshold increases to $2,000, meaning:

Fewer 1099s will need to be issued and filed.
There will be reduced paperwork and administrative overhead for small businesses.
There will be better alignment with inflation and modern economic realities.

For example, let’s say your business engaged a freelance graphic designer and pays the individual $650 this year. You’ll need to send a 1099-NEC to the designer for calendar year 2025. But if you hire the same individual in 2026, you won’t be required to send a 1099 to the graphic designer or the IRS in 2027 unless the designer earns more than $2,000.

The money is still taxable income

Even if an independent contractor doesn’t receive a 1099-NEC because the amount paid was below the threshold amount, the payment(s) are still considered part of the individual’s gross income. The contractor must report all business income received on his or her tax return, unless an exclusion applies.

In addition, businesses must continue to maintain accurate records of all payments.

There are changes to Form 1099-K, too

The OBBBA also reinstates a higher threshold for Forms 1099-K, used by third-party payment processors. The reporting threshold returns to $20,000 and 200 transactions, rolling back the phased-in lower thresholds that had dropped toward $600 by 2026. This rollback undoes changes from the 2021 American Rescue Plan Act and earlier IRS delay plans.

Simplicity and relief

Raising the threshold will ease the filing burden for millions of businesses, especially small operations that rely on contractors. There will also be less risk that an IRS penalty will be imposed for failing to file a Form 1099 when required. Contact us with any questions about the new rules or your filing requirements.

Income taxes can negatively impact your estate plan

Thu, 31 Jul 2025 20:13:26 GMT

As the federal gift and estate tax exemption increases, the number of families affected by gift and estate tax liability decreases. With the passage of the One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA), wealthy families now have greater certainty that the exemption amount will remain high and continue to increase in the future.

The exemption had been scheduled to return to an inflation-adjusted $5 million in 2026. But the OBBBA permanently increases it to $15 million for 2026. The amount will be adjusted annually for inflation. (For 2025, the exemption amount is $13.99 million.) Now, because many estates won’t be subject to estate tax, more planning can be devoted to easing the income tax bite for heirs.

Why income taxes matter

If you gift an asset to your child or other loved one during your life, your tax basis in the asset carries over to the recipient. If the asset has appreciated significantly in value, the sale of the asset will result in a capital gain.

For example, say you bought a piece of real estate 20 years ago for $200,000 and its value has grown to $1 million. If you give the property to your child, who decides to sell it, he or she will be liable for as much as $160,000 in long-term capital gains tax (20% of the $800,000 gain).

In contrast, when an asset is transferred at death — that is, via “bequest, devise or inheritance” — the recipient’s basis is “stepped-up” to the asset’s date-of-death fair market value. The recipient can turn around and sell the asset tax-free (apart from any tax on post-death gains). Thus, from purely an income tax perspective, it’s advantageous to hold on to appreciating assets rather than gift them during your life.

If you don’t expect that your estate will exceed the gift and estate tax exemption, retaining these assets until death can minimize the impact of income tax on your heirs. However, if your estate is large enough that estate tax liability is a concern, the possibility of income tax savings may be outweighed by the potential estate tax bill.

In that case, a better strategy may be to remove assets from your estate — through outright gifts, irrevocable trusts or other vehicles. Doing so will shield future appreciation in their value from the estate tax.

Crunch the numbers

To determine the right strategy for you and your family, you need to do some forecasting. By estimating the potential income and estate tax liabilities associated with various options, you can get an idea of whether you should focus your planning efforts on income tax or estate tax. Of course, if there’s little chance your estate will exceed the exemption, it makes sense to adopt strategies that minimize income tax. But for some families, it may be a closer call. Contact us with questions.

Businesses can still choose to address sustainability

Wed, 30 Jul 2025 16:23:27 GMT

For many years, businesses of all shapes and sizes have at least considered sustainability when running their operations. Many people — including customers, investors, employees and job candidates — care about how a company impacts the environment. And reducing energy use, water consumption and waste generally lowers operational costs.

However, the current “environment regarding the environment,” has changed. With the passage of the One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA), the federal government has disincentivized businesses from taking certain green measures. So, you may be reevaluating your company’s stance on sustainability.

Apparent interest

According to one survey, a serious interest in sustainability remains present among many businesses. In February, management consultancy Kearney, in association with climate action media platform We Don’t Have Time, released the results of a survey of more than 500 finance executives from companies in the United States, United Kingdom, United Arab Emirates and India.

Of those respondents, 93% said they saw a clear business case for sustainability. Meanwhile, 92% expected to invest more in sustainability this year — with 62% of respondents saying they planned to allocate more than 2.1% of revenue to sustainability in 2025.

Now whether and how fully these investments come to fruition this year is hard to say. However, the fact remains that sustainability has been and will likely continue to be a strategically significant factor in many industries.

Vanishing tax breaks

As mentioned, the OBBBA has thrown a wrench into tax relief related to certain sustainable measures.

For example, the Section 179D Energy Efficient Commercial Buildings Deduction has been around since 2006. It got a big boost from the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) of 2022, which increased the potential size of the deduction and expanded the pool of eligible taxpayers. However, the OBBBA permanently eliminates this tax break for buildings or systems on which construction begins after June 30, 2026.

The OBBBA also nixes an incentive for the business use of “clean” vehicles. The Qualified Commercial Clean Vehicle Credit, under Sec. 45W of the tax code, hadn’t been previously scheduled to expire until after 2032. However, it’s now available only for vehicles acquired on or before September 30, 2025. Depending on vehicle weight, the maximum credit is up to $7,500 or $40,000.

Has your company installed an electric vehicle charger or another qualified dispenser of or storage facility for clean-burning fuel? If so, you may be able to claim the Alternative Fuel Vehicle Refueling Property Credit under Sec. 30C of the tax code. The IRA had scheduled the credit — which is worth up to $100,000 per item — to sunset after 2032. But under the OBBBA, eligible property must be placed in service on or before June 30, 2026, to qualify.

Tailored strategy

Where does all this leave your business? Well, naturally, it’s up to you and your leadership team whether you want to address sustainability and, if you decide to do so, precisely how. Typically, when devising or revising a strategy in this area, your company should:

Conduct an up-to-date baseline assessment of energy use, water consumption, waste generation and your business’s overall carbon footprint,
Set clear goals and metrics based on reliable data and the input of professional advisors,
Address the impact of logistics, your supply chain and employee transportation, and
Communicate effectively with staff to gather feedback and build buy-in.

And don’t necessarily give up on tax incentives. Although some federal tax breaks may be going away in the near future, state and local ones might exist that could benefit your business.

Your call

Again, as a business owner, you get to make the call regarding your company’s philosophy and approach to sustainability. If it’s something you intend to prioritize, we can help you review your operations and identify cost-effective and possibly tax-saving ways to make a positive environmental impact.

What taxpayers need to know about the IRS ending paper checks

Tue, 29 Jul 2025 19:12:24 GMT

The federal government has announced a major change that will affect how numerous Americans receive their tax refunds and federal benefit payments. The U.S. Treasury Department, the IRS and the Social Security Administration (SSA) will soon stop issuing paper checks. This transition is designed to increase efficiency, reduce fraud and lower administrative costs — but it also means that taxpayers must prepare for an all-electronic system.

Background information

Many taxpayers still receive paper checks for tax refunds. This is also the case with some Social Security benefits and other federal payments. Under an executive order (EO) signed by President Trump, paper checks will no longer be an option, effective September 30, 2025. Direct deposit will become the default (and only) method of payment, unless the government extends the deadline or provides exceptions.

In the EO, President Trump cites several reasons for eliminating paper checks. One is to reduce the risk of fraud. “Historically, Department of the Treasury checks are 16 times more likely to be reported lost or stolen, returned undeliverable, or altered than an electronic funds transfer,” the EO states.

Taxpayers without bank accounts

One significant challenge to making the transition away from paper checks is the “unbanked” population. These are people who don’t have traditional bank accounts. According to the FDIC, millions of Americans remain unbanked for various reasons, including lack of access, mistrust of banks or high fees.

The government may solve this challenge by issuing refunds on debit cards or encouraging financial institutions to offer free or low-fee accounts for affected taxpayers. Taxpayers without bank accounts should take steps now to open them to avoid delays in receiving their refunds.

Key implications

Some people may opt to request paper refund checks when filing their tax returns for reasons other than not having bank accounts. In some cases, they may have security or privacy concerns about providing account information to the IRS. Or perhaps they don’t know where they want to deposit their refunds when their tax returns are being prepared.

Here are three ways you may be affected after the federal government completes the transition from paper checks to an all-electronic system:

A bank account will be required. Taxpayers must have U.S.-based bank accounts or credit union accounts to receive their refunds.
There will be no more delays due to the mail. Direct deposit is faster than mailing paper checks, resulting in reduced wait times.
The risk of lost or stolen checks will be eliminated. Electronic transfers will eliminate fraud and identity theft associated with paper checks.

Special considerations for U.S. citizens abroad

Americans living overseas may encounter problems receiving electronic refunds. The IRS typically requires a U.S. bank account for direct deposit. Foreign accounts generally don’t work with the IRS refund system.

To address this issue, the government may offer exceptions or alternative payment methods for individuals outside the United States, but the details are still unclear. Expats should stay informed and plan ahead. The elimination of paper checks could necessitate setting up a U.S.-based bank account or using financial services that provide U.S. banking solutions.

Impact on other taxpayers

The American Institute of CPAs (AICPA) has provided feedback to the Treasury Department about the change. While the AICPA is generally in favor of eliminating paper checks, it raised some issues about taxpayers who may encounter problems with the change.

For example, executors and trustees must fill out forms that currently don’t have a place on them to enter direct deposit information. In addition, the name on an estate checking account won’t match the name on a deceased person’s final tax return. This violates an electronic refund requirement that the name on a tax return must match the name on a bank account into which a refund is to be deposited.

For these and other situations, the AICPA has recommended that the government provide exceptions or extensions of the deadline for certain taxpayers. The group would also like the IRS to provide more guidance on how to proceed in specific situations.

Social Security beneficiaries

The SSA reports that fewer than 1% of beneficiaries currently receive paper checks. If you’re one of them, visit the SSA to change your payment information to include a bank account or enroll in an option to receive your benefits with a Direct Express® prepaid debit card.

Bottom line

The elimination of paper checks is a significant shift in how federal payments are made. While this move will likely result in faster and more secure transactions, it also means taxpayers need to be prepared well before the September 30 deadline. The IRS and SSA will likely release additional guidance and outreach campaigns in the coming months.

If you have questions about how this change will affect filing your tax returns, contact us.

What you still need to know about the alternative minimum tax after the new law

Tue, 29 Jul 2025 19:11:10 GMT

The alternative minimum tax (AMT) is a separate federal income tax system that bears some resemblance to the regular federal income tax system. The difference is that the individual AMT system taxes certain types of income that are tax-free under the regular system. It also disallows some deductions that are allowed under the regular system. If the AMT exceeds your regular tax bill, you owe the larger AMT amount.

Tax law changes

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) made the individual alternative minimum tax (AMT) rules more taxpayer-friendly for 2018-2025 and significantly reduced the odds that you’ll owe the AMT for those years. But the new One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) contains mixed news about your AMT exposure.

AMT rates

The maximum AMT rate is “only” 28% versus the 37% maximum regular federal income tax rate. At first glance, it may seem counterintuitive that anyone would worry about paying AMT. However, while the top AMT rate is lower, it applies to a much larger taxable base with fewer deductions and credits. That’s why people in certain situations still need to worry about it.

For 2025, the maximum 28% AMT rate kicks in when your taxable income, calculated under the AMT rules, exceeds an inflation-adjusted threshold of $239,100 for married joint-filing couples or $119,550 for other taxpayers. Below these thresholds, the AMT rate is 26%.

AMT exemptions

Under the AMT rules, you’re allowed an inflation-adjusted AMT exemption — effectively a deduction — in calculating your alternative minimum taxable income. The TCJA significantly increased the exemption amounts for 2018-2025. The OBBBA made the TCJA increased exemption amounts permanent, with annual inflation adjustments.

For 2025, the exemption amounts are $88,100 for unmarried individuals, $137,000 married joint-filing couples, and $68,500 for married individuals who file separate returns.

Exemption phase-out rule

At high levels of alternative minimum taxable income, your AMT exemption is phased out, which increases the odds that you’ll owe the tax. The TCJA dramatically increased the phase-out thresholds to levels where most taxpayers are unaffected by the phase-out rule. For 2025, the exemption begins to be phased out when alternative minimum taxable income exceeds $626,350 or $1,252,700 for a married joint-filing couple. For 2018-2025, the applicable exemption is reduced by 25% of the excess of your alternative minimum taxable income over the applicable phase-out threshold.

Mixed news in the OBBBA

Starting in 2026, the OBBBA makes the $500,000 and $1 million exemption phase-out threshold permanent. That’s the good news.

The bad news: Starting in 2026, the new law resets the exemption phase-out thresholds to $500,000 and $1 million with annual inflation adjustments for 2026 and beyond. So for 2026, these phase-out thresholds will be lower than the higher thresholds that apply for 2025. More bad news: Starting in 2026, the OBBBA increases the exemption phase-out percentage from 25% to 50%.

Bottom line: For 2026 and beyond, AMT exemptions for higher-income taxpayers can be phased out faster. That means more taxpayers may owe the AMT for 2026 and beyond.

AMT risk factors

Various interacting factors make it difficult to pinpoint exactly who’ll be hit by the AMT and who’ll dodge it. Here are five implications and risk factors.

Substantial income from capital gains or other sources. When you have high income, from whatever sources, it can cause your AMT exemption to be partially or completely phased out. That increases the odds that you’ll owe the AMT.
Itemized state and local tax (SALT) deductions. You can’t deduct SALT expenses under the AMT rules. This can hurt those living in high-tax states.
Exercise of incentive stock options (ISOs). When you exercise an ISO, the bargain element (the difference between the market value of the shares on the exercise date and your ISO exercise price) doesn’t count as income under the regular tax rules, but it counts as income under the AMT rules.
Standard deductions. Standard deductions are disallowed under the AMT rules.
Private activity bond interest income. This category of interest income is tax-free for regular tax purposes but taxable under the AMT rules.

Determine your status

The TCJA significantly reduced the odds that you’ll owe the AMT. But the OBBBA increases the odds for some taxpayers, thanks to unfavorable changes to the AMT exemption rules that will take effect in 2026. Don’t assume you’re exempt from AMT — especially if you have some of the risk factors outlined above. Contact us to determine your current status after the OBBBA changes take effect.

The QBI deduction and what’s new in the One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act

Mon, 28 Jul 2025 21:30:54 GMT

The qualified business income (QBI) deduction, which became effective in 2018, is a significant tax benefit for many business owners. It allows eligible taxpayers to deduct up to 20% of QBI, not to exceed 20% of taxable income. It can also be claimed for up to 20% of income from qualified real estate investment trust dividends.

With recent changes under the One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA), this powerful deduction is becoming more accessible and beneficial. Most important, the OBBBA makes the QBI deduction permanent. It had been scheduled to end on December 31, 2025.

A closer look

QBI is generally defined as the net amount of qualified income, gain, deduction and loss from a qualified U.S. trade or business. Taxpayers eligible for the deduction include sole proprietors and owners of pass-through entities, such as partnerships, S corporations and limited liability companies that are treated as sole proprietorships, partnerships or S corporations for tax purposes. C corporations aren’t eligible.

Additional limits on the deduction gradually phase in if 2025 taxable income exceeds the applicable threshold — $197,300 or $394,600 for married couples filing joint tax returns. The limits fully apply when 2025 taxable income exceeds $247,300 and $494,600, respectively.

For example, if a taxpayer’s income exceeds the applicable threshold, the deduction starts to become limited to:

50% of the amount of W-2 wages paid to employees by the qualified business during the tax year, or
The sum of 25% of W-2 wages plus 2.5% of the cost (not reduced by depreciation taken) of qualified property, which is the depreciable tangible property (including real estate) owned by a qualified business as of year end and used by the business at any point during the tax year to produce QBI.

Also, if a taxpayer’s income exceeds the applicable threshold and the QBI is from a “specified service business,” the deduction will be reduced and eventually eliminated. Examples of specified service businesses are those involving investment-type services and most professional practices, including law, health, consulting, performing arts and athletics (but not engineering and architecture).

Even better next year

Under the OBBBA, beginning in 2026, the income ranges over which the wage/property and specified service business limits phase in will widen, potentially allowing larger deductions for some taxpayers. Instead of the distance from the bottom of the range (the threshold) to the top (the amount at which the limit fully applies) being $50,000, or, for joint filers, $100,000, it will be $75,000, or, for joint filers, $150,000. The threshold amounts will continue to be annually adjusted for inflation.

The OBBBA also provides a new minimum deduction of $400 for taxpayers who materially participate in an active trade or business if they have at least $1,000 of QBI from it. The minimum deduction will be annually adjusted for inflation after 2026.

Action steps

With the QBI changes, it may be time to revisit your tax strategies. Certain tax planning moves may increase or decrease your allowable QBI deduction. Contact us to develop strategies that maximize your benefits under the new law.

Create an estate planning road map using a letter of instruction

Thu, 24 Jul 2025 16:45:47 GMT

Including a letter of instruction in your estate plan is a simple yet powerful way to communicate your personal wishes to your family and executor outside of formal legal documents. While not legally binding, the letter can serve as a road map to help those managing your estate carry out your wishes with fewer questions or disputes.

Contents of your letter

What your letter addresses largely depends on your personal circumstances. However, an effective letter of instruction must cover the following:

Documents and assets. State the location of your will and other important estate planning documents, such as powers of attorney, trusts, living wills and health care directives. Also, provide the location of critical documents such as your birth certificate, marriage license, divorce documents and military paperwork.

Next, create an inventory — a spreadsheet may be ideal for this purpose — of all your assets, their locations, account numbers and relevant contacts. These may include, but aren’t necessarily limited to:

Checking and savings accounts,
Retirement plans and IRAs,
Health and accident insurance plans,
Business insurance,
Life and disability income insurance, and
Stocks, bonds, mutual funds and other investment accounts.

Don’t forget about liabilities. Provide information on mortgages, debts and other loans your family should know about.

Digital assets. At this point, most or all of your financial accounts may be available through digital means, including bank accounts, securities and retirement plans. It’s critical for your letter of instruction to inform your loved ones on how to access your digital accounts. Accordingly, the letter should compile usernames and passwords for digital financial accounts as well as social media accounts, key websites and links of significance.

Funeral and burial arrangements. Usually, a letter of instruction will also include particulars about funeral and burial arrangements. If you’ve already made funeral and burial plans, spell out the details in your letter.

This can be helpful to grieving family members. You may want to mention particulars like the person (or people) you’d like to give your eulogy, the setting and even musical selections. If you prefer cremation to burial, make that abundantly clear.

Provide a list of people you want to be contacted when you pass away and their relevant information. Typically, this will include the names, phone numbers, addresses and emails of the professionals handling your finances, such as an attorney, CPA, financial planner, life insurance agent and stockbroker. Finally, write down your wishes for any special charitable donations to be made in your memory.

Express your personal thoughts

Your letter of instruction complements the legal rigor of your estate planning documents with practical and personal guidance. Indeed, one of the most valuable functions of a letter is to offer personal context or emotional guidance. You can use it to explain the reasoning behind decisions in your will, share messages with loved ones, or express values and hopes for the future. Contact us if you’d like additional information.

Developing a comprehensive AI strategy for your business

Wed, 23 Jul 2025 17:36:00 GMT

We’ve reached a point where artificial intelligence (AI) offers functionality and enhancements to most businesses. Yours may be able to use it to streamline operations, improve customer interactions or uncover growth opportunities.

However, getting the max benefit calls for doing much more than jumping on the bandwagon. To make this technology truly work for your company, you’ve got to develop a comprehensive AI strategy that aligns with your overall strategic plan.

Identify your needs

Many businesses waste resources, both financial and otherwise, by hastily investing in AI without thoroughly considering whether and how the tools they purchase effectively address specific needs. Before spending anything — or any more — sit down with your leadership team and ask key questions such as:

What strategic problems are we trying to solve?
Are there repetitive tasks draining employees’ time and energy?
Could we use data more effectively to guide business decisions?

The key is to narrow down specific challenges or goals to actionable ways that AI can help. For example, if your staff spends too much time manually sorting and answering relatively straightforward customer inquiries, a simple AI chatbot might ease their workload and free them up for more productive activities. Or if forecasting demand is a struggle, AI-driven analytics may help you develop a clearer picture of future sales opportunities.

Be strategic

As you develop an AI strategy, insist on targeted and scalable investments. In other words, as mentioned, prospective solutions must fulfill specified needs. However, they also need to be able to grow with your business.

In addition, consider whether the AI tools you’re evaluating suit your budget, have reliable support and will integrate well with your current systems. Don’t ignore the tax implications either. The recently passed One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act has enhanced depreciation-related tax breaks that AI software may qualify for if you buy it outright.

Provide proper training

Training is another piece of the puzzle that often goes missing when businesses try to implement AI. Earlier this year, the Pew Research Center published the results of an October 2024 survey of more than 5,200 employed U.S. adults. Although 51% of respondents reported they’d received extra training at work, only 24% of that group said the training was related to AI.

This would seem to indicate that AI-specific training isn’t exactly commonplace. Make sure to build this component into your strategy. Proper training will help ensure a smoother adoption of each tool and increase your odds of a solid return on investment.

As you provide it, also ease employee concerns about job loss or disruption. That same Pew Research Center survey found that 52% of workers who responded are worried about the future impact of AI in the workplace. You may want to help your staff understand how the technology will support their work, not replace it.

Measure and adjust

As is the case with any investment, every AI tool you procure — whether buying it or signing up for a subscription — should deliver results that justify its expense. While shopping for and rolling out a new solution, clearly establish how you’ll measure success. Major factors may include time saved, customer satisfaction and revenue growth.

Once a solution is in place, don’t hesitate to make adjustments if something isn’t working. This may involve providing further training to users or limiting the use of an AI tool until you gain a better understanding of it.

If you’re using a subscription-based solution, you may be able to cancel it early. However, first check the contract terms to determine whether you’d suffer negative consequences such as a substantial termination fee or immediate loss of data.

Account for everything

There’s no doubt that AI has a lot to offer today’s small to midsize businesses. Unfortunately, it can also be overwhelming and financially costly if you’re not careful about choosing and implementing solutions. We can help you develop an AI strategy that accounts for costs, tax impact and return on investment.

What families need to know about the new tax law

Tue, 22 Jul 2025 22:51:55 GMT

The One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) has introduced significant tax changes that could affect families across the country. While many of the provisions aim to provide financial relief, the new rules can be complex. Below is an overview of the key changes.

Adoption credit enhanced

Parents who adopt may be eligible for more generous tax relief. Under current law, a tax credit of up to $17,280 is available for the costs of adoption in 2025. The credit begins to phase out in 2025 for taxpayers with modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) of $259,190 and is eliminated for those with MAGI of $299,190 or more.

If you qualify, the adoption credit can reduce your tax liability on a dollar-for-dollar basis. This is much more valuable than a deduction, which only reduces the amount of income subject to tax.

What changed? Beginning in 2025, the OBBBA makes the adoption tax credit partially refundable up to $5,000. This means that eligible families can receive this portion as a refund even if they owe no federal income tax. Previously, the credit was entirely nonrefundable, limiting its benefit to families with sufficient tax liability. The refundable amount is indexed for inflation but can’t be carried forward to future tax years.

Child Tax Credit increased, and new rules imposed

Beginning in 2025, the OBBBA permanently increases the Child Tax Credit (CTC) to $2,200 for each qualifying child under the age of 17. (This is up from $2,000 before the law was enacted). The credit is subject to income-based phaseouts and will be adjusted annually for inflation after 2025.

The refundable portion of the CTC is made permanent. The refundable amount is $1,700 for 2025, with annual inflation adjustments starting in 2026.

The MAGI phaseout thresholds of $200,000 and $400,000 for married joint-filing couples are also made permanent. (However, these thresholds won’t be adjusted annually for inflation.)

Important: Starting in 2025, no CTC will be allowed unless you report Social Security numbers for the child and the taxpayer claiming the credit on the return. For married couples filing jointly, a Social Security number for at least one spouse must be reported on the return.

Introduction of Trump Accounts

We’re still in the early stages of learning about this new type of tax-advantaged account but here’s what we know. Starting in 2026, Trump Accounts will offer some families a way to save for the future. An account can be set up for anyone under age 18 at the end of the tax year who has a Social Security number.

Annual contributions of up to $5,000 (adjusted annually for inflation after 2027) can be made until the year the child turns 18. In addition, U.S. citizen children born after December 31, 2024, and before January 1, 2029, with at least one U.S. citizen parent, may potentially qualify for an initial $1,000 government-funded deposit.

Contributions aren’t deductible, but earnings grow tax deferred as long as they’re in the account. The account generally must be invested in exchange-traded funds or mutual funds that track the return of a qualified index and meet certain other requirements. Employers may make contributions to Trump accounts on behalf of employees’ dependents. Withdrawals generally can’t be taken until the child turns age 18.

Even more changes

Here are three more family-related changes:

The child and dependent care credit. This credit provides parents a tax break to offset the cost of child care when they work or look for work. Beginning in 2026, there will be changes to the way the credit is calculated and the amount of income that parents can have before the credit phases out. This will result in more parents becoming eligible for the credit or seeing an increased tax benefit.

Qualified expenses for 529 plans. If you have a 529 plan for your child’s education, or you’re considering starting a plan, there will soon be more opportunities to make tax-exempt withdrawals. Beginning in 2026, you can withdraw up to $20,000 for K-12 tuition expenses, as well as take money out of a plan for qualified expenses such as books, online education materials and tutoring. These withdrawals can be made if the 529 plan beneficiary attends a public, private or religious school.

Sending money to family members in other countries. One of the lesser-known provisions in the OBBBA is that the money an individual sends to another country may be subject to tax, beginning in 2026. The 1% excise tax applies to transfers of cash or cash equivalents from a sender in the United States to a foreign recipient via a remittance transfer provider. The transfer provider will collect the tax as part of the transfer fee and then remit it quarterly to the U.S. Treasury. Transfers made through a financial institution (such as a bank) or with a debit or credit card are excluded from the tax.

What to do next

These and other changes in the OBBBA may offer substantial opportunities for families — but they also bring new rules, limits and planning considerations. The sooner you start planning, the better positioned you’ll be. Contact us to discuss how these changes might affect your family’s tax strategy.

How will the One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act affect individual taxpayers?

Thu, 17 Jul 2025 22:18:13 GMT

The One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) includes, among many other things, numerous provisions that can affect an individual’s taxes. The new law makes some changes to existing tax breaks that will be significant to many, but not all, taxpayers. It also creates new breaks that, again, will be significant to certain taxpayers. Finally, it makes permanent the tax rate reductions and most of the changes to deductions and credits made by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA), with occasional tweaks.

State and local tax deduction

The OBBBA increases the limit on the state and local tax (SALT) deduction through 2029. Beginning in 2025, eligible taxpayers can deduct up to $40,000 ($20,000 for married couples filing separately) of SALT, including property tax and either income tax or sales tax, with a 1% annual increase thereafter. However, in 2030, the previous limit of $10,000 ($5,000 for separate filers) will resume.

When modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) exceeds $500,000 ($250,000 for separate filers), the cap is reduced by 30% of the amount by which MAGI exceeds the threshold — but not below $10,000 ($5,000 for separate filers). If you expect to be near or over the threshold, taking steps to reduce your MAGI (for example, increasing retirement plan contributions or making IRA qualified charitable distributions) could help you secure the full SALT deduction.

Child Tax Credit

The $2,000 Child Tax Credit (CTC) for children under age 17 was slated to return to $1,000 per child after 2025, with the income phaseout levels subject to lower thresholds. Also, the $500 Credit for Other Dependents (COD) was scheduled to expire at that time. The COD is available for each qualifying dependent other than a qualifying child (such as a dependent child over the age limit or a dependent elderly parent).

The OBBBA makes the doubled CTC permanent, with an increase to $2,200 starting this year and annual inflation adjustments to follow. It also makes permanent the $1,400 refundable portion of the CTC, adjusted for inflation ($1,700 in 2025), and the $500 nonrefundable COD. And it makes permanent the income phaseout thresholds of $200,000, or $400,000 for joint filers.

Education-related breaks

The OBBBA expands the definition of qualified expenses that can be paid for with tax-free distributions from Section 529 plans. For example, tax-free distributions can now cover qualified post-secondary credentialing expenses. In addition, tax-free elementary and secondary school distributions are no longer limited to paying tuition; they can also pay for books and other instructional materials, online educational materials, tutoring or educational classes outside the home, and certain testing fees.

The OBBBA also increases the annual limit on tax-free distributions for qualified elementary and secondary school expenses from $10,000 to $20,000 beginning in 2026.

In addition, the law creates a tax credit of up to $1,700 for contributions to organizations that provide scholarships to elementary and secondary school students. Students who benefit from the scholarships must be part of a household with an income that doesn’t exceed 300% of the area’s median gross income and be eligible to enroll in a public elementary or secondary school.

The OBBBA also makes some tax law changes related to student loans:

Employer-paid student loan debt. If your employer pays some of your student loan debt, you may be eligible to exclude up to $5,250 from income. The OBBBA makes this break permanent, and the limit will be annually adjusted for inflation after 2026.

Forgiven student loan debt. Forgiven debt is typically treated as taxable income, but tax-free treatment is available for student loan debt forgiven after December 31, 2020, and before January 1, 2026. Under the OBBBA, beginning in 2026, only student loan debt that’s forgiven due to the death or total and permanent disability of the student will be excluded from income, but this exclusion is permanent. Warning: Some states may tax forgiven debt that’s excluded for federal tax purposes.

Charitable deductions

Generally, donations to qualified charities are fully deductible up to certain adjusted gross income (AGI)-based limits if you itemize deductions. The OBBBA creates a nonitemized charitable deduction of up to $1,000, or $2,000 for joint filers, which goes into effect in 2026.

Qualified small business stock

Generally, taxpayers selling qualified small business (QSB) stock are allowed to exclude up to 100% of their gain if they’ve held the stock for more than five years. (The exclusion is less for stock acquired before September 28, 2010.) Under pre-OBBBA law, to be a QSB, a business must be engaged in an active trade or business and must not have assets that exceed $50 million, among other requirements.

The OBBBA provides new, but smaller exclusions for QSB stock held for shorter periods. Specifically, it provides a 75% exclusion for QSB stock held for four years and a 50% exclusion for QSB stock held for three years. These exclusions go into effect for QSB stock acquired after July 4, 2025. The law also increases the asset ceiling for QSBs to $75 million (adjusted for inflation after 2026) for stock issued after July 4, 2025.

Affordable Care Act’s Premium Tax Credits

The OBBBA imposes new requirements for Premium Tax Credit (PTC) recipients. For example, beginning in 2028, eligible individuals must annually verify information such as household income, immigration status and place of residence. Previously, many insureds were allowed to automatically re-enroll annually.

Beginning in 2026, individuals who receive excess advanced PTCs based on estimated annual income must return the entire excess unless actual income is less than 100% of the federal poverty limit. Currently, individuals with incomes below 400% of the limit are required to make only partial repayments.

Temporary tax deductions

On the campaign trail in 2024, President Trump promised to eliminate taxes on tips, overtime and Social Security benefits and to make auto loan interest deductible. The OBBBA makes a dent in these promises but doesn’t completely fulfill them. Instead, it creates partial deductions that apply for 2025 through 2028. They’re available to both itemizers and nonitemizers:

Tips. Employees and independent contractors generally can claim a deduction of up to $25,000 for qualified tips received if they’re in an occupation that customarily and regularly received tips before 2025. (The eligible occupations will be determined by the IRS and are expected to be released by October 2, 2025.) The tips must be reported on a Form W-2, Form 1099 or other specified statement furnished to the individual or reported directly by the individual on Form 4137. The deduction begins to phase out when a taxpayer’s MAGI exceeds $150,000, or $300,000 for joint filers.

Overtime. Qualified overtime pay generally is deductible up to $12,500, or $25,000 for joint filers. It includes only the excess over the regular pay rate. For example, if a taxpayer is normally paid $20 per hour and is paid “time and a half” for overtime, only the extra $10 per hour for overtime counts as qualified overtime pay. The overtime pay must be reported separately on a taxpayer’s W-2 form, Form 1099 or other specified statement furnished to the individual. This deduction also starts phasing out when MAGI exceeds $150,000, or $300,000 for joint filers.

Deductible tips and overtime pay remain subject to federal payroll taxes and any applicable state income and payroll taxes.

Auto loan interest. Interest on qualified passenger vehicle loans originated after December 31, 2024, generally is deductible up to $10,000, though few vehicles come with that much annual interest. Qualified vehicles include cars, minivans, vans, SUVs, pickup trucks and motorcycles with gross vehicle weight ratings of less than 14,000 pounds that undergo final assembly in the United States. The deduction begins to phase out when MAGI exceeds $100,000, or $200,000 for joint filers.

“Senior” deduction. While the OBBBA doesn’t eliminate taxes on Social Security benefits, it does include a new deduction of $6,000 for taxpayers age 65 or older by December 31 of the tax year — regardless of whether they’re receiving Social Security benefits. The deduction begins phasing out when MAGI exceeds $75,000, or $150,000 for joint filers. Social Security benefits, however, are still taxable to the extent that they were before the OBBBA.

Finally, be aware that additional rules and limits apply to these new tax breaks. In many cases, the IRS will be publishing additional guidance and will provide transition relief for 2025 to eligible taxpayers and those subject to information reporting requirements.

Trump Accounts

Beginning in 2026, Trump Accounts will provide families with a new way to build savings for children. An account can be set up for anyone under age 18 at the end of the tax year who has a Social Security number.

Annual contributions of up to $5,000 can be made until the year the beneficiary turns age 18. In addition, U.S. citizen children born after December 31, 2024, and before January 1, 2029, with at least one U.S. citizen parent can potentially qualify for an initial $1,000 government-funded deposit.

Contributions aren’t deductible, but earnings grow tax-deferred as long as they’re in the account. The account generally must be invested in exchange-traded funds or mutual funds that track the return of a qualified index and meet certain other requirements. Withdrawals generally can’t be taken until the child turns age 18.

TCJA provisions

The OBBBA also makes permanent many TCJA provisions that were scheduled to expire after 2025, including:

Reduced individual income tax rates of 10%, 12%, 22%, 24%, 32%, 35% and 37%,
Higher standard deduction (for 2025, the OBBBA also slightly raises the deduction to $15,570 for singles, $23,625 for heads of households and $31,500 for joint filers),
The elimination of personal exemptions,
Higher alternative minimum tax exemptions,
The reduction of the limit on the mortgage debt deduction to the first $750,000 ($375,000 for separate filers) — but the law makes certain mortgage insurance premiums eligible for the deduction after 2025,
The elimination of the home equity interest deduction for debt that wouldn’t qualify for the home mortgage interest deduction, such as home equity debt used to pay off credit card debt,
The limit of the personal casualty deduction to losses resulting from federally declared disasters — but the OBBBA expands the limit to include certain state-declared disasters,
The elimination of miscellaneous itemized deductions (except for eligible unreimbursed educator expenses), and
The elimination of the moving expense deduction (except for members of the military and their families in certain circumstances and, beginning in 2026, certain employees or new appointees of the intelligence community).

The permanency of these provisions should provide some helpful clarity for tax planning. However, keep in mind that “permanent” simply means that the provisions have no expiration date. It’s still possible that lawmakers could make changes to them in the future.

Time to reassess

We’ve covered many of the most significant provisions affecting individual taxpayers, but there are other changes that also might affect you. For example, the OBBBA adds a new limitation on itemized deductions for taxpayers in the 37% tax bracket beginning in 2026. It also imposes a new limit on the deduction for gambling losses beginning next year. And sole proprietors and owners of pass-through businesses will also be directly affected by OBBBA tax law changes affecting businesses.

Given all of these and other tax law changes, now is a good time to review your tax situation and update your tax planning strategies. Turn to us to help you take full advantage of the new — or newly permanent — tax breaks.

2 options for creating a charitable legacy: Lifetime gifts and charitable bequests at death

Thu, 17 Jul 2025 17:26:49 GMT

Incorporating charitable giving into your estate plan can be a thoughtful and strategic way to support causes you care about while also achieving estate planning objectives. Whether you’re driven by philanthropic goals, legacy planning or financial considerations, planned giving can be an effective tool if you’re seeking to make a lasting impact.

You generally have two options for making charitable donations: lifetime gifts or charitable bequests at death. Be aware that each approach has its pros and cons.

Lifetime gifts vs. charitable bequests

Lifetime gifts allow you to enjoy the fruits of your philanthropic efforts while you’re alive. Charitable bequests, on the other hand, can be a great way to create a legacy. The latter may also be preferable if you’re not comfortable parting with too much of your wealth during your lifetime.

From a tax perspective, charitable bequests may have certain advantages over lifetime gifts. When you leave money or property to a qualified charity in your will, your estate may be eligible for an unlimited estate tax charitable deduction.

Lifetime gifts, on the other hand, offer both income tax and estate tax benefits. Not only are you entitled to an immediate income tax deduction (subject to applicable limits), but the value of the money or property (plus any future appreciation) is removed from your taxable estate.

Of course, estate tax liability is an issue only if the value of your estate will exceed the federal gift and estate tax exemption. For 2025, the exemption amount is $13.99 million. With the passage of the One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act, beginning in 2026, the amount is permanently set at $15 million and will be adjusted annually for inflation.

Factor in the estate tax charitable deduction

If you wish to make charitable bequests in your will, and estate tax liability is a concern, careful planning is needed to avoid pitfalls that can jeopardize the estate tax charitable deduction. Generally, the gifted assets must be:

Included in your gross estate,
Transferred by you through your will, and
Donated to a qualified charity.

If you give your executor or beneficiaries the discretion to distribute assets to charity, those gifts won’t qualify for the estate tax charitable deduction. However, beneficiaries may qualify for an income tax deduction.

The charitable bequest must be “ascertainable” at the time of your death; otherwise, the estate tax charitable deduction may be denied. Generally, that means a qualified charitable recipient must be specified in your will. Note: It may be possible to make a bequest to an unnamed charity depending on applicable state law.

The amount of the bequest must also be specified. That means your will must leave a certain dollar amount, a specific asset or a percentage of your estate to a charity. It’s also possible to leave the estate’s residue — that is, the amount left after all assets have been distributed to heirs and final expenses have been paid — to a charity.

A common pitfall in drafting charitable bequests is the failure to properly identify a qualified charitable recipient. Even if the bequest is correct at the time you draft your will, things can change over time. For example, a charity may change its name, merge with another organization, lose its tax-exempt status or cease to exist. For this reason, name one or more contingent charitable beneficiaries in the event the primary charitable beneficiary can’t accept the donation.

To ensure that charitable donations are effectively integrated into your estate plan, contact us. We can review your plan to determine that your intentions are clearly documented, tax-advantaged and legally sound. This not only protects your legacy but also maximizes the benefit to the organizations you care about.

How can your business set the stage for organic sales growth?

Wed, 16 Jul 2025 17:42:35 GMT

For businesses looking to reach the next level of success, there’s no bigger star than organic sales growth. Simply defined, this is achieving an increase in revenue through existing operations rather than from mergers, acquisitions or other external investments.

As you’ve likely noticed, coaxing this star into the spotlight isn’t easy. How can you set the stage for organic sales growth? Here are some fundamental ways.

It begins with customer service

Organic sales growth largely comes from getting more from your current customer base. Accomplishing this feat begins with premier customer service, which means more than just a smile and a handshake. Are your employees really hearing the issues and concerns raised? Do they not only solve problems, but also exceed customers’ expectations whenever possible?

The ability to conduct productive dialogues with customers is key to growing sales. Maintaining a positive, ongoing conversation starts with resolving any negative (or potentially negative) issues that arise as quickly as possible under strictly followed protocols. In addition, it includes simply checking in with customers regularly to see what they may need.

Marketing counts

Boosting sales of any kind, organic or otherwise, inevitably involves marketing. Do you often find yourself wondering why all your channels aren’t generating new leads at the same level? Most likely, it’s because your messaging on some of those channels is no longer connecting with customers and prospects.

On a regular basis, you might want to step back and reassess the nature and strengths of your company. Then use this assessment to revise your overall marketing strategy.

If you work directly with the buying public, you may want to cast as wide a net as possible. But if you sell to a specific industry or certain types of customers, you could organically grow sales by focusing on professional networking groups, social organizations or trade associations.

People matter

At the end of the day, organic sales growth is driven by a business’s people. Even the best idea can fail if employees aren’t fully prepared and committed to design, produce, market and sell your products or services. Of course, as you well know, employing talented, industrious staff requires much more than simply getting them to show up for work.

First, you must train employees well. This means they need to know how to do their jobs and how to help grow organic sales. You might ask: Does every worker really contribute to revenue gains? In a sense, yes, because everyone from entry-level staff to executives in corner offices drives sales.

Second, beyond receiving proper training, employees must be cared for and inspired through valued benefits and a positive work environment. Happy workers are more productive and more likely to preach the excellence of your company’s products or services to friends and family. Organic sales may occur as a result.

Star of the show

It’s the star of the show for a reason. Organic sales growth is generally considered more sustainable than inorganic revenue gains and a strong indicator of a healthy, competitive business. It also avoids the integration and compliance risks of mergers and acquisitions, not to mention the complications and dangers of acquiring outside financing. We can help you identify your company’s optimal strategies for achieving organic sales growth.

What the new tax law could mean for you

Tue, 15 Jul 2025 17:27:05 GMT

As 2025 began, individual taxpayers faced uncertainty with several key provisions of the tax law that were set to expire at the end of the year. That changed on July 4, when President Trump signed the One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) into law. The OBBBA not only makes many TCJA provisions permanent but also introduces several new benefits — although some other tax breaks have been removed. Below is a summary of eight areas with changes that may impact you and your family.

1. Child tax credit

Starting in 2025, the credit rises to $2,200 per qualifying child under 17 (up from $2,000). The refundable portion is set at $1,700 in 2025 and adjusted for inflation thereafter. Phaseouts begin at $200,000 for single taxpayers and $400,000 for joint filers.

A valid Social Security number for the child and at least one parent is required to claim the credit.

2. Credit for other dependents

The OBBBA retains the $500 credit for non-child dependents and makes it permanent. This applies to children who are too old to qualify for the child tax credit or elderly parents. This credit, also subject to the child tax credit phaseout rules, was set to expire after 2025.

3. Tax rates and brackets

The seven tax brackets introduced by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) were set to expire after 2025. The OBBBA makes these rates — 10%, 12%, 22%, 24%, 32%, 35% and 37% — permanent, with inflation-adjusted bracket thresholds beginning in 2026.

There are no changes to long-term capital gains and qualified dividends. They’ll remain taxed at 0%, 15%, or 20%. Real estate depreciation-related gains will still be taxed at up to 25%, and long-term gains on collectibles will still be taxed at 28%.

4. Increased standard deduction

The TCJA nearly doubled standard deduction amounts, and the OBBBA solidifies these increases starting in 2025 for taxpayers filing as:

Single, $15,750 (up from $15,000 before the law),
Head of household, $23,625 (up from $22,500), and
Married filing jointly, $31,500 (up from $30,000).

These figures will be adjusted for inflation from 2026 onward.

Additional deductions are still available for those age 65 or older or blind. They are $2,000 for single individuals and $1,600 per spouse for married couples filing jointly.

5. New senior deduction

For tax years 2025–2028, a new senior deduction of up to $6,000 is available to individuals age 65 or older, regardless of whether they itemize. The total deduction can be up to $12,000 for joint filers where both spouses are eligible.

The deduction begins to phase out when modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) exceeds $75,000 for singles or $150,000 for joint filers. It phases out completely at MAGI of $175,000 and $250,000, respectively.

6. SALT deduction cap

The deduction limit for state and local taxes (SALT) is raised temporarily. For 2025, it’s increased to $40,000 ($20,000 if married filing separately). For 2026, the deduction limit rises to $40,400 and increases by one percent over the previous year’s amount in 2027–2029. The SALT deduction limit will return to $10,000 in 2030.

The deduction is phased out for higher-income taxpayers. The phaseout begins at MAGI of $500,000 for married couples filing jointly ($250,000 for singles and married individuals filing separately).

7. Estate and gift tax exemption

The lifetime estate and gift tax exemption, which is $13.99 million in 2025, will rise to $15 million in 2026 and be adjusted annually for inflation. For married couples, that’s an effective exemption of $30 million in 2026 and beyond.

8. Qualified passenger vehicle loan interest

For tax years 2025–2028, taxpayers can claim a new deduction of up to $10,000 for interest paid or accrued on a loan for the purchase of a qualified passenger vehicle for personal use. There are a number of requirements to claim the deduction, including that the final assembly of the vehicle must occur in the United States. The deduction begins to phase out when the taxpayer’s MAGI exceeds $100,000 ($200,000 for married couples filing jointly). The tax break is also available to individuals who don’t itemize deductions on their tax returns.

Wide-ranging impacts

These are just some of the provisions in the massive new tax law. It marks a substantial shift in tax policy, locking in many benefits from the TCJA while introducing some new tax breaks. However, keep in mind that some provisions — like the SALT deduction increase — are temporary and others contain income-based limitations. Contact us if you have questions about how these changes affect your personal situation.

Significant business tax provisions in the One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act

Mon, 14 Jul 2025 17:29:34 GMT

The One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) was signed into law on July 4. The new law includes a number of favorable changes that will affect small business taxpayers, and some unfavorable changes too. Here’s a quick summary of some of the most important provisions.

First-year bonus depreciation

The OBBBA permanently restores the 100% first-year depreciation deduction for eligible assets acquired after January 19, 2025. This is up from the 40% bonus depreciation rate for most eligible assets before the OBBBA.

First-year depreciation for qualified production property

The law allows additional 100% first-year depreciation for the tax basis of qualified production property, which generally means nonresidential real property used in manufacturing. This favorable deal applies to qualified production property when the construction begins after January 19, 2025, and before 2029. The property must be placed in service in the United States or one of its possessions.

Section 179 expensing

For eligible assets placed in service in taxable years beginning in 2025, the OBBBA increases the maximum amount that can be immediately written off to $2.5 million (up from $1.25 million before the new law). A phase-out rule reduces the maximum deduction if, during the year, the taxpayer places in service eligible assets in excess of $4 million (up from $3.13 million). These amounts will be adjusted annually for inflation starting in 2026.

R&E expenditures

The OBBBA allows taxpayers to immediately deduct eligible domestic research and experimental expenditures that are paid or incurred beginning in 2025 (reduced by any credit claimed for those expenses for increasing research activities). Before the law was enacted, those expenditures had to be amortized over five years. Small business taxpayers can generally apply the new immediate deduction rule retroactively to tax years beginning after 2021. Taxpayers that made R&E expenditures from 2022–2024 can elect to write off the remaining unamortized amount of those expenditures over a one- or two-year period starting with the first taxable year, beginning in 2025.

Business interest expense

For tax years after 2024, the OBBBA permanently restores a more favorable limitation rule for determining the amount of deductible business interest expense. Specifically, the law increases the cap on the business interest deduction by excluding depreciation, amortization and depletion when calculating the taxpayer’s adjusted taxable income (ATI) for the year. This change generally increases ATI, allowing taxpayers to deduct more business interest expense.

Qualified small business stock

Eligible gains from selling qualified small business stock (QSBS) can be 100% tax-free thanks to a gain exclusion rule. However, the stock must be held for at least five years and other eligibility rules apply. The new law liberalizes the eligibility rules and allows a 50% gain exclusion for QSBS that’s held for at least three years, a 75% gain exclusion for QSBS held for at least four years, and a 100% gain exclusion for QSBS held for at least five years. These favorable changes generally apply to QSBS issued after July 4, 2025.

Excess business losses

The OBBBA makes permanent an unfavorable provision that disallows excess business losses incurred by noncorporate taxpayers. Before the new law, this provision was scheduled to expire after 2028.

Paid family and medical leave

The law makes permanent the employer credit for paid family and medical leave (FML). It allows employers to claim credits for paid FML insurance premiums or wages and makes other changes. Before the OBBBA, the credit was set to expire after 2025.

Employer-provided child care

Starting in 2026, the OBBBA increases the percentage of qualified child care expenses that can be taken into account for purposes of claiming the credit for employer-provided child care. The credit for qualified expenses is increased from 25% to 40% (50% for eligible small businesses). The maximum credit is increased from $150,000 to $500,000 per year ($600,000 for eligible small businesses). After 2026, these amounts will be adjusted annually for inflation.

Termination of clean-energy tax incentives

The OBBBA terminates a host of energy-related business tax incentives including:

• The qualified commercial clean vehicle credit, effective after September 30, 2025.

• The alternative fuel vehicle refueling property credit, effective after June 30, 2026.

• The energy efficient commercial buildings deduction, effective for property the construction of which begins after June 30, 2026.

• The new energy efficient home credit, effective for homes sold or rented after June 30, 2026.

• The clean hydrogen production credit, effective after December 31, 2027.

• The sustainable aviation fuel credit, effective after September 30, 2025.

More to come

In the coming months, the IRS will likely issue guidance on these and other provisions in the new law. We’ll keep you updated, but don’t hesitate to contact us for assistance in your situation.

The One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act extends many business-friendly tax provisions

Fri, 11 Jul 2025 19:55:05 GMT

The One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) includes numerous provisions affecting the tax liability of U.S. businesses. For many businesses, the favorable provisions outweigh the unfavorable, but both kinds are likely to impact your tax planning. Here are several provisions included in the new law that may influence your business’s tax liability.

Qualified business income (QBI) deduction

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) created the Section 199A deduction for QBI for owners of pass-through entities (such as partnerships, limited liability companies and S corporations) and sole proprietorships. The deduction had been slated to expire after 2025, putting many business owners at risk of higher taxes.

The OBBBA makes the QBI deduction permanent. It also expands the deduction limit phase-in ranges for specified services, trades or businesses, and other entities subject to the wage and investment limitation. For these businesses, the deduction is reduced when taxable income falls within the phase-in range and is eliminated when taxable income exceeds the range. The new law expands the phase-in thresholds from $50,000 to $75,000 for individual filers and from $100,000 to $150,000 for joint filers.

The OBBBA also adds an inflation-adjusted minimum QBI deduction of $400, beginning in 2025. It’s available for taxpayers with at least $1,000 of QBI from one or more active businesses in which they materially participate.

Accelerated bonus depreciation

The OBBBA makes permanent 100% first-year bonus depreciation for the cost of qualified new and used assets acquired and placed into service after January 19, 2025. Under the TCJA, the deduction was limited to 40% for 2025, 20% in 2026 and 0% in 2027.

The new law also introduces a 100% deduction for the cost of “qualified production property” (generally, nonresidential real property used in manufacturing) placed into service after July 4, 2025, and before 2031. In addition, the OBBBA increases the Sec. 179 expensing limit to $2.5 million and the expensing phaseout threshold to $4 million for 2025, with each amount adjusted annually for inflation.

Together, the depreciation changes are expected to encourage capital investments, especially by manufacturing, construction, agriculture and real estate businesses. And the permanent 100% bonus depreciation may alleviate the pressure on companies that didn’t want to delay purchases due to a smaller deduction.

Research and experimentation expense deduction

Beginning in 2022, the TCJA required businesses to amortize Sec. 174 research and experimentation (R&E) costs over five years if incurred in the United States or 15 years if incurred outside the country. With the mandatory mid-year convention, deductions were spread out over six years. The OBBBA permanently allows the deduction of domestic R&E expenses in the year incurred, starting with the 2025 tax year.

The OBBBA also allows “small businesses” (those with average annual gross receipts of $31 million or less) to claim the deduction retroactively to 2022. Any business that incurred domestic R&E expenses in 2022 through 2024 can elect to accelerate the remaining deductions for those expenditures over a one- or two-year period.

Clean energy tax incentives

The OBBBA eliminates many of the Inflation Reduction Act’s clean energy tax incentives for businesses, including the:

Qualified commercial clean vehicle credit,
Alternative fuel vehicle refueling property credit, and
Sec. 179D deduction for energy-efficient commercial buildings.

The law accelerates the phaseouts of some incentives and moves up the project deadlines for others. The expiration dates vary. For example, the commercial clean vehicle credit can’t be claimed for a vehicle acquired after September 30, 2025, instead of December 31, 2032. But the alternative fuel vehicle refueling property credit doesn’t expire until after June 30, 2026.

Qualified Opportunity Zones

The TCJA established the Quality Opportunity Zone (QOZ) program to encourage investment in distressed areas. The program generally allows taxpayers to defer, reduce or exclude unrealized capital gains reinvested in qualified opportunity funds (QOFs) that invest in designated distressed communities. The OBBBA creates a permanent QOZ policy that builds off the original program.

It retains the existing benefits and also provides for investors to receive incremental reductions in gain starting on their investment’s first anniversary. In the seventh year, taxpayers must realize their initial gains, reduced by any step-up in basis, the amount of which depends on how long the investment is held. The first round of QOFs available under the permanent policy will begin on January 1, 2027.

The OBBBA also introduces a new type of QOF for rural areas. Investments in such funds will receive triple the step-up in basis.

International taxes

The TCJA added several international tax provisions to the tax code, including deductions for foreign-derived intangible income (FDII) and global intangible low-taxed income (GILTI). It also established the base erosion and anti-abuse tax (BEAT) on U.S. corporations that 1) have average annual gross receipts greater than or equal to $500 million for the prior three tax years, and 2) have made deductible payments to related non-U.S. parties at or above 3% of all deductible payments.

The OBBBA makes permanent the FDII and GILTI deductions and adjusts the effective tax rates for FDII and GILTI to 14%. It also makes permanent the minimum BEAT, increasing the tax rate to 10.5%. These changes take effect beginning in 2026.

Employer tax provisions

The new law makes permanent the exclusion from gross income (for employees) and from wages for employment tax purposes (for employers) for employer payments of student loans. It also provides that the maximum annual exclusion of $5,250 be adjusted annually for inflation after 2026.

In addition, the OBBBA permanently raises the maximum employer-provided child care credit from 25% to 40% of qualified expenses, up to $500,000 per year. (For eligible small businesses, these amounts are 50% and up to $600,000, respectively.) The maximum dollar amount will be adjusted annually for inflation after 2026.

The OBBBA also makes permanent the employer credit for paid family and medical leave (FML) after 2025. Employers will also be allowed to claim the credit for a portion of premiums for paid FML insurance.

Employee Retention Tax Credit

If you filed an Employee Retention Tax Credit claim after January 31, 2024, you may not see your expected refund. The OBBBA bars the IRS from issuing refunds for certain claims submitted after that date. It also gives the IRS at least six years from the date of filing to challenge these claims.

Miscellaneous provisions

The OBBBA increases the limit on the business interest deduction by excluding depreciation, amortization and depletion from the computation of adjusted taxable income (ATI), starting in 2025. The deduction is generally limited to 30% of ATI for the year.

The new law also makes permanent the excess business loss limit, which was set to expire in 2029. And it permanently extends the New Markets Tax Credit, which was scheduled to expire in 2026.

What’s next?

Since the OBBBA is simply extending or making relatively modest modifications to existing tax law, it probably won’t result in the years-long onslaught of new regulations and IRS guidance that followed the TCJA’s enactment. But we’ll keep you informed about any new developments.

The One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act provides certainty for estate planning

Thu, 10 Jul 2025 17:22:29 GMT

Ever since the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) was signed into law in 2017, estate planners have had to take into account a looming date: January 1, 2026. While the TCJA effectively doubled the unified federal gift and estate tax exemption to $10 million (adjusted annually for inflation), it also required the amount to revert to its pre-TCJA level after 2025, unless Congress extended it. This caused uncertainty for wealthy individuals whose estates may be exposed to gift and estate taxes if the higher exemption amount were to expire.

The One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act, recently signed into law, provides a great deal of certainty for affluent families. Beginning in 2026, it permanently increases the federal gift and estate tax exemption amount to $15 million ($30 million for married couples). The amount will continue to be adjusted annually for inflation. If your estate exceeds, or is expected to exceed, the exemption amount, consider implementing planning techniques today that can help you reduce or avoid gift and estate taxes down the road.

What if you’re not currently ready to give significant amounts of wealth to the next generation? Perhaps you want to hold on to your assets in case your circumstances change in the future.

Fortunately, there are techniques you can use to take advantage of the higher exemption amount while retaining some flexibility to access your wealth should a need arise. Here are two ways to build flexibility into your estate plan.

1. SLATs

If you’re married, a spousal lifetime access trust (SLAT) can be an effective tool for removing wealth from your estate while retaining access to it. A SLAT is an irrevocable trust, established for the benefit of your children or other heirs, which permits the trustee to make distributions to your spouse if needed, indirectly benefiting you as well.

So long as you don’t serve as trustee, the assets will be excluded from your estate and, if the trust is designed properly, from your spouse’s estate as well. For this technique to work, you must fund the trust with your separate property, not marital or community property.

Keep in mind that if your spouse dies, you’ll lose the safety net provided by a SLAT. To reduce that risk, many couples create two SLATs and name each other as beneficiaries. If you employ this strategy, be sure to plan the arrangement carefully to avoid running afoul of the “reciprocal trust doctrine.”

Under the doctrine, the IRS may argue that the two trusts are interrelated and leave the spouses in essentially the same economic position they would’ve been in had they named themselves as life beneficiaries of their own trusts. If that’s the case, the arrangement may be unwound and the tax benefits erased.

2. SPATs

A special power of appointment trust (SPAT) is an irrevocable trust in which you grant a special power of appointment to a spouse or trusted friend. This person has the power to direct the trustee to make distributions to you.

Not only are the trust assets removed from your estate (and shielded from gift taxes by the current exemption), but so long as you are neither a trustee nor a beneficiary, the assets will enjoy protection against creditors’ claims.

Hold on to your assets

These strategies are just two that you can include in your estate plan to take advantage of the newly permanent exemption amount while maintaining control of your assets. Contact us for more details.

Businesses can strengthen their financial positions with careful AP management

Wed, 09 Jul 2025 17:16:35 GMT

Running a successful business calls for constantly balancing the revenue you have coming in with the money you must pay out to remain operational and grow. Regarding that second part, careful accounts payable (AP) management is critical to strengthening your company’s financial position.

Proper AP management enables you to maintain strong relationships with vendors, suppliers and other key providers. It also helps ensure you avoid costly mistakes, prevent fraud and maintain a steady cash flow. Underperforming at AP management may hamper your ability to obtain the materials or services you need to operate, damage your business’s reputation, and trigger financial penalties or other losses.

3 building blocks

No matter the size or type of company, most businesses’ AP management rests upon three fundamental building blocks. The first is documentation. You’ve got to accurately track how much your company owes and to whom.

Every invoice must be matched with a purchase order and proof of receipt. Mistakes can be costly in ways that aren’t always obvious. For example, overpaying or double paying invoices drains cash flow unnecessarily, and these amounts can be difficult to recover. Implementing, maintaining and continuously improving a top-notch AP management system helps ensure you know exactly what you owe and when payments are due.

The second building block is control of approvals. Before any invoice is paid, an authorized party in your business — whether it’s you or a trusted manager or other employee — should confirm it’s legitimate and matches the items ordered or services provided. This simple step is crucial to preventing payments for goods or services you never received, as well as to stopping fraud.

The third building block is the timing of payments. Many new business owners want to pay invoices as soon as they arrive. However, doing so can consume liquidity and leave you in a difficult cash flow situation. Of course, waiting too long to pay can strain relationships with creditors, trigger late fees and force your company into suboptimal payment terms down the line. Striking the right balance is key.

Best practices

For small to midsize companies, adhering to just a few best practices can stabilize AP management and set you on a path toward refining your approach over time. Begin by centralizing your AP processes with a secure, consistent system for receiving, recording and approving invoices.

Digitizing your AP records should make them easier to track and reduce the chances that an important invoice or document gets lost. Moreover, the right technology can help you analyze your payables to spot troubling trends or seize opportunities.

AP software enables you to track key metrics over time. One example is days payable outstanding (DPO). It measures how many days it takes your business, on average, to pay creditors. Generally, the formula goes:

DPO = (average AP / cost of goods sold) × 365 days

By regularly monitoring and benchmarking these and other relevant metrics, you can pinpoint optimal timing of payments, better manage cash flow and build your cash reserves.

It’s also worth reiterating the importance of clear, comprehensive and strictly enforced payment approval policies. Carefully vet who within your business has the power to approve invoices. Some companies require more than one person to approve bills exceeding a certain dollar amount.

To help prevent fraud, segregate or rotate duties related to receiving, recording and approving invoices. Regularly reconcile your AP ledger with supporting documentation, such as vendor statements, to catch signs of wrongdoing or errors.

Improve, strengthen, optimize

Many business owners avoid or underemphasize AP management because, let’s face it, no one likes paying the bills. However, allowing this area of your company to languish can lead to any number of financial misfortunes. We can review your AP processes and identify ways to improve data capture and efficiency, strengthen internal controls, and optimize payment timing to benefit cash flow.

Understanding spousal IRAs: A smart retirement strategy for couples

Tue, 08 Jul 2025 17:46:18 GMT

Retirement planning is essential for all families, but it can be especially critical for couples where one spouse earns little to no income. In such cases, a spousal IRA can be an effective and often overlooked tool to help build retirement savings for both partners — even if only one spouse is employed. It’s worth taking a closer look at how these accounts work and what the contribution limits are.

A spousal IRA isn’t a separate type of account created by the IRS, but rather a strategic use of an existing IRA. It allows a working spouse to contribute to an IRA on behalf of their non-working or low-income spouse. The primary requirement is that the couple must file a joint tax return. As long as the working spouse earns enough to cover both their own contribution and that of their spouse, both partners can take advantage of the retirement savings benefits offered by IRAs.

Amount you can contribute

For 2025, the contribution limit for both traditional and Roth IRAs is $7,000 per person under the age of 50. Those aged 50 or older can put away an additional $1,000 as a catch-up contribution, for a total of $8,000. This means that a married couple can potentially contribute up to $14,000 (or $16,000 if both are eligible for catch-up contributions) into their respective IRAs, even if only one spouse has earned income.

The main advantage of a spousal IRA lies in its ability to equalize retirement savings opportunities between spouses. In many households, one spouse may have taken time off from paid work to raise children, care for an elderly family member or pursue other responsibilities. Without earned income, that spouse would traditionally be excluded from contributing to a retirement account. A spousal IRA changes that by allowing the working spouse to fund both accounts, helping both partners accumulate tax-advantaged savings over time.

Income limits

Spousal IRAs can be opened as either traditional or Roth IRAs, depending on the couple’s income and tax goals. Traditional IRAs offer the possibility of a tax deduction in the year the contribution is made, though this is subject to income limits, especially if the working spouse is covered by a workplace retirement plan. On the other hand, Roth IRAs are funded with after-tax dollars, so they don’t offer an immediate tax break, but qualified withdrawals in retirement are tax-free. Couples with a modified adjusted gross income under $236,000 in 2025 can make full contributions to a Roth IRA, with the eligibility phasing out completely at $246,000.

It’s important to note that Roth IRAs aren’t subject to required minimum distributions during the original owner’s lifetime, while traditional IRAs are.

Setting up a spousal IRA is straightforward. The account must be opened in the name of the non-working spouse, and the couple must ensure that contributions are made by the annual tax filing deadline, generally April 15 of the following year. Many financial institutions offer the option to open and fund these accounts online or with the help of a financial advisor.

Plan for financial security

In summary, a spousal IRA is a valuable financial planning tool that can help ensure both partners are saving adequately for retirement, regardless of employment status. With the increased contribution limits in 2025, this strategy is more powerful than ever for couples looking to maximize their long-term financial security. For tailored advice about retirement planning and taxes, contact us to help guide you based on your unique situation.

President Trump signs his One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act into law

Mon, 07 Jul 2025 22:20:49 GMT

On July 4, President Trump signed into law the far-reaching legislation known as the One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA). As promised, the tax portion of the 870-page bill extends many of the provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA), the sweeping tax legislation enacted during the first Trump administration. It also incorporates several of President Trump’s campaign pledges, although many on a temporary basis, and pulls back many clean-energy-related tax breaks.

While the OBBBA makes permanent numerous tax breaks, it also eliminates several others, including some that had been scheduled to resume after 2025. Here’s a rundown of some of the key changes affecting individual and business taxpayers. Except where noted, these changes are effective for tax years beginning in 2025.

Key changes affecting individuals

Makes permanent the TCJA’s individual tax rates of 10%, 12%, 22%, 24%, 32%, 35% and 37%
Makes permanent the near doubling of the standard deduction. For 2025, the standard deduction increases to $15,750 for single filers, $23,625 for heads of households and $31,500 for joint filers, with annual inflation adjustments going forward
Makes permanent the elimination of personal exemptions
Permanently increases the child tax credit to $2,200, with annual inflation adjustments going forward
Temporarily increases the limit on the deduction for state and local taxes (the SALT cap) to $40,000, with a 1% increase each year through 2029, after which the $10,000 limit will return
Permanently reduces the mortgage debt limit for the home mortgage interest deduction to $750,000 ($375,000 for separate filers) but includes mortgage insurance premiums as deductible interest
Permanently eliminates the deduction for interest on home equity debt
Permanently limits the personal casualty deduction for losses resulting from federally declared disasters and certain state declared disasters
Permanently eliminates miscellaneous itemized deductions except for unreimbursed educator expenses
Permanently eliminates the moving expense deduction (with an exception for members of the military and their families in certain circumstances)
Expands the allowable expenses that can be paid with tax-free Section 529 plan distributions
Makes permanent the TCJA’s increased individual alternative minimum tax (AMT) exemption amounts
Permanently increases the federal gift and estate tax exemption amount to $15 million for individuals and $30 million for married couples beginning in 2026, with annual inflation adjustments going forward
For 2025–2028, creates an above-the-line deduction (meaning it’s available regardless of whether a taxpayer itemizes deductions) of up to $25,000 for tip income in certain industries, with income-based phaseouts (payroll taxes still apply)
For 2025–2028, creates an above-the-line deduction of up to $12,500 for single filers or $25,000 for joint filers for qualified overtime pay, with income-based phaseouts (payroll taxes still apply)
For 2025–2028, creates an above-the-line deduction of up to $10,000 for qualified passenger vehicle loan interest on the purchase of certain American-made vehicles, with income-based phaseouts
For 2025–2028, creates a bonus deduction of up to $6,000 for taxpayers age 65 or older, with income-based phaseouts
Limits itemized deductions for taxpayers in the top 37% income bracket, beginning in 2026
Establishes tax-favored “Trump Accounts,” which will provide eligible newborns with $1,000 in seed money, beginning in 2026
Makes the adoption tax credit partially refundable up to $5,000, with annual inflation adjustments (no carryforwards allowed)
Eliminates several clean energy tax credits, generally after 2025, including the clean vehicle, energy-efficient home improvement and residential clean energy credits
Permanently eliminates the qualified bicycle commuting reimbursement exclusion
Restricts eligibility for the Affordable Care Act’s premium tax credits
Creates a permanent charitable contribution deduction for non-itemizers of up to $1,000 for single filers and $2,000 for joint filers, beginning in 2026
Imposes a 0.5% floor on charitable contributions for itemizers, beginning in 2026

Key changes affecting businesses

Makes permanent and expands the 20% qualified business income (QBI) deduction for owners of pass-through entities (such as partnerships, limited liability companies and S corporations) and sole proprietorships
Makes permanent 100% bonus depreciation for the cost of qualified new and used assets, for property acquired after January 19, 2025
Creates a 100% deduction for the cost of “qualified production property” for qualified property placed into service after July 4, 2025, and before 2031
Increases the Sec. 179 expensing limit to $2.5 million and the expensing phaseout threshold to $4 million for 2025, with annual inflation adjustments going forward
Increases the cap on the business interest deduction by excluding depreciation, amortization and depletion from the calculation of “adjusted taxable income”
Permanently allows the immediate deduction of domestic research and experimentation expenses (retroactive to 2022 for eligible small businesses)
Makes permanent the excess business loss limit
Prohibits the IRS from issuing refunds for certain Employee Retention Tax Credit claims that were filed after January 31, 2024
Eliminates clean energy tax incentives, including the qualified commercial clean vehicle credit, the alternative fuel vehicle refueling property credit and the Sec. 179D deduction for energy-efficient commercial buildings
Permanently renews and enhances the Qualified Opportunity Zone program
Permanently extends the New Markets Tax Credit
Permanently increases the maximum employer-provided child care credit to $500,000 ($600,000 for small businesses), with annual inflation adjustments
Makes permanent and modifies the employer credit for paid family and medical leave
Makes permanent the exclusion for employer payments of student loans, with annual inflation adjustments to the maximum exclusion beginning in 2027
Makes permanent the foreign-derived intangible income (FDII) and global intangible low-taxed income (GILTI) deductions and the minimum base erosion and anti-abuse tax (BEAT)
Expands the qualified small business stock gain exclusion for stock issued after the date of enactment

Buckle up

We’ve only briefly covered some of the most significant OBBBA provisions here. There are additional rules and limits that apply. Note, too, that the OBBBA will require a multitude of new implementing regulations. Turn to us for help navigating the new law and its far-reaching implications to minimize your tax liability.

Tap into the 20% rehabilitation tax credit for business space improvements

Mon, 07 Jul 2025 17:22:58 GMT

If your business occupies a large space and you’re planning to relocate, expand or renovate in the future, consider the potential benefits of the rehabilitation tax credit. This could be particularly valuable if you’re interested in historic properties.

The credit is equal to 20% of the qualified rehabilitation expenditures (QREs) for a qualified rehabilitated building that’s also a certified historic structure by the National Park Service. A qualified rehabilitated building is a depreciable building that has been placed in service before the beginning of the rehabilitation and is used, after rehabilitation, in business or for the production of income (and not held primarily for sale). Additionally, the building must be “substantially” rehabilitated, which generally requires that the QREs for the rehabilitation exceed the greater of $5,000 or the cost of acquiring the existing building.

Eligible expenses

A QRE is any amount chargeable to capital and incurred in connection with the rehabilitation (including reconstruction) of a qualified rehabilitated building. Qualified rehabilitation expenditures must be for real property (but not land) and can’t include building enlargement or acquisition costs.

The 20% credit is allocated ratably, to each year in the five-year period beginning in the tax year in which the qualified rehabilitated building is placed in service. Thus, the credit allowed in each year of the five years is 4% (20% divided by 5) of the QREs concerning the building. The credit is allowed against both regular federal income tax and alternative minimum tax.

Permanent changes to the credit

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, signed at the end of 2017, made some changes to the credit. Specifically, the law:

Now requires taxpayers to claim the 20% credit ratably over five years instead of in the year they placed the building into service, and
Eliminated the 10% rehabilitation credit for the pre-1936 buildings.

It’s important to note that while many individual tax cuts under the TCJA are set to expire after December 31, 2025, the changes to the rehabilitation tax credit aren’t among them. They’re permanent.

Maximize the tax benefits

Contact us to discuss the technical aspects of the rehabilitation credit. There may also be other federal tax benefits available for the space you’re contemplating. For example, various tax benefits may be available depending on your preferences regarding how a building’s energy needs will be met and where the building will be located. In addition, there may be state or local tax and non-tax subsidies available.

Beyond these preliminary considerations, we can work with you and construction professionals to determine whether a specific available “old” building can be the subject of a rehabilitation that’s both tax-credit-compliant and practical to use. And, if you find a building that you decide to buy (or lease) and rehabilitate, we can help you monitor project costs and substantiate the project’s compliance with the requirements of the credit and any other tax benefits.

When moving out of state, review your estate plan

Thu, 03 Jul 2025 17:36:03 GMT

There are numerous factors to consider when you decide to pull up roots and relocate to another state. Your estate plan likely isn’t top of mind, but it’s wise to review and update it when you move across state lines. Let’s take a closer look at a few areas you should consider as you reexamine your estate plan.

Will’s language

Before you begin, know that you won’t have to throw out your existing plan and start from scratch. However, you may need to amend or replace certain documents to ensure they comply with your new state’s laws and continue to meet your estate planning objectives.

Begin by having your estate planning advisor review the text of your will. So long as it was properly drafted according to your previous state’s requirements, it generally will be accepted as valid in most other states.

Nevertheless, it’s important to review your will’s terms to ensure they continue to reflect your wishes. For example, if you’re married and you move from a noncommunity property state to a community property state (or vice versa), your new state’s laws may change the way certain property is owned.

Health care powers of attorney and advance directives

Many estate plans include advance medical directives or health care powers of attorney. Advance directives (often referred to as living wills) communicate your wishes regarding medical care (including life-prolonging procedures) in the event you become incapacitated. Health care powers of attorney appoint a trusted agent or proxy to act on your behalf. Often, the two are combined into a single document. Given the stakes involved, it’s critical to ensure that these documents will be accepted and followed by health care providers in your new state.

Although some states’ laws expressly authorize out-of-state advance directives and powers of attorney, others are silent on the issue, creating uncertainty over whether they’ll be accepted. Regardless of the law in your new state, it’s a good idea to prepare and execute new ones. Most states have their own forms for these documents, with state-specific provisions and terminology. Health care providers in your new state will be familiar with these forms and may be more likely to accept them than out-of-state forms.

Financial powers of attorney

Like wills, out-of-state financial powers of attorney will be accepted as valid in most states. Still, to avoid questions and delays, it’s advisable to execute powers of attorney using your new state’s forms, since banks and other financial service providers will be familiar with them.

Review your plan regardless of your location

When moving out-of-state, reviewing your estate plan can help safeguard your intentions and ensure your loved ones are protected. And even if you’re not moving to a new state, you should review your estate plan regularly to ensure it continues to meet your needs. Contact us with questions.

The U.S. Senate passes its version of President Trump’s tax bill

Wed, 02 Jul 2025 20:49:01 GMT

The U.S. Senate passed its version of The One, Big, Beautiful Bill (OBBB) by a vote of 51 to 50 on July 1. (Vice President J.D. Vance provided the tiebreaking vote.) At its core, the massive bill is similar to the bill passed by the U.S. House of Representatives last May. It includes extensions of many provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) currently set to expire on December 31.

Both the House and Senate bills include some new and enhanced tax breaks. For example, they contain President Trump’s pledge to exempt tips and overtime from income tax for eligible taxpayers.

Trump also made a campaign promise to eliminate tax on Social Security benefits. That isn’t included in either version of the bill. However, the Senate bill temporarily provides a $6,000 deduction for those age 65 and older for 2025 through 2028 for those with modified adjusted gross income of under $75,000 ($150,000 for married joint filers). The House bill expands the standard deduction for seniors but caps it at $4,000.

In addition, the Senate’s version of the bill introduces other significant changes, including in the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap and the Child Tax Credit (CTC).

SALT deduction cap

A major sticking point in both branches of Congress is the SALT deduction cap. It’s currently set at $10,000 by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Lawmakers in high-tax states such as California and New York have long sought to increase (or even repeal) the cap.

The House’s version of the bill proposes to permanently increase the cap to $40,000 for those making under $500,000. The Senate-passed bill also calls for increasing the cap to $40,000 for 2025, with an annual 1% increase through 2029. In 2030, the cap would revert to $10,000. It also calls for phasing out the deduction for individuals who earn more than $500,000 in 2025 and then annually increasing the income amount by 1% through 2029.

Child Tax Credit (CTC)

Under current law, the $2,000 per child CTC is set to drop to $1,000 after 2025. The income phaseout thresholds will also be significantly lower. And the requirement to provide the child’s Social Security number (SSN) will be eliminated.

The House’s version of the OBBB would make the CTC permanent, raise it to $2,500 per child for tax years 2025 through 2028 and retain the higher income phaseout thresholds. It would also preserve the requirement to provide a child’s SSN and expand it to require an SSN for the taxpayer (generally the parent) claiming the credit. After 2028, the CTC would return to $2,000 and be adjusted annually for inflation.

The Senate’s version of the bill would also make the CTC permanent, but would increase it to $2,200, subject to annual inflation increases. It would require SSNs for both the parent claiming the credit and the child.

Next steps

These are just a few of the provisions in the massive tax and spending bill. The proposed legislation is currently back with the House of Representatives for further debate and a vote. President Trump has set a deadline to sign the bill into law by July 4, but it’s currently uncertain if the House can pass the bill in time. Stay tuned.

Safe harbor 401(k)s offer businesses a simpler route to a retirement plan

Wed, 02 Jul 2025 17:35:01 GMT

When many small to midsize businesses are ready to sponsor a qualified retirement plan, they encounter a common obstacle: complex administrative requirements. As a business owner, you no doubt already have a lot on your plate. Do you really want to deal with, say, IRS-mandated testing that could cause considerable hassles and expense?

Well, you may not have to. If that’s the only thing holding you back, consider a safe harbor 401(k) plan. These plans are designed to simplify administration and allow highly compensated employees to contribute the maximum allowable amounts. Of course, you still must read the fine print.

Simple trade-off

Under IRS regulations, traditional 401(k) plans are subject to annual nondiscrimination testing. It includes two specific tests:

The actual deferral percentage (ADP) test, and
The actual contribution percentage (ACP) test.

Essentially, they ensure that a company’s plan doesn’t favor highly compensated employees over the rest of the staff. If a plan fails the testing, its sponsor may have to return some contributions to highly compensated employees or make additional contributions to other participants to correct the imbalance. In either case, the end result is administrative headaches, unhappy highly compensated employees and unexpected costs for the business.

Safe harbor 401(k)s offer an elegant solution to the conundrum, albeit with caveats of their own. Under one of these plans, the employer-sponsor agrees to make mandatory contributions to participants’ accounts. In exchange, the IRS agrees to waive the annual requirement to perform the ADP and ACP tests.

With nondiscrimination testing off the table, you no longer need to worry about failing either test. And highly compensated employees can max out their contributions. Under IRS rules, these generally include anyone who owns more than 5% of the company during the current or previous plan year or who makes more than $160,000 in 2025 (an amount annually indexed for inflation).

Important caveats

Regarding the caveats we mentioned, the primary one to keep in mind is that you must make compliant contributions to each participant’s account. Generally, you may choose between:

A nonelective contribution of at least 3% of each eligible participant’s compensation, or
A qualifying matching contribution, such as 100% of the first 3% of compensation deferred under the plan plus 50% of the next 2% deferred.

There’s also the matter of timing. Let’s say you want to set up and launch a safe harbor 401(k) plan this year. If so, you’ll need to complete all the requisite paperwork and deliver notice to employees by October 1, 2025, and contributions must begin no later than November 1, 2025.

Providing proper notice is critical. You must follow specific IRS rules to adequately inform employees of their rights and accurately describe your required employer contributions.

Potential pitfalls

Perhaps you’ve already spotted the major pitfall of safe harbor 401(k)s. That is, you must commit to making qualifying employer contributions. And once you do, you generally can’t reduce or suspend them without triggering additional IRS requirements or risking plan disqualification. There are exceptions, but qualifying for them is complex and requires careful planning.

In addition, your contributions are immediately 100% vested, and participants own their accounts. That means once you transfer the funds, they belong to participants — even if they leave their jobs.

Bottom line

The bottom line is safe harbor 401(k) plans can be risky for businesses that experience notable cash flow fluctuations throughout the year. However, if you’re able to manage the mandatory contributions, one of these plans may serve as a relatively simple vehicle for amassing retirement funds for you and your employees. We can help you evaluate whether a safe harbor 401(k) would suit your company.

Milestone moments: How age affects certain tax provisions

Tue, 01 Jul 2025 17:24:07 GMT

They say age is just a number — but in the world of tax law, it’s much more than that. As you move through your life, the IRS treats you differently because key tax rules kick in at specific ages. Here are some important age-related tax milestones for you and loved ones to keep in mind as the years fly by.

Ages 0–23: The kiddie tax

The kiddie tax can potentially apply to your child, grandchild or other loved one until age 24. Specifically, a child or young adult’s unearned income (typically from investments) in excess of the annual threshold is taxed at the parent’s higher marginal federal income tax rates instead of the more favorable rates that would otherwise apply to the young person in question. For 2025, the unearned income threshold is $2,700.

Age 30: Coverdell accounts

If you set up a tax-favored Coverdell Education Savings Account (CESA) for a child or grandchild, the account must be liquidated within 30 days after the individual turns 30 years old. To the extent earnings included in a distribution aren’t used for qualified education expenses, the earnings are subject to tax plus a 10% penalty tax. To avoid that, you can roll over the CESA balance into another CESA set up for a younger loved one.

Age 50: Catch-up contributions

If you’re age 50 or older at end of 2025, you can make an additional catch-up contribution of up to $7,500 to your 401(k) plan, 403(b) plan or 457 plan for a total contribution of up to $31,000 ($23,500 regular contribution plus $7,500 catch-up contribution). This assumes that your plan allows catch-up contributions.

If you’re 50 or older at the end of 2025, you can make an additional catch-up contribution of up to $3,500 to your SIMPLE IRA for a total contribution of up to $20,000 ($16,500 regular contribution plus $3,500 catch-up contribution). If your company has 25 or fewer employees, the 2025 maximum catch-up contribution is $3,850.

If you’re 50 or older at the end of 2025, you can make an additional catch-up contribution of up to $1,000 to your traditional IRA or Roth IRA, for a total contribution of up to $8,000 ($7,000 regular contribution plus $1,000 catch-up contribution).

Age 55: Early withdrawal penalty from employer plan

If you permanently leave your job for any reason after reaching age 55, you may be able to receive distributions from your former employer’s tax-favored 401(k) plan or 403(b) plan without being socked with the 10% early distribution penalty tax that generally applies to the taxable portion of distributions received before age 59½. This rule doesn’t apply to IRAs.

Age 59½: Early withdrawal penalty from retirement plans

After age 59½, you can receive distributions from all types of tax-favored retirement plans and accounts (IRAs, 401(k) accounts and pensions) without being hit with the 10% early distribution penalty tax. The penalty generally applies to the taxable portion of distributions received before age 59½.

Ages 60–63: Larger catch-up contributions to some employer plans

If you’re age 60–63 at the end of 2025, you can make a larger catch-up contribution of up to $11,250 to your 401(k) plan, 403(b) plan, or 457 plan. This assumes your plan allows catch-up contributions.

If you’re age 60–63 at the end of 2025, you can make a larger catch-up contribution of up to $5,250 to your SIMPLE IRA.

Age 73: Required minimum withdrawals

After reaching age 73, you generally must begin taking annual required minimum distributions (RMDs) from tax-favored retirement accounts (traditional IRAs, SEP accounts and 401(k)s) and pay the resulting extra income tax. If you fail to withdraw at least the RMD amount for the year, you can be assessed a penalty tax of up to 25% of the shortfall. However, if you’re still working after reaching age 73 and you don’t own over 5% of your employer’s business, you can postpone taking RMDs from the employer’s plan(s) until after you retire.

Watch the calendar

Keep these important tax milestones in mind for yourself and your loved ones. Knowing these rules can mean the difference between a smart tax strategy and a costly oversight. If you have questions or want more detailed information, contact us.

Startup costs and taxes: What you need to know before filing

Mon, 30 Jun 2025 17:24:57 GMT

The U.S. Census Bureau reports there were nearly 447,000 new business applications in May of 2025. The bureau measures this by tracking the number of businesses applying for an Employer Identification Number.

If you’re one of the entrepreneurs, you may not know that many of the expenses incurred by start-ups can’t currently be deducted on your tax return. You should be aware that the way you handle some of your initial expenses can make a large difference in your federal tax bill.

How to treat expenses for tax purposes

If you’re starting or planning to launch a new business, here are three rules to keep in mind:

Start-up costs include those incurred or paid while creating an active trade or business or investigating the creation or acquisition of one.
Under the tax code, taxpayers can elect to deduct up to $5,000 of business start-up costs and $5,000 of organizational costs in the year the business begins. As you know, $5,000 doesn’t go very far these days! And the $5,000 deduction is reduced dollar-for-dollar by the amount your total start-up or organizational costs exceed $50,000. Any remaining costs must be amortized over 180 months on a straight-line basis.
No deductions, including amortization deductions, are allowed until the year when “active conduct” of your new business begins. Generally, this means the year when the business has all the necessary components in place to start generating revenue. To determine if a taxpayer meets this test, the IRS and courts generally ask questions such as: Did the taxpayer undertake the activity with the intention of earning a profit? Was the taxpayer regularly and actively involved? And did the activity actually begin?

Expenses that qualify

In general, start-up expenses are those you incur to:

Investigate the creation or acquisition of a business,
Create a business, or
Engage in a for-profit activity in anticipation of that activity becoming an active business.

To qualify for the limited deduction, an expense must also be one that would be deductible if incurred after the business began. One example is money you spend analyzing potential markets for a new product or service.

To be eligible as an “organization expense,” an expense must be related to establishing a corporation or partnership. Some examples of these expenses are legal and accounting fees for services related to organizing a new business, and filing fees paid to the state of incorporation.

Plan now

If you have start-up expenses you’d like to deduct this year, you need to decide whether to take the election described above. Recordkeeping is critical. Contact us about your start-up plans. We can help with the tax and other aspects of your new business.

4 reasons why avoiding probate is a smart estate planning move

Thu, 26 Jun 2025 17:30:29 GMT

When planning your estate, one of the smartest strategies you can adopt is to minimize or avoid probate. Probate is a legal procedure in which a court establishes the validity of your will, determines the value of your estate, resolves creditors’ claims, provides for the payment of taxes and other debts, and transfers assets to your heirs.

While it may sound straightforward, probate can come with several drawbacks that make it worthwhile to avoid when possible. Here are four reasons why.

1. Probate can be time-consuming

Probate proceedings often take months — and sometimes over a year — to resolve. During this period, your beneficiaries may not have access to much-needed funds or property.

The timeline can be extended even further if disputes arise among heirs or if the estate includes complex assets. Avoiding probate allows your loved ones to receive their inheritances much more quickly.

2. Probate can be expensive

Court costs, executor’s and attorneys’ fees, appraisals, and other administrative expenses can consume a portion of your estate — sometimes 5% or more of its total value. By using probate-avoidance tools, for example, a living trust, more of your assets can go directly to your heirs instead of being eaten up by fees.

Indeed, for larger, more complicated estates, a living trust (also commonly called a “revocable” trust) generally is the most effective tool for avoiding probate. A living trust involves some setup costs, but it allows you to manage the disposition of all your wealth in one document while retaining control and reserving the right to modify your plan.

To avoid probate, it’s critical to transfer title to all your assets, now and in the future, to the trust. Assets outside the trust at your death will be subject to probate — unless you’ve otherwise titled them in such a way as to avoid it (or, in the case of life insurance, annuities and retirement plans, you’ve properly designated beneficiaries).

3. Probate is a public process

Bear in mind that anything filed in probate court becomes part of the public record. This means that anyone can discover the details of your estate, including the nature and value of your assets and who has inherited them. Avoiding probate can protect your family’s privacy and shield sensitive information from public view.

4. Probate may result in family disputes

Probate can sometimes create or exacerbate conflict among heirs. Disputes over asset distribution or the validity of a will can lead to lengthy and expensive litigation. Clear estate planning can prevent misunderstandings and ensure your wishes are carried out smoothly.

Not your estate plan’s sole focus

Dealing with the death of a loved one is hard enough without the added burden of navigating the legal complexities of probate. When you structure your estate to bypass the probate process, you ease the administrative burden on your family and give them peace of mind during a difficult time.

However, avoiding probate is just one part of a complete estate plan. Your estate planning advisor can help you develop a strategy that minimizes probate while reducing taxes and achieving your other goals.

Handle with care: Upgrading your company’s accounting software

Wed, 25 Jun 2025 18:06:38 GMT

What’s the most important type of software for your business? Your first thought may be whatever system you rely on most to produce or sell your company’s products or services. And that may well be true.

However, more than likely, your accounting software comes in a close second. After all, this technological tool tracks every financial transaction related to your business. It needs to be secure, up to date, and appropriate for your company’s size and needs.

To keep all those factors in line, you’ve got to handle accounting software upgrades with care. Let’s review some fundamental best practices.

Plan upgrades strategically

Among the most important aspects of managing an upgrade is knowing when to do it. You don’t want to unnecessarily disrupt operations and spend money, but you shouldn’t risk the downsides of outdated functionality by waiting too long.

There’s no one-size-fits-all answer. Your financial statements are a potentially helpful source of information. A general rule of thumb says that, when annual revenues hit certain benchmarks — perhaps $1 million, $5 million, $10 million and so forth — a business may want to consider an upgrade seriously. However, the right tipping point depends on various factors.

Look for an industry-specific solution

Some companies rush into upgrades without considering all their options. Others resist change entirely, sticking with the same accounting software for years. Either way, you could miss out on something important: a product designed for your industry.

For instance, construction companies can choose from many applications with built-in features tailored to how contract-based businesses work. Manufacturers also have industry-specific accounting software. If you’re ready to upgrade, check out whether there’s now a solution on the market that was developed for your industry’s accounting practices and standards.

Mind all the details

When upgrading, be sure to mind all the details. For instance, don’t overlook the importance of integration and mobile access.

Older accounting software may still function only as a standalone application, meaning data from across the company has to be manually entered into the system. This creates all sorts of risks. Optimally, you should be able to integrate your accounting software with other critical applications to share data seamlessly and securely, reducing errors and redundancy.

Also, if you haven’t already, add mobile access to your accounting system. Many solutions now include apps for smartphones or tablets.

Set your budget carefully

It’s easy to overspend on an accounting system upgrade. Those bells and whistles can be enticing. Then again, many frugal-minded business owners underspend — settling for a cheaper, less robust upgrade that may leave their employees dealing with headaches.

The ideal approach generally lies somewhere in the middle. Perform a thorough review of your accounting needs, transaction volume and required reports. Also factor in the proficiency of everyone who’ll use the software and the availability of tech support. Then set a reasonable budget for an upgrade that checks all the right boxes.

Ask for help

It’s easy to grow accustomed to a certain kind of business accounting software. The trouble is, over time, that software can slow down your operations and deprive you of helpful functions and insights.

If you’re unsure whether you’ve reached the point where an upgrade is imperative, we’re here to help. We can assess your current system and assist you in deciding whether now’s the time to act. If it is, we’ll partner with you and your leadership team to set a budget, choose the right solution and implement it properly.

Is college financial aid taxable? A crash course for families

Tue, 24 Jun 2025 17:23:17 GMT

College can be expensive. According to the College Board, the average sticker price for tuition and fees at private colleges was $43,350 for the 2024–2025 school year. The average cost for tuition and fees for out-of-state students at public colleges was $30,780. For in-state students, the cost was $11,610. Of course, there are additional costs for housing, food, books, supplies, transportation and incidentals that can add thousands to the total.

Fortunately, a surprisingly high percentage of students at many schools receive at least some financial aid, and your child’s chances may be better than you think. So, if your child cashes in on some financial aid, what are the tax implications? Here’s what you need to know.

The basics

The economic characteristics of what’s described as financial aid determine how it’s treated for federal income tax purposes.

Gift aid, which is money the student doesn’t have to work for, is often tax-free. Gift aid may be called a scholarship, fellowship, grant, tuition discount or tuition reduction.

Most gift aid is tax-free

Free-money scholarships, fellowships and grants are generally awarded based on either financial need or academic merit. Such gift aid is nontaxable as long as:

The recipient is a degree candidate, including a graduate degree candidate.
The funds are designated for tuition and related expenses (including books and supplies) or they’re unrestricted and aren’t specifically designated for some other purpose — like room and board.
The recipient can show that tuition and related expenses equaled or exceeded the payments. To pass this test, the student must incur enough of those expenses within the time frame for which the aid is awarded.

If gift aid exceeds tuition and related expenses, the excess is taxable income to the student.

Tuition discounts are also tax-free

Gift aid that comes directly from the university is often called a tuition discount, tuition reduction or university grant. These free-money awards fall under the same tax rules that apply to other free-money scholarships, fellowships and grants.

Payments for work-study programs generally are taxable

Arrangements that require the student to work in exchange for money are sometimes called scholarships or fellowships, but those are misnomers. Whatever payments for work are called, they’re considered compensation from employment and must be reported as income on the student’s federal tax return. As explained below, however, this doesn’t necessarily mean the student will actually owe any tax.

Under such arrangements, the student is required to teach, do research, work in the cafeteria or perform other jobs. The college or financial aid payer should determine the taxable payments and report them to the student on Form W-2 (if the student is treated as an employee) or Form 1099-MISC (if the student is treated as an independent contractor).

Taxable income doesn’t necessarily trigger taxes

Receiving taxable financial aid doesn’t necessarily mean owing much or anything to the federal government. Here’s why: A student who isn’t a dependent can offset taxable income with the standard deduction, which is $15,000 for 2025 for an unmarried individual. If the student is a dependent, the standard deduction is the greater of 1) $1,350 or 2) earned income + $450, not to exceed $15,000. The student may have earned income from work at school or work during summer vacation and school breaks. Taxable financial aid in excess of what can be offset by the student’s standard deduction will probably be taxed at a federal rate of only 10% or 12%.

Finally, if you don’t claim your child as a dependent on your federal income tax return, he or she can probably reduce or eliminate any federal income tax bill by claiming the American Opportunity Tax Credit (worth up to $2,500 per year for the first four years of undergraduate study) or the Lifetime Learning Credit (worth up to $2,000 per year for years when the American Opportunity credit is unavailable).

Avoid surprises at tax time

As you can see, most financial aid is tax-free, though it’s possible it could be taxable. To avoid surprises, consult with us to learn what’s taxable and what’s not.

DOs and DON’Ts to help protect your business expense deductions

Mon, 23 Jun 2025 17:23:24 GMT

If you’re claiming deductions for business meals or vehicle expenses, expect the IRS to closely review them. In some cases, taxpayers have incomplete documentation or try to create records months (or years) later. In doing so, they fail to meet the strict substantiation requirements set forth under tax law. Tax auditors are adept at rooting out inconsistencies, omissions and errors in taxpayers’ records, as illustrated by one recent U.S. Tax Court case. (T.C. Memo. 2024-82)

Facts of the case

The taxpayer operated a software installation, training and consulting business. She claimed substantial deductions for several tax years. The IRS disallowed many of the deductions and the U.S. Tax Court agreed. Here’s a rundown of some of the disallowed expenses and the reasons why they couldn’t be deducted:

Meals and entertainment. The business owner deducted nearly $9,000 for meal expenses in one tax year and testified the amount was for “working lunches” with the “person she worked for and the developer.” As documentation, she submitted bank statements. The court noted that “bank statements alone do not substantiate the ‘business purpose of the expense’ or the ‘business relationship’ between petitioner and the individuals with whom she dined.” It added: “The cost of eating lunch during the workday is not — without more — a deductible business expense.”

Supplies. The taxpayer deducted more than $17,000 for supplies purchased during two tax years. She testified that these included “desks, monitors, office equipment, paper, printers, [and] anything that was pertinent to the business itself.” To substantiate her reported expenses, the taxpayer submitted receipts from office supply stores. However, the receipts were dated later than the tax years in question, and they covered (among other things) purchases of soda dispensers and gift cards. The court noted that “some of these purchases appear personal” and all were made after she terminated her consulting business.

Home office expenses. Over two years, the taxpayer deducted $21,393 for the business use of a home office. But the court ruled that she “failed to prove that the ‘focal point’ of her software consulting business was her home.” At trial, she testified that she was required to be on site at a client’s office much of the time. In addition, she didn’t supply evidence to establish how much time she worked from home or what (if any) portion of her residence was used exclusively for business purposes.

Other expenses the court disallowed included attorney’s fees, utilities, hotel stays and vehicle expenses. In all cases, the taxpayer didn’t substantiate with adequate records or sufficient evidence that the expenses were related to her business.

Best practices

This case exemplifies why it’s critical to maintain meticulous records to support business expense deductions. Here’s a list of DOs and DON’Ts to help meet the strict IRS and tax law substantiation requirements for these items:

DO keep detailed, accurate records. For example, for each business meal, record the amount, date, place, business purpose, and the business relationship of any person you dine with. If you have employees whom you reimburse for meals, travel and vehicle expenses, make sure they’re complying with all the rules.

DON’T reconstruct expense logs at year end or wait until you receive a notice from the IRS. Take a moment to record the details in a log or diary or on a receipt at the time of an event or soon after. Require employees to submit weekly or monthly expense reports.

DO respect the fine line between personal and business expenses. Be careful about combining business and pleasure. Your business checking account and credit cards shouldn’t be used for personal expenses.

DON’T be surprised if the IRS asks you to prove your deductions. Vehicle, travel, meal and home office expenses are attention magnets. Be prepared for a challenge.

Stand up to scrutiny

With organization and our guidance, your tax records can stand up to IRS inspection. There may be other ways to substantiate your deductions. In addition, there may be a way to estimate certain deductions (called “the Cohan rule”), if your records are lost due to a fire, theft, flood or other disaster.

Stop procrastinating and get to work on your estate plan

Thu, 19 Jun 2025 17:22:56 GMT

For many people, creating an estate plan falls into the category of important but not urgent. As a result, it can get postponed indefinitely. If you find yourself in this situation, understanding the reasons behind this procrastination can help you recognize and overcome the barriers that are preventing you from taking the first steps toward creating an estate plan.

Multiple reasons for procrastination

A primary reason people delay estate planning is emotional discomfort. Thinking about your death or a disability or becoming incapacitated is unpleasant. Simply put, it can be difficult to confront your mortality or make difficult decisions about who should inherit your assets or serve as guardian of your minor children.

Another reason for delay is that estate planning can seem daunting, especially when people assume it involves complicated legal jargon, multiple professionals and a mountain of paperwork. For those with blended families, business interests or complex financial situations, the process may feel even more overwhelming. Without clear guidance, many people don’t know where to start, so they don’t start at all.

There’s also the mistaken belief that estate planning is only necessary for the wealthy or elderly. Younger individuals or those with modest assets may think they don’t need a plan yet. Additionally, procrastination bias — the tendency to prioritize immediate concerns over future needs — often pushes estate planning to the bottom of the to-do list.

Reasons to motivate yourself

Not having an estate plan in place, especially the basics of a will and health care directives, can have dire tax consequences in the event of an unexpected death or incapacitation. Without a will, your assets will be divided according to state law, regardless of your wishes. This can cause family disputes and lead to legal actions. It can also result in tax liabilities that could have been easily avoided.

There are a few relatively simple documents that can comprise an estate plan. For example, a living will can spell out instructions for end-of-life decisions. A power of attorney can appoint someone to handle your affairs if you’re incapacitated. And a living trust can be used to transfer assets without going through probate.

The bottom line

Procrastinating on estate planning carries real risks — not just for you, but also for your loved ones. Without a proper plan, state laws will determine how your assets will be distributed, often in ways that may not align with your wishes. Contact us for help taking the first steps toward forming your estate plan.

Run a more agile company with cross-training

Wed, 18 Jun 2025 17:24:10 GMT

Agility is key in today’s economy, where uncertainty reigns and businesses must be ready for anything. Highly skilled employees play a huge role in your ability to run an agile company. One way to put them on optimal footing is cross-training.

Multiple advantages

Simply defined, cross-training is teaching employees to understand and perform responsibilities and tasks outside the scope of their primary job duties. It has many advantages, including:

Reducing the impact of absences. The potential reasons for any employee missing work are seemingly countless. A staff member may become sick or disabled, have a baby, take a vacation, get called to active military duty, receive a jury summons, retire, suddenly resign or be terminated. Having someone else on staff ready to jump in and handle key duties can keep your company operating relatively smoothly.

Boosting productivity. If the workload in one area of the business temporarily becomes especially heavy, you can shift staff to ease the situation. Let’s say that, pleasantly enough, your company sees a sudden upswing in sales. Cross-training could enable you to move someone in marketing to accounting to help review invoices.

Gaining fresh perspectives. Putting a new set of eyes on any business process or procedure never hurts. Employees who fill in for colleagues on a short-term basis may catch something wrong or develop an idea that improves operations.

Going back to our previous example, say that the marketing staff member temporarily working in accounting notices that your company’s invoices look outdated and contain confusing wording. As a result, you ask for that person’s input and undertake a wider initiative to redesign your invoices. Ultimately, collections improve because customers can more easily read their bills.

Strengthening internal controls. Cross-training is also an essential internal control. This is particularly true in your accounting department but may apply to information technology, production and other areas as well. Ensuring one person’s job is periodically performed by someone else can prevent fraud. In fact, when coupled with mandatory vacations, cross-training is a major deterrent because potential fraudsters know that co-workers will be doing their jobs and could catch their crimes.

Career development

When “selling” cross-training to your staff, emphasize how it’s good for them, too. Learning new things broadens employees’ skill sets and experience levels. Help them understand this by explaining whether each staff member’s cross-training is “vertical” or “horizontal.”

If the task learned is vertical, it requires more responsibility or skill than that employee’s normal duties. Thus, vertical cross-training encourages employees to feel more valuable to the business. (And you know what? They are!)

If the task calls for the same level of responsibility or skill as an employee’s routine duties, it’s considered horizontal. This type of cross-training widens employees’ understanding of their departments or the company. Plus, horizontal cross-training builds camaraderie and is often a welcome change of pace.

Risks to consider

Although generally a good business practice, cross-training has some risks you should consider. First, not everyone is a prime candidate for it. If possible, pick employees who show an interest in working outside their stated roles and are open to change.

Important: You may want to require cross-training as an internal control for some positions. This is usually a good idea for jobs involving financial management, sensitive data or high-value customers.

Second, be cognizant of employees’ workloads and stress levels. Relying too much on cross-training can lead to burnout and lower morale. Also, decide whether and how cross-training should affect compensation. Some companies use incentives or profit sharing to build buy-in.

Slowly and carefully

If your business has yet to try cross-training, starting slowly is typically best. Discuss the concept with your leadership team and identify which positions are well suited for it. Then design a formal strategy for picking the employees involved, carrying out the training and monitoring the results. We can help you identify all the costs associated with developing and managing staff performance.

Are you missing a valuable tax deduction for Medicare premiums?

Tue, 17 Jun 2025 17:34:33 GMT

If you’re age 65 or older and enrolled in basic Medicare insurance, you may need to pay additional premiums to receive more comprehensive coverage. These extra premiums can be expensive, particularly for married couples, since both spouses incur the costs. However, there may be a silver lining: You could be eligible for a tax deduction for the premiums you pay.

Deducting medical expenses: What counts?

For purposes of claiming an itemized deduction for medical expenses on your tax return, you can combine premiums for Medicare health insurance with other eligible medical expenses. These include amounts for “Medigap” insurance and Medicare Advantage plans. Some people buy Medigap policies because Medicare Parts A and B don’t cover all their health care expenses. Coverage gaps include co-payments, coinsurance, deductibles and other costs. Medigap is private supplemental insurance that’s intended to cover some or all gaps.

Is itemizing required?

Qualifying for a medical expense deduction can be difficult for many people for several reasons. For 2025, you can deduct medical expenses only if you itemize deductions on Schedule A of Form 1040 and only to the extent that total qualifying expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income.

In recent years, many people haven’t been itemizing because their itemized deductions are less than their standard deductions. For 2025, the standard deduction amounts are $15,000 for single filers, $30,000 for married couples filing jointly and $22,500 for heads of household. (Under The One, Big, Beautiful Bill being considered by Congress, these amounts would increase. If the bill is enacted, the standard deduction will increase for 2025 through 2028 by an additional $1,000 for singles, $2,000 for married joint filers and $1,500 for heads of households.)

Note: Self-employed people and shareholder-employees of S corporations don’t need to itemize to get tax savings. They can generally claim an above-the-line deduction for their health insurance premiums, including Medicare premiums.

What other expenses qualify?

In addition to Medicare premiums, you can deduct various medical expenses, including those for dental treatments, doctor visits, ambulance services, dentures, eye exams, eyeglasses and contacts, hearing aids, hospital visits, lab tests, qualified long-term care services, prescription medicines and others.

There are also many other items that Medicare doesn’t cover that can be deducted for tax purposes if you qualify. And itemizers can deduct transportation expenses to get to and from medical appointments. If you go by car, you can deduct a flat 21 cents-per-mile rate in 2025, or you can keep track of your actual out-of-pocket expenses for gas, oil, maintenance and repairs.

Claim all eligible expenses

Contact us if you have any questions about whether you’re able to claim medical expense deductions on your tax return. We’ll help ensure you claim all the tax breaks you’re entitled to.

The One, Big, Beautiful Bill could change the deductibility of R&E expenses

Mon, 16 Jun 2025 17:42:18 GMT

The treatment of research and experimental (R&E) expenses is a high-stakes topic for U.S. businesses, especially small to midsize companies focused on innovation. As the tax code currently stands, the deductibility of these expenses is limited, leading to financial strain for companies that used to be able to expense them immediately. But proposed legislation dubbed The One, Big, Beautiful Bill could drastically change that. Here’s what you need to know.

R&E expenses must currently be capitalized

Before 2022, under Section 174 of the Internal Revenue Code, taxpayers could deduct R&E expenses in the year they were incurred. This treatment encouraged investment in innovation, as companies could realize a current tax benefit for eligible costs.

However, beginning in 2022, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) changed the rules. Under the law, R&E expenses must be capitalized and amortized over five years for domestic activities and 15 years for foreign activities. This means businesses can’t take an immediate deduction for their research spending.

The practical impact on businesses

Startups, tech firms and manufacturers, in particular, have reported significant tax hikes, even in years when they operated at a loss. The shift from immediate expensing to amortization has created cash flow issues for innovation-heavy firms and complicated tax reporting and long-term forecasting.

Lobbying groups, tax professionals and industry associations have been pushing for a reversal of the TCJA’s Sec. 174 provisions since they took effect.

What’s in The One, Big, Beautiful Bill?

The One, Big, Beautiful Bill is a comprehensive tax and spending package that narrowly passed in the U.S. House in May. It contains a provision that would restore the immediate deductibility of R&E expenses, among other tax measures.

Specifically, it would allow taxpayers to immediately deduct domestic R&E expenditures paid or incurred in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2024, and before January 1, 2030. This provision would also make other changes to the deduction.

If enacted, the bill would provide a lifeline to many businesses burdened by the amortization requirement — especially those in high-growth, innovation-focused sectors.

Legislative outlook and next steps

Passage of the current version of The One, Big, Beautiful Bill remains uncertain. The bill is now being debated in the U.S. Senate and senators have indicated they’d like to make changes to some of the provisions. If the bill is revised, it will have to go back to the House for another vote before it can be signed into law by President Trump.

However, it offers hope that lawmakers recognize the challenges businesses face and may be willing to act. If enacted, the bill could restore financial flexibility to innovators across the country, encouraging a new wave of research, development and economic growth.

Stay tuned, and contact us if you have questions about how these potential changes may affect your business.

An employee stock ownership plan can be a versatile business exit and estate planning tool

Thu, 12 Jun 2025 17:40:56 GMT

As a closely held business owner, a substantial amount of your wealth likely is tied to the business. Of course, you want to retain as much of that wealth as possible to pass on to your family after you exit the business. If your business is structured as a corporation, the answer may be an employee stock ownership plan (ESOP). It can enhance tax efficiency, support business succession goals and help preserve wealth for future generations.

An ESOP in action

An ESOP is a qualified retirement plan that invests primarily in your company’s stock. ESOPs must comply with the same rules and regulations as other qualified plans, and they’re subject to similar contribution limits and other requirements.

One requirement that’s unique to ESOPs is the need to have the stock valued annually by an independent appraiser. Also, by definition, ESOPs are available only to corporations. Both C corporations and S corporations are eligible.

In a typical ESOP arrangement, the company makes tax-deductible cash contributions to the plan, which uses those funds to acquire some or all of the current owners’ stock. Alternatively, with a “leveraged” ESOP, the plan borrows the money needed to buy the stock and the company makes tax-deductible contributions to cover the loan payments.

As with other qualified plans, ESOP participants enjoy tax-deferred earnings. They pay no tax until they receive benefits, in the form of cash or stock, when they retire or leave the company. Participants who receive closely held stock have a “put option” to sell it back to the company at fair market value during a limited time window.

ESOP benefits

ESOPs offer many benefits for owners, companies and employees alike. Benefits for owners include:

Liquidity and diversification. An ESOP creates a market for your stock. By selling some or all of your stock to the plan, you can achieve greater liquidity and diversification, enhancing your financial security and estate planning flexibility. Acquiring a wider variety of nonbusiness assets with the sale proceeds can make it easier to share your wealth with loved ones, especially those who aren’t interested in participating in the business.

Tax advantages. If your company is a C corporation and the ESOP acquires at least 30% of its stock, it’s possible to defer capital gains on the sale of your stock by reinvesting the proceeds in qualified replacement securities. You can even avoid capital gains tax permanently by holding the replacement securities for life.

Control. Unlike certain other exit strategies, an ESOP allows you to tap your equity in the company without immediately giving up management control. You can continue to act as a corporate officer and, if you serve as the ESOP’s trustee, you’ll retain the right to vote the trust’s shares on most corporate decisions.

The company can benefit because its contributions to the plan are tax deductible. With a leveraged ESOP, the company essentially deducts both interest and principal on the loan. And, of course, both the company and its employees gain from the creation of an attractive employee benefit, one that provides a powerful incentive for employees to stay with the company and contribute to its success.

Beware of an ESOP’s cost

An ESOP can be a powerful estate planning tool for closely held business owners, but it’s important to consider the costs. In addition to the usual costs associated with setting up and maintaining a qualified plan, there are also annual stock valuation costs. Contact us to learn more about pairing an ESOP with your estate plan.

Business owners can rest easier with sound cash flow management

Wed, 11 Jun 2025 17:44:52 GMT

Slow cash flow is one of the leading causes of insomnia for business owners. Even if sales are strong, a lack of liquidity to pay bills and cover payroll can cause more than a few sleepless nights. The good news is that you can rest easier by exercising sound cash flow management.

Scrutinize your cycles

Broadly speaking, nearly every business — no matter what it does — has two cycles that determine how the dollars flow. These are:

1. The selling cycle. This is how long it takes your business to:

Develop a product or service,
Market it, and
Produce the product or service, close a sale, and collect the revenue.

Good accounts receivable processes — from clearly and accurately invoicing to implementing online payment methods for faster access to money — are a major aspect of cash flow management.

Less experienced business owners often underestimate the length of the selling cycle. Many a start-up has been launched with a budding entrepreneur believing the company could get its wares to market, close deals and earn revenue quickly. Grim reality usually followed.

However, even business owners who’ve been around for a while can miss changes to their selling cycles. Regular customers on whom the company depends may start taking longer to pay, or a key employee might jump ship and be hard to replace. Inefficiencies such as these are often exposed when economic conditions deteriorate.

2. The disbursements cycle. This is how your business manages regular payments to employees, vendors, creditors (including short- and long-term financing) and other parties. As payments go out, cash flow is obviously affected.

Track the timing

The selling and disbursements cycles aren’t separate functions; they overlap. But if they don’t do so evenly, delayed cash inflows can create a crisis. You want them to match as evenly as possible. Or better yet, you want to convert sales to cash more quickly than you’re paying expenses.

How can you keep tabs on it all? First, study your statement of cash flows whenever your company’s financial statements are generated. But do more than that. Regularly create cash flow statements. Despite their similar-sounding name, these reports are run more frequently — usually monthly or quarterly. You can also use financial software to set up a digital dashboard that displays weekly or even daily cash flow metrics.

Take control

If you see warning signs of an imminent cash crunch, consider these options to better control the potential crisis:

Slow down growth. Rapid growth can be both a blessing (you’re selling more) and a curse (you’re spending more on production). Cash shortages often result from a substantial mismatch between the selling and disbursement cycles, which can easily occur during high-growth periods. Out-of-control growth can also impair quality, which, in turn, sours relationships with customers and hurts your company’s reputation in the marketplace.

Review expenses. Sometimes, you can lower monthly cash outflows by converting costs from fixed to variable. Fixed expenses include mortgage or lease payments, payroll, and insurance. When an employee quits, consider using an independent contractor to fill the position. Or if a key piece of equipment breaks, explore leasing rather than purchasing. In addition, review your company’s tax planning strategies. A lower tax bill can make a big difference in cash flow.

Address asset management. How much money are you making for each dollar that’s invested in working capital, equipment and other assets? By monitoring turnover ratios, you may be able to identify and reduce weaknesses in asset management. For example, an increase in “days outstanding” in accounts receivable might improve with tighter credit policies, early-bird discounts or incentives for employees who handle collections.

Essential skills

Strong cash flow management skills are essential to running a successful business. We can review your sales and disbursement cycles, improve your financial reporting, and identify ways to manage your company’s cash better.

Tax breaks in 2025 and how The One, Big, Beautiful Bill could change them

Tue, 10 Jun 2025 17:46:36 GMT

The U.S. House of Representatives passed The One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act on May 22, 2025, introducing possible significant changes to individual tax provisions. While the bill is now being considered by the Senate, it’s important to understand how the proposals could alter key tax breaks.

Curious about how the bill might affect you? Here are seven current tax provisions and how they could change under the bill.

1. Standard deduction

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act nearly doubled the standard deduction. For the 2025 tax year, the standard deduction has been adjusted for inflation as follows:

$15,000 for single filers,
$30,000 for married couples filing jointly, and
$22,500 for heads of household.

Under current law, the increased standard deduction is set to expire after 2025. The One, Big, Beautiful Bill would make it permanent. Additionally, for tax years 2025 through 2028, it proposes an increase of $1,000 for single filers, $2,000 for married couples filing jointly and $1,500 for heads of households.

2. Child Tax Credit (CTC)

Currently, the CTC stands at $2,000 per qualifying child but it’s scheduled to drop to $1,000 after 2025. The bill increases the CTC to $2,500 for 2025 through 2028, after which it would revert to $2,000. In addition, the bill indexes the credit amount for inflation beginning in 2027 and requires the child and the taxpayer claiming the child to have Social Security numbers.

3. State and local tax (SALT) deduction cap

Under current law, the SALT deduction cap is set at $10,000 but the cap is scheduled to expire after 2025. The bill would raise this cap to $40,000 for taxpayers earning less than $500,000, starting in 2025. This change would be particularly beneficial for taxpayers in high-tax states, allowing them to deduct a larger portion of their state and local taxes.

4. Tax treatment of tips and overtime pay

Currently, tips and overtime pay are considered taxable income. The proposed legislation seeks to exempt all tip income from federal income tax through 2029, provided the income is from occupations that traditionally receive tips. Additionally, it proposes to exempt overtime pay from federal income tax, which could increase take-home pay for hourly workers.

These were both campaign promises made by President Trump. He also made a pledge during the campaign to exempt Social Security benefits from taxes. However, that isn’t in the bill. Instead, the bill contains a $4,000 deduction for eligible seniors (age 65 or older) for 2025 through 2028. To qualify, a single taxpayer would have to have modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) under $75,000 ($150,000 for married couples filing jointly).

5. Estate and gift tax exemption

As of 2025, the federal estate and gift tax exemption is $13.99 million per individual. The bill proposes to increase this exemption to $15 million per individual ($30 million per married couple) starting in 2026, with adjustments for inflation thereafter.

This change would allow individuals to transfer more wealth without incurring federal estate or gift taxes.

6. Auto loan interest

Currently, there’s no deduction for auto loan interest. Under the bill, an above-the-line deduction would be created for up to $10,000 of eligible vehicle loan interest paid during the taxable year. The deduction begins to phase out when a single taxpayer’s MAGI exceeds $100,000 ($200,000 for married couples filing jointly).

There are a number of rules to meet eligibility, including that the final assembly of the vehicle must occur in the United States. If enacted, the deduction is allowed for tax years 2025 through 2028.

7. Electric vehicles

Currently, eligible taxpayers can claim a tax credit of up to $7,500 for a new “clean vehicle.” There’s a separate credit of up to $4,000 for a used clean vehicle. Income and price limits apply as well as requirements for the battery. These credits were scheduled to expire in 2032. The bill would generally end the credits for purchases made after December 31, 2025.

Next steps

These are only some of the proposals being considered. While The One, Big, Beautiful Bill narrowly passed the House, it faces scrutiny and potential changes in the Senate. Taxpayers should stay informed about these developments, as the proposals could significantly impact individual tax liabilities in the coming years. Contact us with any questions about your situation.

5 tax breaks on the table: What business owners should know about the latest proposals

Mon, 09 Jun 2025 17:46:06 GMT

A bill in Congress — dubbed The One, Big, Beautiful Bill — could significantly reshape several federal business tax breaks. While the proposed legislation is still under debate, it’s already sparking attention across business communities.

Here’s a look at the current rules and proposed changes for five key tax provisions and what they could mean for your business.

1. Bonus depreciation

Current rules: Businesses can deduct 40% of the cost of eligible new and used equipment in the year it’s placed in service. (In 2026, this will drop to 20%, eventually phasing out entirely by 2027.)

Proposed change: The bill would restore 100% bonus depreciation retroactively for property acquired after January 19, 2025, and extend it through 2029. This would be a major win for businesses looking to invest in equipment, machinery and certain software.

Why it matters: A full deduction in the year of purchase would allow for faster depreciation, freeing up cash flow. This could be especially beneficial for capital-intensive industries.

2. Section 179 expensing

Current rules: Businesses can “expense” up to $1.25 million of qualified asset purchases in 2025, with a phaseout beginning at $3.13 million. Under Section 179, businesses can deduct the cost of qualifying equipment or software in the year it’s placed in service, rather than depreciating it over several years.

Proposed change: The bill would increase the expensing limit to $2.5 million and the phaseout threshold to $4 million for property placed into service after 2024. The amounts would be adjusted annually for inflation.

Why it matters: This provision could help smaller businesses deduct more of the cost (or the entire cost) of qualifying purchases without dealing with depreciation schedules. Larger thresholds would mean more flexibility for expanding operations.

3. Qualified business income (QBI) deduction

Current rules: Created by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA), the QBI deduction is currently available through 2025 to owners of pass-through entities. These include S corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, sole proprietors and most self-employed individuals. QBI is defined as the net amount of qualified items of income, gain, deduction and loss that are effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. business. The deduction generally equals 20% of QBI, not to exceed 20% of taxable income minus net capital gain. But it’s subject to additional limits that can reduce or eliminate the tax benefit.

Proposed change: Under the bill, the QBI tax break would be made permanent. Additionally, the deduction amount would increase to 23% for tax years beginning after 2025.

Why it matters: The increased deduction rate and permanent extension would lead to substantial tax savings for eligible pass-through entities. If the deduction is made permanent and adjusted for inflation, businesses could engage in more effective long-term tax planning.

4. Research and experimental (R&E) expensing

Current rules: Under the TCJA, businesses must capitalize and amortize domestic R&E costs over five years (15 years for foreign research).

Proposed change: The bill would reinstate a deduction available to businesses that conduct R&E. Specifically, the deduction would apply to R&E costs incurred after 2024 and before 2030. Providing added flexibility, the bill would allow taxpayers to elect whether to deduct or amortize the expenditures. (The requirement under current law to amortize such expenses would be suspended while the deduction is available.)

Why it matters: Many businesses — especially startups and tech firms — depend heavily on research investments. Restoring current expensing could ease tax burdens and encourage innovation.

5. Increase in information reporting amounts

Current rules: The annual reporting threshold for payments made by a business for services performed by an independent contractor is generally $600. That means businesses must send a Form 1099-NEC to contractors they pay more than $600 by January 31 of the following year.

Proposed change: The bill would generally increase the threshold to $2,000 in payments during the year and adjust it for inflation. This provision would apply to payments made after December 31, 2024. (The bill would also make changes to the rules for Form 1099-K issued by third-party settlement organizations.)

Why it matters: This proposal would reduce the administrative burdens on businesses. Fewer 1099-NECs would need to be prepared and filed, especially for small engagements. If the provision is enacted, contractors would receive fewer 1099-NECs. Income below $2,000 annually would still have to be reported to the IRS, so contractors may have to be more diligent in tracking income.

More to consider

These are just five of the significant changes being proposed. The One, Big, Beautiful Bill also proposes changes to the business interest expense deduction and some employee benefits. It would eliminate federal income tax on eligible tips and overtime — and make many more changes.

If enacted, the bill could deliver immediate and long-term tax relief to certain business owners. It narrowly passed in the U.S. House of Representatives and is currently being considered in the Senate. Changes are likely to be made there, at which point the new version would have to be passed again by the House before being sent to President Trump to be signed into law. The current uncertainty means business owners shouldn’t act prematurely.

While these changes may sound beneficial, their complexity — and the possibility of retroactive provisions — make professional guidance essential. Contact us to discuss how to proceed in your situation.

How The One, Big, Beautiful Bill proposes to change the gift and estate tax exemption

Thu, 05 Jun 2025 17:27:05 GMT

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) effectively doubled the unified federal gift and estate tax exemption — and annual inflation adjustments have boosted it even further. For individuals who make gifts or die in 2025, the exemption amount is $13.99 million ($27.98 million for married couples).

Under the TCJA, the exemption amount is scheduled to revert to the pre-TCJA level after 2025, unless Congress extends it. This has caused uncertainty for wealthy individuals whose estates may be exposed to gift and estate taxes if the higher exemption were to expire after 2025.

The good news is that Congress has finally taken steps to address this expiring tax provision (among many others). The U.S. House of Representatives passed The One, Big, Beautiful Bill in May. Under the proposed bill, beginning in 2026, the federal gift and estate tax exemption would be permanently increased to $15 million ($30 million for married couples). That amount would continue to be annually adjusted for inflation.

Gift and estate tax exemption basics

Under the TCJA, the federal gift and estate tax exemption increased from $5 million to $10 million per individual, with annual indexing for inflation. Taxable estates that exceed the exemption amount have the excess taxed at up to a 40% rate. In addition, cumulative lifetime taxable gifts that exceed the exemption amount are taxed at up to a 40% rate.

Under the annual gift tax exclusion, you can exclude certain gifts of up to the annual exclusion amount ($19,000 per recipient for 2025) without using up any of your gift and estate tax exemption. If you make gifts in excess of what can be sheltered with the annual gift tax exclusion amount, the excess reduces your lifetime federal gift and estate tax exemption dollar-for-dollar.

Under the unlimited marital deduction, transfers between spouses are federal-estate-and-gift-tax-free. But the unlimited marital deduction is available only if the surviving spouse is a U.S. citizen.

Next steps

The proposed legislation is now being considered by the Senate. It’s likely to change (perhaps significantly) before the Senate votes on it. If there are changes, it’ll then go back to the House for a vote before being sent to President Trump for his signature.

In addition to disagreements about the bill’s tax provisions, there are Senators who don’t agree with some of the spending cuts. Regardless, changes to the estate tax rules are expected this year. Contact us to learn how these potential changes could affect your estate plan.

Mission and vision statements help businesses rise above the din

Wed, 04 Jun 2025 17:25:27 GMT

Many of today’s businesses operate in a cacophonous marketplace. Everyone is out blasting emails, pushing notifications and proclaiming their presence on social media. Where does it all leave your customers and prospects? Quite possibly searching for a clear perception of your company.

One way — well, two ways — to rise above the din is to craft a mission statement and a vision statement. Although they may seem like superfluous marketing exercises to some, these two statements can help clarify your identity to customers and prospects. They can also matter to lenders, investors, the news media and job candidates.

Why you’re here

Let’s start with the mission statement. Its purpose is to express to the world why you’re in business, what you’re offering and whom you’re looking to serve. For example, the U.S. Department of Labor has this as its mission statement:

To foster, promote, and develop the welfare of the wage earners, job seekers, and retirees of the United States; improve working conditions; advance opportunities for profitable employment; and assure work-related benefits and rights.

Forget flowery language and industry jargon. Write in clear, simple, honest terms. Keep the statement brief, a paragraph at most. Answer questions that any interested party would likely ask. Why did your company go into business? What makes your products or services worth buying? Who’s your target market?

You know the answers to these questions. But distilling them into a clear, concise mission statement can do more than raise your visibility in the marketplace. It may also help renew your commitment to your original or actual mission or reveal where you’ve gotten off track.

With a mission statement in place, you can engage in more focused strategic planning. Moreover, it helps boost employee engagement, serving as a driving philosophy for everyone. And as mentioned, the right mission statement really is a marketing asset: It tells the buying public precisely who you are.

Where you’re going

So, what does a vision statement do? It tells interested parties where you’re going; that is, what you want to accomplish.

A vision statement should be even briefer than your mission statement. Think of it as a tagline for a movie or even an advertising slogan. You want to deliver a memorable quote that will get readers’ attention and let them know you’re moving into a future where you’ll provide the highest quality products and services in your industry.

Whereas a mission statement is anchored in the present, a vision statement focuses on the horizon. For instance, the mission statement of the Alzheimer’s Association is:

The Alzheimer’s Association leads the way to end Alzheimer’s and all other dementia — by accelerating global research, driving risk reduction and early detection, and maximizing quality care and support.

But its vision statement is simply: “A world without Alzheimer’s and all other dementia.”

Create a vision statement that’s a rallying cry for your company. Don’t be afraid to be aspirational, bold and appeal to people’s emotions. Remember, this isn’t where you are, it’s where you intend to go.

How to proceed

Creating mission and vision statements can be a fun, creative way to unite a company. If you already have both, well done! But don’t forget that you can still revisit and refine the language. And if you ever decide to do a major marketplace pivot or even undergo a business transformation, you’ll likely want to rewrite your mission and vision statements entirely.

The advantages of a living trust for your estate plan

Tue, 03 Jun 2025 17:24:40 GMT

Do you believe you don’t need to worry about estate planning because of the current federal estate tax exemption ($13.99 million per individual or $27.98 million for married couples in 2025)? Well, think again. Even with this substantial exemption, creating a living trust can offer significant benefits, especially if your goal is to avoid probate and maintain privacy.

Here are some answers to questions you may have about this estate planning tool.

What’s a living trust?

A living trust — also known as a revocable trust, grantor trust or family trust — is a legal entity that holds ownership of your assets during your lifetime and distributes them according to your instructions after your death. Unlike a will, a living trust allows your estate to bypass probate, which is the often lengthy and public court process of settling an estate.

How does a living trust work?

You begin by creating a trust document and transferring ownership of specific assets to the trust. These may include:

Your primary residence,
Vacation properties, and
Valuable personal items like antiques.

You’ll name a trustee to manage and distribute the assets after your death. You can serve as the trustee while you’re alive and legally competent. After that, you may appoint a successor trustee — such as a trusted family member, friend, attorney, CPA or financial institution.

Because a living trust is revocable, you can amend or cancel it at any time during your lifetime.

What are the tax implications?

For federal income tax purposes, the IRS doesn’t treat the living trust as separate from you while you’re alive. You’ll continue to report all income and deductions from the trust’s assets on your personal tax return.

However, under state law, the trust is recognized as a separate entity. When structured properly, this allows your estate to bypass probate, helping to ensure a more private and efficient distribution of your assets.

Upon your death, assets in the trust are generally included in your estate for federal estate tax purposes. However, any assets passed to a surviving spouse who’s a U.S. citizen qualify for the unlimited marital deduction, which exempts them from estate tax.

It’s also important to note that the current high federal estate tax exemption is set to expire at the end of 2025, unless Congress extends it. Under “The One, Big, Beautiful Bill,” which recently passed the U.S. House of Representatives, the federal gift and estate tax exemption would be increased to $15 million per individual in 2026. This amount would be permanent but annually adjusted for inflation. The bill is now being considered by the Senate. Keep in mind that the pending legislation could change.

Are there any common pitfalls to avoid?

While a living trust is a powerful tool, it’s only effective when properly executed. Here are some common mistakes to avoid:

Outdated beneficiary designations. The beneficiaries named on retirement accounts, life insurance policies and brokerage accounts override your trust. Make sure your designations align with your overall estate plan.
Jointly owned property. Real estate held as “joint tenants with right of survivorship” automatically passes to the surviving co-owner, regardless of what your trust says.
Failing to transfer assets. Simply creating a trust isn’t enough. You must formally transfer ownership of assets to the trust. Failing to do so means those assets may still be subject to probate.

When is more planning needed?

Although a living trust helps avoid probate, it doesn’t reduce estate or inheritance taxes. If your assets exceed the current exemption or if state estate taxes apply, additional strategies (such as irrevocable trusts, charitable giving or gifting) may be necessary.

Not a one-size-fits-all solution

A living trust is an estate planning tool that can simplify the transfer of your assets, protect your privacy and avoid probate. However, it’s not a one-size-fits-all solution. To make the most of your estate plan and stay ahead of changing tax laws, consult with us or an estate planning attorney.

Planning a summer business trip? Turn travel into tax deductions

Mon, 02 Jun 2025 17:17:28 GMT

If you or your employees are heading out of town for business this summer, it’s important to understand what travel expenses can be deducted under current tax law. To qualify, the travel must be necessary for your business and require an overnight stay within the United States.

Note: Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, employees can’t deduct their unreimbursed travel expenses on their own tax returns through 2025. That’s because unreimbursed employee business expenses are “miscellaneous itemized deductions” that aren’t deductible through 2025. In the “One, Big, Beautiful Bill,” passed by the U.S. House and now being considered by the Senate, miscellaneous itemized deductions would be permanently eliminated. Keep in mind that pending legislation could still change.

However, self-employed individuals and businesses can continue to deduct business expenses, including expenses for away-from-home travel.

Deduction rules to know

Travel expenses like airfare, taxi rides and other transportation costs for out-of-town business trips are deductible. You can deduct the cost of meals and lodging, even if meals aren’t tied directly to a business discussion. However, meal deductions are limited to 50% in 2025.

Keep in mind that expenses must be reasonable based on the facts and circumstances. Extravagant or lavish meals and lodging aren’t deductible. However, this doesn’t mean you have to frequent inexpensive restaurants. According to IRS Publication 463, Travel, Gift and Car Expenses, “Meal expenses won’t be disallowed merely because they are more than a fixed dollar amount or because the meals take place at deluxe restaurants, hotels or resorts.”

What other expenses are deductible? Items such as dry cleaning, business calls and laptop rentals are deductible if they’re business-related. However, entertainment and personal costs (for example, sightseeing, movies and pet boarding) aren’t deductible.

Business vs. personal travel

If you combine business with leisure, you’ll need to divide the expenses. Here are the basic rules:

Business days only. Meals and lodging are deductible only for the days spent on business.
Travel costs. If the primary purpose of the trip is business, the full cost of getting there and back (for example, airfare) is deductible. If the trip is mainly personal, those travel costs aren’t deductible at all.
Time matters. In an audit, the IRS often considers the proportion of time spent on business versus personal activities when determining the primary purpose of the trip.

Note: The primary purpose rules are stricter for international travel.

Special considerations

If you’re attending a seminar or conference, be prepared to prove that it’s business-related and not just a vacation in disguise. Keep all relevant documentation that can help prove the professional or business nature of the travel.

What about bringing your spouse along? Travel expenses for a spouse generally aren’t deductible unless he or she is a bona fide employee and the travel serves a legitimate business purpose.

Maximize deductions

Tax rules can be tricky, especially when business and personal travel overlap. To protect your deductions, keep receipts and detailed records of dates, locations, business purposes and attendees (for meals). Reach out to us for guidance on what’s deductible in your specific situation.

The House passes The One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act: An overview of its tax provisions

Thu, 29 May 2025 20:34:32 GMT

The U.S. House of Representatives passed its sweeping tax and spending bill, dubbed The One, Big, Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA), by a vote of 215 to 214. The bill includes extensions of many provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) that are set to expire on December 31. It also includes some new and enhanced tax breaks. For example, it contains President Trump’s pledge to exempt tips and overtime from income tax.

The bill has now moved to the U.S. Senate for debate, revisions and a vote. Several senators say they can’t support the bill as written and vow to make changes.

Here’s an overview of the major tax proposals included in the House OBBBA.

Business tax provisions

The bill includes several changes that could affect businesses’ tax bills. Among the most notable:

Bonus depreciation. Under the TCJA, first-year bonus depreciation has been phasing down 20 percentage points annually since 2023 and is set to drop to 0% in 2027. (It’s 40% for 2025.) Under the OBBBA, the depreciation deduction would reset to 100% for eligible property acquired and placed in service after January 19, 2025, and before January 1, 2030.

Section 199A qualified business income (QBI) deduction. Created by the TCJA, the QBI deduction is currently available through 2025 to owners of pass-through entities — such as S corporations, partnerships and limited liability companies (LLCs) — as well as to sole proprietors and self-employed individuals. QBI is defined as the net amount of qualified items of income, gain, deduction and loss that are effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. business. The deduction generally equals 20% of QBI, not to exceed 20% of taxable income. But it’s subject to additional rules and limits that can reduce or eliminate the tax benefit. Under the OBBBA, the deduction would be made permanent. Additionally, the deduction amount would increase to 23% for tax years beginning after 2025.

Domestic research and experimental expenditures. The OBBBA would reinstate a deduction available to businesses that conduct research and experimentation. Specifically, the deduction would apply to research and development costs incurred after 2024 and before 2030. Providing added flexibility, the bill would allow taxpayers to elect whether to deduct or amortize the expenditures. (The requirement under current law to amortize such expenses would be suspended while the deduction is available.)

Section 179 expensing election. This tax break allows businesses to currently deduct (rather than depreciate over a number of years) the cost of purchasing eligible new or used assets, such as equipment, furniture, off-the-shelf computer software and qualified improvement property. An annual expensing limit applies, which begins to phase out dollar-for-dollar when asset acquisitions for the year exceed the Sec. 179 phaseout threshold. (Both amounts are adjusted annually for inflation.) The OBBBA would increase the expensing limit to $2.5 million and the phaseout threshold to $4 million for property placed into service after 2024. The amounts would continue to be adjusted annually for inflation. (Under current law, for 2025, the expensing limit is $1.25 million and the phaseout threshold is $3.13 million.)

Pass-through entity “excess” business losses. The Inflation Reduction Act, through 2028, limits deductions for current-year business losses incurred by noncorporate taxpayers. Such losses generally can offset a taxpayer’s income from other sources, such as salary, interest, dividends and capital gains, only up to an annual limit. “Excess” losses are carried forward to later tax years and can then be deducted under net operating loss rules. The OBBBA would make the excess business loss limitation permanent.

Individual tax provisions

The OBBBA would extend or make permanent many individual tax provisions of the TCJA. Among other things, the new bill would affect:

Individual income tax rates. The OBBBA would make permanent the TCJA income tax rates, including the 37% top individual income tax rate. If a new law isn’t enacted, the top rate would return to 39.6%.

Itemized deduction limitation. The bill would make permanent the repeal of the Pease limitation on itemized deductions. But it would impose a new limitation on itemized deductions for taxpayers in the 37% income tax bracket that would go into effect after 2025.

Standard deduction. The new bill would temporarily boost standard deduction amounts. For tax years 2025 through 2028, the amounts would increase $2,000 for married couples filing jointly, $1,500 for heads of households and $1,000 for single filers. For seniors age 65 or older who meet certain income limits, an additional standard deduction of $4,000 would be available for those years. (Currently, the inflation-adjusted standard deduction amounts for 2025 are $30,000 for joint filers, $22,500 for heads of households and $15,000 for singles.)

Child Tax Credit (CTC). Under current law, the $2,000 per child CTC is set to drop to $1,000 after 2025. The income phaseout thresholds will also be significantly lower. And the requirement to provide the child’s Social Security number (SSN) will be eliminated. The OBBBA would make the CTC permanent, raise it to $2,500 per child for tax years 2025 through 2028 and retain the higher income phaseout thresholds. It would also preserve the requirement to provide a child’s SSN and expand it to require an SSN for the taxpayer (generally the parent) claiming the credit. After 2028, the CTC would return to $2,000 and be adjusted annually for inflation.

State and local tax (SALT) deduction. The OBBBA would increase the TCJA’s SALT deduction cap (which is currently set to expire after 2025) from $10,000 to $40,000 for 2025. The limitation would phase out for taxpayers with incomes over $500,000. After 2025, the cap would increase by 1% annually through 2033.

Miscellaneous itemized deductions. Through 2025, the TCJA suspended deductions subject to the 2% of adjusted gross income (AGI) floor, such as certain professional fees and unreimbursed employee business expenses. This means, for example, that employees can’t deduct their home office expenses. The OBBBA would make the suspension permanent.

Federal gift and estate tax exemption. Beginning in 2026, the bill would increase the federal gift and estate tax exemption to $15 million. This amount would be permanent but annually adjusted for inflation. (For 2025, the exemption amount is $13.99 million.)

New tax provisions

On the campaign trail, President Trump proposed several tax-related ideas. The OBBBA would introduce a few of them into the U.S. tax code:

No tax on tips. The OBBBA would offer a deduction from income for amounts a taxpayer receives from tips. Tipped workers wouldn’t be required to itemize deductions to claim the deduction. However, they’d need a valid SSN to claim it. The deduction would expire after 2028. (Note: The Senate recently passed a separate no-income-tax-on-tips bill that has different rules. To be enacted, the bill would have to pass the House and be signed by President Trump.)

No tax on overtime. The OBBBA would allow workers to claim a deduction for overtime pay they receive. Like the deduction for tip income, taxpayers wouldn’t have to itemize deductions to claim the write-off but would be required to provide an SSN. Also, the deduction would expire after 2028.

Car loan interest deduction. The bill would allow taxpayers to deduct interest payments (up to $10,000) on car loans for 2025 through 2028. Final assembly of the vehicles must take place in the United States, and there would be income limits to claim the deduction. Both itemizers and nonitemizers would be able to benefit.

Charitable deduction for nonitemizers. Currently, taxpayers can claim a deduction for charitable contributions only if they itemize on their tax returns. The bill would create a charitable deduction of $150 for single filers and $300 for joint filers for nonitemizers.

What’s next?

These are only some of the provisions in the massive House bill. The proposed legislation is likely to change (perhaps significantly) as it moves through the Senate and possibly back to the House. In addition to disagreements about the tax provisions, there are Senators who don’t agree with some of the spending cuts. Regardless, tax changes are expected this year. Turn to us for the latest developments.

From the simple to the complex: 6 strategies to protect your wealth from lawsuits and creditors

Thu, 29 May 2025 17:35:27 GMT

Asset protection is a strategic approach to safeguarding your wealth from potential lawsuits and creditor claims. Indeed, protecting your assets is critical in today’s litigious environment. Without proper planning, a single lawsuit or debt issue could jeopardize years of financial progress. The last thing you want to happen is to lose a portion of your wealth, thus having less to pass on to your heirs, potentially jeopardizing their livelihoods.

6 asset protection techniques

Fortunately, there are legally sound strategies to shield your property, investments and other valuable assets from such risks. Here are six of them, ranging from simple to complex:

1. Give away assets. If you’re willing to part with ownership, a simple yet highly effective way to protect assets is to give them to your spouse, children or other family members. This can be achieved by making outright gifts or establishing an irrevocable trust, taking into account the current federal gift and estate tax exemption amount. After all, litigants or creditors can’t go after assets you don’t own (provided the gift doesn’t run afoul of fraudulent conveyance laws). Choose the recipients carefully, however, to be sure you don’t expose the assets to their creditors’ claims.

2. Retitle assets. Another simple but effective technique is to retitle property. For example, the law in many states allows married couples to hold a residence or certain other property as “tenants by the entirety,” which protects the property against either spouse’s individual creditors. It doesn’t, however, provide any protection from a couple’s joint creditors.

3. Buy insurance. Insurance is an important line of defense against potential claims that can threaten your assets. Depending on your circumstances, it may include personal or homeowner’s liability insurance, umbrella policies, errors and omissions insurance, or liability or malpractice insurance.

4. Set up an LLC or FLP. Transferring assets to a limited liability company (LLC) or family limited partnership (FLP) can be an effective way to share wealth with your family while retaining control over the assets. These entities are particularly valuable for holding business interests, though they can also be used for real estate and other assets.

To take advantage of this strategy, set up an LLC or FLP, transfer assets to the entity and then transfer membership or limited partnership interests to yourself and other family members. Not only does this facilitate the transfer of wealth, but it also provides significant asset protection to the members or limited partners, whose personal creditors generally can’t reach the entity’s assets.

5. Establish a DAPT. A domestic asset protection trust (DAPT) may be an attractive vehicle because, although it’s irrevocable, it provides you with creditor protection even if you’re a discretionary beneficiary. DAPTs are permitted in around one-third of the states, but you don’t necessarily have to live in one of those states to take advantage of a DAPT. However, you’ll probably have to locate some or all of the trust assets in a DAPT state and retain a bank or trust company in that state to administer the trust.

6. Establish an offshore trust. For greater certainty, consider an offshore trust. These trusts are similar to DAPTs, but they’re established in foreign countries with favorable asset protection laws. Although offshore trusts are irrevocable, some countries allow a trust to become revocable after a specified time, enabling you to retrieve the assets when the risk of loss has abated.

A word of warning

Keep in mind that asset protection isn’t intended to help you avoid your financial responsibilities or evade legitimate creditors. Federal and state fraudulent conveyance laws prohibit you from transferring assets (to a trust or another person, for example) with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud existing or foreseeable future creditors. And certain types of financial obligations — such as taxes, alimony or child support — may be difficult or impossible to avoid.

If you want to implement asset protection strategies, don’t hesitate to contact us. We can explain your options.

Family business focus: Addressing estate and succession planning

Wed, 28 May 2025 18:06:43 GMT

The future often weighs heavier on the shoulders of family business owners. Their companies aren’t just “going concerns” with operating assets, human resources and financial statements. The business usually holds a strong sentimental value and represents years of hard work involving many family members.

If this is the case for your company, an important issue to address is how to integrate estate planning and succession planning. Whereas a nonfamily business can simply be sold to new ownership with its own management, you may want to keep the company in the family. And that creates some distinctive challenges.

Question of control

From an estate planning perspective, transferring ownership of assets to the younger generation as early as possible allows you to remove future appreciation from your estate, thereby minimizing estate taxes. Proactive planning may be especially relevant today, given the federal estate and gift tax regime under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

For 2025, the unified federal estate and gift tax exemption is $13.99 million ($27.98 million for a married couple). Absent congressional action, this lifetime exemption is scheduled to drop by about half after this year. As of this writing, Congress is working on tax legislation that could potentially extend the current high exemption amount.

However, when it comes to transferring ownership of a family business, you may not be ready to hand over the reins — or you may feel that your children (or others) aren’t yet ready to take over. You may also have family members who aren’t involved in the company. Providing these heirs with equity interests that don’t confer control is feasible with proper planning.

Vehicles to consider

Various vehicles may allow you to transfer family business interests without immediately giving up control. For example, if your company is structured as a C or S corporation, you can issue nonvoting stock. Doing so allows current owners to retain control over business decisions while transferring economic benefits to other family members.

Alternatively, there are several trust types to consider. These include a revocable living trust, an irrevocable trust, a grantor retained annuity trust and a family trust. Each has its own technical requirements, so you must choose carefully.

Then again, you could form a family limited partnership. This is a legal structure under which family members pool their assets for business or investment purposes while retaining control of the company and benefiting from tax advantages.

Finally, many family businesses are drawn to employee stock ownership plans (ESOPs). Indeed, an ESOP may be an effective way to transfer stock to family members who work in the company and other employees, while allowing owners to cash out some of their equity in the business.

You and other owners can use this liquidity to fund your retirements, diversify your portfolios or provide for family members who aren’t involved in the business. If an ESOP is structured properly, you can maintain control over the business for an extended period — even if the ESOP acquires most of the company’s stock.

Not easy, but important

For family businesses, addressing estate and succession planning isn’t easy, but it’s important. One thing all the aforementioned vehicles have in common is that implementing any of them will call for professional guidance, including your attorney. Please keep us in mind as well. We can help you manage the tax and cash flow implications of planning a sound financial future for your company and family.

Digital assets and taxes: What you need to know

Tue, 27 May 2025 17:34:33 GMT

As the use of digital assets like cryptocurrencies continues to grow, so does the IRS’s scrutiny of how taxpayers report these transactions on their federal income tax returns. The IRS has flagged this area as a key focus. To help you stay compliant and avoid tax-related complications, here are the basics of digital asset reporting.

The definition of digital assets

Digital assets are defined by the IRS as any digital representation of value that’s recorded on a cryptographically secured distributed ledger (also known as blockchain) or any similar technology. Common examples include:

Cryptocurrencies, such as Bitcoin and Ethereum,
Stablecoins, which are digital currencies tied to the value of a fiat currency like the U.S. dollar, and
Non-fungible tokens (NFTs), which represent ownership of unique digital or physical items.

If an asset meets any of these criteria, the IRS classifies it as a digital asset.

Related question on your tax return

Near the top of your federal income tax return, there’s a question asking whether you received or disposed of any digital assets during the year. You must answer either “yes” or “no.”

When we prepare your return, we’ll check “yes” if, during the year, you:

Received digital assets as compensation, rewards or awards,
Acquired new digital assets through mining, staking or a blockchain fork,
Sold or exchanged digital assets for other digital assets, property or services, or
Disposed of digital assets in any way, including converting them to U.S. dollars.

We’ll answer “no” if you:

Held digital assets in a wallet or exchange,
Transferred digital assets between wallets or accounts you own, or
Purchased digital assets with U.S. dollars.

Reporting the tax consequences of digital asset transactions

To determine the tax impact of your digital asset activity, you need to calculate the fair market value (FMV) of the asset in U.S. dollars at the time of each transaction. For example, if you purchased one Bitcoin at $93,429 on May 21, 2025, your cost basis for that Bitcoin would be $93,429.

Any transaction involving the sale or exchange of a digital asset may result in a taxable gain or loss. A gain occurs when the asset’s FMV at the time of sale exceeds your cost basis. A loss occurs when the FMV is lower than your basis. Gains are classified as either short-term or long-term, depending on whether you held the asset for more than a year.

Example: If you accepted one Bitcoin worth $80,000 plus $10,000 in cash for a car with a basis of $55,000, you’d report a taxable gain of $35,000. The holding period of the car determines whether this gain is short-term or long-term.

How businesses handle crypto payments

Digital asset transactions have their own tax rules for businesses. If you’re an employee and are paid in crypto, the FMV at the time of payment is treated as wages and subject to standard payroll taxes. These wages must be reported on Form W-2.

If you’re an independent contractor compensated with crypto, the FMV is reported as nonemployee compensation on Form 1099-NEC if payments exceed $600 for the year.

Crypto losses and the wash sale rule

Currently, the IRS treats digital assets as property, not securities. This distinction means the wash sale rule doesn’t apply to cryptocurrencies. If you sell a digital asset at a loss and buy it back soon after, you can still claim the loss on your taxes.

However, this rule does apply to crypto-related securities, such as stocks of cryptocurrency exchanges, which fall under the wash sale provisions.

Form 1099 for crypto transactions

Depending on how you interact with a digital asset, you may receive a:

Form 1099-MISC,
Form 1099-K,
Form 1099-B, or
Form 1099-DA.

These forms are also sent to the IRS, so it’s crucial that your reported figures match those on the form.

Evolving landscape

Digital asset tax rules can be complex and are evolving quickly. If you engage in digital asset transactions, maintain all related records — transaction dates, FMV data and cost basis. Contact us with questions. This will help ensure accurate and compliant reporting, minimizing your risk of IRS penalties.

The IRS recently announced 2026 amounts for Health Savings Accounts

Tue, 27 May 2025 17:32:40 GMT

The IRS recently released the 2026 inflation-adjusted amounts for Health Savings Accounts (HSAs). Employees will be able to save a modest amount more in their HSAs next year.

HSA basics

An HSA is a trust created or organized exclusively for the purpose of paying the “qualified medical expenses” of an “account beneficiary.” An HSA can only be established for the benefit of an “eligible individual” who is covered under a “high-deductible health plan” (HDHP). In addition, a participant can’t be enrolled in Medicare or have other health coverage (exceptions include dental, vision, long-term care, accident and specific disease insurance).

Within specified dollar limits, an above-the-line tax deduction is allowed for an individual’s contribution to an HSA. This annual contribution limitation and the annual deductible and out-of-pocket expenses under the tax code are adjusted annually for inflation.

Inflation adjustments for next year

In Revenue Procedure 2025-19, the IRS released the 2026 inflation-adjusted figures for contributions to HSAs. For calendar year 2026, the annual contribution limitation for an individual with self-only coverage under an HDHP will be $4,400. For an individual with family coverage, the amount will be $8,750. These are up from $4,300 and $8,550, respectively, in 2025.

There’s an additional $1,000 “catch-up” contribution amount for those age 55 or older in 2026 (and 2025).

An HDHP is generally a plan with an annual deductible that isn’t less than $1,700 for self-only coverage and $3,400 for family coverage in 2026 (up from $1,650 and $3,300, respectively, in 2025). In addition, in 2026, the sum of the annual deductible and other annual out-of-pocket expenses required to be paid under the plan for covered benefits (but not for premiums) can’t exceed $8,500 for self-only coverage and $17,000 for family coverage. In 2025, these amounts are $8,300 and $16,600, respectively.

Advantages of HSAs

There are a variety of benefits to HSAs. Contributions to the accounts are made on a pre-tax basis. The money can accumulate tax-free year after year and can be withdrawn tax-free to pay for a variety of medical expenses such as doctor visits, prescriptions, chiropractic care and premiums for long-term care insurance. In addition, an HSA is “portable” — it stays with an account holder if he or she changes employers or leaves the workforce. Contact us if you have questions about HSAs at your business.

EV buyers, beware! House GOP bill ends clean vehicle tax credits after 2025

Fri, 23 May 2025 17:18:18 GMT

The U.S. House of Representatives has passed its budget reconciliation bill, dubbed The One, Big, Beautiful Bill. Among other things, the sweeping bill would eliminate clean vehicle credits by the end of 2025 in most cases.

If you’ve been pondering the purchase of a new or used electric vehicle (EV), you’ll want to buy sooner rather than later to take advantage of available tax credits. Here’s what you need to know.

The current credit

The Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) significantly expanded the Section 30D credit for qualifying clean vehicles placed in service after April 17, 2023. For eligible taxpayers, it extended the credit to any “clean vehicle,” including EVs, hydrogen fuel cell cars and plug-in hybrids, through 2032. It also created a new credit, Sec. 25E, for eligible taxpayers who buy used clean vehicles from dealers. That credit equals the lesser of $4,000 or 30% of the sale price.

The maximum credit for new vehicles is $7,500, based on meeting certain sourcing requirements for 1) critical minerals and 2) battery components. Clean vehicles that satisfy only one of the two requirements qualify for a $3,750 credit.

The Sec. 30D and Sec. 25E credits aren’t refundable, meaning you can’t receive a refund if you don’t have any tax liability. In addition, any excess credit can’t be carried forward if it’s claimed as an individual credit. A credit can be carried forward only if it’s claimed as a general business credit.

If you’re eligible for either credit (see below), you have two options for applying it. First, you can transfer the credit to the dealer to reduce the amount you pay for the vehicle (assuming you’re purchasing the vehicle for personal use). You’re limited to making two transfer elections in a tax year. Alternatively, you can claim the credit when you file your tax return for the year you take possession of the vehicle.

Buyer requirements

To qualify for the Sec. 30D credit, you must purchase the vehicle for your own use (not resale) and use it primarily in the United States. The credit is also subject to an income limitation. Your modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) can’t exceed:

$300,000 for married couples filing jointly or a surviving spouse,
$225,000 for heads of household, or
$150,000 for all other filers.

If your MAGI was less in the preceding tax year than in the year you take delivery of the vehicle, you can apply that amount for purposes of the income limit.

Note: As initially drafted, the GOP proposal would retain the Sec. 30D credit through 2026 for vehicles from manufacturers that have sold fewer than 200,000 clean vehicles.

For used vehicles, you similarly must buy the vehicle for your own use, primarily in the United States. You also must not:

Be the vehicle’s original owner,
Be claimed as a dependent on another person’s tax return, and
Have claimed another used clean vehicle credit in the preceding three years.

A MAGI limit applies for the Sec. 25E credit, but with different amounts than those for the Sec. 30D credit:

$150,000 for married couples filing jointly or a surviving spouse,
$112,500 for heads of household, or
$75,000 for all other filers.

You can choose to apply your MAGI from the previous tax year if it’s lower.

Vehicle requirements

You can take advantage of the Sec. 30D credit only if the vehicle you purchase:

Has a battery capacity of at least seven kilowatt hours,
Has a gross vehicle weight rating of less than 14,000 pounds,
Was made by a qualified manufacturer,
Underwent final assembly in North America, and
Meets critical mineral and battery component requirements.

In addition, the manufacturer suggested retail price (MSRP) can’t exceed $80,000 for vans, sport utility vehicles and pickup trucks, or $55,000 for other vehicles. The MSRP for this purpose isn’t necessarily the price you paid. It includes manufacturer-installed options, accessories and trim but excludes destination fees.

To qualify for the used car credit, the vehicle must:

Have a sale price of $25,000 or less, including all dealer-imposed costs or fees not required by law (legally required costs and fees, such as taxes, title or registration fees, don’t count toward the sale price),
Be a model year at least two years before the year of purchase,
Not have already been transferred after August 16, 2022, to a qualified buyer,
Have a gross vehicle weight rating of less than 14,000 pounds, and
Have a battery capacity of at least seven kilowatt hours.

The sale price for a used vehicle is determined after the application of any incentives — but before the application of any trade-in value.

Don’t forget the paperwork

Form 8936, “Clean Vehicle Credits,” must be filed with your tax return for the year you take delivery. The form is required regardless of whether you transferred the credit or chose to claim it on your tax return. Contact us if you have questions regarding the clean vehicle tax credits and their availability.

Have you made arrangements for your pets in your estate plan?

Thu, 22 May 2025 17:28:06 GMT

For many people, pets are more than just animals — they’re cherished members of the family. Yet, when it comes to estate planning, their future care can be overlooked.

Including your pets in your estate plan ensures they’ll continue to receive love and care if something happens to you. Unless you arrange for their care and support after your death, they’ll go to the residuary beneficiary in your will. If you don’t have a will, they’ll be transferred according to the laws of intestate succession, which are unique to each state.

Formally appoint a caregiver

Start by identifying a trusted family member or friend who’s willing and able to take responsibility for your pets. You can formalize this by naming the person as the caregiver in your will.

Although you can’t use your will to leave money or other property to your pets, you can provide funds to their caregiver to cover expenses. But keep in mind that the caregiver has no legal obligation to use the money for your pets, so choose cautiously.

It’s wise to name a backup caregiver, just in case. Also, be sure to let your executor know about your plans. If you don’t have a trusted caregiver in mind, another option is to leave your pets to an animal sanctuary or rescue organization with a program designed for this purpose.

Draft a pet trust

You might also consider establishing a pet trust. It’s legal in all 50 states plus Washington, D.C. These trusts come at a cost, but they offer several advantages over other arrangements.

For example, a pet trust allows you to leave money that the named caregiver is required to use for your pets, to provide specific instructions on how your pets should be cared for, and to provide for the care of your pets during your life in the event you’re unable to do so. Plus, if necessary, your representative can go to court to enforce the terms of the trust.

Turn to us for help

Ultimately, including your pet in your estate plan gives you peace of mind and ensures that your beloved companion won’t be left to chance. Your estate planning attorney can help you incorporate these provisions into your estate plan in a way that aligns with your overall goals.

How your business can sharpen its marketing strategy

Wed, 21 May 2025 17:24:17 GMT

Creating a marketing strategy for any company isn’t a “one and done” activity. As you’ve no doubt experienced, the approach you use to connect with your audience needs to adapt to factors such as the economy, marketplace changes, and customer and prospect preferences. Let’s take a step back and review some of the big-picture tasks associated with sharpening your marketing strategy.

Refine target selection

Consider each prospect, existing customer and target group as an investment. Estimate your net profit after subtracting production, sales and customer service costs.

More desirable customers will buy in sizable volumes with enough frequency to provide a steady income stream over time rather than serve as one-time or infrequent buyers. They’ll also be potential targets for cross-selling other products or services to generate incremental revenue.

Bear in mind that you must have the operational capacity to fulfill a prospect’s demand. If not, you’ll need to expand your operations to take on that customer, which will cost you more in resources and capital.

Also, be wary of becoming too dependent on a few large customers. They can use this status as leverage to lowball you. Or, if they decide to pull the plug, it could be financially devastating.

Adjust price points

Your price points are another key factor. It’s a tricky balance: Setting prices low may help attract customers, but it can also minimize or even eliminate your profit margin.

In addition, think about what payment terms you’re prepared to offer. Sluggish accounts receivable can strain cash flow. Establishing a timely payment schedule with customers is critical to sustaining operations and supporting the bottom line.

If you must spend a substantial amount of cash to set up a new customer, such as buying new equipment, consider offering initial pricing that includes a surcharge for a specified period. After you’ve recovered the cost of the equipment plus carrying charges, you might offer the customer a volume- or loyalty-based discount.

Craft your messaging

When you know who you want to sell to and what you’re going to charge, it’s time to craft your messaging. This is obviously the key step — literally marketing your products or services. So, clarity and consistency are key.

Begin by identifying your core value proposition. This is what sets your business apart from competitors. Communicate it in simple, direct language. Generally, you want to avoid jargon unless you’re working in a very specific context where industry terminology or technical knowledge is critical to sales. Be persuasive by providing remedies for your audience’s pain points.

You may need to tailor messaging to different market segments. For example, established customers usually respond best to a marketing message that reminds them of your company’s reliability and the total value of your mutually beneficial relationship. Meanwhile, prospects and newer customers probably need more persuasion and “proof of value.” Carefully choose the right marketing channels as well. These may include print, email, social media and in-person outreach.

Finally, watch out for inconsistency. Even if you vary your exact wording when addressing different market segments, your overall messaging needs to be uniform in look, tone and details. Disjointed communication — especially when it comes to things like pricing and product or service specifications — can sink a marketing strategy fast.

Today and tomorrow

An ineffective approach to marketing can quietly sap a company’s financial strength as sales leads diminish in number or value and competitors gain more attention in the marketplace. Conversely, a strong and timely marketing strategy can be a real revenue driver. We can analyze your marketing costs, as well as your price points, and help you develop a viable strategy for today and tomorrow.

How working in the gig economy affects your taxes

Tue, 20 May 2025 17:38:10 GMT

The gig economy offers flexibility, autonomy and a way to earn income, but it also comes with tax obligations that can catch many workers off guard. Whether you’re driving for a rideshare service, delivering food, selling products online or offering local services like pet walking, it’s crucial to understand the tax implications of gig work to stay compliant and avoid costly surprises.

Understanding your tax status

One of the biggest differences between traditional employment and gig work is your classification. Most gig workers are considered independent contractors, not employees. This means that companies you work with typically don’t withhold income taxes, Social Security, or Medicare taxes from your pay. Instead, you’re responsible for tracking and paying these taxes yourself.

As an independent contractor, your earnings are considered self-employment income. This status has specific tax consequences and responsibilities, including the need to file Schedule C (Profit or Loss from Business) with your tax return and pay self-employment tax using Schedule SE.

Self-employment tax explained

Self-employment tax covers Social Security and Medicare taxes for those who work for themselves. In 2025, the self-employment tax rate is 15.3% — 12.4% for Social Security and 2.9% for Medicare. If your net earnings exceed $400 for the year, you’re required to pay this tax, regardless of your age or whether you receive Social Security benefits.

It’s important to note that while this may seem steep, self-employed individuals can deduct half (the employer-equivalent portion) of the self-employment tax from their taxable income, which helps offset the burden.

Quarterly estimated tax payments

Because taxes aren’t automatically withheld from your gig income, you may need to make estimated tax payments to the IRS. These payments are due April 15, June 15, September 15 and January 15 of the following year. (If a due date falls on a Saturday, Sunday or holiday, the due date becomes the next business day.)

Failing to pay enough throughout the year could result in penalties and interest, even if you end up getting a refund at tax time. To avoid this, we can help you calculate your estimated tax payments based on your expected income, deductions and credits.

Recordkeeping and deductions

Maintaining accurate records is essential for gig workers. Keep track of all your income, whether you receive Form 1099-NEC from your customers or not. Many platforms only issue 1099s if you earn $600 or more from them, but all income must be reported, regardless of whether you get a form.

On the plus side, gig workers can deduct many business-related expenses to reduce their taxable income. Common deductions include eligible:

Vehicle mileage and maintenance expenses,
Home office expenses,
Advertising and marketing expenses, and
Professional services expenses, such as for tax or legal advice.

Make sure you keep receipts and records to substantiate these deductions in case of an IRS audit.

State and local taxes

Don’t forget about state and local taxes. Depending on where you live, you may owe income taxes to your state or city. Some states also have specific requirements for self-employed individuals, such as business licenses or local tax filings.

Tips for staying compliant

To stay on top of your tax responsibilities, here are four tips to consider:

Set aside 25%–30% of your income for taxes.
Use accounting software or spreadsheets to track income and expenses.
File taxes on time, and don’t ignore IRS correspondence.
Consult with us to help you navigate complex deductions and ensure accuracy.

Plan ahead for the best results

While the gig economy offers many benefits, it also comes with tax responsibilities that workers need to manage proactively. By understanding your obligations, tracking your earnings and expenses and making timely payments, you can avoid penalties and keep more of what you earn. Planning ahead will help ensure your gig work is both profitable and compliant.

Hiring independent contractors? Make sure you’re doing it right

Mon, 19 May 2025 17:18:41 GMT

Many businesses turn to independent contractors to help manage costs, especially during times of staffing shortages and inflation. If you’re among them, ensuring these workers are properly classified for federal tax purposes is crucial. Misclassifying employees as independent contractors can result in expensive consequences if the IRS steps in and reclassifies them. It could lead to audits, back taxes, penalties and even lawsuits.

Understanding worker classification

Tax law requirements for businesses differ for employees and independent contractors. And determining whether a worker is an employee or an independent contractor for federal income and employment tax purposes isn’t always straightforward. If a worker is classified as an employee, your business must:

Withhold federal income and payroll taxes,
Pay the employer’s share of FICA taxes,
Pay federal unemployment (FUTA) tax,
Potentially offer fringe benefits available to other employees, and
Comply with additional state tax requirements.

In contrast, if a worker qualifies as an independent contractor, these obligations generally don’t apply. Instead, the business simply issues Form 1099-NEC at year end (for payments of $600 or more). Independent contractors are more likely to have more than one client, use their own tools, invoice customers and receive payment under contract terms, and have an opportunity to earn profits or suffer losses on jobs.

Defining an employee

What defines an “employee”? Unfortunately, there’s no single standard.

Generally, the IRS and courts look at the degree of control an organization has over a worker. If the business has the right to direct and control how the work is done, the individual is more likely to be an employee. Employees generally have tools and equipment provided to them and don’t incur unreimbursed business expenses.

Some businesses that misclassify workers may qualify for relief under Section 530 of the tax code, but only if specific conditions are met. The requirements include treating all similar workers consistently and filing all related tax documents accordingly. Keep in mind, this relief doesn’t apply to all types of workers.

Why you should proceed cautiously with Form SS-8

Businesses can file Form SS-8 to request an IRS determination on a worker’s status. However, this move can backfire. The IRS often leans toward classifying workers as employees, and submitting this form may draw attention to broader classification issues — potentially triggering an employment tax audit.

In many cases, it’s wiser to consult with us to help ensure your contractor relationships are properly structured from the outset, minimizing risk and ensuring compliance. For example, you can use written contracts that clearly define the nature of the relationships. You can maintain documentation that supports the classifications, apply consistent treatment to similar workers and take other steps.

When a worker files Form SS-8

Workers themselves can also submit Form SS-8 if they believe they’re misclassified — often in pursuit of employee benefits or to reduce self-employment tax. If this happens, the IRS will contact the business, provide a blank Form SS-8 and request it be completed. The IRS will then evaluate the situation and issue a classification decision.

Help avoid costly mistakes

Worker classification is a nuanced area of tax law. If you have questions or need guidance, reach out to us. We can help you accurately classify your workforce to avoid costly missteps.

After a person dies, his or her debts live on

Thu, 15 May 2025 17:26:05 GMT

One question the family of a deceased person often asks is: What happens to debt after a person dies? It’s important to realize that a person’s debt doesn’t simply vanish after his or her death.

An estate’s executor or beneficiaries generally aren’t personally liable for any debt. The estate itself is liable for the deceased’s debt. This is true regardless of whether the estate goes through probate or a revocable (or “living”) trust is used to avoid probate. Contrary to popular belief, assets held in a revocable trust aren’t shielded from creditors’ claims.

Assets and debts

Generally, an estate’s executor is responsible for managing the deceased’s assets and debts. A personal representative can also carry out this task.

With respect to debt, the executor should take inventory of the deceased’s debts, evaluate their validity and order of priority, and determine whether they should be paid in full or allowed to continue to accrue during the estate administration process. In some cases, debt that’s tied to a particular asset — a mortgage, for example — may be assumed by the beneficiary who inherits the asset.

Certain assets are exempt, however. These include most retirement plan accounts, life insurance proceeds received by a beneficiary and jointly held property with rights of survivorship that passes automatically to the joint owner.

Also, assets held in certain irrevocable trusts, such as domestic asset protection trusts, may be shielded from creditors’ claims. The extent of this protection depends on the type of trust and applicable law in the jurisdiction where the trust was created.

Assuming the deceased had a will, the estate’s assets generally are used to pay any debts in this order:

Assets that pass under the will’s residual clause — that is, assets remaining after all other bequests have been satisfied,
Assets that pass under general bequests, and
Assets that pass under specific bequests.

Note that some states have established homestead exemptions or family allowances that prohibit the sale of certain assets to pay debts. These provisions are designed to give a deceased’s loved ones a minimal level of financial security in the event the estate is insolvent.

When debts are greater than the estate’s value

If an estate’s debts exceed the value of its assets, certain debts have priority and the estate’s executor must pay those debts first. Although the rules vary from state to state, a typical order of priority is:

Estate administration expenses (such as legal and accounting fees),
Reasonable funeral expenses,
Certain federal taxes or obligations,
Unreimbursed medical expenses related to the deceased’s last illness,
Certain state taxes or obligations (including Medicaid reimbursement claims), and
Other debts.

Secured debts, such as mortgages, usually aren’t given high priority. This is because the recipient of the property often assumes responsibility for the debt and the creditor can take the collateral to satisfy its claim.

Seek professional guidance

Managing debt in an estate can be complex, especially if the estate is insolvent. If you’re the executor of an estate, consult with us. We can help guide you through the process.

Companies should take a holistic approach to cybersecurity

Wed, 14 May 2025 18:20:53 GMT

Today’s businesses have two broad choices regarding cybersecurity: wait for something bad to happen and react to it, or proactively address the threat. Not surprisingly, we recommend the latter approach.

The grim truth is cyberattacks are no longer only an information technology (IT) issue. They pose a serious risk to every level and function of a business. That’s why your company should take a holistic approach to cybersecurity. Let’s look at a few ways to put this into practice.

Start with leadership

Fighting the many cyberthreats currently out there calls for leadership. However, it’s critical not to place sole responsibility for cybersecurity on one person, if possible. If your company has grown to include a wider executive team, delegate responsibilities pertinent to each person’s position. For example, a midsize or larger business might do something like this:

The CEO approves and leads the business’s overall cybersecurity strategy,
The CFO oversees cybersecurity spending and helps identify key financial data,
The COO handles how to integrate cybersecurity measures into daily operations,
The CTO manages IT infrastructure to maintain and strengthen cybersecurity, and
The CIO supervises the management of data access and storage.

To be clear, this is just one example. The specifics of delegation will depend on factors such as the size, structure and strengths of your leadership team. Small business owners can turn to professional advisors for help.

Classify data assets

Another critical aspect of cybersecurity is properly identifying and classifying data assets. Typically, the more difficult data is to find and label, the greater the risk that it will be accidentally shared or discovered by a particularly invasive hacker.

For instance, assets such as Social Security, bank account and credit card numbers are pretty obvious to spot and hide behind firewalls. However, strategic financial projections and many other types of intellectual property may not be clearly labeled and, thus, left insufficiently protected.

The most straightforward way to identify all such assets is to conduct a data audit. This is a systematic evaluation of your business’s sources, flow, quality and management practices related to its data. Bigger companies may be able to perform one internally, but many small to midsize businesses turn to consultants.

Regularly performed company-wide data audits keep you current on what you must protect. And from there, you can prudently invest in the right cybersecurity solutions.

Report, train and test

Because cyberattacks can occur by tricking any employee, whether entry-level or C-suite, it’s critical to:

Ensure all incidents are reported. Set up at least one mechanism for employees to report suspected cybersecurity incidents. Many businesses simply have a dedicated email for this purpose. You could also implement a phone hotline or an online portal.

Train, retrain and upskill continuously. It’s a simple fact: The better trained the workforce, the harder it is for cybercriminals to victimize the company. This starts with thoroughly training new hires on your cybersecurity policies and procedures.

But don’t stop there — retrain employees regularly to keep them sharp and vigilant. As much as possible, upskill your staff as well. This means helping them acquire new skills and knowledge in addition to what they already have.

Test staff regularly. You may think you’ve adequately trained your employees, but you’ll never really know unless you test them. Among the most common ways to do so is to intentionally send them a phony email to see how many of them identify it as a phishing attempt.

Of course, phishing isn’t the only type of cyberattack out there. So, develop other testing methods appropriate to your company’s operations and data assets. These could include pop quizzes, role-playing exercises and incident-response drills.

Spend wisely

Unfortunately, just about every business must now allocate a percentage of its operating budget to cybersecurity. To get an optimal return on that investment, be sure you’re protecting all of your company, not just certain parts of it. Let us help you identify, organize and analyze all your technology costs.

The tax rules for legal awards and settlements: What recipients should know

Tue, 13 May 2025 17:39:11 GMT

If you’ve recently received a settlement or award from a lawsuit, or you’re expecting one, you may be wondering how the IRS views this money. Will you need to pay taxes on it? The short answer: It depends on the type of damages you received. Understanding the basic rules can help you avoid surprises.

Taxable vs. nontaxable awards

Not all lawsuit settlements or awards are treated the same under federal tax law. Generally, the IRS breaks them into two categories:

Taxable. Awards for lost wages, lost profits, breach of contract and most punitive damages are taxable. For example, punitive damages and awards for unlawful discrimination or harassment are taxable. If you receive compensation for back pay or unpaid wages, the IRS treats it just like income you earn on the job. It’s subject to both income and employment taxes. Also taxable are damages for emotional distress without a physical injury.
Nontaxable. Settlements for personal physical injuries or physical sickness are typically excluded from income, meaning you don’t owe taxes on them. However, the injury must be physical (such as a broken bone or illness), not emotional.

Special considerations and reporting rules

It’s important to recognize that even when part of a settlement is nontaxable, other parts might not be. For example, a case involving both physical injury and lost wages will likely result in mixed tax treatment.

Attorneys’ fees are another area that can trip recipients up. Even if your lawyer is paid directly out of your settlement, you’re generally taxed on the full amount before fees are deducted. This means you may owe tax on money you never actually receive.

Settlements related to emotional distress or defamation are taxable unless they’re tied to physical harm. And punitive damages are almost always taxable, regardless of the type of case.

Why professional help matters

Navigating the tax consequences of a lawsuit award can be tricky. In many cases, the settlement agreement will play a key role in determining how the IRS classifies the payment. How damages are described in the settlement can have an impact on your tax bill. For example, it’s helpful to specify which portion of a split settlement is for physical injuries versus emotional distress or lost wages. In negotiating a settlement, it may be possible to stipulate that an award is for physical injuries, rather than emotional, and thus is nontaxable.

Without professional guidance, you could miss opportunities to minimize your tax liability or, worse, end up underreporting income. We can help you:

Review a settlement agreement for tax implications,
Determine how much of your award is taxable,
Understand when estimated tax payments might be necessary, and
Ensure you report everything accurately on your tax return.

Final thoughts

While winning or settling a lawsuit or legal claim can bring financial relief, it can also bring tax complexities. Don’t assume that all settlement money is tax-free or that the IRS won’t notice. You want to stay compliant, avoid surprises and make the most of your award. Contact us if you’ve recently received a settlement, award or judgment or you’re expecting one.

Can you turn business losses into tax relief?

Mon, 12 May 2025 17:34:13 GMT

Even well-run companies experience down years. The federal tax code may allow a bright strategy to lighten the impact. Certain losses, within limits, may be used to reduce taxable income in later years.

Who qualifies?

The net operating loss (NOL) deduction levels the playing field between businesses with steady income and those with income that rises and falls. It lets businesses with fluctuating income to average their income and losses over the years and pay tax accordingly.

You may be eligible for the NOL deduction if your deductions for the tax year are greater than your income. The loss generally must be caused by deductions related to your:

Business (Schedules C and F losses, or Schedule K-1 losses from partnerships or S corporations),
Casualty and theft losses from a federally declared disaster, or
Rental property (Schedule E).

The following generally aren’t allowed when determining your NOL:

Capital losses that exceed capital gains,
The exclusion for gains from the sale or exchange of qualified small business stock,
Nonbusiness deductions that exceed nonbusiness income,
The NOL deduction itself, and
The Section 199A qualified business income deduction.

Individuals and C corporations are eligible to claim the NOL deduction. Partnerships and S corporations generally aren’t eligible, but partners and shareholders can use their separate shares of the business’s income and deductions to calculate individual NOLs.

What are the changes and limits?

Before the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA), NOLs could be carried back two years, forward 20 years, and offset up to 100% of taxable income. The TCJA changed the landscape:

Carrybacks are eliminated (except certain farm losses).
Carryforwards are allowed indefinitely.
The deduction is capped at 80% of taxable income for the year.

If an NOL carryforward exceeds your taxable income of the target year, the unused balance may become an NOL carryover. Multiple NOLs must be applied in the order they were incurred.

What’s the excess business loss limitation?

The TCJA established an “excess business loss” limitation, which took effect in 2021. For partnerships and S corporations, this limitation is applied at the partner or shareholder level, after the outside basis, at-risk and passive activity loss limitations have been applied.

Under the rule, noncorporate taxpayers’ business losses can offset only business-related income or gain, plus an inflation-adjusted threshold. For 2025, that threshold is $313,000 ($626,000 if married filing jointly). Remaining losses are treated as an NOL carryforward to the next tax year. In other words, you can’t fully deduct them because they become subject to the 80% income limitation on NOLs, reducing their tax value.

Important: Under the Inflation Reduction Act, the excess business loss limitation applies to tax years through 2028. Under the TCJA, it had been scheduled to expire after December 31, 2026.

Plan proactively

Navigating NOLs and the related restrictions is complex, especially when coordinating with other deductions and credits. Thoughtful planning can maximize the benefit of past losses. Please consult with us about how to proceed in your situation.

Have you and your spouse coordinated your estate plans?

Thu, 08 May 2025 18:00:20 GMT

When it comes to estate planning, married couples often assume that simply naming each other in their wills or designating each other as beneficiaries is sufficient. However, unintended consequences can result if you and your spouse fail to properly coordinate your estate plans.

Examples include conflicting provisions, unexpected tax consequences or assets passing in ways that don’t align with your shared wishes. Coordinated estate planning can help ensure that both your and your spouse’s documents and strategies work together harmoniously, protecting your legacies and the financial well-being of your loved ones.

Boost tax efficiency

One of the primary benefits of coordinating estate plans is tax efficiency. By working together, you and your spouse can take full advantage of the marital deduction and applicable gift and estate tax exemptions. This can help minimize the overall tax burden on both estates.

Coordination becomes especially important if you have a blended family, where children from previous relationships are involved, or in situations with complex assets like business interests or multiple properties. Clear and consistent planning that factors in tax consequences can help ensure that all beneficiaries are treated fairly and that your intentions are honored.

Streamline administration

Another benefit of coordinated planning is it helps streamline the administration of the estate. If one spouse becomes incapacitated or passes away, a well-integrated plan can reduce the administrative burden on the surviving spouse, avoid disputes and accelerate the transfer of assets.

Coordinating plans also allow you and your spouse to make joint decisions about health care directives, powers of attorney and guardianship of minor children, ensuring that both of your wishes are respected and consistently documented.

Follow your state’s law

Keep in mind that state law generally governs estate matters. Therefore, state law determines if your property is community property, separate property or tenancy by the entirety.

For instance, California is a community property state. That generally means that half of what you own is your spouse’s property and vice versa, though there are some exceptions.

Be proactive

Married spouses who coordinate their estate plans can avoid pitfalls and maximize the benefits of thoughtful planning. Taking these steps proactively can strengthen your and your spouse’s financial security and shared legacy. We can help ensure that all elements of your plans are aligned and up to date.

4 ways business owners can make “the leadership connection”

Wed, 07 May 2025 17:24:48 GMT

To get the most from any team, its leader must establish a productive rapport with each member. Of course, that’s easier said than done if you own a company with scores or hundreds of workers. Still, it’s critical for business owners to make “the leadership connection” with their employees.

Simply put, the leadership connection is an authentic bond between you and your staff. When it exists, employees feel like they genuinely know you — if not literally, then at least in the sense of having a positive impression of your personality, values and vision. Here are four ways to build and strengthen the leadership connection with your workforce.

1. Listen and share

Today’s employees want more than just equitable compensation and benefits. They want a voice. To that end, set up an old-fashioned suggestion box or perhaps a more contemporary email address or website portal for staff to share concerns and ask questions.

You can directly reply to queries with broad implications. Meanwhile, other executives or managers can handle questions specific to a given department or position. Choose communication channels thoughtfully. For example, you might share answers through company-wide emails or make them a feature of an internal newsletter or blog. Video messages can also be effective.

2. Stage formal get-togethers

Although leaders at every level need to be careful about calling too many meetings, there’s still value in getting everyone together in one place in real time. At least once a year, consider holding a “town hall” meeting where:

The entire company gathers to hear you (and perhaps others) present on the state of the business, and
Anyone can ask a question and have it answered (or receive a promise for an answer soon).

Town hall meetings are a good venue for discussing the company’s financial performance and establishing expectations for the immediate future.

You could even take it to the next level by organizing a company retreat. One of these events may not be feasible for businesses with bigger workforces. However, many small businesses organize off-site retreats so everyone can get better acquainted and explore strategic ideas.

3. Make appearances

Meetings are useful, but they shouldn’t be the only time staff see you. Interact with them in other ways as well. Make regular visits to each unit, department or facility of your business. Give managers a chance to speak with you candidly. Sit in on meetings; ask and answer questions.

By doing so, you may gather ideas for eliminating costly redundancies and inefficiencies. Maybe you’ll even find inspiration for your next big strategic move. Best of all, employees will likely get a morale boost from seeing you take an active interest in their corners of the company.

4. Have fun and celebrate

All work and no play makes business owners look dull and distant. Remember, employees want to get to know you as a person, at least a little bit. Show positivity and a sense of humor. Share appropriate personal interests, such as sports or caring for pets, in measured amounts.

Above all, don’t neglect to celebrate your business’s successes. Be enthusiastic about hitting sales numbers or achieving growth targets. Recognize the achievements of others — not just on the executive team but throughout the company. Give shout-outs to staff members on their birthdays and work anniversaries.

It’s all about trust

At the end of the day, the leadership connection is all about building trust. The greater your employees’ trust in you, the more loyal, engaged and productive they’ll likely be. We can help you measure your business’s productivity and evaluate workforce development costs.

IRS clarifies theft and fraud loss deductions

Tue, 06 May 2025 19:37:39 GMT

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) significantly limited the types of theft losses that are deductible on federal income taxes. But a recent “advice memo” (CCA 202511015) from the IRS’s Office of Chief Counsel suggests more victims of fraudulent scams may be able to claim a theft loss deduction than previously understood.

Casualty loss deduction basics

The federal tax code generally allows individuals to deduct the following types of losses, if they weren’t compensated for them by insurance or otherwise:

Losses incurred in a business,
Losses incurred in a transaction entered into for profit (but not connected to a business), or
Losses not connected to a business or a transaction entered into for profit, which arise from a casualty or theft loss (known as personal casualty or theft losses).

A variety of fraud schemes may fall under the third category.

To deduct a theft loss, the taxpayer/victim generally must establish that:

The loss resulted from conduct that’s deemed theft under applicable state law, and
The taxpayer has no reasonable prospect of recovery of the loss.

From 2018 through 2025, though, the TCJA allows the deduction of personal casualty or theft losses only to the extent of personal casualty gains (for example, an insurance payout for stolen property or a destroyed home) except for losses attributable to a federally declared disaster. As a result, taxpayers who are fraud victims generally qualify for the deduction only if the loss was incurred in a transaction entered into for profit. That would exclude the victims of scams where no profit motive exists. The loss of the deduction can compound the cost of scams for such victims.

The IRS analysis

The IRS Chief Counsel Advice memo considers several types of actual scams and whether the requisite profit motive was involved to entitle the victims to a deduction. In each scenario listed below, the scam was illegal theft with little or no prospect of recovery:

Compromised account scam. The scammer contacted the victim, claiming to be a fraud specialist at the victim’s financial institution. The victim was induced to authorize distributions from IRA and non-IRA accounts that were allegedly compromised and transfer all the funds to new investment accounts. The scammer immediately transferred the money to an overseas account.

The IRS Chief Counsel found that the distributions and transfers were made to safeguard and reinvest all the funds in new accounts in the same manner as before the distributions. The losses, therefore, were incurred in a transaction entered into for profit and were deductible.

“Pig butchering” investment scam. This crime is so named because it’s intended to get every last dollar by “fattening up” the victim with fake returns, thereby encouraging larger investments. The victim here was induced to invest in cryptocurrencies through a website. After some successful investments, the victim withdrew funds from IRA and non-IRA accounts and transferred them to the website. After the balance grew significantly, the victim decided to liquidate the investment but couldn’t withdraw funds from the website.

The Chief Counsel determined that the victim transferred the funds for investment purposes. So the transaction was entered into for profit and the losses were deductible.

Phishing scam. The victim received an email from the scammer claiming that his accounts had been compromised. The email, which contained an official-looking letterhead and was signed by a “fraud protection analyst,” directed the victim to call the analyst at a provided number.

When the victim called, the scammer directed the victim to click a link in the email, giving the scammer access to the victim’s computer. Then, the victim was instructed to log in to IRA and non-IRA accounts, which allowed the scammer to grab the username and password. The scammer used this information to distribute all the account funds to an overseas account.

Because the victim didn’t authorize the distributions, the IRS weighed whether the stolen property (securities held in investment accounts) was connected to the victim’s business, invested in for profit or held as general personal property. The Chief Counsel found that the theft of property while invested established that the victim’s loss was incurred in a transaction entered into for profit and was deductible.

Romance scam. The scammer developed a virtual romantic relationship with the victim. Shortly afterwards, the scammer persuaded the victim to send money to help with supposed medical bills. The victim authorized distributions from IRA and non-IRA accounts to a personal bank account and then transferred the money to the scammer’s overseas account. The scammer stopped responding to the victim’s messages.

The Chief Counsel concluded this loss wasn’t deductible. The victim didn’t intend to invest or reinvest any of the distributed funds so there was no profit motive. In this case, the losses were nondeductible.

Note: If the scammer had directed the victim to a fraudulent investment scheme, the results likely would’ve been different. The analysis, in that situation, would mirror that of the pig butchering scheme.

Kidnapping scam. The victim was convinced that his grandson had been kidnapped. He authorized distributions from IRA and non-IRA accounts and directed the funds to an overseas account provided by the scammer.

The victim’s motive wasn’t to invest the distributed funds but to transfer them to a kidnapper. Unfortunately, these losses were also nondeductible.

What’s next?

It’s uncertain whether the TCJA’s theft loss limit will be extended beyond 2025. In the meantime, though, some scam victims may qualify to amend their tax returns and claim the loss deduction. Contact us if you need assistance or have questions about your situation.

Still have tax questions? You’re not alone

Tue, 06 May 2025 17:12:57 GMT

Even after your 2024 federal return is submitted, a few nagging questions often remain. Below are quick answers to five of the most common questions we hear each spring.

1.When will my refund show up?

Use the IRS’s “Where’s My Refund?” tracker at IRS.gov. Have these three details ready:

Social Security number,
Filing status, and
Exact refund amount.

Enter them, and the tool will tell you whether your refund is received, approved or on the way.

2.Which tax records can I toss?

At a minimum, keep tax records related to your return for as long as the IRS can audit your return or assess additional taxes. In general, the statute of limitations is three years after you file your return.

So you can generally get rid of most records related to tax returns for 2021 and earlier years. (If you filed an extension for your 2021 return, hold on to your records until at least three years from when you filed the extended return.)

However, the statute of limitations extends to six years for taxpayers who understate their gross income by more than 25%.

You should hang on to certain tax-related records longer. For example, keep the actual tax returns indefinitely, so you can prove to the IRS that you filed legitimate returns. (There’s no statute of limitations for an audit if you didn’t file a return or you filed a fraudulent one.)

When it comes to retirement accounts, keep records associated with them until you’ve depleted the account and reported the last withdrawal on your tax return, plus three (or six) years. And retain records related to real estate or investments for as long as you own the asset, plus at least three years after you sell it and report the sale on your tax return. (You can keep these records for six years to be on the safe side.)

3.I missed a credit or deduction. Can I still get a refund?

Yes. You can generally file Form 1040-X (amended return) within:

Three years of the original filing date, or
Two years of paying the tax — whichever is later.

In a few instances, you have more time. For instance, you have up to seven years from the due date of the return to claim a bad debt deduction.

4.What if the IRS contacts me about the tax return?

It’s possible the IRS could have a problem with your return. If so, the tax agency will only contact you by mail — not phone, email or text. Be cautious about scams!

If the IRS needs additional information or adjusts your return, it will send a letter explaining the issue. Contact us about how to proceed if we prepared your tax return.

5.What if I move after filing?

You can notify the IRS of your new address by filling out Form 8822. That way, you won’t miss important correspondence.

Year-round support

Questions about tax returns don’t stop after April 15 — and neither do we. Reach out anytime for guidance.

Corporate business owners: Is your salary reasonable in the eyes of the IRS?

Mon, 05 May 2025 17:26:45 GMT

Determining “reasonable compensation” is a critical issue for owners of C corporations and S corporations. If the IRS believes an owner’s compensation is unreasonably high or low, it may disallow certain deductions or reclassify payments, potentially leading to penalties, back taxes and interest. But by proactively following certain steps, owners can help ensure their compensation is seen as reasonable and deductible.

Different considerations for C and S corporations

C corporation owners often take large salaries because they’re tax-deductible business expenses, which reduce the corporation’s taxable income. So, by paying themselves higher salaries, C corporation owners can lower corporate taxes. But if a salary is excessive compared to the work performed, the IRS may reclassify some of it as nondeductible dividends, resulting in higher taxes.

On the other hand, S corporation owners often take small salaries and larger distributions. That’s because S corporation profits flow through to the owners’ personal tax returns, and distributions aren’t subject to payroll taxes. So, by minimizing salary and maximizing distributions, S corporation owners aim to reduce payroll taxes. But if the IRS determines a salary is unreasonably low, it may reclassify some distributions as wages and impose back payroll taxes and penalties.

The IRS closely watches both strategies because they can be used to avoid taxes. That’s why it’s critical for C corporation and S corporation owners to set compensation that reflects fair market value for their work.

What the IRS looks for

The IRS defines reasonable compensation as “the amount that would ordinarily be paid for like services by like enterprises under like circumstances.” Essentially, the IRS wants to see that what you pay yourself is in line with what you’d pay someone else doing the same job.

Factors the IRS examines include:

Duties and responsibilities,
Training and experience,
Time and effort devoted to the business,
Comparable salaries for similar positions in the same industry and region, and
Gross and net income of the business.

Owners should regularly review these factors to ensure they can defend their pay levels if challenged.

How to establish reasonable compensation

Several steps should be taken to establish reasonable compensation:

1. Conduct market research. Start by gathering data on what other companies pay for similar roles. Salary surveys, industry reports and reputable online compensation databases (such as the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics) can provide valuable benchmarks.

Document your findings and keep them on file. This shows that your compensation decisions were informed by objective data, not personal preference.

2. Keep detailed job descriptions. A well-written job description detailing your duties and responsibilities helps justify your salary. Outline the roles you perform, such as CEO-level strategic leadership, day-to-day operations management and specialized technical work. The more hats you wear, the stronger the case for higher compensation.

3. Maintain formal records. Hold regular board meetings and formally approve compensation decisions in the minutes. This adds an important layer of corporate governance and shows the IRS that compensation was reviewed and approved through an appropriate process.

4. Document annual reviews. Perform an annual compensation review. Adjust your salary to reflect changes in the business’s profitability, your workload or industry trends. Keep records of these reviews and the rationale behind any changes.

Strengthen your position

Determining reasonable compensation isn’t a one-time task — it’s an ongoing process. We can help you benchmark your pay, draft necessary documentation and stay compliant with tax law. This not only strengthens your position against IRS scrutiny but also supports your broader business strategy.

If you’d like guidance on setting or reviewing your compensation, contact us.

Why choosing the right trustee matters

Thu, 01 May 2025 17:26:21 GMT

It’s not uncommon for an estate plan to contain multiple trusts. They can enable you to hold assets for and transfer them to beneficiaries, avoid probate, and possibly reduce estate tax exposure. When drafting a trust, you must appoint a trustee. This can be an individual or a financial institution.

Before choosing a trustee, know that the job comes with many responsibilities — from keeping careful records and making smart investment choices to staying fair and keeping beneficiaries informed. A trustee must always put the beneficiaries’ interests first and handle everything with care, honesty and good judgment.

What are a trustee’s tasks?

Trustees have significant legal responsibilities, primarily related to administering the trust on behalf of beneficiaries according to the terms of the trust document. However, the role can require many different types of tasks. For example, even if a tax professional is engaged to prepare tax returns, the trustee is responsible for ensuring that they’re completed correctly and filed on time.

One of the more challenging trustee duties is to accurately account for investments and distributions. When funds are distributed to cover a beneficiary’s education expenses, for example, the trustee should record both the distribution and the expenses covered. Beneficiaries are allowed to request an accounting of the transactions at any time.

The trustee needs to invest assets within the trust reasonably, prudently and for the long-term sake of beneficiaries. And trustees must avoid conflicts of interest — that is, they can’t act for personal gain when managing the trust. For instance, trustees typically can’t purchase assets from the trust. The trustee probably would prefer a lower purchase price, which would run counter to the best interests of the trust’s beneficiaries.

Finally, trustees must be impartial. They may need to decide between competing interests while still acting within the terms of the trust document. An example of competing interests might be when a trust is designed to provide current income to a first beneficiary during his or her lifetime, after which the assets pass to a second beneficiary. Although the first beneficiary would probably prefer that the trust’s assets be invested in income-producing securities, the second would likely prefer growth investments.

What qualities should you look for?

Several qualities help make someone an effective trustee, including:

A solid understanding of tax and trust law,
Investment management experience,
Bookkeeping skills,
Integrity and honesty, and
The ability to work with all beneficiaries objectively and impartially.

And because some trusts continue for generations, trustees may need to be available for an extended period. For this reason, many people name a financial institution or professional advisor, rather than a friend or family member, as trustee.

Consider all your options

Naming a trustee is an important decision, as this person or institution will be responsible for carrying out the terms outlined in the trust documents. We can help you weigh the options available to you.

Cost management is critical for companies today

Wed, 30 Apr 2025 17:29:33 GMT

Many business owners take an informal approach to controlling costs, tackling the issue only when it becomes an obvious problem. A better way to handle it is through proactive, systematic cost management. This means segmenting your company into its major spending areas and continuously adjusting how you allocate dollars to each. Here are a few examples.

Supply chain

Most supply chains contain opportunities to control costs better. Analyze your company’s sourcing, production and distribution methods to find them. Possibilities include:

Renegotiating terms with current suppliers,
Finding new suppliers, particularly local ones, and negotiating better deals, and
Investing in better technology to reduce wasteful spending and overstocking.

If you haven’t already, openly address what’s on everyone’s mind these days: global tariffs. Work with your leadership team and professional advisors to study how current tariffs affect your company. In addition, do some scenario planning to anticipate what you should do if those tariffs rise or fall.

Product or service portfolio

You might associate the word “portfolio” with investments. However, every business has a portfolio of products and services that it sells to customers. Review yours regularly. Like an investment portfolio, a diversified product or service portfolio may better withstand market risks. But offering too many products or services exhausts resources and exposes you to high costs.

Consider simplifying your portfolio to eliminate the costs of underperforming products or services. Of course, you should do so only after carefully analyzing each offering’s profitability. Focusing on only high-margin or in-demand products or services can reduce expenses, increase revenue and strengthen your brand.

Operations

Many business owners are surprised to learn that their companies’ operations cost them money unnecessarily. This is often the case with companies that have been in business for a long time and gotten used to doing things a certain way.

The truth is, “we’ve always done it that way” is usually a red flag for inefficiency or obsolescence. Undertake periodic operational reviews to identify bottlenecks, outdated processes and old technology. You may lower costs, or at least control them better, by upgrading equipment, implementing digital workflow solutions or “rightsizing” your workforce.

Customer service

Customer service is the “secret sauce” of many small to midsize companies, so spending cuts here can be risky. But you still need to manage costs proactively. Relatively inexpensive technology — such as website-based knowledge centers, self-service portals and chatbots — may reduce labor costs.

Perform a comprehensive review of all your customer-service channels. You may be overinvesting in one or more that most customers don’t value. Determine where you’re most successful and focus on leveraging your dollars there.

Marketing and sales

These are two other areas where you want to optimize spending, not necessarily slash it. After all, they’re both critical revenue drivers. When it comes to marketing, you might be able to save dollars by:

Refining your target audience to reduce wasted “ad spend,”
Embracing lower-cost digital strategies, and
Analyzing customer data to personalize outreach.

Data is indeed key. If you haven’t already, strongly consider implementing a customer relationship management (CRM) system to gather, organize and analyze customer and prospect info. In the event you’ve had the same CRM system for a long time, look into whether an upgrade is in order.

Regarding sales costs, reevaluate your compensation methods. Can you adjust commissions or incentives to your company’s advantage without disenfranchising sales staff? Also, review travel budgets. Now that most salespeople are back on the road, their expenses may rise out of proportion with their results. Virtual meetings can reduce travel expenses without sacrificing engagement with customers and prospects.

The struggle is real

Cost management isn’t easy. Earlier this year, a Boston Consulting Group study found that, on average, only 48% of cost-saving targets were achieved last year by the 570 C-suite executives surveyed. Beating that percentage will take some work. To that end, please contact us. We can analyze your spending and provide guidance tailored to your company’s distinctive features.

The “wash sale” rule: Don’t let losses circle the drain

Tue, 29 Apr 2025 17:33:32 GMT

Stock, mutual fund and ETF prices have bounced around lately. If you make what turns out to be an ill-fated investment in a taxable brokerage firm account, the good news is that you may be able to harvest a tax-saving capital loss by selling the loser security. However, for federal income tax purposes, the wash sale rule could disallow your hoped-for tax loss.

Rule basics

A loss from selling stock or mutual fund shares is disallowed if, within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before the date of the loss sale and ending 30 days after that date, you buy substantially identical securities .

The theory behind the wash sale rule is that the loss from selling securities and acquiring substantially identical securities within the 61-day window adds up to an economic “wash.” Therefore, you’re not entitled to claim a tax loss and realize the tax savings that would ordinarily result from selling securities for a loss.

When you have a disallowed wash sale loss, it doesn’t vaporize. Instead, the disallowed loss is added to the tax basis of the substantially identical securities that triggered the wash sale rule. When you eventually sell the securities, the additional basis reduces your tax gain or increases your tax loss.

Example: You bought 2,000 ABC shares for $50,000 on May 5, 2024. You used your taxable brokerage firm account. The shares plummeted. You bailed out of the shares for $30,000 on April 4, 2025, harvesting what you thought was a tax-saving $20,000 capital loss ($50,000 basis – $30,000 sales proceeds). You intended to use the $20,000 loss to shelter an equal amount of 2025 capital gains from your successful stock market sales. Having secured the tax-saving loss — or so you thought — you reacquired 2,000 ABC shares for $31,000 on April 29, 2025, because you still like the stock. Sadly, the wash sale rule disallows your expected $20,000 capital loss. The disallowed loss increases the tax basis of the substantially identical securities (the ABC shares you acquired on April 29, 2025) to $51,000 ($31,000 cost + $20,000 disallowed wash sale loss).

One way to defeat the rule

Avoiding the wash sale rule is only an issue if you want to sell securities to harvest a tax-saving capital loss but still want to own the securities. In most cases, investors do this because they expect the securities to appreciate in the future.

One way to defeat the wash sale rule is with the “double up” strategy. You buy the same number of shares in the stock or fund that you want to sell for a loss. Then you wait 31 days to sell the original batch of shares. That way, you’ve successfully made a tax-saving loss sale, but you still own the same number of shares as before and can still benefit from the anticipated appreciation.

Cryptocurrency losses are exempt (for now)

The IRS currently classifies cryptocurrencies as “property” rather than securities. That means the wash sale rule doesn’t apply if you sell a cryptocurrency holding for a loss and acquire the same cryptocurrency shortly before or after the loss sale. You just have a regular short-term or long-term capital loss, depending on your holding period.

Warning: Losses from selling crypto-related securities, such as Coinbase stock, can fall under the wash sale rule. That’s because the rule applies to losses from assets that are classified as securities for federal income tax purposes, such as stock and mutual fund shares.

Beware when harvesting losses

Harvesting capital losses is a viable tax-saving strategy as long as you avoid the wash sale rule. However, you currently don’t have to worry about the wash sale rule when harvesting cryptocurrency losses. Contact us if you have questions or want more information on taxes and investing.

An education plan can pay off for your employees — and your business

Mon, 28 Apr 2025 17:57:24 GMT

Your business can set up an educational assistance plan that can give each eligible employee up to $5,250 in annual federal-income-tax-free and federal-payroll-tax-free benefits. These tax-favored plans are called Section 127 plans after the tax code section that allows them.

Plan basics

Sec. 127 plans can cover the cost of almost anything that constitutes education, including graduate coursework. It doesn’t matter if the education is job-related or not. However, you can choose to specify that your Sec. 127 plan will only cover job-related education. Your business can deduct payments made under the Sec. 127 plan as employee compensation expenses.

To qualify for this favorable tax treatment, the education must be for a participating employee — not the employee’s spouse or dependent. Also, the plan generally can’t cover courses involving sports, games or hobbies.

If the employee is a related party, such as an employee-child of the owner, some additional restrictions apply that are explained below.

Plan specifics

Your Sec. 127 plan:

1. Must be a written plan for the exclusive benefit of your employees.

2. Must benefit employees who qualify under a classification scheme set up by your business that doesn’t discriminate in favor of highly compensated employees or employees who are dependents of highly compensated employees.

3. Can’t offer employees the choice between tax-free educational assistance and other taxable compensation, like wages. That means the plan benefits can’t be included as an option in a cafeteria benefit program.

4. Doesn’t have to be prefunded. Your business can pay or reimburse qualifying expenses as they’re incurred by an employee.

5. Must give employees reasonable notification about the availability of the plan and its terms.

6. Can’t funnel over 5% of the annual benefits to more-than-5% owners or their spouses or dependents.

Payments to benefit your employee-child

You might think a Sec. 127 plan isn’t available to employees who happen to be children of business owners. Thankfully, there’s a loophole for any child who’s:

Age 21 or older and a legitimate employee of the business,
Not a dependent of the business owner, and
Not a more-than-5% direct or indirect owner.

Avoid the 5% ownership rule

To avoid having your employee-child become disqualified under the rules cited above, he or she can’t be a more-than-5% owner of your business. This includes actual ownership (via stock in your corporation that the child directly owns) plus any attributed (indirect) ownership in the business under the ownership attribution rules summarized below.

Ownership in your C or S corporation business is attributed to your employee-child if he or she: 1) owns options to acquire more than 5% of the stock in your corporation, 2) is a more-than-5% partner in a partnership that owns stock in your corporation, or 3) is a more-than-5% shareholder in another corporation that owns stock in your corporation. Also, a child under age 21 is considered to own any stock owned directly or indirectly by a parent. However, there’s no parental attribution if the child is age 21 or older.

Ownership attribution for an unincorporated business

What about an unincorporated business? You still have to worry about ownership being attributed to your employee-child under rules analogous to the rules for corporations. This includes businesses that operate as sole proprietorships, single-member LLCs treated as sole proprietorships for tax purposes, multi-member LLCs treated as partnerships for tax purposes or partnerships.

Payments for student loans

Through the end of 2025, a Sec. 127 plan can also make tax-free payments to cover principal and interest on any qualified education loan taken out by a participating employee. The payments are subject to the $5,250 annual limit, including any other payments in that year to cover eligible education expenses.

Talent retention

Establishing a Sec. 127 educational assistance plan can be a good way to attract and retain talented employees. As a bonus, the plan can potentially cover your employee-child. Contact us if you have questions or want more information.

Members of the “sandwich generation” face unique estate planning circumstances

Thu, 24 Apr 2025 17:46:51 GMT

Members of the sandwich generation — those who find themselves simultaneously caring for aging parents while supporting their own children — face unique financial and emotional pressures. One critical yet often overlooked task amid this juggling act is estate planning.

How can you best handle your parents’ financial affairs in the later stages of life? Consider incorporating their needs into your estate plan while tweaking, when necessary, the arrangements they’ve already made. Let’s take a closer look at four critical steps.

1. Make cash gifts to your parents and pay their medical expenses

One of the simplest ways to help your parents is to make cash gifts to them. If gift and estate taxes are a concern, you can take advantage of the annual gift tax exclusion. For 2025, you can give each parent up to $19,000 without triggering gift taxes or using your lifetime gift and estate tax exemption. The exemption amount for 2025 is $13.99 million.

Plus, payments to medical providers aren’t considered gifts, so you can make such payments on your parents’ behalf without using any of your annual exclusion or lifetime exemption amounts.

2. Set up trusts

There are many trust-based strategies you can use to assist your parents. For example, if you predecease your parents, your estate plan might establish a trust for their benefit, with any remaining assets passing to your children when your parents die.

Another option is to set up trusts during your lifetime that leverage your $13.99 million gift and estate tax exemption. Properly designed, these trusts can remove assets — together with all future appreciation in their value — from your taxable estate. They can provide income to your parents during their lives, eventually passing to your children free of gift and estate taxes.

3. Buy your parents’ home

If your parents have built up significant equity in their home, consider buying it and leasing it back to them. This arrangement allows your parents to tap their home’s equity without moving out while providing you with valuable tax deductions for mortgage interest, depreciation, maintenance and other expenses.

To avoid negative tax consequences, pay a fair price for the home (supported by a qualified appraisal) and charge your parents fair-market rent.

4. Plan for long-term care expenses

The annual cost of long-term care (LTC) can easily reach six figures. Expenses can include assisted living facilities, nursing homes and home health care.

These expenses aren’t covered by traditional health insurance policies or Social Security, and Medicare provides little, if any, assistance. To prevent LTC expenses from devouring your parents’ resources, work with them to develop a plan for funding their health care needs through LTC insurance or other investments.

Don’t forget about your needs

As part of the sandwich generation, it’s easy to lose sight of yourself. After addressing your parents’ needs, focus on your own. Are you saving enough for your children’s college education and your own retirement? Do you have a will and power of attorney in place for you and your spouse?

With proper planning, you’ll make things less complex for your children so they might avoid some of the turmoil that you could be going through. Contact us for additional planning techniques if you’re a member of the sandwich generation.

EBHRAs: A flexible health benefits choice for businesses

Wed, 23 Apr 2025 17:33:31 GMT

Today’s companies have several kinds of tax-advantaged accounts or arrangements they can sponsor to help employees pay eligible medical expenses. One of them is a Health Reimbursement Arrangement (HRA).

Under an HRA, your business sets up and wholly funds a plan that reimburses participants for qualified medical expenses of your choosing. (To be clear, employees can’t contribute.) The primary advantage is that plan design is very flexible, giving you greater control of your “total benefits spend.” Plus, your company’s contributions are tax deductible.

How flexible are HRAs? They’re so flexible that businesses have multiple plan types to choose from. Let’s focus on one in particular: excepted benefit HRAs (EBHRAs).

4 key rules

Although traditional HRAs integrated with group health insurance provide significant control, they’re still subject to mandates under the Public Health Service Act (PHSA), which was amended by the Affordable Care Act (ACA). This means you must deal with prohibitions on annual and lifetime limits for essential health benefits and requirements to provide certain preventive services without cost-sharing.

Because employer contributions to EBHRAs are so limited, participants’ accounts under these plans qualify as “excepted benefits.” Therefore, these plans aren’t subject to the ACA’s PHSA mandates. Any size business may sponsor an EBHRA, but you must follow certain rules. Four of the most important are:

1. Contribution limits. In 2025, employer-sponsors may contribute up to $2,150 to each participant per plan year. You can, however, choose to contribute less. You can also decide whether to allow carryovers from year to year, which don’t count toward the annual limit.

2. Qualified reimbursements. An EBHRA may reimburse any qualified, out-of-pocket medical expense other than premiums for:

Individual health coverage,
Medicare, and
Non-COBRA group coverage.

Premiums for coverage consisting solely of excepted benefits can be reimbursed, as can premiums for short-term, limited-duration insurance (STLDI). However, under certain circumstances, federal agencies may prohibit small employer EBHRAs in some states from allowing STLDI premium reimbursement. (Contact your benefits advisor for further information.)

3. Required other coverage. Employer-sponsors must make other non-excepted, non-account-based group health plan coverage available to EBHRA participants for the plan year. Thus, you can’t also offer a traditional HRA.

4. Uniform availability. An EBHRA must be made available to all similarly situated individuals under the same terms and conditions, as defined and provided by applicable regulations.

Additional compliance matters

An EBHRA’s status as an excepted benefit means it’s not subject to the ACA’s PHSA mandates (as mentioned) or the portability and nondiscrimination rules of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA).

However, EBHRAs are subject to HIPAA’s administrative simplification requirements. This includes the law’s privacy and security rules unless an exception applies — such as for certain small self-insured, self-administered plans.

In addition, like traditional HRAs integrated with group health insurance, EBHRAs sponsored by businesses are generally subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA). This means:

Reimbursement requests must comply with ERISA’s claim and appeal procedures,
Participants must receive a summary plan description, and
Other ERISA requirements may apply.

Finally, EBHRAs must comply with ERISA’s nondiscrimination rules. These ensure that benefits provided under the plan don’t disproportionately favor highly compensated employees over non-highly compensated ones.

Many factors to analyze

As noted above, the EBHRA is only one type of plan your company can consider. Others include traditional HRAs integrated with group health insurance, qualified small employer HRAs and individual coverage HRAs.

Choosing among them — or whether to sponsor an HRA at all — will call for analyzing factors such as what health benefits you already offer, which employees you want to cover, how much you’re able to contribute and which medical expenses you wish to reimburse. Let us help you evaluate all your benefit costs and develop a strategy for health coverage that makes the most sense for your business.

Understanding the “step-up in basis” when inheriting assets

Tue, 22 Apr 2025 17:34:16 GMT

If you inherit assets after a loved one passes away, they often arrive with a valuable — but frequently misunderstood — tax benefit called the step-up in basis. Below is an overview of how the rule works and what planning might need to be done.

What “basis” means

First, let’s look at a couple definitions. Basis is generally what the owner paid for an asset, adjusted for improvements, depreciation, return of capital, etc. Capital gain (or loss) equals the sale price minus the basis.

At death, many capital assets (stocks, real estate, business interests, collectibles, crypto, etc.) are stepped up (or down) to their fair market value (FMV) as of the date of death (or, if elected by the executor, the “alternate valuation date” six months later). The heir’s new basis is that FMV, erasing the tax on any unrealized gain or loss that accumulated during the deceased person’s life.

For example, your father bought ABC stock many years ago for $50,000. At his death, it’s worth $220,000. Your inherited basis is $220,000. If you sell immediately for $220,000, there’s no capital gains tax. Hold it and sell later for $260,000 and you’ll only recognize the $40,000 gain since the date of death.

Some assets don’t receive a stepped-up basis. For example, 401(k)s and IRAs are excluded.

Actions for heirs and future estates

There are some steps that heirs and individuals planning their estates can take.

After a death, heirs should:

Document the FMV of assets on the date of death. You can use brokerage statements, appraisals, Zillow printouts, cryptocurrency exchange screenshots, etc.
Retitle assets into your name or trust as soon as possible to avoid administrative issues.
Keep meticulous records. You may sell years later, or the IRS may question you.

Asset owners planning ahead should:

Inventory low-basis assets you plan to hold and include in your estate.
Harvest losses strategically to offset gains you can’t eliminate through a step-up.
Coordinate gifting and lifetime transfers. Remember that gifts use a carry-over basis. This means if you are given a gift (rather than an inheritance), your basis is generally the same as the donor’s was when the gift was made.

Good records and proactive planning

These are the basic rules. Other rules and limits may apply. For example, in some cases, a deceased person’s executor may be able to make an alternate valuation election. And gifts made just before a person dies (sometimes called “death bed gifts”) may be included in the gross estate for tax purposes.

Reach out to us for tax assistance when estate planning or after receiving an inheritance. We’ll help you chart the most tax-efficient path forward.

Explore SEP and SIMPLE retirement plans for your small business

Mon, 21 Apr 2025 17:37:01 GMT

Suppose you’re thinking about setting up a retirement plan for yourself and your employees. However, you’re concerned about the financial commitment and administrative burdens involved. There are a couple of options to consider. Let’s take a look at a Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) and a Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees (SIMPLE).

SEPs offer easy implementation

SEPs are intended to be an attractive alternative to “qualified” retirement plans, particularly for small businesses. The appealing features include the relative ease of administration and the discretion that you, as the employer, are permitted in deciding whether or not to make annual contributions.

If you don’t already have a qualified retirement plan, you can set up a SEP just by using the IRS model SEP, Form 5305-SEP. By adopting and implementing this model SEP, which doesn’t have to be filed with the IRS, you’ll have satisfied the SEP requirements. This means that as the employer, you’ll get a current income tax deduction for contributions you make on your employees’ behalf. Your employees won’t be taxed when the contributions are made but will be taxed later when distributions are received, usually at retirement. Depending on your needs, an individually-designed SEP — instead of the model SEP — may be appropriate for you.

When you set up a SEP for yourself and your employees, you’ll make deductible contributions to each employee’s IRA, called a SEP-IRA, which must be IRS approved. The maximum amount of deductible contributions you can make to an employee’s SEP-IRA in 2025, and that he or she can exclude from income, is the lesser of 25% of compensation or $70,000. The deduction for your contributions to employees’ SEP-IRAs isn’t limited by the deduction ceiling applicable to an individual’s contributions to a regular IRA. Your employees control their individual IRAs and IRA investments, the earnings on which are tax-free.

You’ll have to meet other requirements to be eligible to set up a SEP. Essentially, all regular employees must elect to participate in the program, and contributions can’t discriminate in favor of highly compensated employees. But these requirements are minor compared to the bookkeeping and other administrative burdens associated with traditional qualified pension and profit-sharing plans.

The detailed records that traditional plans must maintain to comply with the complex nondiscrimination rules aren’t required for SEPs. And employers aren’t required to file annual reports with the IRS, which, for a pension plan, could require the services of an actuary. The required recordkeeping can be done by a trustee of the SEP-IRAs — usually a bank or mutual fund.

SIMPLE plans meet IRS requirements

Another option for a business with 100 or fewer employees is a Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees (SIMPLE). Under these plans, a SIMPLE IRA is established for each eligible employee, with the employer making matching contributions based on contributions elected by participating employees under a qualified salary reduction arrangement. The SIMPLE plan is also subject to much less stringent requirements than traditional qualified retirement plans. Or, an employer can adopt a SIMPLE 401(k) plan, with similar features to a SIMPLE IRA plan, and avoid the otherwise complex nondiscrimination test for traditional 401(k) plans.

For 2025, SIMPLE deferrals are allowed for up to $16,500 plus an additional $3,500 catch-up contribution for employees age 50 or older.

Unique advantages

As you can see, SEP and SIMPLE plans offer unique advantages for small business owners and their employees. Neither plan requires annual filings with the IRS. Contact us for more information or to discuss any other aspect of your retirement planning.

Factor in GST tax when transferring assets to your grandchildren

Thu, 17 Apr 2025 17:39:51 GMT

If you’re considering making asset transfers to your grandchildren or great grandchildren, be sure your estate plan addresses the federal generation-skipping transfer (GST) tax. This tax ensures that large estates can’t bypass a round of taxation that would normally apply if assets were transferred from parent to child, and then from child to grandchild.

Because of the complexity and potential tax liability, careful estate planning is essential when considering generation-skipping transfers. Trusts are often used as a strategic vehicle to allocate the GST tax exemption amount effectively and ensure that assets pass tax-efficiently to younger generations.

ABCs of the GST tax

The GST tax applies at a flat 40% rate — in addition to otherwise applicable gift and estate taxes — to transfers that skip a generation. “Skip persons” include your grandchildren, other relatives who are more than one generation below you and unrelated people who are more than 37½ years younger than you. There’s an exception, however, for a grandchild whose parent (your child) predeceases you. In that case, the grandchild moves up a generation and is no longer considered a skip person.

Even though the GST tax enjoys an annual inflation-adjusted lifetime exemption in the same amount as the lifetime gift and estate tax exemption (currently, $13.99 million), it works a bit differently. For example, while the gift and estate tax exemption automatically protects eligible transfers of wealth, the GST tax exemption must be allocated to a transfer to shelter it from tax.

3 transfer types trigger GST tax

There are three types of transfers that may trigger the GST tax:

A direct skip — a transfer directly to a skip person that is subject to federal gift and estate tax,
A taxable distribution — a distribution from a trust to a skip person, or
A taxable termination — such as when you establish a trust for your children, the last child beneficiary dies and the trust assets pass to your grandchildren.

The GST tax doesn’t apply to transfers to which you allocate your GST tax exemption. In addition, the GST tax annual exclusion — which is similar to the gift tax annual exclusion — allows you to transfer up to $19,000 per year (for 2025) to any number of skip persons without triggering GST tax or using up any of your GST tax exemption.

Transfers to a trust qualify for the annual GST tax exclusion only if the trust 1) is established for a single beneficiary who’s a grandchild or other skip person, and 2) provides that no portion of its income or principal may be distributed to (or for the benefit of) anyone other than that beneficiary. Additionally, if the trust doesn’t terminate before the beneficiary dies, any remaining assets will be included in the beneficiary’s gross estate.

If you wish to make substantial gifts, either outright or in trust, to your grandchildren or other skip persons, allocate your GST tax exemption carefully. Turn to us for answers regarding the GST tax.

How companies can spot dangers by examining concentration

Wed, 16 Apr 2025 17:34:13 GMT

At first glance, the word “concentration” might seem to describe a positive quality for any business owner. You need to concentrate, right? Only through laser focus on the right strategic goals can your company reach that next level of success.

In a business context, however, concentration can refer to various aspects of your company’s operations. And examining different types of it may help you spot certain dangers.

Evaluate your customers

Let’s start with customer concentration, which is the percentage of revenue generated from each customer. Many small to midsize companies rely on only a few customers to generate most of their revenue. This is a precarious position to be in.

The dilemma is more prevalent in some industries than others. For example, a retail business will likely market itself to a relatively broad market and generally not face too much risk related to customer concentration. A commercial construction company, however, may serve only a limited number of clients that build, renovate or maintain offices or other facilities.

How do you know whether you’re at risk? One rule of thumb says that if your biggest five customers make up 25% or more of your revenue, your customer concentration is generally high. Another simple measure says that, if any one customer represents 10% or more of revenue, you’re at risk of having elevated customer concentration.

In an increasingly specialized world, many businesses focus solely on specific market segments. If yours is one of them, you may not be able to do much about customer concentration. In fact, the very strength of your company could be its knowledge and attentiveness to a limited number of buyers.

Nonetheless, know your risk and explore strategic planning concepts that may help you mitigate it. If diversifying your customer base isn’t an option, be sure to maintain the highest level of service.

Look at other areas

There are other types of concentration. For instance, vendor concentration refers to the number and types of vendors a company uses to support its operations. Relying on too few vendors is risky. If any one of them goes out of business or substantially raises prices, the company could suffer a severe rise in expenses or even find itself unable to operate.

Your business may also be affected by geographic concentration. This is how a physical location affects your operations. For instance, if your customer base is concentrated in one area, a dip in the regional economy or the arrival of a disruptive competitor could negatively impact profitability. Small local businesses are, by definition, subject to geographic concentration. However, they can still monitor the risk and explore ways to mitigate it — such as through online sales in the case of retail businesses.

You can also look at geographic concentration globally. Say your company relies solely or largely on a specific foreign supplier for iron, steel or other materials. That’s a risk. Tariffs, which have been in the news extensively this year, can significantly impact your costs. Geopolitical and environmental factors might also come into play.

Third, stay cognizant of your investment concentration. This is how you allocate funds toward capital improvements, such as better facilities, machinery, equipment, technology and talent. The term can also refer to how your company manages its investment portfolio, if it has one. Regularly reevaluate risk tolerance and balance. For instance, are you overinvesting in technology while underinvesting in hiring or training?

Study your company

As you can see, concentration takes many different forms. This may explain why business owners often get caught off guard by the sudden realization that their companies are over- or under-concentrated in a given area. We can help you perform a comprehensive risk assessment that includes, among other things, developing detailed financial reports highlighting areas of concentration.

What tax documents can you safely shred? And which ones should you keep?

Tue, 15 Apr 2025 17:40:44 GMT

Once your 2024 tax return is in the hands of the IRS, you may be tempted to clear out file cabinets and delete digital folders. But before reaching for the shredder or delete button, remember that some paperwork still has two important purposes:

Protecting you if the IRS comes calling for an audit, and
Helping you prove the tax basis of assets you’ll sell in the future.

Keep the return itself — indefinitely

Your filed tax returns are the cornerstone of your records. But what about supporting records such as receipts and canceled checks? In general, except in cases of fraud or substantial understatement of income, the IRS can only assess tax within three years after the return for that year was filed (or three years after the return was due). For example, if you filed your 2022 tax return by its original due date of April 18, 2023, the IRS has until April 18, 2026, to assess a tax deficiency against you. If you file late, the IRS generally has three years from the date you filed.

In addition to receipts and canceled checks, you should keep records, including credit card statements, W-2s, 1099s, charitable giving receipts and medical expense documentation, until the three-year window closes.

However, the assessment period is extended to six years if more than 25% of gross income is omitted from a return. In addition, if no return is filed, the IRS can assess tax any time. If the IRS claims you never filed a return for a particular year, a copy of the signed return will help prove you did.

Property-related and investment records

The tax consequences of a transaction that occurs this year may depend on events that happened years or even decades ago. For example, suppose you bought your home in 2009, made capital improvements in 2016 and sold it this year. To determine the tax consequences of the sale, you must know your basis in the home — your original cost, plus later capital improvements. If you’re audited, you may have to produce records related to the purchase in 2009 and the capital improvements in 2016 to prove what your basis is. Therefore, those records should be kept until at least six years after filing your return for the year of sale.

Retain all records related to home purchases and improvements even if you expect your gain to be covered by the home-sale exclusion, which can be up to $500,000 for joint return filers. You’ll still need to prove the amount of your basis if the IRS inquires. Plus, there’s no telling what the home will be worth when it’s sold, and there’s no guarantee the home-sale exclusion will still be available in the future.

Other considerations apply to property that’s likely to be bought and sold — for example, stock or shares in a mutual fund. Remember that if you reinvest dividends to buy additional shares, each reinvestment is a separate purchase.

Duplicate records in a divorce or separation

If you separate or divorce, be sure you have access to tax records affecting you that your spouse keeps. Or better yet, make copies of the records since access to them may be difficult. Copies of all joint returns filed and supporting records are important because both spouses are liable for tax on a joint return, and a deficiency may be asserted against either spouse. Other important records to retain include agreements or decrees over custody of children and any agreement about who is entitled to claim them as dependents.

Protect your records from loss

To safeguard records against theft, fire or another disaster, consider keeping essential papers in a safe deposit box or other safe place outside your home. In addition, consider keeping copies in a single, easily accessible location so that you can grab them if you must leave your home in an emergency. You can also scan or photograph documents and keep encrypted copies in secure cloud storage so you can retrieve them quickly if they’re needed.

We’re here to help

Contact us if you have any questions about record retention. Thoughtful recordkeeping today can save you time, stress and money tomorrow.

Turn a summer job into tax savings: Hire your child and reap the rewards

Mon, 14 Apr 2025 17:19:08 GMT

With summer fast approaching, you might be considering hiring young people at your small business. If your children are also looking to earn some extra money, why not put them on the payroll? This move can help you save on family income and payroll taxes, making it a win-win situation for everyone!

Here are three tax benefits.

1. You can transfer business earnings

Turn some of your high-taxed income into tax-free or low-taxed income by shifting some business earnings to a child as wages for services performed. For your business to deduct the wages as a business expense, the work done by the child must be legitimate. In addition, the child’s salary must be reasonable. (Keep detailed records to substantiate the hours worked and the duties performed.)

For example, suppose you’re a sole proprietor in the 37% tax bracket. You hire your 17-year-old daughter to help with office work full-time in the summer and part-time in the fall. She earns $10,000 during the year (and doesn’t have other earnings). You can save $3,700 (37% of $10,000) in income taxes at no tax cost to your daughter, who can use her $15,000 standard deduction for 2025 (for single filers) to shelter her earnings.

Family taxes are cut even if your daughter’s earnings exceed her standard deduction. That’s because the unsheltered earnings will be taxed to her beginning at a 10% rate, instead of being taxed at your higher rate.

2. You may be able to save Social Security tax

If your business isn’t incorporated, you can also save some Social Security tax by shifting some of your earnings to your child. That’s because services performed by a child under age 18 while employed by a parent aren’t considered employment for FICA tax purposes.

A similar but more liberal exemption applies for FUTA (unemployment) tax, which exempts earnings paid to a child under age 21 employed by a parent. The FICA and FUTA exemptions also apply if a child is employed by a partnership consisting only of his or her parents.

Note: There’s no FICA or FUTA exemption for employing a child if your business is incorporated or is a partnership that includes non-parent partners. However, there’s no extra cost to your business if you’re paying a child for work you’d pay someone else to do.

3. Your child can save in a retirement account

Your business also may be able to provide your child with retirement savings, depending on your plan and how it defines qualifying employees. For example, if you have a SEP plan, a contribution can be made for up to 25% of your child’s earnings (not to exceed $70,000 for 2025).

Your child can also contribute some or all of his or her wages to a traditional or Roth IRA. For the 2025 tax year, your child can contribute the lesser of:

His or her earned income, or
$7,000.

Keep in mind that traditional IRA withdrawals taken before age 59½ may be hit with a 10% early withdrawal penalty tax unless an exception applies. (Several exceptions exist, including to pay for qualified higher-education expenses and up to $10,000 in qualified first-time homebuyer costs.)

Tax benefits and more

In addition to the tax breaks from hiring your child, there are nontax benefits. Your son or daughter will better understand your business, earn extra spending money and learn responsibility. Contact us if you have any questions about the tax rules in your situation. Keep in mind that some of the rules about employing children may change from year to year and may require your income-shifting strategies to change too.

Mitigate the risks: Tips for dealing with tariff-driven turbulence

Fri, 11 Apr 2025 19:27:34 GMT

President Trump’s “Liberation Day” announcement of global tariffs caught businesses, as well as foreign countries and worldwide financial markets, off guard. While the president has long endorsed the imposition of tariffs, many businesses expected him to take a targeted approach. Instead, Trump rolled out a baseline tariff on all imports to the United States and higher tariffs on certain countries, including some of the largest U.S. trading partners. (On April 9, Trump announced a 90-day pause on some reciprocal tariffs, with a 10% baseline tariff remaining in effect for most countries and a 145% tariff on imports from China.)

The tariff plan sent businesses, both large and small, scrambling. Even companies accustomed to dealing with tariffs have been shaken because this round is so much more extensive and seemingly subject to change than those in the past.

Proponents of tariffs say they can be used as a negotiating tool to get other countries to lower their tariffs on U.S. imports, thereby leveling the global trade playing field. They also argue that if domestic and foreign companies relocate to the United States, it’ll create jobs for Americans, fuel construction industry growth and provide additional tax revenue.

Since more changes are expected as countries and industries negotiate with the administration for reduced rates and exemptions, some degree of uncertainty is likely to prevail for at least the short term. In the meantime, businesses have several areas they should focus on to reduce the tariff hit to their bottom lines.

1. Financial forecasting

No business should decide how to address tariff repercussions until they’ve conducted a comprehensive financial analysis to understand how U.S. and retaliatory tariffs will affect costs. You might find, for example, that your business needs to postpone impending plans for capital asset purchases or expansion.

Modeling, or scenario planning, is often helpful during unpredictable periods. Begin by identifying all the countries involved in your supply chain, whether you deal with them directly or through your suppliers, and the applicable tariffs, whether you’re importing or exporting goods.

You can then develop a model that projects how different sourcing scenarios might play out. The model should compare not only the costs of foreign vs. domestic options but also the resulting impact on your pricing, labor costs, cash flow and, ultimately, profitability. This information can allow you to build contingency plans to help reduce the odds of being caught flat-footed as new developments unfurl.

Modeling can provide valuable guidance if you’re considering reshoring your operations. Of course, reshoring isn’t a small endeavor. Moreover, U.S. infrastructure may not be adequate for your business needs.

Manufacturers also should note the shortage of domestic manufacturing workers. According to pre-tariff analysis from the National Association of Manufacturers, the U.S. manufacturing industry could require some 3.8 million jobs by 2033, and more than 1.9 million may go unfilled.

2. Pricing

Perhaps the most obvious tactic for companies incurring higher costs due to tariffs is to pass the increases along to their customers. It’s not that simple, though.

Before you raise your prices, you must take into account factors such as your competitors’ pricing and how higher prices might affect demand. The latter is especially critical for price-sensitive consumer goods where even a small price jump could undermine demand.

Consumers have already been cutting back on spending based on rising fears of inflation and a possible recession. Price increases, therefore, are better thought of as a single component in a more balanced approach.

3. Foreign Trade Zones

You may be able to take advantage of Foreign Trade Zones (FTZs) to minimize your tariff exposure. In these designated areas near U.S. ports of entry, a company can move goods in and out of the country for operations (including assembly, manufacturing and processing) but pay reduced or no tariffs.

Tariffs are paid when the goods are transferred from an FTZ into the United States for consumption. While in the zone, though, goods aren’t subject to tariffs. And, if the goods are exported, no tariff applies.

Note: Trump already has narrowed some of the potential benefits of FTZs, so avoid making them a cornerstone of your tariff strategy.

4. Internal operations

If your company’s suppliers are in high-tariff countries, you can look into switching to lower-cost suppliers in countries that have negotiated lower tariffs.

You may not be able to escape higher costs stemming from tariffs, but you can take steps to cut other costs by streamlining operations. For example, you could invest in technologies to improve efficiency or trim worker hours and employee benefits. You also should try to renegotiate contracts with suppliers and vendors, even if those relationships aren’t affected by tariffs. Such measures might make it less necessary to hike your prices.

You can control your overall costs as well by breaking down departmental silos so the logistics or procurement department isn’t making tariff-related decisions without input from others. Your finance and tax departments need to weigh in to achieve the optimal cost structures.

5. Tax planning

Maximizing your federal and state tax credits is paramount in financially challenging times. Technology investments, for example, may qualify for Section 179 expensing and bonus depreciation (which may return to 100% in the first year under the upcoming tax package being negotiated in Congress). Certain sectors may benefit from the Sec. 45X Advanced Manufacturing Production Credit or the Sec. 48D Advanced Manufacturing Investment Credit. Several states also offer tax credits for job creation, among other tax incentives.

This may be a wise time to consider changing your inventory accounting method, if possible. The last-in, first-out (LIFO) method assumes that you use your most recently purchased materials first. The cost of the newer, pricier items is charged first to the cost of goods sold, boosting it and cutting both your income and taxes. Bear in mind, though, that LIFO isn’t permitted under the International Financial Reporting Standards and is more burdensome than the first-in, first-out method.

6. Compliance

Regardless of the exact percentages of U.S. and retaliatory tariffs, you can count on tighter scrutiny of your compliance with the associated rules and requirements. These probably will become more complicated than they’ve been in the past.

For example, expect greater documentation requirements and shifting rules for identifying an item’s country of origin. The higher compliance burden alone will ramp up your costs — but the costs of noncompliance could be far greater.

Stay vigilant

The tariff landscape is rapidly evolving. You need to monitor the actions by the Trump administration, the responses of other countries and how they affect your business operations. You may have to pivot as needed to keep costs low (by reshoring or switching to suppliers in low-tariff countries). If you don’t have the requisite financial expertise on staff to keep up with it all, we can help. Contact us today about how to plan ahead — and stay ahead of the changes.

Need to modify an existing irrevocable trust? Decant it

Thu, 10 Apr 2025 17:27:56 GMT

“Decanting” an irrevocable trust allows a trustee to use his or her distribution powers to transfer assets from one trust into another with different — often more favorable — terms. Much like decanting wine to separate it from sediment, trust decanting “pours” assets into a new vessel, potentially improving clarity and control.

While the original trust must be irrevocable, meaning its terms typically can’t be changed by the grantor, decanting offers a lawful method for trustees to update or adjust those terms under certain conditions.

Decanting Q&As

There are several reasons a trustee might consider decanting. For example, the original trust may lack flexibility to deal with changing tax laws, family circumstances or beneficiary needs. Decanting can allow for the removal of outdated provisions, the addition of modern administrative powers or even a change in the trust’s governing law to a more favorable jurisdiction. It may also provide a way to correct drafting errors, protect assets from creditors or introduce special needs provisions for a beneficiary who becomes disabled.

However, decanting laws vary dramatically from state to state, so it’s important to familiarize yourself with your state’s rules and evaluate their effect on your estate planning goals. Here are several common questions and answers regarding decanting a trust:

Q: If your trust is in a state without a decanting law, can you benefit from another state’s law?

A: Generally yes, but to avoid any potential complaints by beneficiaries it’s a good idea to move the trust to a state whose law specifically addresses this issue. In some cases, it’s simply a matter of transferring the existing trust’s governing jurisdiction to the new state or arranging for it to be administered in that state.

Q: Does the trustee need to notify beneficiaries or obtain their consent?

A: Decanting laws generally don’t require beneficiaries to consent to a trust decanting and several states don’t even require that beneficiaries be notified. Where notice is required, the specific requirements are all over the map: Some states require notice to current beneficiaries while others also include contingent or remainder beneficiaries. Even if notice isn’t required, notifying beneficiaries may help stave off potential disputes in the future.

Q: What is the trustee’s authority?

A: When exploring decanting options, trustees should consider which states offer them the greatest flexibility to achieve their goals. In general, decanting authority is derived from a trustee’s power to make discretionary distributions. In other words, if the trustee is empowered to distribute the trust’s funds among the beneficiaries, he or she should also have the power to distribute them to another trust. But state decanting laws may restrict this power.

Decanting can be complicated

Because of its complexity, decanting an irrevocable trust should be approached with careful legal and tax guidance. When used appropriately, it can be a strategic way to modernize an inflexible trust and better serve your long-term goals as well as your beneficiaries. Consult with us before taking action.

Businesses considering incorporation should beware of the reasonable compensation conundrum

Wed, 09 Apr 2025 17:31:48 GMT

Small to midsize businesses have valid reasons for incorporating, not the least of which is putting that cool “Inc.” at the end of their names. Other reasons include separating owners’ personal assets from their business liabilities and offering stock options as an employee incentive.

If you’re considering incorporation for your company, however, it’s essential to be aware of the associated risks. One of them is the reasonable compensation conundrum.

How much is too much?

Let’s say you decide to convert your business to a C corporation. After completing the incorporation process, you can pay owners, executives and other highly compensated employees some combination of compensation and dividends.

More than likely, you’ll want to pay your highly compensated employees more in compensation and less in dividends because compensation is tax deductible and dividends aren’t. But be careful — the IRS may be watching. If it believes you’re excessively compensating a highly compensated employee for tax avoidance purposes, it may challenge your compensation approach.

Such challenges typically begin with an audit and may result in the IRS being allowed to reclassify compensation as dividends — with penalties and interest potentially tacked on. What’s worse, if the tax agency succeeds with its challenge, the difference between what you paid a highly compensated employee and what the tax agency considers a reasonable amount for the services rendered usually isn’t deductible.

Of course, you can contest an IRS challenge. However, doing so usually involves considerable legal expenses and time — and a positive outcome is far from guaranteed.

Note: S corporations are a different story. Under this entity type, income and losses usually “pass through” to business owners at the individual level and aren’t subject to payroll tax. Thus, S corporation owners usually prefer to receive distributions. As a result, the IRS may raise a reasonable compensation challenge when it believes a company’s owners receive too little salary.

What are the factors?

There’s no definitive bright-line test for determining reasonable compensation. However, over the years, courts have considered various factors, including:

The nature, extent and scope of an employee’s work,
The employee’s qualifications and experience,
The size and complexity of the business,
A comparison of salaries paid to the sales, gross income and net worth of the business,
General economic conditions,
The company’s financial status,
The business’s salary policy for all employees,
Salaries of similar positions at comparable companies, and
Historical compensation of the position.

It’s also important to assess whether the business and employee are dealing at an “arm’s length,” and whether the employee has guaranteed the company’s debts.

Can you give me an example?

Just a few years ago, a case played out in the U.S. Tax Court illustrating the risks of an IRS challenge regarding reasonable compensation.

The owner of a construction business structured as a C corporation led his company through tough times and turned it into a profitable enterprise. When the business recorded large profits in 2015 and 2016, primarily because of the owner’s personal efforts and contacts, it paid him a bonus of $5 million each year in addition to his six-figure salary. The IRS claimed this was excessive.

The Tax Court relied heavily on expert witnesses to make its determination. Ultimately, it decided against the business, finding that reasonable amounts for the bonuses were $1.36 million in 2015 and $3.68 million in 2016, respectively. (TC Memo 2022-15)

Who can help?

As your business grows, incorporation may help your company guard against certain risks and achieve a greater sense of stature. However, there are tax complexities to consider. If you’re thinking about it, please contact us for help identifying the advantages and risks from both tax and strategic perspectives.

An essential tax deadline is coming up — and it’s unrelated to your 2024 return filing

Tue, 08 Apr 2025 17:23:02 GMT

Tuesday, April 15 is the deadline for filing your 2024 tax return. But another tax deadline is coming up the same day, and it’s essential for certain taxpayers. It’s the deadline for making the first quarterly estimated tax payment for 2025 if you’re required to make one.

Basic details

You may have to make estimated tax payments for 2025 if you receive interest, dividends, alimony, self-employment income, capital gains, prizes or other income. If you don’t pay enough tax through withholding and estimated payments during the year, you may be liable for a tax penalty on top of the tax that’s ultimately due.

Estimated tax payments help ensure that you don’t wind up owing one large lump sum — and possibly underpayment penalties — at tax time.

When payments are due

Individuals must pay 25% of their “required annual payment” by April 15, June 15, September 15, and January 15 of the following year to avoid an underpayment penalty. If one of those dates falls on a weekend or holiday, the payment is due the next business day. For example, the second payment is due on June 16 this year because June 15 falls on a Sunday.

Individuals, including sole proprietors, partners and S corporation shareholders, generally have to make estimated tax payments if they expect to owe tax of $1,000 or more when their tax returns are filed. The required annual payment for most individuals is the lower of 90% of the tax shown on the current year’s return or 100% of the tax shown on the return for the previous year. However, if the adjusted gross income on your tax return for the previous year was more than $150,000 ($75,000 if you’re married filing separately), you must pay the lower of 90% of the tax shown on the current year’s return or 110% of the tax shown on the return for the previous year.

Generally, people who receive most of their income in the form of wages satisfy these payment requirements through the tax withheld from their paychecks by their employers. Those who make estimated tax payments usually do so in four installments. After determining the required annual payment, they divide that number by four and make equal payments by the due dates.

Estimated payments can be made online, from your mobile device on the IRS2Go app or by mail on Form 1040-ES.

Annualized method

Instead of making four equal payments, you may be able to use the annualized income method to make unequal payments. This method is useful to people whose income isn’t uniform over the year, for example, because they’re involved in a seasonal business.

Stay on top of tax obligations

These are the general rules. The requirements are different for those in the farming and fishing industries. Contact us if you have questions about estimated tax payments. In addition to federal estimated tax payments, many states have their own estimated tax requirements. We can help you stay on top of your tax obligations so you aren’t liable for penalties.

Small business alert: Watch out for the 100% penalty

Mon, 07 Apr 2025 17:29:08 GMT

Some tax sins are much worse than others. An example is failing to pay over federal income and employment taxes that have been withheld from employees’ paychecks. In this situation, the IRS can assess the trust fund recovery penalty, also called the 100% penalty, against any responsible person.

It’s called the 100% penalty because the entire unpaid federal income and payroll tax amounts can be assessed personally as a penalty against a responsible person, or several responsible persons.

Determining responsible person status

Since the 100% penalty can only be assessed against a so-called responsible person, who does that include? It could be a shareholder, director, officer or employee of a corporation; a partner or employee of a partnership; or a member (owner) or employee of an LLC. To be hit with the penalty, the individual must:

Be responsible for collecting, accounting for, and paying over withheld federal income and payroll taxes, and
Willfully fail to pay over those taxes.

Willful means intentional, deliberate, voluntary and knowing. The mere authority to sign checks when directed to do so by a person who is higher-up in a company doesn’t by itself establish responsible person status. There must also be knowledge of and control over the finances of the business. However, responsible person status can’t be deflected simply by assigning signature authority over bank accounts to another person in order to avoid exposure to the 100% penalty. As a practical matter, the IRS will look first and hard at individuals who have check-signing authority.

What courts examine

The courts have examined several factors beyond check-signing authority to determine responsible person status. These factors include whether the individual:

Is an officer or director,
Owns shares or possesses an entrepreneurial stake in the company,
Is active in the management of day-to-day affairs of the company,
Can hire and fire employees,
Makes decisions regarding which, when and in what order outstanding debts or taxes will be paid, and
Exercises daily control over bank accounts and disbursement records.

Real-life cases

The individuals who have been targets of the 100% penalty are sometimes surprising. Here are three real-life situations:

Case 1: The operators of an inn failed to pay over withheld taxes. The inn was an asset of an estate. The executor of the estate was found to be a responsible person.

Case 2: A volunteer member of a charitable organization’s board of trustees had knowledge of the organization’s tax delinquency. The individual also had authority to decide whether to pay the taxes. The IRS determined that the volunteer was a responsible person.

Case 3: A corporation’s newly hired CFO became aware that the company was several years behind in paying withheld federal income and payroll taxes. The CFO notified the company’s CEO of the situation. Then, the new CFO and the CEO informed the company’s board of directors of the problem. Although the company apparently had sufficient funds to pay the taxes in question, no payments were made. After the CFO and CEO were both fired, the IRS assessed the 100% penalty against both of them for withheld but unpaid taxes that accrued during their tenures. A federal appeals court upheld an earlier district court ruling that the two officers were responsible persons who acted willfully by paying other expenses instead of the withheld federal taxes. Therefore, they were both personally liable for the 100% penalty.

Don’t be tagged

If you participate in running a business or any entity that hasn’t paid over federal taxes that were withheld from employee paychecks, you run the risk of the IRS tagging you as a responsible person and assessing the 100% penalty. If this happens, you may ultimately be able to prove that you weren’t a responsible person. But that can be an expensive process. Consult your tax advisor about what records you should be keeping and other steps you should be taking to avoid exposure to the 100% penalty.

Sharing your estate plan’s details with family has pros and cons

Thu, 03 Apr 2025 17:40:30 GMT

When it comes to estate planning, one important decision many people struggle with is whether to share the details of their plans with family members. There’s no one-size-fits-all answer — it largely depends on your goals and your family’s dynamics. However, thoughtful communication can go a long way in reducing confusion and conflict after your death. Let’s take a closer look at the pros and cons of sharing your estate planning decisions with your family.

The pros

Sharing the details of your estate plan provides many benefits, including:

Explaining your wishes. When they design their estate plans, most people want to treat all their loved ones fairly. But “fair” doesn’t always mean “equal.” The problem is that your beneficiaries may not understand that without an explanation.

For example, suppose you have adult children from a previous marriage and minor children from your second marriage. Treating both sets of children equally may not be fair, especially if the adult children are financially independent and the younger children still face significant living and educational expenses. It may make sense to leave more of your wealth to your younger children. And explaining your reasoning upfront can go a long way toward avoiding hurt feelings or disputes.

Obtaining feedback. Sharing your plans with loved ones allows them to ask questions and provide feedback. If family members feel they’re being treated unfairly, you may wish to discuss alternatives that better meet their needs while still satisfying your estate planning objectives.

Streamlining estate administration. Sharing details of your plan with your executor, trustees and any holders of powers of attorney will enable them to act quickly and efficiently when the time comes. This is particularly important for people you’ve designated to make health care decisions or handle your financial affairs if you become incapacitated.

The cons

There may be some disadvantages to sharing the details of your plan, including:

Strained relationships. Some loved ones may be disappointed when they learn the details of your estate plan, which can lead to strained relationships. Keeping your plans to yourself allows you to avoid these uncomfortable situations. On the other hand, it also deprives you of an opportunity to resolve such conflicts during your lifetime.

Encouragement of irresponsible behavior. Some affluent parents worry that the promise of financial independence may give their children a disincentive to behave in a financially responsible manner. They may not pursue higher education, remain gainfully employed and generally lead productive lives. Rather than keeping your children’s inheritance a secret, a better approach may be to use your estate plan to encourage desirable behavior.

Don’t forget to factor in your state’s laws

As you think over how much you wish to disclose to your loved ones about your estate plan, be sure to consider applicable state law. The rules governing what a trustee must disclose to beneficiaries about the terms of the trust vary from state to state. Some states permit so-called “quiet trusts,” also known as “silent trusts,” which make it possible to keep the trust a secret from your loved ones.

Other states require trustees to inform the beneficiaries about the trust’s existence and terms, often when they reach a certain age. For example, trustees may be required to provide beneficiaries with a copy of the trust and an annual accounting of its assets and financial activities. However, many states allow you to place limits on the information provided to beneficiaries.

Sharing is caring

Ultimately, a well-crafted estate plan should speak for itself. But open communication, when done thoughtfully, can support your plan’s success and give your loved ones clarity and peace of mind. Contact us with questions.

Is your business on top of its tech stack?

kkanetake@nkcpa.com (Kayla Kanetake) — Wed, 02 Apr 2025 17:22:14 GMT

Like many business owners, you’ve probably received a lot of technology advice. One term you may hear frequently is “tech stack.” Information technology (IT) folks love to throw this one around while sharing their bits and bytes of digital wisdom.

Well, they’re not wrong about its importance. Your tech stack is crucial to maintaining smooth operations, but it can be a major drain on cash flow if not managed carefully.

Everything you use

For the purpose of running a business, a tech stack can be defined as all the software and other digital tools used to support the company’s operations and IT infrastructure. It includes assets such as your:

Accounting software,
Customer relationship management platform,
Project management tools,
Cloud storage, and
Communication apps.

Note: In a purely IT context, the term is widely defined as the set of technologies used to develop an application or website.

For businesses, a tech stack’s objective is to streamline workflows and promote productivity while maintaining strong cybersecurity. Unfortunately, as it grows, a tech stack can leave companies struggling with overspending, inefficiencies and employee apathy.

Case in point: For its 2025 State of Digital Adoption Report, software platform provider WalkMe surveyed nearly 4,000 enterprise leaders and employees worldwide. The data showed that about 43% of enterprise tech stacks are currently more complex than they were three years ago. Disturbingly, the report found the average large enterprise lost $104 million in 2024 because of underused technology, fragmented IT strategy and low employee adoption of tech tools.

Although these results focus on larger companies, small to midsize businesses face the same risks. Over time, companies often layer technologies upon technologies, sometimes introducing redundant or extraneous tools that are largely ignored.

5 factors to consider

Balancing functionality and innovation without overspending is the key to staying on top of your tech stack. Here are five factors to focus on:

1. Composition. Many business owners lose track of the many complex elements of their tech stacks. The best way to stay informed is to conduct regular IT audits. These are formal, systematic reviews of your IT infrastructure, which includes your tech stack. Audits often reveal redundant software subscriptions and underused or forgotten software licenses.

2. Integration/compatibility. When tech tools don’t play well together — or at all — data silos spring up and redundant work drags everyone down. This leads to more errors and less productivity. When managing your tech stack, choose solutions that integrate well across your operations. As feasible, replace those that don’t.

3. Price to value. Choosing IT tools primarily based on cost is risky. Although you should budget carefully, opting for cheaper solutions can ultimately increase technology expenses because of greater inefficiencies and the constant need to add tools to fill functionality gaps. Stay mindful of getting good value for the price and make choices that align with your strategic objectives.

4. Scalability. Generally, as a business grows, its technology needs expand and evolve. That doesn’t mean you always have to buy new software, however. Look for solutions that can scale up with growth or down during slower periods. Shop for assets that offer flexibility along with the right functionality.

5. Adoptability. Your company could have the most powerful software tool in existence, but if it sits unused, that item is just a wasted expense taking up space in your tech stack. Add new technology cautiously. Consult your leadership team, survey the employees who’ll be using it and ask for vendor references. When you do buy something, roll it out with an effective communication strategy and thorough training.

A technological tree

Like a tree, a tech stack can grow out of control and become a nuisance or even a danger to everyone around it. Properly pruned and otherwise well-maintained, however, it can be a powerful and functional business feature. Let us help you identify all your technology costs and assess the return on investment of every component of your tech stack.

Discover if you qualify for “head of household” tax filing status

Tue, 01 Apr 2025 17:43:13 GMT

When we prepare your tax return, we’ll check one of the following filing statuses: single, married filing jointly, married filing separately, head of household or qualifying widow(er). Only some people are eligible to file a return as a head of household. But if you’re one of them, it’s more favorable than filing as a single taxpayer.

To illustrate, the 2025 standard deduction for a single taxpayer is $15,000. However, it’s $22,500 for a head of household taxpayer. To be eligible, you must maintain a household that, for more than half the year, is the principal home of a “qualifying child” or other relative of yours whom you can claim as a dependent.

Tax law fundamentals

Who’s a qualifying child? This is one who:

Lives in your home for more than half the year,
Is your child, stepchild, adopted child, foster child, sibling, stepsibling (or a descendant of any of these),
Is under age 19 (or a student under 24), and
Doesn’t provide over half of his or her own support for the year.

If the parents are divorced, the child will qualify if he or she meets these tests for the custodial parent — even if that parent released his or her right to a dependency exemption for the child to the noncustodial parent.

Can both parents claim head of household status if they live together but aren’t married? According to the IRS, the answer is no. Only one parent can claim head of household status for a qualifying child. A person can’t be a “qualifying child” if he or she is married and can file a joint tax return with a spouse. Special “tie-breaker” rules apply if the individual can be a qualifying child of more than one taxpayer.

The IRS considers you to “maintain a household” if you live in the home for the tax year and pay over half the cost of running it. In measuring the cost, include house-related expenses incurred for the mutual benefit of household members, including property taxes, mortgage interest, rent, utilities, insurance on the property, repairs and upkeep, and food consumed in the home. Don’t include medical care, clothing, education, life insurance or transportation.

Providing your parent a home

Under a special rule, you can qualify as head of household if you maintain a home for your parent even if you don’t live with him or her. To qualify under this rule, you must be able to claim the parent as your dependent.

You can’t be married

You must be single to claim head of household status. Suppose you’re unmarried because you’re widowed. In that case, you can use the married filing jointly rates as a “surviving spouse” for two years after the year of your spouse’s death if your dependent child, stepchild, adopted child or foster child lives with you and you maintain the household. The joint rates are more favorable than the head of household rates.

If you’re married, you must file jointly or separately — not as head of household. However, if you’ve lived apart from your spouse for the last six months of the year and your dependent child, stepchild, adopted child, or foster child lives with you and you “maintain the household,” you’re treated as unmarried. If this is the case, you can qualify as head of household.

Are you a tax-favored real estate professional?

Mon, 31 Mar 2025 17:22:06 GMT

For federal income tax purposes, the general rule is that rental real estate losses are passive activity losses (PALs). An individual taxpayer can generally deduct PALs only to the extent of passive income from other sources, if any. For example, if you have positive taxable income from other rental properties, that generally counts as passive income. You can use PALs to offset passive income from other sources, which amounts to being able to currently deduct them.

Unfortunately, many rental property owners have little or no passive income in most years. Excess rental real estate PALs for the year (PALs that you cannot currently deduct because you don’t have enough passive income) are suspended and carried forward to future years. You can deduct suspended PALs when you finally have enough passive income or when you sell the properties that generated the PALs.

Exception for professionals

Thankfully, there’s a big exception to the general rule that you must have positive passive income to currently deduct rental losses. If you qualify for the exception, a rental real estate loss can be classified as a non-passive loss that can usually be deducted currently.

This exception allows qualifying individual taxpayers to currently deduct rental losses even if they have no passive income. To be eligible for the real estate professional exception:

You must spend more than 750 hours during the year delivering personal services in real estate activities in which you materially participate, and
Those hours must be more than half the time you spend delivering personal services (in other words, working) during the year.

If you can clear these hurdles, you qualify as a real estate professional. The next step is determining if you have one or more rental properties in which you materially participate. If you do, losses from those properties are treated as non-passive losses that you can generally deduct in the current year. Here’s how to pass the three easiest material participation tests for a rental real estate activity:

Spend more than 500 hours on the activity during the year.
Spend more than 100 hours on the activity during the year and make sure no other individual spends more time than you.
Make sure the time you spend on the activity during the year constitutes substantially all the time spent by all individuals.

If you don’t qualify

Obviously, not everyone can pass the tests to be a real estate professional. Thankfully, some other exceptions may potentially allow you to treat rental real estate losses as currently deductible non-passive losses. These include the:

Small landlord exception. If you qualify for this exception, you can treat up to $25,000 of rental real estate loses as non-passive. You must own at least 10% of the property generating the loss and actively participate with respect to that property. Properties owned via limited partnerships don’t qualify for this exception. To pass the active participation test, you don’t need to do anything more than exercise management control over the property in question. This could include approving tenants and leases or authorizing maintenance and repairs. Be aware that this exception is phased out between adjusted gross incomes (AGIs) of $100,000 and $150,000.

Seven-day average rental period exception. When the average rental period for a property is seven days or less, the activity is treated as a business activity. If you can pass one of the material participation tests, losses from the activity are non-passive.

30-day average rental period exception. The activity is treated as a business activity when the average rental period for a property is 30 days or less and significant personal services are provided to customers by or on behalf of you as the property owner. If you can pass one of the material participation tests, losses from the activity are non-passive.

Utilize all tax breaks

As you can see, various taxpayer-friendly rules apply to owners of rental real estate, including the exceptions to the PAL rules covered here. We can help you take advantage of all available rental real estate tax breaks.

Stepped-up basis rules can ease the income tax bite of an inheritance

Thu, 27 Mar 2025 17:22:46 GMT

With the federal gift and estate tax exemption amount set at $13.99 million for 2025, most people won’t be liable for these taxes. However, capital gains tax on inherited assets may cause an unwelcome tax bite.

The good news is that the stepped-up basis rules can significantly reduce capital gains tax for family members who inherit your assets. Under these rules, when your loved one inherits an asset, the asset’s tax basis is adjusted to the fair market value at the time of your death. If the heir later sells the asset, he or she will owe capital gains tax only on the appreciation after the date of death rather than on the entire gain from when you acquired it.

Primer on capital gains tax

When assets such as securities are sold, any resulting gain generally is a taxable capital gain. The gain is taxed at favorable rates if the assets have been owned for longer than one year. The maximum tax rate on a long-term capital gain is 15% but increases to 20% for certain high-income individuals.

Conversely, a short-term capital gain is taxed at ordinary income tax rates as high as 37%. Gains and losses are accounted for when filing a tax return, so high-taxed gains may be offset wholly or partially by losses.

The amount of a taxable gain is equal to the difference between the basis of the asset and the sale price. For example, if you acquire stock for $10,000 and then sell it for $50,000, your taxable capital gain is $40,000.

These basic rules apply to capital assets owned by an individual and sold during his or her lifetime. However, a different set of rules applies to inherited assets.

How stepped-up basis works

When assets are passed on through inheritance, there’s no income tax liability until the assets are sold. For these purposes, the basis for calculating gain is “stepped up” to the value of the assets on the date of your death. Thus, only the appreciation in value since your death is subject to tax because the individual inherited the assets. The appreciation during your lifetime goes untaxed.

Securities, artwork, bank accounts, business interests, investment accounts, real estate and personal property are among the assets affected by the stepped-up basis rules. However, these rules don’t apply to retirement assets such as 401(k) plans or IRAs.

To illustrate the benefits, let’s look at a simplified example. Dan bought XYZ Corp. stock 10 years ago for $100,000. In his will, he leaves all the XYZ stock to his daughter, Alice. When Dan dies, the stock is worth $500,000. Alice’s basis is stepped up to $500,000.

When Alice sells the stock two years later, it’s worth $700,000. She must pay the maximum 20% rate on her long-term capital gain. On these facts, Alice has a $200,000 gain. With the 20% capital gains rate, she owes $40,000. Without the stepped-up basis, her tax on the $600,000 gain would be $120,000.

What happens if an asset declines in value after the deceased acquired it? The adjusted basis of the asset the individual inherits is still the value on the date of death. This could result in a taxable gain on a subsequent sale if the value rebounds after death, or a loss if the asset’s value continues to decline.

Turn to us for help

Without the stepped-up basis rules, your beneficiaries could face much higher capital gains taxes when they sell their inherited assets. If you have questions regarding these rules, please contact us.

Business owners should get comfortable with their financial statements

Wed, 26 Mar 2025 17:23:10 GMT

Financial statements can fascinate accountants, investors and lenders. However, for business owners, they may not be real page-turners.

The truth is each of the three parts of your financial statements is a valuable tool that can guide you toward reasonable, beneficial business decisions. For this reason, it’s important to get comfortable with their respective purposes.

The balance sheet

The primary purpose of the balance sheet is to tally your assets, liabilities and net worth, thereby creating a snapshot of your business’s financial health during the statement period.

Net worth (or owners’ equity) is particularly critical. It’s defined as the extent to which assets exceed liabilities. Because the balance sheet must balance, assets need to equal liabilities plus net worth. If the value of your company’s liabilities exceeds the value of its assets, net worth will be negative.

In terms of operations, just a couple of balance sheet ratios worth monitoring, among many, are:

Growth in accounts receivable compared with growth in sales. If outstanding receivables grow faster than the rate at which sales increase, customers may be taking longer to pay. They may be facing financial trouble or growing dissatisfied with your products or services.

Inventory growth vs. sales growth. If your business maintains inventory, watch it closely. When inventory levels increase faster than sales, the company produces or stocks products faster than they’re being sold. This can tie up cash. Moreover, the longer inventory remains unsold, the greater the likelihood it will become obsolete.

Growing companies often must invest in inventory and allow for increases in accounts receivable, so upswings in these areas don’t always signal problems. However, jumps in inventory or receivables should typically correlate with rising sales.

Income statement

The purpose of the income statement is to assess profitability, revenue generation and operational efficiency. It shows sales, expenses, and the income or profits earned after expenses during the statement period.

One term that’s commonly associated with the income statement is “gross profit,” or the income earned after subtracting cost of goods sold (COGS) from revenue. COGS includes the cost of labor and materials required to make a product or provide a service. Another important term is “net income,” which is the income remaining after all expenses — including taxes — have been paid.

The income statement can also reveal potential problems. It may show a decline in gross profits, which, among other things, could mean production expenses are rising more quickly than sales. It may also indicate excessive interest expenses, which could mean the business is carrying too much debt.

Statement of cash flows

The purpose of the statement of cash flows is to track all the sources (inflows) and recipients (outflows) of your company’s cash. For example, along with inflows from selling its products or services, your business may have inflows from borrowing money or selling stock. Meanwhile, it undoubtedly has outflows from paying expenses, and perhaps from repaying debt or investing in capital equipment.

Although the statement of cash flows may seem similar to the income statement, its focus is solely on cash. For instance, a product sale might appear on the income statement even though the customer won’t pay for it for another month. But the money from the sale won’t appear as a cash inflow until it’s collected.

By analyzing your statement of cash flows, you can assess your company’s ability to meet its short-term obligations and manage its liquidity. Perhaps most importantly, you can differentiate profit from cash flow. A business can be profitable on paper but still encounter cash flow issues that leave it unable to pay its bills or even continue operating.

Critical insights

You can probably find more exciting things to read than your financial statements. However, you won’t likely find anything more insightful regarding how your company is performing financially. We can help you not only generate best-in-class financial statements, but also glean the most valuable information from them.

Deduct a loss from making a personal loan to a relative or friend

Tue, 25 Mar 2025 17:51:59 GMT

Suppose your adult child or friend needs to borrow money. Maybe it’s to buy a first home or address a cash flow problem. You may want to help by making a personal loan. That’s a nice thought, but there are tax implications that you should understand and take into account.

Get it in writing

You want to be able to prove that you intended for the transaction to be a loan rather than an outright gift. That way, if the loan goes bad, you can claim a non-business bad debt deduction for the year the loan becomes worthless.

For federal income tax purposes, losses from personal loans are classified as short-term capital losses. You can use the losses to first offset short-term capital gains that would otherwise be taxed at high rates. Any remaining net short-term capital losses will offset any net long-term capital gains. After that, any remaining net capital losses can offset up to $3,000 of high-taxed ordinary income ($1,500 if you use married filing separate status).

To pass muster with the IRS, your loan should be evidenced by a written promissory note that includes:

The interest rate, if any,
A schedule showing dates and amounts for interest and principal payments, and
The security or collateral, if any.

Set the interest rate

Applicable federal rates (AFRs) are the minimum short-term, mid-term and long-term rates that you can charge without creating any unwanted tax side effects. AFRs are set by the IRS, and they can potentially change every month.

For a term loan (meaning one with a specified final repayment date), the relevant AFR is the rate in effect for loans of that duration for the month you make the loan. Here are the AFRs for term loans made in April of 2025:

For a loan with a term of three years or less, the AFR is 4.09%, assuming monthly compounding of interest.
For a loan with a term of more than three years but not more than nine years, the AFR is 4.13%.
For a loan with a term of more than nine years, the AFR is 4.52%.

Key point: These are lower than commercial loan rates, and the same AFR applies for the life of the loan.

For example, in April of 2025, you make a $300,000 loan with an eight-year term to your daughter so she can buy her first home. You charge an interest rate of exactly 4.13% with monthly compounding (the AFR for a mid-term loan made in April). This is a good deal for your daughter!

Interest rate and the AFR

The federal income tax results are straightforward if your loan charges an interest rate that equals or exceeds the AFR. You must report the interest income on your Form 1040. If the loan is used to buy a home, your borrower can potentially treat the interest as deductible qualified residence interest if you secure the loan with the home.

What if you make a below-market loan (one that charges an interest rate below the AFR)? The Internal Revenue Code treats you as making an imputed gift to the borrower. This imaginary gift equals the difference between the AFR interest you “should have” charged and the interest you charged, if any. The borrower is then deemed to pay these phantom dollars back to you as imputed interest income. You must report the imputed interest income on your Form 1040. A couple of loopholes can potentially get you out of this imputed interest trap. We can explain the details.

Plan in advance

As you can see, you can help a relative or friend by lending money and still protect yourself in case the personal loan goes bad. Just make sure to have written terms and charge an interest rate at least equal to the AFR. If you charge a lower rate, the tax implications are not so simple. If you have questions or want more information about this issue, contact us.

6 essential tips for small business payroll tax compliance

Mon, 24 Mar 2025 17:30:38 GMT

Staying compliant with payroll tax laws is crucial for small businesses. Mistakes can lead to fines, strained employee relationships and even legal consequences. Below are six quick tips to help you stay on track.

1. Maintain organized records

Accurate recordkeeping is the backbone of payroll tax compliance. Track the hours worked, wages paid and all taxes withheld. Organizing your documentation makes it easier to verify that you’re withholding and remitting the correct amounts. If you ever face an IRS or state tax inquiry, having clear, detailed records will save time and reduce stress.

2. Understand federal withholding

Federal income tax. Employees complete Form W-4 so you can determine how much federal income tax to withhold. The amounts can be calculated using IRS tax tables.
FICA taxes (Social Security and Medicare). Your business is responsible for withholding a set percentage from each employee’s wages for Social Security and Medicare, and you must match that amount as an employer. The current tax rate for Social Security is 6.2% for the employer and 6.2% for the employee (12.4% total). Taxpayers only pay Social Security tax up to a wage base limit. For 2025, the wage base limit is $176,100. The current rate for Medicare tax is 1.45% for the employer and 1.45% for the employee (2.9% total). There’s no wage base limit for Medicare tax. All wages are subject to it.

3. Don’t overlook employer contributions

Depending on your state and industry, you may need to contribute additional taxes beyond those withheld from employee paychecks.

Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA) tax. Employers pay FUTA tax to fund unemployment benefits.
State unemployment insurance. Requirements vary by state, so consult your state’s labor department for details. You can also find more resources at the U.S. Department of Labor.

4. Adhere to filing and deposit deadlines

Deposit schedules. Your deposit frequency for federal taxes (monthly or semi-weekly) depends on the total amount of taxes withheld. Missing a deadline can lead to penalties and interest charges.
Quarterly and annual filings. You must submit forms like the 941 (filed quarterly) and the 940 (filed annually for FUTA tax) on time, with any tax due.

Under the Trust Fund Recovery Penalty, a “responsible person” who willfully fails to withhold or deposit employment taxes can be held personally liable for a steep penalty. The penalty is equal to the full amount of the unpaid trust fund tax, plus interest. For this purpose, a responsible person can be an owner, officer, partner or employee with authority over the funds of the business.

5. Stay current with regulatory changes

Tax laws are never static. The IRS and state agencies update requirements frequently, and new legislation can introduce additional obligations. A proactive approach helps you adjust payroll systems or processes in anticipation of changes, rather than scrambling at the last minute.

6. Seek professional advice

No matter how meticulous your business is, payroll taxes can be complex. We can provide guidance specific to your industry and location. We can help you select the right payroll system, calculate employee tax withholding, navigate multi-state filing requirements and more. In short, we can help ensure that every aspect of your payroll is set up correctly.

Incentive trusts: Use them to pass your wealth and values on to beneficiaries

Thu, 20 Mar 2025 17:29:31 GMT

If your estate planning goals include distributing your wealth while also encouraging specific behaviors or achievements among your heirs, using an incentive trust might be right for your plan.

Unlike a traditional trust, which distributes assets according to a set schedule or upon a beneficiary reaching a certain age, an incentive trust includes specific conditions that must be met before distributions are made. These conditions can align with your values, such as pursuing higher education, maintaining gainful employment, engaging in charitable work or avoiding destructive behaviors like substance abuse.

Setting guidelines

Essentially, an incentive trust sets guidelines for how a beneficiary becomes eligible to benefit from the trust. Distributions can, for instance, be contingent on a beneficiary graduating from high school, earning certain grades, or enrolling in or graduating from college.

Then again, perhaps you’re more concerned about a beneficiary’s physical well-being than his or her intellectual one. In this case, you might structure an incentive trust to disallow payouts if the beneficiary indulges in harmful or illegal behavior, such as abusing alcohol or using illegal drugs. Going this route will, however, require that you appoint a trustee who knows the issues and who can monitor the beneficiary’s activities and enforce the provision.

From a business perspective, an incentive trust can include provisions that reward your beneficiary for becoming involved in the family business or mapping out a career path of his or her own. Build in matching charitable donations and you can help the beneficiary develop an appreciation for community service and volunteerism.

Minding the risks

Incentive trusts come with some inherent risks. If the provisions are too restrictive, or simply don’t suit the beneficiary in question, the incentive may backfire.

For instance, say Jane, a 20-year-old college dropout, learns that her Aunt Lucy has provided her with $500,000 in trust. However, Jane can withdraw the trust funds only if she returns to college and earns a bachelor’s degree.

The problem is, Jane never really liked Aunt Lucy, who often scolded her for making bad choices and meddled in her life. And Jane didn’t really like college either. As a result, the trust only furthers Jane’s resolve to never return to college — no matter how much money she loses.

In other cases, the beneficiary may force him- or herself to complete a degree but wind up living an unfulfilled life because he or she had other dreams in mind. Or you might end up “motivating” a beneficiary to work for the family business when he or she really doesn’t want to, which, in turn, could hurt the company.

Communicating with clarity

A big part of making sure an incentive trust will work is clearly communicating with your trustee. He or she should generally have broad discretionary powers because, as time passes, a beneficiary’s circumstances might change. For example, a student might develop learning or other disabilities that prevent him or her from achieving the academic goals set by the incentive provisions.

In general, the trust should provide enough of a safety net that, if the beneficiary fails to achieve the trust’s goals, he or she will still be able to support him- or herself. The incentive provisions can apply to only a part of the trust assets. The trust should also provide for giving some or all the funds to a secondary beneficiary, in case the primary beneficiary fails to meet the stated goals or dies.

Weighing the pluses and minuses of HDHPs + HSAs for businesses

Wed, 19 Mar 2025 17:40:33 GMT

Will your company be ready to add a health insurance plan for next year, or change its current one? If so, now might be a good time to consider your options. These things take time.

A popular benefits model for many small to midsize businesses is sponsoring a high-deductible health plan (HDHP) accompanied by employee Health Savings Accounts (HSAs). Like any such strategy, however, this one has its pluses and minuses.

Ground rules

HSAs are participant-owned, tax-advantaged accounts that accumulate funds for eligible medical expenses. To own an HSA, participants must be enrolled in an HDHP, have no other health insurance and not qualify for Medicare.

In 2025, an HDHP is defined as a plan with at least a $1,650 deductible for self-only coverage or $3,300 for family coverage. Also in 2025, participants can contribute pretax income of up to $4,300 for self-only coverage or $8,550 for family coverage. (These amounts are inflation-adjusted annually, so they’ll likely change for 2026.) Those age 55 or older can make additional catch-up contributions of $1,000.

Companies may choose to make tax-deductible contributions to employees’ HSAs. However, the aforementioned limits still apply to combined participant and employer contributions.

Participants can make tax-free HSA withdrawals to cover qualified out-of-pocket medical expenses, such as physician and dentist visits. They may also use their account funds for copays and deductibles, though not to pay many types of insurance premiums.

Pluses to ponder

For businesses, the “HDHP + HSAs” model offers several pluses. First, HDHPs generally have lower premiums than other health insurance plans — making them more cost-effective. Plus, as mentioned, your contributions to participants’ HSAs are tax deductible if you choose to make them. And, overall, sponsoring health insurance can strengthen your fringe benefits package.

HSAs also have pluses for participants that can help you “sell” the model when rolling it out. These include:

Participants can lower their taxable income by making pretax contributions through payroll deductions,
HSAs can include an investment component that may include mutual funds, stocks and bonds,
Account earnings accumulate tax-free,
Withdrawals for qualified medical expenses aren’t subject to tax, and the list of eligible expenses is extensive,
HSA funds roll over from year to year (unlike Flexible Spending Account funds), and
HSAs are portable; participants maintain ownership and control of their accounts if they change jobs or even during retirement.

In fact, HSAs are sometimes referred to as “medical IRAs” because these potentially valuable accounts are helpful for retirement planning and have estate planning implications as well.

Minuses to mind

The HDHP + HSAs model has its minuses, too. Some employees may strongly object to the “high deductible” aspect of HDHPs.

Also, if not trained thoroughly, participants can misuse their accounts. Funds used for nonqualified expenses are subject to income taxes. Moreover, the IRS will add a 20% penalty if an account holder is younger than 65. After age 65, participants can withdraw funds for any reason without penalty, though withdrawals for nonqualified expenses will be taxed as ordinary income.

Expenses are another potential concern. HSA providers (typically banks and investment firms) may charge monthly maintenance fees, transaction fees and investment fees (for accounts with an investment component). Many companies cover these fees under their benefits package to enhance the appeal of HSAs to employees.

Finally, HSAs can have unexpected tax consequences for account beneficiaries. Generally, if a participant dies, account funds pass tax-free to a spouse beneficiary. However, for other types of beneficiaries, account funds will be considered income and immediately subject to taxation.

Powerful savings vehicle

The HDHP + HSAs model helps businesses manage insurance costs, shifts more of medical expense management to participants, and creates a powerful savings vehicle that may attract job candidates and retain employees. But that doesn’t mean it’s right for every company. Please contact us for help assessing its feasibility, as well as identifying the cost and tax impact.

Beneficial ownership information reporting requirements suspended for domestic reporting companies

Tue, 18 Mar 2025 17:58:56 GMT

The twisty journey of the Corporate Transparency Act’s (CTA’s) beneficial ownership information (BOI) reporting requirements has taken yet another turn. Following a February 18, 2025, ruling by a federal district court (Smith v. U.S. Department of the Treasury), the requirements are technically back in effect for covered companies. But a short time later, the U.S. Department of the Treasury announced it would suspend enforcement of the CTA against domestic reporting companies and U.S. citizens. Here are the latest developments and what they may mean for you.

Latest announcement

On March 2, the Treasury Department stated the following in a press release: “The Treasury Department is announcing today that, with respect to the Corporate Transparency Act, not only will it not enforce any penalties or fines associated with the beneficial ownership information reporting rule under the existing regulatory deadlines, but it will further not enforce any penalties or fines against U.S. citizens or domestic reporting companies or their beneficial owners after the forthcoming rule changes take effect either. The Treasury Department will further be issuing a proposed rulemaking that will narrow the scope of the rule to foreign reporting companies only. Treasury takes this step in the interest of supporting hard-working American taxpayers and small businesses and ensuring that the rule is appropriately tailored to advance the public interest.”

The reinstatement

On January 23, 2025, the U.S. Supreme Court granted the government’s motion to stay, or halt, a nationwide injunction issued by a federal court in Texas (Texas Top Cop Shop, Inc. v. Bondi). But a separate nationwide order from the Smith court was still in place until February 18, 2025, so the reporting requirements remained on hold. With that order now stayed, the new deadline to file a BOI report with the U.S. Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) is technically March 21, 2025.

Reporting companies that were previously given a reporting deadline later than this deadline are required to file their initial BOI report by the later deadline. For example, if a company’s reporting deadline is in April 2025 because it qualifies for certain disaster relief extensions, it’s allowed to follow the April deadline rather than the March deadline.

Important: Due to ongoing litigation in another federal district court (National Small Business United v. Yellen), members of the National Small Business Association as of March 1, 2024, aren’t currently required to report their BOI to FinCEN.

BOI requirements in a nutshell

The BOI requirements are intended to help prevent criminals from using businesses for illicit activities, such as money laundering and fraud hidden through shell companies or other opaque ownership structures. Companies covered by the requirements are referred to as “reporting companies.”

Such businesses have been reporting certain identifying information on their beneficial owners. FinCEN estimated that approximately 32.6 million companies would be affected by the reporting rules in the first year.

Beneficial owners are defined as natural persons who either directly or indirectly 1) exercise substantial control over a reporting company, or 2) own or control at least 25% of a reporting company’s ownership interests. Individuals who exercise substantial control include senior officers, important decision makers, and those with authority to appoint or remove certain officers or a majority of the company’s governing body.

For each beneficial owner, under the requirements, a reporting company must provide the individual’s:

Name,
Date of birth,
Residential address, and
Identifying number from an acceptable identification document, such as a passport or U.S. driver’s license, and the name of the issuing state or jurisdiction of the identification document.

A reporting company also must submit an image of the identification document.

BOI reporting isn’t an annual obligation. However, companies must report any changes to the required information previously reported about their businesses or beneficial owners. Updated reports are due no later than 30 days after the date of the change.

Stay tuned

The temporary stay of the injunction in the Smith case applies only until the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit rules on FinCEN’s appeal of the lower court’s original injunction order in that case. The appeal was filed on February 5, 2025. Additional challenges are also proceeding in other courts. It’s also possible that Congress will pass legislation to repeal the BOI requirements.

Meanwhile, the March 2 Treasury announcement appears to ease compliance concerns for domestic companies. However, FinCEN will continue to enforce requirements for foreign reporting companies. Contact us if you have questions about your situation.

Turning stock downturns into tax advantages

Tue, 18 Mar 2025 17:39:43 GMT

Have you ever invested in a company only to see its stock value plummet? (This may become relevant in light of recent market volatility.) While such an investment might be something you’d rather forget, there’s a silver lining: you can claim a capital loss deduction on your tax return. Here are the rules when a stock you own is sold at a loss or is entirely worthless.

How capital losses work

As capital assets, stocks produce capital gains or losses when they’re sold. Your capital gains and losses for the year must be netted against one another in a specific order based on whether they’re short-term (held one year or less) or long-term (held for more than one year).

If, after netting, you have short-term or long-term losses (or both), you can use them to offset up to $3,000 of ordinary income ($1,500 for married taxpayers filing separately). Any loss in excess of this limit is carried forward to later years until all of it is either offset against capital gains or deducted against ordinary income in those years, subject to the $3,000 limit. If you have both net short-term and net long-term losses, the net short-term losses are used to offset ordinary income before the net long-term losses.

If you’ve realized capital gains from stock or other asset sales during the year, consider selling some of your losing positions to offset the gains. A good tax strategy is to sell enough losing stock to shelter your earlier gains and generate a $3,000 loss since this is the maximum loss that can be used to offset ordinary income each year.

Implications of the wash sale rule

If you believe that a stock you own will recover but want to sell now to lock in a tax loss, be aware of the wash sale rule. Under it, if you sell stock at a loss and buy substantially identical stock within the 30-day period before or after the sale date, you can’t claim the loss for tax purposes. In order to claim the loss, you must buy the new shares outside of the period that begins 30 days before and ends 30 days after the sale of the loss stock.

When stock is worth nothing

In some cases, a stock you own may have become completely worthless. If so, you can claim a loss equal to your basis in the stock, which is generally what you paid for it. The stock is treated as though it had been sold on the last day of the tax year. This date is important because it affects whether your capital loss is short-term or long-term.

Stock shares become worthless when they have no liquidation value. That’s because the corporation’s liabilities exceed its assets and have no potential value and the business has no reasonable hope of becoming profitable. A stock can be worthless even if the corporation hasn’t declared bankruptcy. Conversely, a stock may still have value even after a bankruptcy filing, if the corporation continues operating and the stock continues trading.

You may not discover that a stock has become worthless until after you’ve filed your tax return for the year of worthlessness. In that case, you can amend your return for that year to claim a credit or refund due to the loss. You can do this for seven years from the date your original return was due, or two years from the date you paid the tax, whichever is later.

Maximize the tax benefits

As you can see, deducting stock losses or worthless stock on your tax return can be complex. Therefore, it’s important to maintain thorough documentation. We can help maximize the benefits. Keep in mind that other rules may apply. Let us know if you have any questions.

Planning for the future: 5 business succession options and their tax implications

Mon, 17 Mar 2025 17:27:16 GMT

When it’s time to consider your business’s future, succession planning can protect your legacy and successfully set up the next generation of leaders or owners. Whether you’re ready to retire, you wish to step back your involvement or you want a solid contingency plan should you unexpectedly be unable to run the business, exploring different succession strategies is key. Here are five options to consider, along with some of the tax implications.

1. Transfer directly to family with a sale or gifts

One of the most common approaches to succession is transferring ownership to a family member (or members). This can be done by gifting interests, selling interests or a combination. Parents often pass the business to children, but family succession plans can also involve siblings or other relatives.

Tax implications:

Gift tax considerations. You may trigger the federal gift tax if you gift the business (or part of it) to a family member or if you sell it to him or her for less than its fair market value. The annual gift tax exclusion (currently $19,000 per recipient) can help mitigate or avoid immediate gift tax in small, incremental transfers. Plus, every individual has a lifetime gift tax exemption. So depending on the value of the business and your use of the exemption, you might not owe gift taxes on the transfer. Keep in mind that when gifting partial interests in a closely held business, discounts for lack of marketability or control may be appropriate and help reduce gift taxes.

Estate planning. If the owner dies before transferring the business, there may be estate tax implications. Proper planning can help minimize estate tax liabilities through trusts or other estate planning tools.

Capital gains tax. If you sell the business to family members, you could owe capital gains tax. (See “5. Sell to an outside buyer” for more information.)

2. Transfer ownership through a trust

Suppose you want to keep long-term control of the business within your family. In that case, you might place ownership interests in a trust (such as a grantor-retained annuity trust or another specialized vehicle).

Tax implications:

Estate and gift tax mitigation. Properly structured trusts can help transfer assets to the next generation with minimized gift and estate tax exposure. Trust-based strategies can be particularly effective for business owners with significant assets.

Complex legal framework. Because trusts involve legal documents and strict rules, working with us and an attorney is crucial to ensure compliance and optimize tax benefits.

3. Engage in an employee or management buyout

Another option is to sell to a group of key employees or current managers. This path often ensures business continuity because the new owners already understand the business and its culture.

Tax implications:

Financing arrangements. In many cases, employees or managers may not have the funds to buy the business outright. Often, the seller finances part of the transaction. While this can provide ongoing income for the departing owner, interest on installment payments has tax consequences for both parties.

Deferred payments. Spreading payments over time can soften your overall tax burden by distributing capital gains across multiple years, which might help you avoid being subject to top tax rates or the net investment income tax. But each payment received is still taxed.

4. Establish an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP)

An ESOP is a qualified retirement plan created primarily to own your company’s stock, and thus it allows employees to own shares in the business. It may be an appealing choice for owners interested in rewarding and retaining staff. However, administering an ESOP involves complex rules.

Tax implications:

Owner benefits. Selling to an ESOP can offer potential tax deferrals, especially if the company is structured as a C corporation and the transaction meets specific requirements.

Corporate deductions. Contributions to an ESOP are usually tax-deductible, which can reduce the company’s taxable income.

5. Sell to an outside buyer

Sometimes, the best fit is outside the family or current employees or management team. You might decide to sell to an external buyer — for example, a competitor or private equity group. If you can find the right buyer, you may even be able to sell the business at a premium.

If your business is structured as a corporation, you may sell the business’s assets or the stock. Sellers generally prefer stock (or ownership interest) sales because they minimize the tax bill from a sale.

Tax implications:

Capital gains tax. Business owners typically pay capital gains tax on the difference between their original investment in the business (their “basis”) and the sale price. The capital gains rate depends in part on how long you’ve held the business. Usually, if you’ve owned it for more than one year, you’re taxed at the applicable long-term capital gains rate.

Allocation of purchase price. If you sell the assets, you and the buyer must decide how to allocate the purchase price among assets (including equipment and intellectual property). This allocation affects tax liabilities for both parties.

Focus on your unique situation

Succession planning isn’t a one-size-fits-all process. Each option has unique benefits and pitfalls, especially regarding taxes. The best approach for you depends on factors including your retirement timeline, personal financial goals and family or employee involvement. Consult with us to ensure you choose a path that preserves your financial well-being and protects the business. We can advise on tax implications and work with you and your attorney to structure the deal advantageously. After all, a clear succession plan can safeguard the company you worked hard to build.

Disaster victims may qualify for tax relief … including on amended returns

Fri, 14 Mar 2025 22:25:29 GMT

Victims of presidentially declared disasters in recent years who couldn’t previously claim a casualty loss deduction may now be able to claim a refund. Additional tax relief also might be available. Read on to learn more about the potential opportunities for victims of certain disasters.

Loosened restrictions for casualty losses

The tax relief comes via the Federal Disaster Tax Relief Act (FDTRA), which was signed into law by former President Biden in December 2024. Among other things, the law makes it easier to claim a deduction for qualified disaster-related personal casualty losses during a specific time period.

Previously, you could claim such a deduction only if you itemized your deductions. It was further limited by a $100 reduction per loss, and you were allowed to deduct only the amount of the loss that exceeded 10% of your adjusted gross income. The so-called 10% rule was applied after the $100 reduction.

Under the FDTRA, those restrictions no longer apply if you suffered a casualty loss attributable to a presidentially declared disaster (referred to as a “qualified disaster loss”) that began on or after December 28, 2019, and on or before December 12, 2024, and ended no later than January 11, 2025. (Note that this relief doesn’t apply to the 2025 California wildfires. See “Wildfire relief” below for information on other relief available to the victims of those and other more recent fires.)

In addition, the president must have made the disaster declaration between January 1, 2020, and February 10, 2025. The limit for such losses is that each separate casualty loss is deductible only after it exceeds $500.

Be aware that casualty losses are generally deductible in the year the loss is incurred. For example, if a qualified disaster occurred in 2022, but your insurance company didn’t deny your related claim until 2024, you’d deduct the loss for 2024. But you now have the option to deduct any loss attributable to a presidentially declared disaster in the tax year prior to the occurrence.

Wildfire relief

The FDTRA provides that “qualified wildfire relief payments” — including those made to Los Angeles County taxpayers affected by the 2025 California wildfires — can be excluded from gross income for tax purposes. It’s been estimated that this provision will return $512 million in taxes to wildfire victims. And it’ll protect payment recipients from losing certain income-based benefits, such as health insurance premium subsidies, Veterans Administration co-pay assistance and federal student aid.

The exclusion applies to any amount received by, or on behalf of, an individual as compensation for losses, expenses or damages, including for:

Additional living expenses,
Lost wages, other than compensation for lost wages paid by the employer which otherwise would have paid those wages,
Personal injury,
Death, and
Emotional distress.

The compensation must have been granted for a federally declared disaster that was declared after December 31, 2014, as the result of a forest or range fire. The payments must be received during tax years beginning after December 31, 2019, and before January 1, 2026. Compensation from insurance and other reimbursements doesn’t qualify for the exclusion.

The law prohibits double-dipping. You can’t claim a deduction or credit for any expense excluded from income under the provision. And, if you use excluded qualified payments to purchase or improve property, you may not increase your basis or adjusted basis in the property by the excluded amount.

The IRS is also providing some relief related to filing deadlines for individuals and households that reside or have a business in Los Angeles County and were affected by wildfires and straight-line winds that began on January 7, 2025. These taxpayers have until October 15, 2025, to file various federal individual and business tax returns and make tax payments.

The new deadline applies to individual income tax returns and payments normally due on April 15, 2025. This relief also applies to the 2024 estimated tax payment that was due on January 15, 2025, and estimated tax payments normally due on April 15, June 16, and September 15, 2025.

It also applies to:

Quarterly payroll and excise tax returns normally due on January 31, April 30, and July 31, 2025,
Calendar-year partnership and S corporation returns normally due on March 17, 2025,
Calendar-year corporation and fiduciary returns and payments normally due on April 15, 2025, and
Calendar-year tax-exempt organization returns normally due on May 15, 2025.

East Palestine train derailment relief

The FDTRA also extends relief to victims of the train derailment on February 3, 2023, in East Palestine, Ohio. “East Palestine Train Derailment Payments” can be excluded from gross income.

The payments include any amount received by, or on behalf of, an individual as derailment-related compensation for:

Loss,
Damages,
Expenses,
Loss in real property value,
Closing costs related to real property (including realtor commissions), and
Inconvenience (including access to real property).

The compensation must have come from a federal, state or local government agency, Norfolk Southern Railway, or any subsidiary, insurer or agent of Norfolk Southern Railway.

Next steps for taxpayers

If you’re claiming any of the benefits under the FDTRA for a tax year for which you’ve already filed a tax return without claiming the benefits, you’ll need to file an amended return. We can file your amended return electronically if you’re amending a return for the current or prior two tax periods.

You must file Form 1040-X, Amended U.S. Individual Income Tax Return, on paper to amend your return if 1) the amended return is for earlier years, or 2) your prior year return was originally filed on paper during the current processing year. If you file your amended return electronically, you can elect to have any refund directly deposited into a U.S. financial institution account. Contact us with any questions and to prepare an amended return for you.

What happens if you and your siblings inherit your parents’ home?

Thu, 13 Mar 2025 17:26:39 GMT

When estate planning, it’s common for parents to leave their primary residence or a vacation home to their children. While your parents’ wills or trusts may specify who gets what percentage of the home, typically, you and your siblings will receive equal shares in the property.

This can result in potential problems. For example, perhaps you and your siblings have different financial needs or can’t agree on what to do with the home. Let’s take a look at how to best approach the situation.

Determine what to do with the house

The first step is to sit down with your siblings and have an open, honest discussion about your wishes for handling the inherited home. Generally, the options are:

Keep the home and share it among family members,
Rent out the home and share the rental income,
Sell the home and divide the profits, or
Arrange for one sibling to buy out the others.

If you decide to share the home, have a written agreement drafted by your attorney that outlines rules regarding scheduling, allowable uses, and responsibility for maintenance and expenses. If you choose to sell the home or arrange a buyout, obtain a professional appraisal to avoid disputes over the home’s value.

Other considerations

If you rent out the home, determine how you’ll handle rent collection, maintenance and other rental activities. One option is to engage a property management company to handle the day-to-day management.

Another issue to consider is how the title to the property will be held. For example, if you and your siblings own the home as tenants in common, then your respective interests will pass to your heirs according to your individual estate plans. But if you hold the property as joint tenants, then when one sibling dies, the surviving siblings receive his or her share.

Keep in mind that each of the options described above has different tax implications. Contact us with questions.

How to evaluate and undertake a business transformation

Wed, 12 Mar 2025 17:57:45 GMT

Many industries have undergone monumental changes over the last decade or so. Broadly, there are two ways to adapt to the associated challenges: slowly or quickly.

Although there’s much to be said about small, measured responses to economic change, some companies might want to undertake a more urgent, large-scale revision of their operations. This is called a “business transformation” and, under the right circumstances, it can be a prudent move.

Defining the concept

A business transformation is a strategically planned modification of how all or part of a company operates. In its broadest form, a transformation might change the very mission of the business. For example, a financial consulting firm might become a software provider. However, there are other more subtle variations, including:

Digital transformation (implementing new technologies to digitalize every business function),
Operational transformation (streamlining workflows or revising processes to change operations fundamentally), and
Structural transformation (altering the leadership structure or reorganizing departments/units).

The overarching goal of any transformation is to boost the company’s financial performance by increasing efficiencies, improving customer service, seizing greater market share or entering a new market.

Making the call

Choosing to undertake a business transformation of any kind is a major decision. Before making the call, you and your leadership team must evaluate your company’s market position and identify what’s inhibiting growth and possibly even leading toward a downturn. Common indicators that a transformation may be needed include:

Declining revenues with little to no projections of upswings,
Outdated processes that are creating errors and upsetting customers,
Intensifying competition that will be difficult or impossible to counter, and
Shifts in customer expectations or demand that call for substantive changes.

To decide whether a business transformation is appropriate, you must conduct due diligence through measures such as analyzing financial data and market trends, gathering customer feedback, and obtaining the counsel of professional advisors.

5 general steps to follow

So, let’s say you do your due diligence and decide to move forward with a business transformation. Generally, companies follow five steps:

1. Set a clearly worded objective. The more specific you are in describing how you intend to transform your business, the more likely you are to accomplish that objective. Set aside the time and exercise the patience needed to find specificity and consensus with your leadership team, key employees and professional advisors.

2. Forecast the financial, legal and operational impacts. You must paint a realistic picture of how the big change will likely affect the business during and after the transformation. This is another step in which your professional advisors are critical. With their help, generate financial forecasts related to expenses and revenue changes, identify potential compliance risks and so forth.

3. Map out the road ahead. With a clear vision in mind and a wealth of information in hand, create a detailed roadmap to the transformation. A phased approach is typically best. Define milestones and align performance metrics to each phase. In addition, develop contingency plans in case you wander off course.

4. Communicate with stakeholders. Devise a communication strategy that addresses all key stakeholders — including employees, independent contractors, customers, vendors, suppliers, investors and lenders. Tailor the strategy to each audience, promoting transparency and encouraging buy-in.

5. Monitor progress and adapt as necessary. To increase your odds of success, you and your leadership team need to “stay on it.” Track metrics, allocate time to discussing progress, and be ready to overcome internal and external challenges.

Bold move

Business transformations are difficult to achieve. Insufficient planning, lack of financial oversight and employee resistance can derail efforts. Meanwhile, the necessary investments may strain cash flow. Worst of all, if you fail, you’ll have squandered all those resources.

On a more positive note, a successful business transformation can be a bold and powerful move toward achieving substantial growth and resilience. If you’re considering one, we can help you evaluate the concept and undertake the appropriate financial analyses.

Riding the tax break train: Maximizing employee transportation fringe benefits

Tue, 11 Mar 2025 17:37:43 GMT

There are some nice tax breaks for transportation-related employee fringe benefits. If your employer offers these tax-favored fringes, you should probably take advantage of them by signing up. Here’s a quick summary of the current federal tax treatment of transportation-related benefits.

Mass transit passes

For 2025, employer-provided mass transit passes for train, subway and bus systems are tax-free to a recipient employee up to a monthly limit of $325. Thanks to an unfavorable change in the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA), your company can’t deduct the cost of this benefit. However, your company may offer a salary-reduction arrangement that allows you to set aside up to $325 per month from your salary to pay for transit passes with your own money. That way, you pay for the passes with before-tax dollars.

For example, let’s say you set aside the maximum $325 per month to pay for train passes. If you’re in the 24% federal income tax bracket, you could save $993 a year in federal income and Medicare taxes. If Social Security tax is being withheld from your paychecks, you could save $1,235.

Parking allowances

For 2025, employer-provided parking allowances are also tax-free up to a monthly limit of $325. You can be given this fringe on top of the tax-free $325 a month for transit passes. For example, you can get $325 per month to pay for the train, plus another $325 to pay the park-and-ride fee at the station. Or you can simply drive to work and get $325 in tax-free bucks to help cover parking near your office or worksite.

Van pooling

For 2025, an employer can provide employees with tax-free transportation of up to $325 per month in a commuter highway vehicle if the transportation is for travel between employee residences and the workplace. This arrangement is often called van pooling.

To be a commuter highway vehicle, the vehicle must meet the following conditions:

It has a seating capacity of at least six adults (not including the driver),
At least 80% of the mileage is reasonably expected to be for transporting employees between their residences and their workplace, and
It’s used for such trips during which the number of employees transported is at least 50% of the adult seating capacity (not including the driver).

Your company cannot deduct the cost of this benefit. But as explained earlier, the company may offer a salary-reduction arrangement that allows you to set aside up to $325 per month to cover van pooling. That way, you pay with before-tax dollars, which will cut your tax bill.

Job-related moving expenses

Your company may give employees allowances to cover job-related relocation expenses. Through 2025, the TCJA generally doesn’t allow tax-free treatment for these allowances. The exception is when the employee is on active duty as a member of the U.S. Armed Forces and the move is pursuant to a military order involving a permanent change of station.

Hopefully, your company still provides this benefit because it can deduct the cost. If so, you come out ahead even though whatever the company pays to cover moving expenses is treated as additional taxable salary. Getting a taxable benefit is better than getting no benefit at all!

Save money, ease stress

If your company pays for these tax-free transportation-related fringe benefits, you should strongly consider signing up. Saving on commuting costs can make your trips to work less stressful. Contact us if you have questions about these benefits or want more information.

Exploring business entities: Is an S corporation the right choice?

Mon, 10 Mar 2025 17:24:27 GMT

Are you starting a business with partners and deciding on the right entity? An S corporation might be the best choice for your new venture.

One benefit of an S corporation

One major advantage of an S corporation over a partnership is that shareholders aren’t personally liable for corporate debts. To ensure this protection, it’s crucial to:

Adequately finance the corporation,
Maintain the corporation as a separate entity, and
Follow state-required formalities (for example, by filing articles of incorporation, adopting bylaws, electing a board of directors and holding organizational meetings).

Handling losses

If you anticipate early losses, an S corporation is more favorable than a C corporation from a tax perspective. Shareholders in a C corporation generally don’t benefit from such losses. However, as an S corporation shareholder, you can deduct your share of losses on your personal tax return, up to your basis in the stock and any loans you made to the entity. Losses exceeding your basis can be carried forward and deducted in the future when there’s sufficient basis.

Profits and taxes

Once the S corporation starts earning profits, the income is taxed directly to you, whether or not it’s distributed. It will be reported on your individual tax return and combined with income from other sources. Your share of the S corporation’s income isn’t subject to self-employment tax, but your wages will be subject to Social Security taxes. If the income qualifies as qualified business income (QBI), you can take the 20% pass-through deduction, subject to various limitations.

Note: The QBI deduction is set to expire after 2025 unless extended by Congress. However, the deduction will likely be extended and maybe even made permanent under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act extension being negotiated in Congress.

Fringe benefits

If you plan to offer fringe benefits like health and life insurance, be aware that the costs for a more than 2% shareholder are deductible by the entity but taxable to the recipient.

Protecting S status

Be cautious about transferring stock to ineligible shareholders (for example, another corporation, a partnership or a nonresident alien), as this could terminate the S election, making the corporation a taxable entity. To avoid this risk, have each shareholder sign an agreement not to make transfers that would jeopardize the S election. Also, be aware that an S corporation can’t have more than 100 shareholders.

Final steps

Before making your final decision on the entity type, consult with us. We can answer your questions and help you launch your new venture successfully.

It may be in your best interest to file a gift tax return

Thu, 06 Mar 2025 17:36:08 GMT

If you’ve given a significant financial gift to a family member, you may wonder whether you’re required to file a gift tax return. Even if no tax is due, filing Form 709, United States Gift (and Generation-Skipping Transfer) Tax Return, can be a smart decision. Indeed, a timely filed gift tax return that meets the IRS’s adequate disclosure requirements starts the clock on the statute of limitations. This year, the deadline to file a 2024 gift tax return is April 15 (October 15 if you file for an extension).

Three-year time limit

Generally, the IRS has three years to challenge the value of a transaction for gift tax purposes or to assert that a nongift was, in fact, a partial gift. But unless the transaction is adequately disclosed, there’s no time limit for reviewing it and assessing additional gift tax. That means the IRS can collect unpaid gift taxes — plus penalties and interest — years or even decades later.

Some may hesitate to file a gift tax return disclosing a non-gift transaction for fear of attracting IRS scrutiny. However, a carefully prepared gift tax return can be the best insurance against unpleasant tax surprises in the future.

Defining adequate disclosure

When you file a timely gift tax return that meets the adequate disclosure requirements, the IRS has only three years in which to challenge the gift’s valuation. To meet these requirements, a return must include:

A description of the transferred property and any consideration received,
The identity of, and the relationship between, the transferor and each transferee,
The trust’s tax identification number and a brief description of its terms (or a copy of the trust instrument) if property is transferred to a trust,
Either a detailed description of the method used to value the transferred property or a qualified appraisal,
A statement describing any position taken that’s contrary to any proposed, temporary or final tax regulations or revenue rulings published at the time of the transfer, and
An explanation as to why transfers reported as nongifts aren’t gifts.

Additional requirements apply to transfers of interests in a corporation, partnership (including a limited liability company) or trust to a member of the transferor’s family. In addition to the above, adequate disclosure requires:

A description of the transactions, including a description of the transferred and retained interests and the methods used to value each,
The identity of, and relationship between, the transferor, transferee, all other persons participating in the transactions, and all parties related to the transferor holding an equity interest in any entity involved in the transaction, and
A detailed description (including all actuarial factors and discount rates) of the method used (if any) to determine the amount of the gift, including, for equity interests that aren’t actively traded, the financial and other data used to determine value.

Financial data generally includes balance sheets and statements of net earnings, operating results, and dividends paid for each of the preceding five years.

Gain peace of mind

Certain gifts, such as those involving trusts, real estate or business interests, should always be reported to the IRS to establish clear tax treatment. Filing a return creates a paper trail, reducing the risk of disputes later.

Even if a gift tax return isn’t strictly required, filing one can provide peace of mind and strategic estate tax advantages. Contact us with any questions.

Choosing the right sales compensation model for your business

Wed, 05 Mar 2025 17:34:40 GMT

A strong sales team is the driving force of most small to midsize businesses. Strong revenue streams are hard to come by without skilled and engaged salespeople.

But what motivates these valued employees? First and foremost, equitable and enticing compensation. And therein lies a challenge for many companies: Choosing the right sales compensation model isn’t easy and may call for regular reevaluation. Let’s review some of the most popular models and note a recent trend.

Straight salary (or hourly wages)

The simplest way to pay sales staff is to offer a “straight salary,” meaning no commissions or other incentives are involved. (Some businesses may pay hourly wages instead, though this generally occurs only in a retail environment.)

The straight salary model’s advantage is that it’s easy for the company to administer and keeps payroll expenses predictable. It also provides financial stability for employees. The approach tends to work best in industries with long sales cycles and for particularly collaborative sales teams.

As you may have guessed, the downside is that it offers no financial incentive for salespeople to go beyond the status quo. This can result in flat sales and difficulty drawing new customers.

Commission only

Quite the opposite is the commission-only model. Here, sales team members earn income as a predetermined percentage of sales revenue. There are various ways to do this, but the bottom line is that staffers are compensated purely through sales wins; they don’t receive salaries.

The advantage is that they’re strongly motivated to succeed — one could even say it’s a “do or die” approach. This model often suits start-ups or businesses looking for quick growth without a big payroll budget. The risk for companies is that commission-only positions tend to have high turnover rates because salespeople lack income stability and may change jobs frequently.

Salary plus commission

Traditionally, this has been among the most popular compensation models. It combines the stability of a salary with the financial incentive of commissions. Generally, the salary will be relatively lower because sales staffers can make up the difference through the commissions.

For the business, this model may reduce turnover while still helping motivate employees. Its chief downsides are that salaries add to payroll expenses, and there’s a relatively high degree of administrative complexity involved in tracking and calculating commissions.

Salary plus performance-based incentives (hybrid)

If you’re interested in “what’s hot” in sales compensation, look no further. This model is often called “hybrid” because it combines a salary with various performance-based incentives tailored to the company’s needs.

Just last month, cloud-based sales software provider Xactly released the results of its annual Sales Compensation Report. Of 160 companies surveyed, 62% identified performance-based pay structures for sales reps as the biggest factor driving changes to sales compensation.

Like “base salary plus commission,” a hybrid model offers employees income stability — but it allows them to earn much more through multiple incentives. For businesses, the model may strengthen employee retention while motivating sales team members to meet targeted strategic objectives, such as increasing market share or driving top-line growth.

Companies have a wide variety of performance-based incentives to choose from, including:

Financial bonuses for acquiring new customers or expanding into new territories,
Profit-sharing plans that tie additional compensation to the company’s overall success, and
Long-term incentives, such as stock options, restricted stock units and performance shares.

However, it’s critical to design a hybrid model carefully. One major risk is becoming “a victim of your own success” — that is, running into cash flow problems because you must pay salespeople substantial amounts for earning the incentives offered.

No pressure

If your sales compensation model works well, don’t feel pressured to change it just to keep up with the Joneses. However, as your business grows, you may want to adjust or revise it to sustain or, better yet, increase that growth. We can help you evaluate your current model and make necessary adjustments that fit your company’s needs and budget.

The 2024 gift tax return deadline is coming up soon

Tue, 04 Mar 2025 17:42:19 GMT

If you made significant gifts to your children, grandchildren or other heirs last year, it’s important to determine whether you’re required to file a 2024 gift tax return. And in some cases, even if it’s not required to file one, you may want to do so anyway.

Requirements to file

The annual gift tax exclusion was $18,000 in 2024 (increased to $19,000 in 2025). Generally, you must file a gift tax return for 2024 if, during the tax year, you made gifts:

That exceeded the $18,000-per-recipient gift tax annual exclusion for 2024 (other than to your U.S. citizen spouse),
That you wish to split with your spouse to take advantage of your combined $36,000 annual exclusion for 2024,
That exceeded the $185,000 annual exclusion in 2024 for gifts to a noncitizen spouse,
To a Section 529 college savings plan and wish to accelerate up to five years’ worth of annual exclusions ($90,000) into 2024,
Of future interests — such as remainder interests in a trust — regardless of the amounts, or
Of jointly held or community property.

Important: You’ll owe gift tax only if an exclusion doesn’t apply and you’ve used up your lifetime gift and estate tax exemption ($13.61 million in 2024). As you can see, some transfers require a return even if you don’t owe tax.

Filing if it’s not required

No gift tax return is required if your gifts for 2024 consisted solely of tax-free gifts because they qualify as:

Annual exclusion gifts,
Present interest gifts to a U.S. citizen spouse,
Educational or medical expenses paid directly to a school or health care provider, or
Political or charitable contributions.

But you should consider filing a gift tax return (even if not required) if you transferred hard-to-value property, such as artwork or interests in a family-owned business. Adequate disclosure of the transfer in a return triggers the statute of limitations, generally preventing the IRS from challenging your valuation more than three years after you file.

The deadline is April 15

The gift tax return deadline is the same as the income tax filing deadline. For 2024 returns, it’s April 15, 2025. If you file for an extension, it’s October 15, 2025. But keep in mind that if you owe gift tax, the payment deadline is April 15, regardless of whether you file for an extension. Contact us if you’re unsure whether you must (or should) file a 2024 gift tax return.

Ways to manage the limit on the business interest expense deduction

Mon, 03 Mar 2025 17:27:44 GMT

Prior to the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA), businesses were able to claim a tax deduction for most business-related interest expense. The TCJA created Section 163(j), which generally limits deductions of business interest, with certain exceptions.

If your business has significant interest expense, it’s important to understand the impact of the deduction limit on your tax bill. The good news is there may be ways to soften the tax bite in 2025.

The nuts and bolts

Unless your company is exempt from Sec. 163(j), your maximum business interest deduction for the tax year equals the sum of:

30% of your company’s adjusted taxable income (ATI),
Your company’s business interest income, if any, and
Your company’s floor plan financing interest, if any.

Assuming your company doesn’t have significant business interest income or floor plan financing interest expense, the deduction limitation is roughly equal to 30% of ATI.

Your company’s ATI is its taxable income, excluding:

Nonbusiness income, gain, deduction or loss,
Business interest income or expense,
Net operating loss deductions, and
The 20% qualified business income deduction for pass-through entities.

When Sec. 163(j) first became law, ATI was computed without regard to depreciation, amortization or depletion. But for tax years beginning after 2021, those items are subtracted in calculating ATI, shrinking business interest deductions for companies with significant depreciable assets.

Deductions disallowed under Sec. 163(j) may be carried forward indefinitely and treated as business interest expense paid or accrued in future tax years. In subsequent tax years, the carryforward amount is applied as if it were incurred in that year, and the limitation for that year will determine how much of the disallowed interest can be deducted. There are special rules for applying the deduction limit to pass-through entities, such as partnerships, S corporations and limited liability companies that are treated as partnerships for tax purposes.

Small businesses are exempt from the business interest deduction limit. These are businesses whose average annual gross receipts for the preceding three tax years don’t exceed a certain threshold. (There’s an exception if the business is treated as a “tax shelter.”) To prevent larger businesses from splitting themselves into small entities to qualify for the exemption, certain related businesses must aggregate their gross receipts for purposes of the threshold.

Ways to avoid the limit

Some real estate and farming businesses can opt out of the business interest deduction limit and therefore avoid it or at least reduce its impact. Real estate businesses include those that engage in real property development, redevelopment, construction, reconstruction, acquisition, conversion, rental, operation, management, leasing or brokerage.

Remember that opting out of the interest deduction limit comes at a cost. If you do so, you must reduce depreciation deductions for certain business property by using longer recovery periods. To determine whether opting out will benefit your business, you’ll need to weigh the tax benefit of unlimited interest deductions against the tax cost of lower depreciation deductions.

Another tax-reduction strategy is capitalizing interest expense. Capitalized interest isn’t treated as interest for purposes of the Sec. 163(j) deduction limit. The tax code allows businesses to capitalize certain overhead costs, including interest, related to the acquisition or production of property.

Interest capitalized to equipment or other fixed assets can be recovered over time through depreciation, while interest capitalized to inventory can be deducted as part of the cost of goods sold. We can crunch the numbers to determine which strategy would provide a better tax advantage for your business.

You also may be able to mitigate the impact of the deduction limit by reducing your interest expense. For example, you might rely more on equity than debt to finance your business or pay down debts when possible. Or you could generate interest income (for example, by extending credit to customers) to offset some interest expense.

Weigh your options

Unfortunately, the business interest deduction limitation isn’t one of the many provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act scheduled to expire at the end of 2025. But it’s possible Congress could act to repeal the limitation or alleviate its impact. If your company is affected by the business interest deduction limitation, contact us to discuss the impact on your tax bill. We can help assess what’s right for your situation.

Single and child-free? Here’s why estate planning is still crucial

Thu, 27 Feb 2025 17:32:44 GMT

Even if you’re single and have no children, having an estate plan helps ensure your final wishes are clearly documented and respected. Estate planning isn’t solely about passing assets on to direct descendants; it’s about taking control of your future.

Without a formal estate plan, state laws will determine how your assets are distributed, and those default decisions might not align with your values or desires. Whether they’re your financial investments or personal assets, a comprehensive estate plan allows you to specify exactly who should receive what, be they close friends, extended family or even charitable organizations.

Without a will, who’ll receive your assets?

It’s critical for single people to execute a will that specifies how and to whom their assets should be distributed when they die. Although certain types of assets can pass to your intended recipient(s) through beneficiary designations, absent a will, many types of assets will pass through the laws of intestate succession.

Those laws vary from state to state but generally provide for assets to go to the deceased person’s spouse or children. For example, the law might provide that if someone dies intestate, half of the estate goes to his or her spouse and half goes to the children. However, if you’re single with no children, these laws set out rules for distributing your assets to your closest relatives, such as your parents or siblings. Or, if you have no living relatives, your assets may go to the state.

By preparing a will, you can ensure your assets are distributed according to your wishes, whether that’s to family, friends or charitable organizations.

Who’ll handle your finances if you become incapacitated?

Consider signing a durable power of attorney that appoints someone you trust to manage your investments, pay bills, file tax returns and otherwise make financial decisions should you become incapacitated. Although the law varies from state to state, typically, without a power of attorney, a court will appoint someone to make those decisions on your behalf. Not only will you have no say in who the court appoints, but the process can be costly and time consuming.

Who’ll make medical decisions on your behalf?

You should prepare a living will, a health care directive (also known as a medical power of attorney) or both. This will ensure your wishes regarding medical care — particularly resuscitation and other lifesaving measures — will be carried out in the event you’re incapacitated. These documents can also appoint someone you trust to make medical decisions that aren’t expressly addressed.

Without such instructions, the laws in some states allow a spouse, children or other “surrogates” to make those decisions. In the absence of a suitable surrogate, or in states without such a law, medical decisions are generally left to the judgment of health care professionals or court-appointed guardians.

What strategies should you use to reduce gift and estate taxes?

When it comes to taxes, married couples have some big advantages. For example, they can use both of their federal gift and estate tax exemptions (currently, $13.99 million per person) to transfer assets to their loved ones tax-free. Also, the marital deduction allows spouses to transfer an unlimited amount of property to each other — either during life or at death — without triggering immediate gift or estate tax liabilities.

For single people with substantial estates, it’s important to consider employing trusts and other estate planning techniques to avoid, or at least defer, gift and estate taxes.

Form your plan

Finally, planning ahead can help avoid potential complications in the future. Unexpected events can lead to family disputes if there’s no clear guidance on how your affairs should be handled.

With an estate plan, your personal wishes are followed precisely, ensuring that your legacy — whether it includes contributions to a cause you believe in or support for a family member — is preserved exactly as you intend. Contact us if you’re single, without children and have no estate plan. We can help draft one that’s best suited for you.

5 steps to creating a pay transparency strategy

Wed, 26 Feb 2025 17:47:49 GMT

Today’s job seekers and employees have grown accustomed to having an incredible amount of information at their fingertips. As a result, many businesses find that failing to adequately disclose certain things negatively impacts their relationships with these parties.

Take pay transparency, for example. This is the practice, or lack thereof, of a company openly sharing its compensation philosophy, policies and procedures with job candidates, employees and even the public. It typically means disclosing pay ranges or rates for specific positions, as well as clearly explaining how raises, bonuses and commissions are determined.

You’re not alone if your business has yet to formalize or articulate its pay transparency strategy. In its 2024 Global Pay Transparency Report, released in January of this year, global consultancy Mercer reported that only 19% of U.S. companies have a pay transparency strategy. Here are five general steps to creating one:

1. Conduct a payroll audit. Over time, your company may have developed a relatively complex compensation structure and payroll system. By meticulously evaluating and identifying all related expenditures under a formal audit, you can determine what information you need to share and which data points should remain confidential.

You may also catch inconsistencies and disparities that need to be addressed. Ultimately, an audit can provide the raw data you need to understand whether and how your company’s compensation aligns with the roles and responsibilities of each position.

2. Define or refine compensation criteria. To be transparent about pay, your business needs clear and consistent criteria for how it arrived — and will arrive — at compensation-related decisions. If such criteria are already in place, you may need to refine the language used to describe them. Again, your objective is to clearly explain to job candidates and employees how your company makes pay decisions so you can reduce or eliminate any perception of bias or unfairness.

3. Develop a communications “substrategy.” Under your broader pay transparency strategy, your company must have a comprehensive substrategy for communicating about compensation with job candidates, employees and, if you so choose, the public. There are many ways to go about this, and the details will depend on your company’s size, industry, mission and other factors. However, common aspects of a communications substrategy include:

Providing written guidelines explaining your compensation philosophy and structure,
Supplementing those guidelines with an internal FAQs document,
Holding companywide or department-specific Q&A sessions, and
Using digital platforms to share updates and issue reminders.

4. Train and rely on supervisors. Your people managers must be the frontline champions and communicators of your pay transparency strategy. Unfortunately, many companies struggle with this. In the aforementioned Mercer report, 37% of U.S. companies identified managers’ inability to explain compensation programs as their biggest challenge in this area.

Naturally, it all begins with training. Once you’ve defined or refined your compensation criteria and developed a communications substrategy, invest the time and resources into educating supervisors (and higher-level managers) about them. These individuals need to become experts who can discuss your business’s compensation philosophy, policies, procedures and decisions. And it’s critical that their messaging be accurate and consistent to prevent misunderstandings and misinformation.

5. Get input from professional advisors. Before you roll out a formal pay transparency strategy, ask for input from external parties. Doing so is especially important for small businesses that may have only a few voices involved in the planning process.

For example, a qualified employment attorney can help ensure your strategy is legally compliant and limit your potential exposure to lawsuits. And don’t forget us — we’d be happy to assist you in conducting a payroll audit, identifying all compensation-related expenses and aligning your strategy with your business objectives.

Can I itemize deductions on my tax return?

Tue, 25 Feb 2025 18:06:53 GMT

You may wonder if you can claim itemized deductions on your tax return. Perhaps you made charitable contributions and were told in the past they couldn’t be claimed because you didn’t have enough deductions to itemize. How much do you need? You can itemize deductions if the total of your allowable itemized write-offs for the year exceeds your standard deduction allowance for the year. Otherwise, you must claim the standard deduction.

Here’s how we’ll determine if you can itemize or not for 2024 when we prepare your return.

Standard deduction amounts

The basic standard deduction allowances for 2024 are:

$14,600 if you’re single or use married filing separate status,
$29,200 if you’re married and file jointly, and
$21,900 if you’re a head of household.

Additional standard deduction allowances apply if you’re age 65 or older or blind. For 2024, the extra allowances are $1,550 for a married taxpayer age 65 or older or blind and $1,950 for an unmarried taxpayer age 65 or older or blind.

For 2025, the basic standard deduction allowances are $15,000, $30,000 and $22,500, respectively. The additional allowances are $1,600 and $2,000, respectively.

Don’t assume

Suppose you think your total itemizable deductions for 2024 will be close to your standard deduction allowance. In that case, spend some extra time looking at all your expenditures to make sure you’re not missing some itemized deduction items. In other words, don’t reflexively assume you can’t itemize for 2024 just because you didn’t for 2023.

In addition to charitable contributions, consider the following key expenses:

Mortgage interest. Check the 2024 Form 1098 for the exact amount of mortgage interest expense you paid. You can generally deduct interest on up to $750,000 of home acquisition debt that’s secured by your primary residence and one other residence, such as a vacation home. If you use married filing separate status, the limit is $375,000. If you took out a home equity loan and used the proceeds to buy or improve your primary residence or a second residence, that counts as home acquisition debt as long as it doesn’t put you over the $750,000/$375,000 limit.

State and local taxes. Add up the state and local income and property taxes you paid in 2024. If you have a mortgage, property taxes will be shown on the Form 1098 you receive from the lender. The maximum amount you can deduct for all state and local taxes combined is $10,000, or $5,000 if you use married filing separate status.

Instead of deducting state and local income taxes, you can choose to deduct general state and local sales taxes. Making that choice may pay off if you paid nothing or not much for state and local income taxes. You can use one of two methods to quantify your deduction for state and local sales taxes. Assuming you have the necessary records, you can deduct the actual amount of sales taxes you paid in 2024. Alternatively, you can opt to claim a sales tax deduction based on an IRS table. The optional deduction allowance is based on the state where you reside, your filing status, your income and the number of your dependents. If you use the IRS table, you can add actual sales tax amounts for certain big-ticket items to the amount from the table. These items include:

Cars, trucks, SUVs and vans,
Boats and aircraft,
Motorcycles and off-road vehicles,
Motor homes, mobile homes or prefab homes, and
Materials to build or renovate a home.

Medical expenses. You can deduct qualified medical expenses you paid for 2024 to the extent they exceed 7.5% of your adjusted gross income. If you paid qualified expenses for a dependent relative, such as an elderly parent you support, include those expenses in your total. To deduct a dependent’s expenses, you must pay them yourself. You can’t count expenses that you simply reimburse your dependent person for. Eligible expenses also include qualified long-term care insurance premiums, subject to age-based limits.

Claim all deductions you’re eligible for

Gather all your records, and we’ll run the numbers when we prepare your tax return. Contact us if you have questions or want more information on this or any other tax subject.

How a business owner’s home office can result in tax deductions

Mon, 24 Feb 2025 17:28:27 GMT

As a business owner, you may be eligible to claim home office tax deductions that will reduce your taxable income. However, it’s crucial to understand the IRS rules to ensure compliance and avoid potential IRS audit risks. There are two methods for claiming this tax break: the actual expense method and the simplified method. Here are answers to frequently asked questions about the tax break.

Who qualifies?

In general, you qualify for home office deductions if part of your home is used “regularly and exclusively” as your principal place of business.

If your home isn’t your principal place of business, you may still be able to deduct home office expenses if:

You physically meet with patients, clients or customers on your premises, or
You use a storage area in your home (or a separate free-standing structure, such as a garage) exclusively and regularly for business.

What expenses can you deduct?

Many eligible taxpayers deduct actual expenses when they claim home office deductions. Deductible home office expenses may include:

Direct expenses, such as the cost of painting and carpeting a room used exclusively for business,
A proportionate share of indirect expenses, including mortgage interest, rent, property taxes, utilities, repairs, maintenance and insurance,
Security system if applicable to your business, and
Depreciation.

But keeping track of actual expenses can take time and requires organized recordkeeping.

How does the simplified method work?

Fortunately, there’s a simplified method: You can deduct $5 for each square foot of home office space, up to a maximum of $1,500.

The cap can make the simplified method less valuable for larger home office spaces. Even for small spaces, taxpayers may qualify for larger deductions using the actual expense method. So, tracking your actual expenses can be worth it.

Can you change methods?

You’re not stuck with a particular method when claiming home office deductions. For instance, you might choose the actual expense method on your 2024 return, use the simplified method when you file your 2025 return next year and then switch back to the actual expense method for 2026. The choice is yours.

What if you sell your home?

If you sell — at a profit — a home on which you claimed home office deductions, there may be tax implications. We can explain them to you.

Also, be aware that the amount of your home office deductions is subject to limitations based on the income attributable to your use of the office. Other rules and limits may apply. However, any home office expenses that you can’t deduct because of these limitations can be carried over and deducted in later years.

Do employees qualify?

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act suspended the business use of home office deductions through the end of 2025 for employees. Those who receive paychecks or Form W-2s aren’t eligible for deductions, even if they’re currently working from home because their employers require them to and don’t provide office space.

Home office tax deductions can provide valuable tax savings for business owners, but they must be claimed correctly. We can help you determine if you’re eligible and how to proceed.

Do you have the right amount of life insurance coverage?

Thu, 20 Feb 2025 17:30:38 GMT

Life insurance plays a vital role in your estate plan because its proceeds can provide for your family in the event of your untimely death. And for wealthier families, life insurance proceeds can cover any estate tax liability not covered by the current $13.99 million federal gift and estate tax exemption.

But when was the last time you reviewed your policy? The amount of life insurance that’s right for you depends on your circumstances, so it’s critical to regularly review your life insurance policy.

Reevaluating your policy

Life insurance isn’t a one-size-fits-all solution. Milestones such as marriage, having children, buying a home or starting a business bring new financial responsibilities. A policy purchased years ago may no longer protect your loved ones adequately.

Conversely, you may be over-insured, paying for coverage you no longer need. For example, if your children are financially independent or you’ve paid off significant debts, your coverage requirements might decrease.

The right amount of insurance depends on your family’s current and expected future income and expenses, as well as the amount of income your family would lose in the event of your untimely death.

On the other hand, health care expenses for you and your spouse may increase. When you retire, you’ll no longer have a salary, but you may have new sources of income, such as retirement plans and Social Security. You may or may not have paid off your mortgage, student loans or other debts. And you may or may not have accumulated sufficient wealth to provide for your family.

When you sit down to reevaluate your life insurance policy, consider the:

Coverage amount. Is your policy sufficient to cover current expenses, future obligations and debts?

Policy type. Term life insurance can be cost-effective for temporary needs, while whole life or universal policies may offer long-term benefits such as cash value accumulation.

Beneficiaries. Ensure your policy lists the correct beneficiaries, especially after a major life event such as marriage, divorce or the birth of a child.

Premiums. Are you paying a competitive rate? Shopping around or converting an old policy could save money.

While reviewing your policy, keep in mind your broader financial plan. How does your policy currently fit within your overall strategy, including tax implications, estate planning and business succession planning?

Turn to us for help

Taking the time to reassess your life insurance needs is an investment in your family’s financial security. Contact us to ensure your coverage aligns with your current and future estate planning goals.

Are your employees suffering from retirement plan leakage?

Wed, 19 Feb 2025 17:31:48 GMT

Today’s small to midsize businesses are often urged to help employees improve their financial wellness. And for good reason: Financially struggling workers tend to have higher stress and anxiety levels. They may be less productive and more prone to errors. Some might even decide to commit fraud.

One hallmark of an employee facing serious financial trouble is “retirement plan leakage.” This term refers to the withdrawal of account funds before retirement age for reasons other than retirement. If your company sponsors a qualified plan, such as a 401(k), be sure you’re at least aware of this risk — and strongly consider taking steps to address it.

Potential dangers

Some business owners might say, “If my plan participants want to blow their retirement savings, that’s not my problem.” And there’s no denying that your employees are free to manage their finances any way they choose.

However, retirement plan leakage does raise potential dangers for your company. For starters, it may lead to higher plan expenses. Fees are often determined on a per-account or per-participant basis. When a plan loses funds to leakage, total assets and individual account sizes shrink, which hurts administrative efficiency and raises costs.

More broadly, as mentioned, employees taking pre-retirement withdrawals generally indicates they’re facing unusual financial challenges. This can lead to all the negative consequences we mentioned above — and others.

For example, workers who raid their accounts may be unable to retire when they reach retirement age. So, they might stick around longer but be less engaged, helpful and collaborative. Employees not near retirement age may take on second jobs or “side gigs” that distract them from their duties. And it’s unfortunately worth repeating: Motivation to commit fraud likely increases.

Mitigation measures

Perhaps the most important thing business owners can do to limit leakage is educate and remind employees about how pre-retirement withdrawals diminish their accounts and can delay their anticipated retirement dates. While you’re at it, provide broader financial education to help workers better manage living expenses, amass savings, and minimize or avoid the need for early withdrawals.

In addition, one recent and relevant development to keep in mind is the introduction of “pension-linked” emergency savings accounts (PLESAs) under the SECURE 2.0 law. Employers that sponsor certain defined contribution plans, including 401(k)s, can offer these accounts to employees who aren’t highly compensated per the IRS definition. Additional rules and limits apply, but PLESAs can serve as “firewalls” to protect participants from having to raid their retirement accounts when crises happen.

Some companies launch their own emergency loan programs, with funds repayable through payroll deductions. Others have revised their plan designs to reduce the number of situations in which participants can take out hardship withdrawals or loans.

Pernicious problem

It’s probably impossible to eliminate leakage from every one of your participants’ accounts. However, awareness — both on your part and those participants’ — is critical to limiting the damage that this pernicious problem can cause. We can help you identify and evaluate all the costs associated with your qualified retirement plan, as well as other fringe benefits you sponsor.

Do you have an excess business loss?

Tue, 18 Feb 2025 18:11:52 GMT

If an individual taxpayer has substantial business losses, unfavorable federal income tax rules can potentially come into play. Here’s what you need to know as you assess your 2024 tax situation.

Disallowance rule

The tax rules can get complicated if your business or rental activity throws off a tax loss — and many do during the early years. First, the passive activity loss (PAL) rules may apply if you aren’t very involved in the business or if it’s a rental activity. The PAL rules generally only allow you to deduct passive losses to the extent you have passive income from other sources. However, you can deduct passive losses that have been disallowed in previous years (called suspended PALs) when you sell the activity or property that produced the suspended losses.

If you successfully clear the hurdles imposed by the PAL rules, you face another hurdle: You can’t deduct an excess business loss in the current year. For 2024, an excess business loss is the excess of your aggregate business losses over $305,000 ($610,000 for married joint filers). For 2025, the thresholds are $313,000 and $626,000, respectively. An excess business loss is carried over to the following tax year and can be deducted under the rules for net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards explained below.

Deducting NOLs

You generally can’t use an NOL carryover, including one from an excess business loss, to shelter more than 80% of your taxable income in the carryover year. Also, NOLs generally can’t be carried back to an earlier tax year. They can only be carried forward and can be carried forward indefinitely. The requirement that an excess business loss must be carried forward as an NOL forces you to wait at least one year to get any tax-saving benefit from it.

Example 1: Taxpayer has a partial deductible business loss

David is unmarried. In 2024, he has an allowable loss of $400,000 from his start-up AI venture that he operates as a sole proprietorship.

Although David has no other income or losses from business activities, he has $500,000 of income from other sources (salary, interest, dividends, capital gains and so forth).

David has an excess business loss for the year of $95,000 (the excess of his $400,000 AI venture loss over the $305,000 excess business loss disallowance threshold for 2024 for an unmarried taxpayer). David can deduct the first $305,000 of his loss against his income from other sources. The $95,000 excess business loss is carried forward to his 2025 tax year and treated as part of an NOL carryover to that year.

Variation: If David’s 2024 business loss is $305,000 or less, he can deduct the entire loss against his income from other sources because he doesn’t have an excess business loss.

Example 2: Taxpayers aren’t affected by the disallowance rule

Nora and Ned are married and file tax returns jointly. In 2024, Nora has an allowable loss of $350,000 from rental real estate properties (after considering the PAL rules).

Ned runs a small business that’s still in the early phase of operations. He runs the business as a single-member LLC that’s treated as a sole proprietorship for tax purposes. For 2024, the business incurs a $150,000 tax loss.

Nora and Ned have no income or losses from other business or rental activities, but they have $600,000 of income from other sources.

They don’t have an excess business loss because their combined losses are $500,000. That amount is below the $610,000 excess business loss disallowance threshold for 2024 for married joint filers. So, they’re unaffected by the disallowance rule. They can use their $500,000 business loss to shelter income from other sources.

Partnerships, LLCs and S corporations

The excess business loss disallowance rule is applied at the owner level for business losses from partnerships, S corporations and LLCs treated as partnerships for tax purposes. Each owner’s allocable share of business income, gain, deduction, or loss from these pass-through entities is taken into account on the owner’s Form 1040 for the tax year that includes the end of the entity’s tax year.

The best way forward

As you can see, business losses can be complex. Contact us if you have questions or want more information about the best strategies for your situation.

You may be able to make a deductible IRA contribution for last year this year

Tue, 18 Feb 2025 18:03:46 GMT

If you’re getting ready to file your 2024 tax return and your tax bill is higher than you’d like, there may still be a chance to lower it. If you’re eligible, you can make a deductible contribution to a traditional IRA until this year’s April 15 filing deadline and benefit from the tax savings on your 2024 return.

Who’s eligible?

You can make a deductible contribution to a traditional IRA if:

You (and your spouse) aren’t an active participant in an employer-sponsored retirement plan, or
You (or your spouse) are an active participant in an employer plan, but your modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) doesn’t exceed certain levels that vary from year-to-year by filing status.

For 2024, if you’re a married joint tax return filer and you’re covered by an employer plan, your deductible traditional IRA contribution phases out over $123,000 to $143,000 of MAGI. If you’re single or a head of household, the phaseout range is $77,000 to $87,000 for 2024. The phaseout range for married individuals filing separately is $0 to $10,000. For 2024, if you’re not actively participating in an employer retirement plan but your spouse is, your deductible IRA contribution phases out with MAGI of between $230,000 and $240,000.

Deductible IRA contributions reduce your current tax bill, and earnings in the IRA are tax deferred. However, every dollar you withdraw is taxed (and subject to a 10% penalty before age 59½, unless one of several exceptions apply).

Traditional IRAs are different from Roth IRAs. You also have until April 15 to make a Roth IRA contribution. But while contributions to a traditional IRA are deductible, contributions to a Roth IRA aren’t. However, withdrawals from a Roth IRA are tax-free as long as the account has been open at least five years and you’re age 59½ or older. (There are also income limits to make contributions to a Roth IRA.)

If you’re married, you can make a deductible IRA contribution even if you don’t work. In general, you can’t make a deductible traditional IRA contribution unless you have wages or other earned income. However, an exception applies if one spouse has earned income and the other is a homemaker or not employed. In this case, you may be able to take advantage of a spousal IRA.

What are the contribution limits?

For 2024, if you’re eligible, you can make a deductible traditional IRA contribution of up to $7,000 ($8,000 if you’re age 50 or older). For 2025, these amounts remain the same.

In addition, small business owners can set up and contribute to Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plans up until the due date for their returns, including extensions. For 2024, the maximum contribution you can make to a SEP is $69,000 (increasing to $70,000 for 2025).

How can you maximize your nest egg?

If you want more information about IRAs or SEPs, contact us. Or ask about tax-favored retirement saving when we’re preparing your return. We can help you save the maximum tax-advantaged amount for retirement.

A revocable trust can be a versatile tool in your estate plan

Thu, 13 Feb 2025 17:33:53 GMT

A revocable trust (sometimes referred to as a “living trust”) is a popular estate planning tool that allows you to manage your assets during your lifetime and ensure a smooth transfer of those assets to your family after your death. Plus, trust assets bypass the probate process, which can save time, reduce costs and maintain privacy. However, like any legal instrument, a revocable trust has certain disadvantages.

A revocable trust in action

A revocable trust’s premise is relatively simple. You establish the trust, transfer assets to it (essentially funding it) and name a trustee to handle administrative matters. You can name yourself as trustee or choose a professional to handle the job. Regardless of who you choose, name a successor trustee who can take over the reins if required.

If you designate yourself as the trust’s initial beneficiary, you’re entitled to receive income from the trust for your lifetime. You should also designate secondary beneficiaries, such as your spouse and children, who are entitled to receive the remaining assets after the trust terminates.

Added flexibility

One of the primary benefits of a revocable trust is its flexibility. As the grantor, you retain control over the trust and can change its terms, add or remove assets, or even dissolve it at any time during your life. This control makes it a flexible tool for adapting to changing life circumstances, such as new family members, changes in financial status or shifts in your estate planning goals.

For many people, the main reason for using a revocable trust — and sometimes the only one that really matters — is that the trust’s assets avoid probate. Probate is the process of settling an estate and passing the legal title of ownership of assets to heirs specified in a will. Depending on applicable state law, probate can be costly and time consuming. The process is also open to the public, which can be a major detriment if you treasure your privacy.

Assets passing through a revocable trust aren’t subject to probate. This gives you control to decide who in the family gets what without all the trappings of a will. Along with the flexibility, it keeps your personal arrangements away from prying eyes.

Potential drawbacks

One of the most notable drawbacks of a revocable trust is the upfront cost and effort involved in setting one up. Drafting a revocable trust requires the assistance of an attorney. You’ll also need to retitle your assets under the name of the trust, which can be time consuming and may incur fees.

Another limitation is that a revocable trust doesn’t provide asset protection from creditors or lawsuits during your lifetime. Because the trust is revocable, its assets are still considered your property and are thus subject to claims against you.

Finally, despite a common misconception, revocable living trusts don’t provide direct tax benefits. The assets are included in your taxable estate and dispositions of trust property can result in tax liability. You must report the income tax that’s due, including capital gains on sales of assets, on your personal tax return.

Right for you?

For many individuals, a revocable trust can be an invaluable part of their estate plans, offering flexibility, privacy and efficiency. However, it’s not a one-size-fits-all solution. Before deciding, weigh the benefits and drawbacks in the context of your unique financial situation and estate planning goals. Contact us with questions regarding a revocable trust. Be sure to consult with an estate planning attorney to draft your revocable trust.

On developing an effective IT modernization strategy

Wed, 12 Feb 2025 19:40:53 GMT

Information technology (IT) is constantly evolving. As the owner of a small to midsize business, you’ve probably been told this so often that you’re tired of hearing it. Yet technology’s ceaseless march into the future continues and, apparently, many companies aren’t so sure they can keep up.

In October of last year, IT infrastructure services provider Kyndryl released its 2024 Kyndryl Readiness Report. It disclosed the results of a survey of 3,200 senior decision-makers across 25 industries in 18 global markets, including the United States. The survey found that, though 90% of respondents describe their IT infrastructures as “best in class,” only 39% believe their infrastructures are ready to manage future risks.

A tricky necessity

The concept and challenge of keeping business technology current is called “IT modernization.” And to be clear, the term doesn’t refer only to IT infrastructure — which includes your hardware, software, internal networks, cloud services and cybersecurity measures. It also refers to your company’s IT policies and procedures.

To stay competitive in most industries today, some more than others, you’ve got to modernize everything continuously. But here’s the tricky part: You have to approach IT modernization carefully and cost-consciously. Otherwise, you could wind up throwing money at the problem, severely straining your cash flow and even putting the business at financial risk.

4 tips for getting it right

So, how can you develop an effective IT modernization strategy? Here are four tips to consider:

1. Begin with an IT audit. Many small to midsize businesses develop their technology improvisationally. As a result, they may not be fully aware of everything they have or are doing. If you really want to succeed at IT modernization, a logical first step is to conduct a formal, systematic review of your infrastructure, policies, procedures and usage. Only when you know what you’ve got can you determine what needs to be upgraded, replaced or eliminated.

2. Align modernization with strategic objectives. It’s all too easy to let IT modernization become a game of “keeping up with the Joneses.” You might learn of a competitor investing in a certain type of hardware or software and assume you’d better follow suit. However, your modernization moves must always follow in lockstep with your strategic goals. For each one, ensure you can clearly rationalize and project how it will bring about a desired business outcome. Never lose sight of return on investment.

3. Take a phased, pragmatic approach. Another mistake many small to midsize business owners make is feeling like they’ve fallen so far behind technologically that they must undertake a “big bang” and effectively recreate their IT infrastructures. This is a huge risk, not to mention a major expense. Generally, it’s better to modernize in carefully planned phases that will have the broadest positive impact. Prioritize mission-critical areas, such as core business applications and cybersecurity, and go from there.

4. Train and upskill your people. As funny as this may sound, IT modernization isn’t just about technology; it’s also about your users. If your employees don’t have the right skills, attitude and security-minded approach to technology, the most up-to-date systems in the world won’t do you much good. So, as you mindfully develop every aspect of your IT infrastructure, policies and procedures, pay close attention to how modernization initiatives will affect your people. Be prepared to invest in the training and upskilling needed to roll with the changes.

Tech support

The evolution of business technology will be ongoing — especially now that artificial intelligence has taken hold in nearly every sector and industry. The good news is that you don’t have to undertake IT modernization alone. Be sure to leverage external relationships with trusted consultants and software vendors. And don’t forget our firm — we can provide tailored cost analysis and financial insights to support your company’s technological evolution.

Financial relief for families: The benefits of the Child Tax Credit

Tue, 11 Feb 2025 19:04:38 GMT

The Child Tax Credit (CTC) has long been a valuable tax break for families with qualifying children. Whether you’re new to claiming the credit or you’ve benefited from it for years, it’s crucial to stay current on its rules and potential changes. As we approach the expiration of certain provisions within the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) at the end of 2025, here’s what you need to know about the CTC for 2024, 2025 and beyond.

Current state of the credit

Under the TCJA, which took effect in 2018, the CTC was increased from its previous level of $1,000 to $2,000 per qualifying child. The TCJA also made more taxpayers eligible for the credit by raising the income threshold at which the credit begins to phase out.

For both 2024 and 2025, the CTC is $2,000 per child under age 17. Phaseout thresholds in 2024 and 2025 will continue at the levels established by the TCJA:

$200,000 for single filers, and
$400,000 for married couples filing jointly.

Refundable portion

The refundable portion of the credit for 2024 and 2025 is a maximum $1,700 per qualifying child. With a refundable tax credit, you can receive a tax refund even if you don’t owe any tax for the year.

Credit for other dependents

A nonrefundable credit of up to $500 is available for dependents other than those who qualify for the CTC. But certain tax tests for dependency must be met. The credit can be claimed for:

Dependents of any age,
Dependent parents or other qualifying relatives supported by you, and
Dependents living with you who aren’t related.

What’s scheduled after 2025?

If Congress doesn’t act to extend or revise the current provisions of the TCJA, the CTC will revert to the pre-TCJA rules in 2026. That means:

The maximum credit will drop down to $1,000 per qualifying child.
The phaseout thresholds will drop to around $75,000 for single filers and $110,000 for married couples filing jointly (inflation indexing could alter these figures).

In other words, many taxpayers will see their CTC cut in half if the current law sunsets in 2026. Consequently, families could experience a larger federal tax liability starting in 2026 if no new law is enacted.

Proposals in Washington

When it comes to the future of the CTC, there have been various proposals in Washington. During the campaign, Vice President J.D. Vance signaled support for expanding the CTC. While specifics remain unclear, there have also been indications that President Trump favors extending the current $2,000 credit beyond 2025 or even increasing it.

Many Congressional Republicans have voiced support for maintaining the credit at the $2,000 level or making it permanent. However, in a 50-page menu of options prepared by Republicans on the House Budget Committee, there’s a proposal that would require parents and children to have Social Security numbers (SSNs) to claim the CTC. (Currently, only a child needs a valid number.) That would make fewer families eligible for the credit.

Because these proposals haven’t yet been enacted (and may not be), taxpayers should keep an eye on legislative developments.

Claiming the CTC

To claim the CTC, you must include the child’s SSN on your return. The number must have been issued before the due date for filing the return, including extensions. If a qualifying child doesn’t have an SSN, you may currently claim the $500 credit for other dependents for that child.

To claim the $500 credit for other dependents, you’ll need to provide a taxpayer identification number for each non-CTC-qualifying child or dependent, but it can be an Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, Adoption Taxpayer Identification Number or SSN.

Stay tuned

The CTC remains a critical resource for millions of families. For the 2024 and 2025 tax years, you can still benefit from up to $2,000 per qualifying child. The future of the credit after that is uncertain. As always, you can count on us to keep you informed of any changes. Contact us with any questions about your situation.

Questions about taxes and tips? Here are some answers for employers

Mon, 10 Feb 2025 18:03:08 GMT

Businesses in certain industries employ service workers who receive tips as a large part of their compensation. These businesses include restaurants, hotels and salons. Compliance with federal and state tax regulations is vital if your business has employees who receive tips.

Are tips becoming tax-free?

During the campaign, President Trump promised to end taxes on tips. While the proposal created buzz among employees and some business owners, no legislation eliminating taxes on tips has been passed. For now, employers should continue to follow the existing IRS rules until the law changes — if it does. Unless legal changes are enacted, the status quo remains in effect.

With that in mind, here are answers to questions about the current rules.

How are tips defined?

Tips are optional and can be cash or noncash. Cash tips are received directly from customers. They can also be electronically paid tips distributed to employees by employers and tips received from other employees in tip-sharing arrangements. Workers must generally report cash tips to their employers. Noncash tips are items of value other than cash. They can include tickets, passes or other items that employees receive from customers. Workers don’t have to report noncash tips to employers.

Four factors determine whether a payment qualifies as a tip for tax purposes:

The customer voluntarily makes a payment,
The customer has an unrestricted right to determine the amount,
The payment isn’t negotiated with, or dictated by, employer policy, and
The customer generally has a right to determine who receives the payment.

There are more relevant definitions. A direct tip occurs when an employee receives it directly from a customer (even as part of a tip pool). Directly tipped employees include wait staff, bartenders and hairstylists. An indirect tip occurs when an employee who normally doesn’t receive tips receives one. Indirectly tipped employees can include bussers, service bartenders, cooks and salon shampooers.

What records need to be kept?

Tipped workers must keep daily records of the cash tips they receive. To do so, they can use Form 4070A, Employee’s Daily Record of Tips. It’s found in IRS Publication 1244.

Workers should also keep records of the dates and values of noncash tips. The IRS doesn’t require workers to report noncash tips to employers, but they must report them on their tax returns.

How must employees report tips to employers?

Employees must report tips to employers by the 10th of the month after the month they were received. The IRS doesn’t require workers to use a particular form to report tips. However, a worker’s tip report generally should include the:

Employee’s name, address, Social Security number and signature,
Employer’s name and address,
Month or period covered, and
Total tips received during the period.

Note: If an employee’s monthly tips are less than $20, there’s no requirement to report them to his or her employer. However, they must be included as income on his or her tax return.

Are there other employer requirements?

Yes. Send each employee a Form W-2 that includes reported tips. In addition, employers must:

Keep employees’ tip reports.
Withhold taxes, including income taxes and the employee’s share of Social Security and Medicare taxes, based on employees’ wages and reported tip income.
Pay the employer share of Social Security and Medicare taxes based on the total wages paid to tipped employees as well as reported tip income.
Report this information to the IRS on Form 941, Employer’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return.
Deposit withheld taxes in accordance with federal tax deposit requirements.

In addition, “large” food or beverage establishments must file another annual report. Form 8027, Employer’s Annual Information Return of Tip Income and Allocated Tips, discloses receipts and tips.

What’s the tip tax credit?

Suppose you’re an employer with tipped workers providing food and beverages. In that case, you may qualify for a valuable federal tax credit involving the Social Security and Medicare taxes you pay on employees’ tip income.

How should employers proceed?

Running a business with tipped employees involves more than just providing good service. It requires careful adherence to wage and hour laws, thorough recordkeeping, accurate reporting and an awareness of changing requirements. While President Trump’s pledge to end taxes on tips hasn’t yet materialized into law, stay alert for potential changes. In the meantime, continue meeting all current requirements to ensure compliance. Contact us for guidance about your situation.

President Trump’s tax plan: What proposals are being discussed in Washington?

Thu, 06 Feb 2025 20:07:51 GMT

President Trump and the Republican Congress plan to act swiftly to make broad changes to the United States — including its federal tax system. Congress is already working on legislation that would extend and expand provisions of the sweeping Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA), as well as incorporate some of Trump’s tax-related campaign promises.

To that end, GOP lawmakers in the U.S. House of Representatives have compiled a 50-page document that identifies potential avenues they may take, as well as how much these tax and other fiscal changes would cost or save. Here’s a preview of potential changes that might be on the horizon.

Big plans

The TCJA is the signature tax legislation from Trump’s first term in office, and it cut income tax rates for many taxpayers. Some provisions — including the majority affecting individuals — are slated to expire at the end of 2025. The nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office estimates that extending the temporary TCJA provisions would cost $4.6 trillion over 10 years. For context, the federal debt currently rings in at more than $35 trillion, and the budget deficit is $711 billion.

In addition to supporting the continuation of the TCJA, the president has pushed to reduce the 21% corporate tax rate to 20% or 15%, with the goal of generating growth. He also supports eliminating the 15% corporate alternative minimum tax imposed by the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA), signed into law during the previous administration. It applies only to the largest C corporations.

Regarding tax cuts for individuals beyond TCJA extensions, Trump has expressed that he’s in favor of:

Eliminating the estate tax (which currently applies only to estates worth more than $13.99 million),
Repealing or raising the $10,000 cap on the deduction for state and local taxes,
Creating a deduction for auto loan interest, and
Eliminating income taxes on tips, overtime and Social Security benefits.

Finally, he wants to cut IRS funding, which would reduce expenditures but also reduce revenues. Without offsets, these plans would drive up the deficit significantly.

Possible offsets

The House GOP document outlines numerous possibilities beyond just spending reductions to pay for these tax cuts. For example, tariffs — a major plank in Trump’s campaign platform — may play a role.

The GOP document suggests a 10% across-the-board import tariff. Trump, however, has discussed and imposed various tariff amounts, depending on the exporting country. The 25% tariffs on Canadian and Mexican products, which were imposed earlier, have been paused until March 4. An additional 10% tariff on Chinese imports took effect on February 4.

In addition, Trump said tariffs on goods from other countries, including the 27-member European Union, could happen soon. While he maintains that those countries will pay the tariffs, it’s generally the U.S. importer of record that’s responsible for paying tariffs. Economists generally agree that at least part of the cost would then be passed on to consumers.

The House GOP document also examines generating savings through changes to various tax breaks. Here are some of the options:

The mortgage interest deduction. Suggestions include eliminating the deduction or lowering the current $750,000 limit to $500,000.

Head of household status. The document looks at eliminating this status, which provides a higher standard deduction and certain other tax benefits to unmarried taxpayers with children compared to single filers.

The child and dependent care tax credit. The document considers eliminating the credit for qualified child and dependent care expenses.

Renewable energy tax credits. The IRA created or expanded various tax credits encouraging renewable energy use, including tax credits for electric vehicles and residential clean energy improvements, such as solar panels and heat pumps. The GOP has proposed changes ranging from a full repeal of the IRA to more limited deductions.

Employer-provided benefits. Revenue could be raised by eliminating taxable income exclusions for transportation benefits and on-site gyms.

Health insurance subsidies. Premium tax credits are currently available for households with income above 400% of the federal poverty line (the amounts phase out as income increases). Revenue could be raised by limiting such subsidies to the “most needy Americans.”

Education-related breaks are also being assessed. The House GOP document looks at how much revenue could be generated by eliminating credits for qualified education expenses, the deduction for student loan interest and federal income-driven repayment plans. The GOP is also weighing the elimination of interest subsidies for federal loans while borrowers are still in school and imposing taxes on scholarships and fellowships, which currently are exempt.

The hurdles

Republican lawmakers plan on passing tax legislation using the reconciliation process, which requires only a simple majority in both houses of Congress. However, the GOP holds the majority in the House by only three votes.

That gives potential holdouts within their own caucus a lot of leverage. For example, deficit hawks might oppose certain proposals, while centrist members may prove reluctant to eliminate popular tax breaks and programs.

Republican representatives of all stripes are likely to oppose moves that would hurt industries in their districts, such as the reduction or elimination of certain clean energy incentives. And, of course, lobbyists will make their voices heard.

Stay tuned

The GOP hopes to enact tax legislation within President Trump’s first 100 days in office, but that may be challenging. We’ll keep you apprised of important developments.

Charitably inclined? Pair a donor-advised fund with your estate plan

Thu, 06 Feb 2025 17:46:52 GMT

Your estate plan is the perfect place to make charitable gifts if you’re a charitably inclined individual. One vehicle to consider using is a donor-advised fund (DAF).

What’s the main attraction? Among other benefits, a DAF allows you to set aside funds for charitable giving while you’re alive, and you (or your heirs) can direct donations over time. Plus, in your estate plan, you can designate your DAF as a beneficiary to receive assets upon your death, ensuring continued charitable giving in your name.

Setting up a DAF

A DAF generally requires an initial contribution of at least $5,000. It’s typically managed by a financial institution or an independent sponsoring organization, which, in return, charges an administrative fee based on a percentage of the account balance.

You have the option of funding a DAF through estate assets. And you can name a DAF as a beneficiary of IRA or 401(k) plan accounts, life insurance policies or through a bequest in your will or trust.

You instruct the DAF on how to distribute contributions to the charities of your choice. While deciding which charities to support, your contributions are invested and potentially grow within the account. Then, the charitable organizations you choose are vetted to ensure they’re qualified to accept DAF funds. Finally, the checks are cut and distributed to the charities.

DAF benefits

A DAF has several benefits. For starters, using a DAF is relatively easy. With all the administrative work and logistics handled for you, you simply make contributions to the fund. It may be possible to transfer securities directly from your bank account.

The contributions you make to the DAF generally are tax deductible. Therefore, if you itemize deductions on your tax return instead of taking the standard deduction, the gifts can offset your current income tax liability. Contributions can be deducted in the tax year you make them, rather than waiting until the fund distributes them.

For monetary contributions, you can write off the full amount, up to 60% of your adjusted gross income (AGI) in 2025. Any excess is carried over for five years. For a gift of appreciated property, the donation is equal to the property’s fair market value if you’ve owned the asset for longer than one year, up to 30% of AGI. Any excess is carried over for five years. Otherwise, the deduction for property is limited to your adjusted basis (often your initial cost).

If you prefer, distributions can be made to charities anonymously. Alternatively, you can name the fund after your family. In either event, the DAF may be created through your will, providing a lasting legacy.

DAF drawbacks

DAFs have their drawbacks as well. Despite some misconceptions, you don’t control how the charities use the money after it’s disbursed from the DAF.

Also, you can’t personally benefit from your DAF. For instance, you can’t direct that the money should be used to buy tickets to a local fundraiser you want to support if the cost of the tickets isn’t fully tax deductible. Lastly, detractors have complained about the administrative fees.

Leave a lasting legacy

Using a DAF in your estate plan can help maximize charitable giving, minimize taxes and create a lasting legacy aligned with your philanthropic goals. It provides flexibility and allows heirs to continue supporting charitable causes in your name. Contact us with questions regarding a DAF.

D&O insurance may be worth considering for some companies

Wed, 05 Feb 2025 17:27:36 GMT

Strong leadership is essential to running a successful business. However, as perhaps you’ve experienced, playing the role of a strong leader can force you to make tough decisions that expose you to legal claims.

Business owners who are particularly worried about this type of risk can buy directors and officers (D&O) insurance to hedge against it. Although every small to midsize business may not need one of these policies, some should consider buying coverage.

Financial protection

D&O insurance financially protects business owners, executives and other leaders from legal claims arising from management-related decisions and actions.

Some common examples of such claims include breach of fiduciary duty, regulatory noncompliance and mismanagement of resources. Without coverage, leadership team members could be forced to use personal assets to pay legal costs as well as settlements or judgments.

Many D&O policies provide coverage from three perspectives:

Side A, which protects insureds (covered individuals) when the business is unable or unwilling to indemnify (financially protect) them,
Side B, which reimburses the company itself for indemnifying insureds, and
Side C, which extends coverage to the company in case it’s named as a defendant in a lawsuit involving the insureds.

Not every policy covers all three. Specific coverage varies depending on the insurer and the policy buyer’s needs.

Reasons to buy

Many people believe only large companies and perhaps bigger nonprofits need D&O coverage. However, this type of insurance can benefit some small to midsize businesses under the right circumstances. It all depends on the industry and environment in which you operate.

First, assess your litigation risks. Have you been sued in the past? How likely is it that you or a member of your leadership team could face legal action from parties such as employees, independent contractors, customers, vendors or investors? Remember, even baseless claims can lead to considerable expenses.

D&O insurance may also fortify hiring and retention. If you need to recruit executives or other leaders, having strong liability protection in place may help you win them over. Good coverage could also reassure existing leaders who may be thinking about jumping ship or just worried about their exposure.

Finally, you may encounter a situation in which you must buy a D&O policy. Some lenders and investors require companies to implement coverage before they agree to provide capital.

Shopping tips

If you decide to pursue D&O insurance, you’ll face many of the same decisions you’d encounter when buying other forms of coverage. Here are some shopping tips:

Scrutinize scope of coverage. You need the policy to indemnify your insureds and company (if you opt for Sides B and C) against the most likely eligible claims. These may include financial mismanagement, employment-related lawsuits, fiduciary breaches, regulatory investigations or some combination thereof.

Discuss “must-have” coverage with your leadership team. Investigate whether legal fees are included with coverage or can be added at extra cost. Some D&O policies even cover claims related to management decisions or actions made in the past.

Beware of exclusions. Carefully identify what any prospective policy won’t cover. Standard exclusions include claims regarding intentional misconduct or criminal activity, such as fraud. In addition, most policies exclude claims involving bodily injury or property damage, though these may be covered under a general liability policy.

Focus on financial capacity. Premiums for D&O policies vary based on company size, industry-specific risks and claims history. A higher deductible may lower premiums, but it will increase your out-of-pocket costs before coverage kicks in. Look for an affordable policy that covers you against reasonable risks without overextending your company financially.

Confidence is key

D&O insurance may help you and your leadership team more confidently make the tough decisions necessary to run and grow the business. Explore the possibility of buying coverage with professional advisors such as your attorney and insurance agent. Meanwhile, contact us for help tracking and analyzing all your insurance costs.

Taming the tax tangle if you’re retiring soon

Tue, 04 Feb 2025 17:27:26 GMT

Retirement is often viewed as an opportunity to travel, spend time with family or simply enjoy the fruits of a long career. Yet the transition may bring a tangle of tax considerations. Planning carefully can help you minimize tax bills. Below are four steps to take if you’re approaching retirement, along with the tax implications.

1. Consider your post-career lifestyle

Begin by assessing what retirement might look like for you. For example, will you relocate to a different state or downsize by selling your home? Will you continue to work part-time?

Tax implications: Moving to a state with lower income or property taxes may stretch your retirement savings. If you sell your home and the capital gain exceeds $250,000 ($500,000 for married couples filing jointly), you’ll need to pay tax on the amount over the exclusion limit. And if you work part-time, your earnings could reduce your Social Security benefits (depending on your age) or push you into a higher tax bracket.

2. Assess your income sources

Social Security is a major income component for many retirees, and deciding when to start collecting benefits is crucial. The government will permanently reduce your monthly benefit if you begin collecting before your full retirement age. Conversely, if you delay benefits past your full retirement age (up to age 70), you’ll receive larger monthly payments.

Tax implications: Depending on your total income (including wages, retirement distributions and taxable investment income), up to 85% of your Social Security benefits could be taxable. Proper planning can help you manage taxable income and potentially reduce or avoid higher taxes on benefits.

If you’re fortunate enough to have a pension, find out your payout options. Some pensions offer lump-sum distributions, while others offer monthly annuity payments.

Tax implications: Most pension income is taxable at ordinary income tax rates.

In addition to retirement accounts, you may have savings and investments in brokerage accounts that can supplement your income.

Tax implications: Capital gains and dividends may be taxed differently than ordinary income, potentially at lower rates. Strategic withdrawals from taxable accounts and retirement accounts can help you manage your overall tax liability.

3. Develop a retirement account withdrawal strategy

Once you turn 73, you must take required minimum distributions (RMDs) from most tax-deferred retirement accounts such as traditional IRAs and 401(k)s. Failing to do so can result in hefty penalties.

Tax implications: RMDs are treated as ordinary income for tax purposes. If you don’t need them for living expenses, you might consider a qualified charitable distribution (QCD) to lower your taxable income. With a QCD, funds go directly from your retirement account to a qualified charity. They can count toward your RMD but aren’t included in your taxable income.

Distributions from Roth IRAs and Roth 401(k)s are generally tax-free (if holding-period requirements are met), making them valuable tools for reducing taxes in retirement. If you have traditional and Roth accounts, you might choose to take withdrawals from Roth accounts in years when you want to manage your tax bracket more carefully.

Tax implications: Roth accounts don’t require RMDs during the original owner’s lifetime.

4. Plan for health care expenses

Medical costs can significantly impact retirees. Medicare premiums, hospital visits, prescriptions and potential long-term care are just some of the expenses that can eat into your retirement savings without careful planning.

Tax implications: Health Savings Accounts (HSAs) allow for tax-deductible contributions, tax-free growth and tax-free withdrawals for qualified medical expenses. If you’re retiring soon and have a high-deductible health plan, maximizing HSA contributions can be a smart move. In addition, qualified medical expenses can sometimes be deducted if they exceed a certain percentage of your adjusted gross income (AGI).

Final thoughts

Retirement can span decades, and tax laws frequently change. By combining various withdrawal strategies and staying proactive about tax changes, you can tame the tax tangle. These are only some of the tax issues and implications. Contact us. We can help forecast tax outcomes under different scenarios and advise on strategies that complement your retirement goals.

Many business tax limits have increased in 2025

Mon, 03 Feb 2025 17:28:39 GMT

A variety of tax-related limits that affect businesses are indexed annually based on inflation. Many have increased for 2025, but with inflation cooling, the increases aren’t as great as they have been in the last few years. Here are some amounts that may affect you and your business.

2025 deductions as compared with 2024

Section 179 expensing:
Limit: $1.25 million (up from $1.22 million)
Phaseout: $3.13 million (up from $3.05 million)
Sec. 179 expensing limit for certain heavy vehicles: $31,300 (up from $30,500)
Standard mileage rate for business driving: 70 cents per mile (up from 67 cents)
Income-based phaseouts for certain limits on the Sec. 199A qualified business income deduction begin at:
Married filing jointly: $394,600 (up from $383,900)
Other filers: $197,300 (up from $191,950)

Retirement plans in 2025 vs. 2024

Employee contributions to 401(k) plans: $23,500 (up from $23,000)
Catch-up contributions to 401(k) plans: $7,500 (unchanged)
Catch-up contributions to 401(k) plans for those age 60, 61, 62 or 63: $11,250 (not available in 2024)
Employee contributions to SIMPLEs: $16,500 (up from $16,000)
Catch-up contributions to SIMPLEs: $3,500 (unchanged)
Catch-up contributions to SIMPLE plans for those age 60, 61, 62 or 63: $5,250 (not available in 2024)
Combined employer/employee contributions to defined contribution plans (not including catch-ups): $70,000 (up from $69,000)
Maximum compensation used to determine contributions: $350,000 (up from $345,000)
Annual benefit for defined benefit plans: $280,000 (up from $275,000)
Compensation defining a highly compensated employee: $160,000 (up from $155,000)
Compensation defining a “key” employee: $230,000 (up from $220,000)

Social Security tax

Cap on amount of employees’ earnings subject to Social Security tax for 2025: $176,100 (up from $168,600 in 2024).

Other employee benefits this year vs. last year

Qualified transportation fringe-benefits employee income exclusion: $325 per month (up from $315)
Health Savings Account contribution limit:
Individual coverage: $4,300 (up from $4,150)
Family coverage: $8,550 (up from $8,300)
Catch-up contribution: $1,000 (unchanged)
Flexible Spending Account contributions:
Health care: $3,300 (up from $3,200)
Health care FSA rollover limit (if plan permits): $660 (up from $640)
Dependent care: $5,000 (unchanged)

Potential upcoming tax changes

These are only some of the tax limits and deductions that may affect your business, and additional rules may apply. But there’s more to keep in mind. With President Trump back in the White House and the Republicans controlling Congress, several tax policy changes have been proposed and could potentially be enacted in 2025. For example, Trump has proposed lowering the corporate tax rate (currently 21%) and eliminating taxes on overtime pay, tips, and Social Security benefits. These and other potential changes could have wide-ranging impacts on businesses and individuals. It’s important to stay informed. Consult with us if you have questions about your situation.

Balancing legacy and independence: The role of an inheritor’s trust

Thu, 30 Jan 2025 17:37:02 GMT

An inheritor’s trust is a specialized estate planning tool designed to protect and manage assets you pass to a beneficiary. One of its primary advantages is asset protection. It allows your beneficiary to receive his or her inheritance in trust rather than as an outright gift or bequest. Thus, the assets are kept out of his or her own taxable estate.

Creditor protection

Having assets pass directly to a trust not only protects the assets from being included the beneficiary’s taxable estate but also shields them from other creditor claims, such as those arising from a lawsuit or a divorce. The inheritance is protected because the trust, rather than your beneficiary, legally owns the inheritance, and because the beneficiary doesn’t fund the trust.

To ensure complete asset protection, the beneficiary must establish an inheritor’s trust before receiving the inheritance. The trust is drafted so that your beneficiary is the investment trustee, giving him or her power over the trust’s investments.

Your beneficiary then selects an unrelated person — someone he or she knows well and trusts — as the distribution trustee. The distribution trustee will have complete discretion over the distribution of principal and income, which ensures that the trust provides creditor protection.

The trust should be designed with the flexibility to remove and change the distribution trustee at any time and make other modifications when necessary, such as when tax laws change. Bear in mind that the unfettered power to remove and replace trustees may jeopardize the creditor protection aspect of the trust. That could result in the inclusion of the trust property in the beneficiary’s taxable estate.

Because it’s your beneficiary, and not you, who sets up the trust, he or she will incur the bulk of the fees, which will vary depending on the trust. In addition, he or she may have to pay annual trustee fees. Your cost, however, should be minimal — only the legal fees to amend your will or living trust to redirect your bequest to the inheritor’s trust.

Wealth preservation

Another benefit of an inheritor’s trust is that it can help ensure that inherited assets remain within the family lineage. By keeping assets in the trust rather than transferring them outright to beneficiaries, the trust can prevent the depletion of wealth due to mismanagement, overspending or other poor financial decisions.

The trust’s grantor can include specific provisions or restrictions. These may include setting limits on distributions or requiring certain milestones (like completing education) before beneficiaries can access funds.

Follow the law

Your beneficiary should consult an attorney to draft the trust in accordance with federal and state law. This will help avoid potential IRS audits or court challenges — and maximize the asset protection benefits of the trust. Contact us for more information regarding an inheritor’s trust.

Are “workationers” a danger to your business?

Wed, 29 Jan 2025 17:22:11 GMT

Every company presumably wants a workforce full of engaged employees. However, is it possible for workers to be too engaged?

Apparently so. A 2024 survey of 3,000 workers by employee engagement consultants Perceptyx found that 72% of respondents work to some degree throughout their vacations. As a business owner, your initial response to this might be, “Wow, those are some dedicated individuals!” However, the long-term impact of the practice can be harmful to both your “workationers” and company.

No rest for the worker

For starters, when employees don’t completely step away from their jobs for a while, their brains never get a chance to rest. As a result, the fresh perspectives and renewed energy that usually materialize following an extended break never do. It should also be noted that the work employees perform while on vacation is typically rushed or half-baked, which may lead to costly mistakes and miscommunications.

In addition, productivity may gradually decline. Although working on vacation likely boosts an employee’s productivity in the short term, a workactioner’s long-term productivity may slowly drop off as the person grows weary and uninspired.

The most perilous consequence for workationers is that they never recharge and wind up burned out and disengaged. This can lead to or worsen mental health conditions such as anxiety and depression. Some employees may even decide to quit.

Companywide effect

From a wider perspective, the negative impact of employees working while on vacations can accumulate to hurt your company’s performance. Many business owners wake up one day to realize that their company cultures have evolved to embody the expectation that everyone must stay connected to work 24/7 — even when taking time off. This can lead to conflicts, resentment and lower morale.

It may also reduce innovation and impair strategic planning. When no one is taking a real break, there are no opportunities to step back and have that “ah ha!” moment. Workationers on your leadership team might be unable to tear themselves away from the daily grind to help you identify growth opportunities.

And yes, there may be real financial costs. Widespread declines in work quality and productivity inevitably cut into a company’s bottom line. Higher turnover means greater hiring and training costs — and even more lost productivity if vacated positions are left open for a while. Last but not least, don’t forget that dishonest employees who never disconnect from their jobs could be committing fraud.

How to address the issue

To protect your business from the risks of workactioners and promote a healthier culture in general:

Explicitly inform and regularly remind employees that vacations are time off from work; you don’t expect them to check in or otherwise perform tasks,
Establish a written policy fully describing the boundaries that employees should adhere to when they’re on vacation as well as when colleagues are out,
Create support systems for employees, such as pre-vacation checklists and cross-training, so others can cover critical tasks while someone is out, and
Prioritize mental health and wellness in your fringe benefits, HR initiatives and communications.

Finally, to the extent possible, lead by example! Although it’s certainly not easy for any business owner to completely disconnect, try to minimize contact with your company while on vacation.

Real risks

Employing multiple workationers may seem harmless or even like a good thing. However, it carries real risks. Now that you know about the problem, next steps might be surveying employees about the issue and discussing it with your leadership team. We can help you calculate productivity metrics and weigh the costs of initiatives and benefits aimed at helping workers maintain a healthy work-life balance.